> 8-0.4~ Ole i FO Meth: dir thetie tin die lh Sai lies - .. a Poteau iw 7m mt penta vee ; * ener ; FA ‘ . reson + Fest otinto ; eee eae etait eam et eee Seat ow wee es . A oe atest tae AS ‘ Seen 5 Pate tate ga ter ot haa Fa tea Mang! Bee Aplin ioe) Be Tet cpa een eos h- toed mace ct Ded a ore ene WS “ “ ree pemririr Se eaeeke ot - 1 0 0 (CNC ooadoo00d0000000 o000000000000000 20 0 0 —— 585 0 0. MUNOTETS — s5ag0ednda00960000C100006000 odpcoccasodades Scacacoobanpacsoccaccso IGT) @) —@) VE SCTUM Meee rte crease -encneesacmascesacceass ceoscodunteeagedecassees 1000100) 0 Diagrams at Meetings .......006. ed dose seNeees Sone rditieeiisae LOO O Miscellaneous Scientific Expenditure .........sssesseecsceceeeoneee 50 0 O Publications: Quarterly Journal ..........0+0 secconc 560 O O oy PrANSACHONS) cacsececcinecoceoesiess cooos @) ) as Geological Map ieccsscsn-eenecessessses 00),0) 4 0 615 0 0 1741 0 0 Balance in favour of the Society ........ pMavaddescnodcadaessnsnces 400), Lined £2194 11 3 Income and Expenditure during the INCOME. EXO Gh 63. GB Balance at Banker’s January 1, 1864 ............ o =, 3000) ONO) Balance in Clerk’s hands ditto *cueeeweeeoere sek. DOP Ronen SS: Compositions received ........ RAE liso as cea 350 3 6 Arrears of Admission-fees .........2 .ccece See (OOp OmmnO, Arrears of Annual Subscription ...............0-- 28) 77. 20 Admission-fees, 1864 ....... ak Sie isie Seis eneele a aversisie SOO Aue O ma) Annual Contributions for 1864, viz.— Resident Fellows ......... £508 14 G Non-Resident Fellows ... 38110 0 —— 540 4 6 Dividendsjon(Consols)) nies ies ws ees Ausra) a5) JG} © Legacy, B. Botfield, Esq. .... dideocdudcdcoouudoeod. -ol 10 O Publications : Longman and Co., Sale of Journal in 1863.... 59 4 1 Sale of Transactions........ceccccesccvcce 218 9 Sale of Journal, Vols. 1-6 ........eceecec- 5 9 6 ” Vols. 7-12... . cece vcvece 17 0 ” Vols. 13-15 .....00- 5ODOO0 20 6 fe Vol: 1G) nck ose 912 9 # VOLT Paccecwnde as See 101910 i Wolsv@ eee cee Mie ats): . 1010 10 ¥, Mole ets nance 4215 2 ” VWolby 20s Gosaococ 606D0060 117 15 11 : 262 138 6 ‘* Miscellaneous Scientific Expenditure,’ amount twice entered: ):'seicstemeia a ice armies enertie se sists oiers 010 6 Sale of Geological Map .....22+-eeeeee eee 110 38 Sale of Library-catalogues ....... S50 00 GUE 113 0 Sale of Ormerod’s Index.....+-ceecseecoee 112 0 415 3 We have compared the Books and Vouchers presented to us with these ’ Statements, and find them correct. Se) ATOR, |, aL * Due from Messrs. Longman and Co., in addition to the above, on Journal, Vol. XX., &. 2... cece eee wee ee cere ee ceee £51 1 6 Due from Fellows for Journal-subscription, estimated .......- 30 0 0 Balance due from Bequest-fund on expenditure on Map, Library, and Museum .cccccceccecceccees abo00 0000000000000 a oY £294 11 3 Year ending December 31st, 1864. EXPENDITURE. General Expenditure : ' ga Gh £ Max eSpeveyerstsieveicverelerecleraiiorencteleleksieverorsieveraic’s 49 17 0 OR ETATEANIES Go 6000000000000000000000 3 0 0 INGur IMEI Bo56g0000000000000000000 23 12 3 FOURS ood0500G2000000000000008 217 8 INA GoboooonodGdmooasodcCO OC KdGoOOuO 35 5 0 TAGht eens Asikec ices cee a eee ne me) Ts 2) Miscellaneous House-expenditure .......+ 89 3 4 Statlonelsymervereereieyehekey chore Keleletokeretetey Valet here 2419 5 Miscellaneous Printing.........eecseceee 5113 1 LGR ore MIGHTY coos odbadGaKo6d0aK0G000 2213 O —_——_ 3332 Salaries and Wages: Assistant-Secretary ......00sscccecccoce 200 0 0 (HK cooacon0 0d g00a00bd00000000000000 120 0 0 Library and Museum Assistants .......... 79 0 0 EUIRIGPoc CO co OU DODO Ob OD BO O000D0 00000000 909 0 0 eugene! sooocc00d000G00oGoDGO0 0006 40 0 0 Occasional attendants ......scessccsccee 12 3 6 (COMllaP cocdG00000000000000000000000 1617 6 558 LATBIAY coco ode do 0Um~DUSUOOO OOO 60580 c09c00cn0n UNA ACTIX Tots CoB Big.oxs se ican oe alee Bialet trees eee sie sonoc0og. Ms Diagrams at Meetings ........ sfeforteeaes Sooc0n6600 2 Miscellaneous Scientific Expenses, including Postages.. 51 Publications : GeologicaliMaplcersecceacce cece se iia 83,216 Janel; WIAD” soacongoo00d0csb00000abc 04 0 MPT ROS eee ee ge hc a Bonne 3 1 0 S- Teee see tasecw.tle. SOON 171 ———_—“ 647 Invested in 33 per Cent. Consols ................ 200 Balance at Banker’s, Dec. 31, 1864 .............. 225 Balance in Clerk’s hands, Dec. 31, 1864 .......... 116 £2261 ab 5 ll 1 O 14 8 17 3 ig) By Us 78 4 7 0 O 10 5 The U8 eh te My i * wk oe P Abb Vat Wy, PROCEEDINGS AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 1/tH FEBRUARY, 1865. AWARD OF THE WoLLASTON MEDAL, Tux Reports of the Council and Committees having been read, the President, Wittiam Joun Hamiutoyn, Esq., F.R.S., delivered the Wollaston Medal to Mr. Davipson, addressnmg him as follows :— Mr. Davipson,—It is with great pleasure that I find myself charged with the agreeable duty of handing to you this Medal, which the Council have awarded to you, as already stated in their Report, for the very important services you have rendered through many years to the science of Geology, by your critical and philo- sophical works on Fossil Brachiopoda, Without alluding to the many valuable papers which you have contributed to this and other Societies, I may safely say that the vast amount of scientific work which you have performed for the Paleeontographical Society, would alone entitle you to this award. I find on referring to the publications of that Society that, including the Monograph on the Devonian Brachiopoda which you are now completing, you have contributed no less than 121 plates, containing about 4300 figures, all of which you have drawn on stone yourself, and nearly 850 pages of letter-press. But labour of this description is not to be estimated by quantity; and although I have thus ventured to allude to its amount, your friends, and all who are acquainted with these Monographs well know that their great merit consists in the manner in which you have described the fossils of the different formations, eliminating all useless specific names, and showing the gradual progress of brachiopodous life from one formation to another. You have shown us that all the Paleozoic formations have their characteristic faune; that in the Permian, Carboniferous, and Devonian systems the great majority of forms are peculiar to each system, and that only a small proportion of species passes from one into the other. Nor can I avoid alluding to the great artistic skill you have shown in your drawings of these various forms. Your perfect knowledge of the features and physiological characters to be drawn has given to these plates a value which they never could have acquired had they been drawn by a mere mechanical copyist. But XXVlil PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. I must not dwell any longer on such topics in your presence; I will only add, in conclusion, that we all trust that health and strength may be spared to you to enable you to complete the great task you have undertaken, and that ere long we may have the satisfaction of congratulating you on the completion of the Monograph on the Silurian Brachiopods, which I understand you propose shortly to commence. It only remains for me, in placing this Medal in your hands, to express my own satisfaction with the award of the Council. Mr. Davinson, on receiving the Medal, replied as follows :— Mr. Prestpent,—I beg you will convey to the Council of the Geological Society my sincere and grateful thanks for the great honour they and yourself have conferred upon me by the award of the Wollaston Medal; and I trust that, by renewed exertions, I may continue to deserve their indulgent approbation. My thanks are also due to you, Sir, for the very kind and favourable manner with which you have alluded to my researches. Thirty or more years have elapsed since I first commenced my geological and paleontological studies; and although I have always con- sidered it essential to keep up a general knowledge of all that concerns both sciences, still I have likewise felt that, if I desired to contribute my mite towards the advancement of science, I could not do better than devote the larger portion of my time to an intimate and searching study of a single class of fossils. I hailed with delight the formation of the Paleontographical Society, as. I felt that, by division of labour, our British fossils would be sooner or later thoroughly investigated; and I am sure, Sir, that the very remarkable series of Monographs already published does suffi- ciently attest that, with time, we shall be able to work out our British Paleontology, in all its branches, without requiring foreign assistance. Since the progress of Geology is a subject of the greatest importance, we naturally feel that 1t is to the Geological Society of London that we must look for support and encourage- ment; and it gives me additional pleasure to receive this Medal at your hands, from the fact of your being at the same time Pre- sident of both these Societies. I am also proud in being able to attest that the objects of the Palzeontographical Society have met with the warmest support from every Geologist, Paleeontologist, and collector of fossils in Great Britain, who have also, in the most, praiseworthy manner, assisted to their utmost, those who were engaged in the preparation .of these works. I beg you will therefore allow me, Sir, on the present occasion to tender our most grateful acknowledgments to the many gentlemen who have kindly afforded us such important assistance. I will not encroach further upon your valuable time, but beg you will assure the Council that I shall endeavour to accomplish what is still expected from my pen and pencil, and thus show my gratitude for the great kindness and honour they have so gene- rously conferred upon me. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXIX AWARD OF THE WOLLASTON DONATION-FUND. The President then addressed Mr. Sauter, as follows :— Mr. Sarrer,—In handing to you these proceeds of the Wollas- ton Fund, which have been awarded to you by the Council, I cannot refrain from expressing to you the satisfaction I expe- rience at seeing your efforts in a very interesting and important field of paleontological investigation thus recognized. You have laboured for many years at the hard task of unravelling the mys- teries of Paleozoic fossils, and besides carrying out your own in- vestigations, have ever been willing to assist your fellow-labourers in this field of research with the free use and communication of the knowledge you have acquired. When, moreover, we look at the work you have done for the Palzontographical Society, and the manner in which you have executed it, we cannot but look forward with anxiety to the early completion of your Monograph on the British Paleozoic Trilobites ; and when I recollect the expression of Dr. Wollaston which accompanied his bequest, I feel convinced that there is no worthier mode of complying with the spirit of his intention than by awards like the present, which, while recognizing the merit of work already done, are in- tended to assist the prosecution of further researches. Trusting that the time may speedily arrive when you will have completed your present work, and when you will be enabled to apply your energies to new paths in the great field of Paleozoic Paleontology, I have now the pleasure of handing to you this award, with the expression of my best wishes for your future SUCCESS. Mr. Saurer replied in the following manner :— Sir,—It is pleasant to receive a purse full of money at all times, and especially so when it is given for work that is done, as well as for that we are going to do. I think the paleontologists have been for some time receiving the lion’s share of Wollaston’s bequest. It can hardly be that in future years there will not be a reaction in favour of the physical and mineralogical studies to which Wollaston devoted his life, and therefore we must make hay while the sun shines. I cannot forget, Sir, that nearly twenty years ago it was the liberal construction put by the Council upon the use to which a surplus fund should be applied, which was the chief means of introducing me to the Society. And I have spent so many pro- fitable hours here, that I should be ungrateful indeed to forget this circumstance, or the men (now, alas! not with us) who pro- posed this kindness for a very young naturalist. I must not detain you further. My family of Trilobites is a large one, and requires much attention, and therefore | am grate- ful for this help. I beg to thank you very heartily for the honour you have done me. XXX PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. THE ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT, Witiiam Joun Hamirton, Esq., F.RS. Before reading those observations which, as your President, it is my duty to make respecting the recent progress of geological science, I have a more painful duty to fulfil, in bringing before you the Obituary Notices of those Members of the Society whose loss we have had to deplore during the past year, and who have contributed by their exertions to the advancement of our science. Sad as such a list must always be, it is more particularly so on the present occasion, when we remember that it contains the names of several of the most distinguished ornaments of our science; men who have spent their lives in the zealous prosecution of geological and paleontological investigations, and who have been most active in promoting the welfare and prosperity of our Society. Two of these have filled the Office of President, and another was one of the mast distinguished Palzontologists of his day,—I need hardly say that I allude to the names of Horner, Portlock, and Falconer. The loss of Mr. Horner is one which we shall long feel. From the very first moment when he became connected with this Society until almost the last day of his life, he was one of its most active members. ‘The zeal and interest which he dis- played in its prosperity were unceasing ; he was ever ready to contribute his assistance when required, and in his later years, when less capable of making excursions in the field, which were his delight in his younger days, he was no less usefully employed in our service by the efforts he made in promoting the arrange- ment of our collection. From his earliest days his tastes had led him to the cultivation of mineralogy and the study of rocks, and it was from this point of view that his aid was so valuable in re-arranging the numerous collection of rock-specimens in our Museum, Mr. Horner was born in Edinburgh, on the 17th of January, 1785. He was the son of Mr. John Horner, a prosperous merchant and linen manufacturer in that city, and the younger brother of Francis Horner, whose early death was so deplored by all who knew him, and who, having begun life as a lawyer at the English bar, had given such promise of intellectual powers as to justify his friends in anticipating for him a successful public career. Leonard Horner, on the other hand, ever showed from his earliest youth a decided preference for scientific pursuits, and at an early age attended the lectures of Prof. Playfair on Mathematics, and of Dugald Stewart on Moral Philosophy, and in November 1802 he entered as a student Dr. Hope’s class of Chemistry. From that time his scientific tastes developed themselves; he took a particular interest in Mineralogy, began to make a collection of specimens, cultivated the acquaintance of his fellow students who had the same turn of mind, and studied Playfair’s ‘Illustration of the Huttonian Theory.’ ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT, XXXI At the age of nineteen he became a partner in his father’s business, and came to England in 1804. At the age of twenty- one he married Miss Lloyd, and settled in London. His brother Francis had by this time established his position in the House of Commons, and was looked upon as one of the rising men of his party; he was thus at once received into the society of the scientific and literary men of the day, and continued his devo- tion to science. His favourite pursuits, however, were Miner- alogy and Geology, and in those days geology was more closely associated with mineralogy than at present; for paleontology had not then made such rapid strides and given such impulse and direction to geological investigations as it has done within the last half century. We have only to look at the papers published in the volumes of the first series of our ‘Transactions’ for a proof of this statement. They are chiefly purely mineralogical or chemical; and although some descriptions of stratigraphical arrangements are given, scarcely an allusion is made to the organic contents of the strata, either in the text or in the illus- trations which accompany them. It was an auspicious moment when Mr. Horner settled in London; for in the following year (1807), notwithstanding the opposition of the then President of the Royal Society, Sir Joseph Banks, and other influential Members, the Geological Society of London was founded, chiefly through the strenuous exertions of Mr. Greenough, to which I have alluded on a former occasion. In the following year (1808) Mr. Horner became a Fellow, since which period the progress of Geology and the prosperity of our Society have always claimed his most zealous attention, and were amongst the principal objects of his life. In 1810 Mr. Horner was elected one of the Secretaries of the Society, and in 1811, while his brether Francis, who, although in Parliament, must have shared his tastes for scientific pursuits, was one of the Trustees of the Society, he read his first paper “On the Mineralogy of the Malvern Hills*.” In this paper Mr. Horner first describes the general physical features of the Hills, in the course of which he suggests hints to geologists, which, peculiarly applicable as they then were, are not altogether unworthy of notice in the present day. After alluding to the difficulty, not to say the impossibility, of giving names to the many varieties of granitic and syenitic rocks met with in the Malvern Hills, he adds, “ But in the present state of geological science, and more espe- cially when the great imperfection of the nomenclature of rocks is considered, it would be well if geologists made a practice of describing the simple minerals of which a rock is composed, whenever they can be distinguished, instead of giving specific names, without any explanation of the nature of the compounds to which their terms are applied, and particularly those in which theory is involved.”” He then describes the general structure * Geol. Trans. vol. i. Ist ser. p. 281. XXX PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. of the great masses which are irregularly heaped together, and in which granitic rocks predominate; he gives a detailed account of the unstratified rocks, and minutely describes their peculiar contents and the localities in which they occur. Amongst the rarer minerals found in the Malvern Hills is epidote; and after describing several varieties from various localities, he alludes to the similarity between his specimens and those which Dr. Wollaston had found under similar circumstances in the islands of Guernsey and. Jersey. The general remarks with which Mr. Horner concludes his paper clearly show the difficulties with which the geologist had to contend in the earlier days of geological investigation. Mr. Horner at once saw that the phenomena which he so carefully observed exhibited appearances very inconsistent with the Wer- nerian System of Geognosy. Reform was already at work. He remarks on the great contrast between the two sides of the range; on the east a level plain for many miles, on the west a constant succession of hills; and then he shrewdly observes, “ If the unstratified rocks in the centre are to be considered as the oldest, and if the stratified rocks have been deposited upon them, how does it happen that they are only found on one side, that not a vestige of the strata that occur on the western side is to be met with on the eastern, and vice versd, &c.;”’ and he then observes that the Huttonian theory offers the only satisfactory explana- tion of these phenomena, and that the position of the stratified rocks can only be accounted for on the supposition of some violent force which has elevated them from their original horizon- tal position. His concluding remarks will be read with interest even at the present day. f The next paper which Mr. Horner read before the Society was on the Brine-Springs at Droitwich*. In this paper he gives an account of the natural and chemical history of the brine-springs, chiefly derived from his own observations in 1810, together with the results of some experiments which he subsequently made, with the view of determining the chemical composition of the brine. In 1815 Mr. Horner read a paper entitled “Sketch of the Geology of the South-Western part of Somersetshire,”’ accom- panied by a geological map of the district. This paper con- sists chiefly of a mineralogical account of the different rocks which came under his notice, with scarcely any attempt at classi- fication. The general arrangement of the Paleozoic rocks was at that time so imperfectly understood, that it is not surpris- ing that Mr. Horner should have failed to perceive the true relations of the rocks in this district, and that he should not have distinguished the Devonian rocks of the western part of the country he describes from the New Red Sandstone in the eastern portion. It is true he draws a distinction between what he calls * Geol. Trans. vol. ii. Ist ser. p. 94. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Xxxfil grauwacke and the red sands and conglomerates, but the limits of his two formations do not correspond with those of the two series which more recent investigations have established. Mr. Horner concludes his paper by recommending to the attention of future geologists, the singular accumulations of conglomerates which he had described, and adds, ‘“ The apparent alternation of the lyas (sic) strata with the red rock on the shore also deserves an attentive examination, and there appears to me an excellent opportunity in this district of investigating the history of that red rock, about which so little is yet known, though occur- ring to so great an extent throughout England.” On the whole, it is impossible to read these early papers of Mr. Horner without admiring the cautious manner in which he avoids a too hasty generalization. He clearly saw, as it were, glimmering in the distance, some of the great principles and laws which have regulated the order of superposition and the stratifica- tion of the various formations ; but the great laws of paleontology, and the now well-known order of succession in the history of organic life were then only just beginning to be understood. Facts were © wanting to enable the geologist to understand the true order of superposition, and we thus find Mr. Horner carefully avoiding theories, but anxiously endeavouring to collect all the facts he could, for the use of those who might follow him, and thus help- ing to lay the foundation of those principles which have, chiefly by the labours of Murchison and Sedgwick, been so successfully applied to the history of the Paleozoic rocks. About this time, however, it appears that, in consequence of the state of his father’s business, with whom he was a partner, Mr. Horner was obliged to leave London, and again to take up his residence in Edinburgh. But these plans were soon interfered with by other duties. The declining health of his brother Francis compelled him to seek a warmer climate for the restoration of his health, and Mr. Horner accompanied his brother to Italy. Alas! the attempt was useless. His hopes were disappointed, and the career of the rising politician was cut short. Francis Horner died in Italy in 1817, and Leonard Horner returned sorrowing to Scotland to resume his former occupation. But Edinburgh in those days was not a place where a man like Mr. Horner could long remain inactive. He soon found himself in a circle of friends of congenial taste, and, combining his love of science with that of literature and politics, he formed one of the band of Whig politicians for which Edinburgh had become so well known. The biographer of Francis Jeffrey, Lord Cock- burn, gives Mr. Horner the chief merit in the organization of their political meetings. It was whilst living in such companion- ship that in 1821 he first conceived the idea of founding, in Edinburgh, an institution for the instruction of mechanics, similar to that which already existed in Glasgow; and in October of that year the School of Arts was formally opened by the Lord Provost. He was also one of the chief founders of the Academy established c XXXIV PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.: for the purpose of giving a higher classical education to the sons of gentlemen and of the middle classes in Edinburgh. This Academy. still flourishes, and to the last year of his life Mr. Horner was engaged in schemes for its improvement, and for the reform of its original construction. But though absent from London, Mr. Horner was not forgotten there. The interest he had taken in Edinburgh in promoting various plans for the advancement of knowledge and the improve- ment of education was fully appreciated; for in 1827 he was invited to London to take the office of Warden in the London University, which had then been but recently founded. But the duties of this office, great as they must have been during the first years of the existence of this institution, did not distract Mr. Horner’s thoughts from his old associations ; he was elected a Member of the Council of this Society in 1828, on the very first Anniversary after his return to London, and was chosen as one of the Vice-Presidents in 1829. After a few years, however, he found the duties of Warden too much for his health, and he resigned the office in 1831. He then went abroad with his family, and fixing his residence at Bonn, on the Rhine, again devoted ‘himself to his favourite pursuit of mineralogy; here he had ample opportunities of studying the phenomena of igneous and eruptive rocks in the classic region of the Siebengebirge and the Drachenfels, whilst cultivating the friendship of many literary and scientific men, who were collected together under the auspices and by the attractions of a flourishing German University. The names of Schlegel, Goldfuss, Mitscherlich, Néggerath,and Brandis, with whom he ever afterwards kept up most intimate relation- ship, will give some idea of the intellectual society afforded by the place where he had fixed his residence. 4 In 1833 Mr. Horner returned to England. On the 18thof March he laid before the Society the results of his observations while abroad, in a paper entitled “‘ Geology of the Environs of Bonn*.”’ In this paper Mr. Horner gives a full and minute account of the various trachytic rocks which, with numerous modifications, constitute the chief portion of the Siebengebirge, as well as of the basaltic rocks, in many places columnar, which have burst out in the neighbourhood, apparently at a more recent period. The lowest sedimentary rock described is called Grauwacke. It is now known to belong to the Devonian system; but though this classification was not then understood, Mr. Horner correctly recognized many beds as resembling the Old Red Sandstone of Herefordshire and Shropshire, and came to the conclusion that it probably “belonged to the later periods of the Grauwacke deposit.”” None of the Secondary strata occur here, and the grauwacke is covered unconformably by deposits of the Tertiary period, which constitute a brown-coal formation, and this again is overlain by beds of gravel and loess. But I must refer you to * Trans. Geol. Soc. vol..iv. 2nd ser. p. 433. . ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXXV. the paper itself for the many interesting details it contains, parti- culayly with reference to the age of the Brown-coal formation. On the 26th of February in the following year Mr. Horner read an interesting paper “On the quantity of solid matter suspended in the water of the Rhine.” His experiments showed that about 145,981 cubic feet of solid matter are borne past Bonn every twenty-four hours. He also ascertained that, when dried, the residuum was, both in appearance and properties, undistinguish- able from the loess of the Rhine Valley. But other public duties now engaged his attention. On his return to England in 1883 he had been named as one of the Com- missioners appointed to inquire into the employment of children in the factories of Great Britain; and when the Act founded on their report was passed, Mr. Horner was appointed one of the Inspectors to see that its provisions were properly carried out. It would be foreign to my present purpose to go into any detail of Mr. Horner’s labours in this field, but I may perhaps be allowed. to mention that the manner in which he carried out the difficult duties which devolved upon him was such as to meet with universal approbation. Feeling the greatest sympathy for the purpose for which the Act was introduced, he refused no labour, he avoided no responsibility necessary for the protection of those whose interests he had to defend. And even they, whose interests were at first supposed to be injuriously affected by the measure, could not but admire the temper and judgment of Mr. Horner, and were at last compelled to acknowledge the beneficial consequences of the Act itself. With regard to the feelings of the working classes themselves, I need only quote a passage from a communi- cation recently addressed to his daughters by the Delegates from the operative cotton-spinners of Lancashire and other districts, in which, amongst other things, they say, “ His impartiality in the administration of the laws made for the protection of our wives and children, and his firmness in their vindication, have long commanded our esteem, and of which, while we live, we shall cherish a grateful remembrance.” But during all these laborious exertions, Mr. Horner still found his relaxation in the pursuit of science. He had become a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1813, and in 1846 he was elected Presi- dent of this Society; and during the period that he held that Office, he was unremitting in his attendance at the apartments of the Society, superintending the arrangements of the Museum, and devising plans for its improvement. A reference to the first Address, which he delivered on the 26th of February, 1846, will at once prove the correctness of this state- ment. When he alludes to the state of the Library and Museum, he says that “it is a part of the general scheme contemplated for the Museum, to have a full catalogue for each formation or principal group of all the known fossils belonging tq it, and of the lithological characters of its prevailing rocks, both British and foreign, distinguishing the specimens in the possession of the e2 XXXVI PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Society, and containing a list of all the works and memoirs that treat especially of the particular group.” This important work has unfortunately never been completed, but such portions of it as were finished were compiled by his own hand or under his im- mediate inspection. He also undertook, with the assistance of Mr. Morris, to prepare an illustrated copy of that gentleman’s Catalogue of British Fossils, and of this work also a considerable ortion was completed by Mr. Horner. This Address is also remarkable for the able summary it gives of Sir Roderick Murchison’s valuable work on the Geology of Russia, then recently published, and this is done both directly and indirectly; for after giving a general sketch of the geology of Russia as described by Sir R. Murchison, Mr. Horner proceeds to offer some remarks on the recent discoveries in the several great groups of formations, beginning with the lowest fossiliferous deposits; and he then institutes a careful comparison between the recent discoveries in Russian geology, extending over so vast a tract of country, and what was already known respecting the rest of Europe, illustrating the one by the other, and showing how the phenomena observed by Sir R. Murchison and his companions, Count Keyserling and M. de Verneuil, in Russia, had tended to solve many problems hitherto scarcely understood in European geology. ‘This was particularly the case with regard to the Per- mian system, which, as the result of this investigation, became permanently separated from the overlying Trias, constituting a separate zoological system, comprehending the Lower New Red Sandstone, our Magnesian Limestone, and the sandstones and conglomerates that constitute the lower member of the Bunter Sandstein of the Germans. At the same time, while it contains some animal and vegetable remains of the Carboniferous series, and is thus connected with the true Paleozoic rocks, it contains a peculiar fauna and flora of its own, thus forming a distinct system between the Carboniferous and Triassic systems. There are many other portions of this Address well deserving of notice even in the present day, particularly the account of the different theories of the formation of coal, and the observations oe the Boulder formation, the northern drift, and the erratic ocks. Mr. Horner delivered his second Address on the 19th of Febru- ary, 1847; in it he principally dwells on the recent additions to the knowledge of the Tertiary and more modern formations, and on terrestrial changes now in progress, to which of late years the attention of geologists had been more particularly directed. On this occasion he also reviewed, at considerable length, the Essay of Prof. Edward Forbes on the connexion between the distribu- tion of the existing Fauna and Flora of the British Isles, and the geological changes which have affected their area, especially during the epoch of the Northern drift. It was during this same year that Mr. Horner took an active part in bringing about certain changes in the management of the ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT, XXXVi1 Royal Society, which resulted in limiting to fifteen the number of new Members to be annually elected, and in introducing very important changes in the mode of election. He was also for some time engaged in publishing and editing the memoirs of his brother, Francis Horner. In April 1850 Mr. Horner communicated to this Society a notice of some observations of Prof. Lepsius respecting the change of level of the water of the Nile during the last 4000 years, from which it appeared that the bed of the river had been lowered about 28 feet during that period. Mr. Horner could not agree with these conclusions, and it is probable that the difficulty of explaining the phenomena described by Prof. Lepsius mduced him to undertake those investigations respecting the levels of the Nile, which he afterwards carried out. In May 1854 he read a paper on some intrusive igneous rocks ' in Cawsand Bay, near Plymouth. After describing the conditions in which these porphyritic rocks occur amidst the argillaceous — schistose rocks and hard arenaceous red sandstones and conglo- merates, he concludes with some suggestions as to the theory of this association of igneous and sedimentary rocks, and thinks it probable that the igneous rock was poured into a vast irregular cavity, parallel to the plane of stratification, during a submarine outburst. In the volume of the Philosophical Transactions for 1855, he published an account of the recent researches near Cairo, which he had caused to be undertaken with the view of throwing light upon the geological history of the alluvial land of Egypt. The method adopted by Mr. Horner in this investigation was to com- pare the depth of sediment which had accumulated, to a consider- able height, above the base of the oldest works of art near the Nile, with that of the sediment deposited below the base of these same monuments on the rock forming the bottom of the channel. If, he observes, the depth of sediment above the base of these works of art be divided by the number of centuries that have elapsed since the date of their erection, we may obtain a measure of the secular increase of the sediment; requiring, however, a correction for causes that might make a difference in the rate of imcrease between earlier and later periods.* Shortly after this Mr. Horner resigned the Inspectorship of Factories, and from that time his attention was more particularly, I might say exclusively, devoted to the interests of this Society. The question of the arrangement of the contents of our Museum had been seriously taken up by the Council, and a Committee, of which Mr. Horner was the Chairman, had been appointed for the purpose of carrying out their views. It is not too much to say | that of this Committee he was the most active Member. Very elaborate catalogues of the fossils of the different formations, both in the British and Foreign Collections, were prepared by Mr. * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xii. President’s Address, p. xcix. XXXVlll PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Horner himself, and were laid before the Council in 1860 and 1861; and the Reports of the Museum Committees in every suc- cessive year since 1860 bear ample testimony to the laborious zeal with which Mr. Horner applied himself to the execution of the task he had undertaken, and of the manner in which his labours were appreciated both by the Council and the Committee. For, besides the preparation of these systematic Catalogues, which are arranged both geographically and geologically, and are so con- structed that all future contributions can be at once added under their proper heads, Mr. Horner himself undertook the formation of a typical collection of rock-specimens, at the same time pre- paring acatalogue of the whole, with illustrative notes. This could not be undertaken without a laborious examination of many separate collections dispersed throughout the Museum, and hitherto useless for want of proper arrangement. The follow- ing extracts from the Reports of the Museum Committees show » how his labours were appreciated in 1861. They say that they “think it their duty, in referring to this subject, to call especial attention to the continuous labour and great zeal of the Presi- dent, who, in superintending the rearrangement, has given his constant personal attendance to the details of the business, and during the past year has spent several hours of stated days in every week in actual labour in the Museum.” And again, in 1864, I find this sentence, “The Committee cannot conclude this Report without drawing the attention of the Council to the unremitting zeal and continuous labour bestowed upon the re- arrangement of the Society’s Collection by Mr. Horner, who has spent several hours almost daily in the Museum.” I mention these circumstances to show that, whether as President or not, Mr. Horner devoted the principal portion of his time to the im- provement of our Museum and the arrangement and cataloguing of our collections, in a manner which, I may safely say, has never been equalled by any other Member of the Society, and which will ever deserve our best acknowledgment and our warmest thanks. In 1860 Mr. Horner was again elected President, and in his Address of the following year I find an interesting notice of Mr. Darwin’s work “On the Origin of Species,” an able vindication of the experiments of Sir James Hall against the adverse criti- cisms of Prof. Gustay Rose*, and an account of the theories of Metamorphism, chiefly based on the experiments and works of M. Daubrée, who, in papers quoted by Mr. Horner, gives full credit to the illustrious Hutton as the first who pointed out that subterranean heat had not only consolidated and mineralized the deposits at the bottom .of the sea, but had, moreover, raised up and thrown into inclined positions beds which had been originally horizontal, and who also showed the successive cooperation of water * See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. part 2, p. 1, containing Prof. Rose’s subsequent recantation, translated by Mr. Horner himself. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. | XKKIX and the internal heat of the globe in forming the same rocks, and that Hutton is truly the founder of the fertile principle of the transformation of the sedimentary rocks by the action of heat. But perhaps the most remarkable portion of this Address of Mr. Horner, was that in which he collected the evidence of the early existence of the human race. It is impossible to read these remarks without being struck with the conviction that, however impossible it must be to assign even a probable limit to the past existence of the human race, there is satisfactory, I might say almost conclusive, evidence that our earth was inhabited by man for a very long period antecedent to the date which is usually supposed, on religious grounds alone, as marking the period of his creation. In the course of this same year (1861) Mr. Horner was com- pelled to leave England to seek a milder climate for the restoration of Mrs. Horner’s health; he resided for some time in Florence, and was thus precluded from giving us the usual Address in the following year. During his stay in Florence he occupied his leisure hours with the translation from the Italian of the Life of Savonarola, by Prof. Villari of Pisa. I had frequently the pleasure of seeing him at this time, and I shall never forget the touching and tender resignation with which he alone of his family then contemplated the approaching probability of the loss he feared. When I took leave of him in the month of May 1862, he said, with touching pathos, that it was no small calamity for a man at his age to lose the constant companion of fifty-six years of his life. Alas! the event he foresaw occurred only a few days afterwards. On his return to England, after he had somewhat recovered the first effects of his severe loss, he again returned to his labours in arranging our Museum—to him a labour of love, in which he was almost daily occupied until his declining strength put an end to its continuance. But he still contemplated returning to Florence in the spring of 1864. Here again his hopes were disappointed; his increasing weakness precluded his moving, and on the 5th of March death put an end to an honourable existence, and deprived his friends and relations of one of the most upright and pure- minded men who have devoted their time and energies to the welfare of their fellow creatures or the advancement of science and truth. ‘This is not the place to attempt a sketch of the cha- racter of our lamented associate, but I cannot omit quoting from an Italian paper a few words, said to have been written by Pasquale Villari, for his loss was heavily felt in Italy, where he had also made himself many friends. After alluding to the Address of the Workmen of Lancashire, which I have already mentioned, he concludes as follows :—‘“And truly, if anything could console his family for the loss of one so beloved, it was just that sympathy which arose spontaneously from the hearts of men whom he had benefited. They with their words elevated and sanctified the image of the venerable man. The monument which he himself erected in the hearts of the workmen need not. xl PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. surely envy those which raise their proud heads in St. Paul’s or Westminster Abbey. Happy is that nation which can boast of possessing many men who leave their simple but eternal monu- ments in the hearts of the people.” Major-General Portiock was the only son of Capt. Nathaniel . Portlock, of the Royal Navy, who was one of the loyal colonists of America. He had entered the Navy as a Midshipman under Capt. Cook, and was with him at his death, and he afterwards became one of the leaders of that hardy band of circumnavigators whose discoveries ornamented the last century. In command of the ‘Arrow,’ a frigate of peculiar construction and of light draught of water, he distinguished himself in many a gallant action with the enemies of his country, and established a name for his family which was honourably sustained by his son, our late lamented President. Major-General Portlock was born in 1794. He left the Royal Military Academy in 1813, and in April of the following year was ordered to Canada, where he was not undistinguished in the operations on the American frontier. He took part in the siege of Fort Erie, and when the army retired, was the officer who con- structed the lines and ¢éte de pont of Chippewa, at which Sir Gordon Drummond made his successful stand and saved Upper Canada. Lieutenant Portlock continued in Canada for several years. After his return to England new and important duties awaited him. In 1824 the Ordnance Survey was about to be extended to Ireland, and Lieutenant Portlock was one of the first officers selected by Colonel Colby to be employed on it. I need not here dilaté on the more extended system, beyond that to which the Survey of Great Britain had been confined, which was contem- plated in the Irish Survey. The work required in Ireland was not a map, but a general-estate survey on a much larger scale, though intended for a public purpose. Much had to be done in the creation of the machinery and arrangements for this great work, which ultimately led to the formation of a Topographical Department. With the cordial assistance of the Duke of Wellington, Colonel Colby succeeded im carrying out his plans and organizing his arrangements. In all these Portlock was the confidential officer and companion of Colonel Colby, and he was retained at head-quarters at the Tower for that purpose. ‘Thus passed his first year on the Survey. In 1825. the first detachments were moved to Ireland, and were established in the Co. of Londonderry, where the first base was to be measured. The first trigonometrical station was taken upon the eastern coast, on Divis Mountain, near Belfast, to con- nect the triangulation of Ireland with the points already fixed in Great Britain. Colonel Colby, accompanied by Lieutenant Portlock, then proceeded to Ireland and joined the trigonome- trical party on Divis, from which, at the close of the season, the ANNIVERSARY .ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xli first observations made by the aid of the lamp and heliostat were successfully effected. This was Portlock’s start in Ireland; and all the preliminary arrangements being complete, he remained attached to the trigonometrical branch of the work, of which he soon became the senior, and ultimately the sole officer. In the following year (1827), with one other officer, he accom- plished the observations with the great theodolite at the Vicar’s Cairn and other mountain-tops, remaining at Slieve League under canvas 2000 feet above the sea until the middle of January. Indefatigable in his duty, and carried forward by his zeal, he exposed his health to such an extent as to call down the friendly remonstrances of his chief, Colonel Colby. In addition to this laborious work, he also undertook in the following year to direct the operations connected with the secondary triangulation, and subsequently organized an elaborate system of vertical observa- tions and calculations for altitude, and personally carried a line of levelling across the island, from the coast of Down to the coast of Donegal, and caused similar lines to be observed in other places. This laborious work he continued for several years. In 18382 it was determined to compile a descriptive memoir on the physical, social, and productive aspects of Ireland. In this effort Captain Portlock, having completed the great triangulation, actively co- operated, and undertook the geology and productive economy. He had, however, great difficulties to contend with. As he said himself, “Geology was permitted, not commanded.” In 1834, however, he was enabled to engage competent assistants in the various branches; and in 1837 he formed a geological and statis- tical office, a museum for geological and zoological specimens, and a laboratory for the examination of soils. The results soon appeared in his section of the memoir, but unfortunately the work was suspended by the Government on the score of expense. It was a miserable shortsighted policy. Various retrenchments were suggested, and it was even proposed to drop the figures of altitude as a useless topographical luxury! Better counsels, however, at last prevailed to a certain extent; the survey was resumed in an efficient manner, but the memoir was doomed, not- withstanding the efforts of the British Association, the Royal Irish Academy, the Grand Juries of Ireland, and men of science and progress in both countries. So strongly, however, was public opinion expressed that in 1843 a Commission was appointed by Sir Robert Peel, which recommended its resumption and continu- ance. The memoir, however, never was resumed, and Captain Portlock was ordered to draw to a close the work he had already begun. This was done in 1843, when he published the volume which bears his name, on the “ Geology of Londonderry, Tyrone, and Fermanagh, with portions of the adjacent Counties;” after this he was restored to the general duties of the corps of Royal Engineers, and the surveying parties were removed to England. This valuable work of Captain Portlock’s, which may be justly termed the commencement of the Geological Survey of Ireland, is xiii - PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. too well known to geologists to require any further notice at my hands, and time and space would hardly permit me to attempt it. In 1881 the Geological Society of Dublin had been established. Captain Portlock took a great interest in it, he was one of its early Presidents, and contributed to it no less than twenty separate papers, including his Presidential Addresses in 1838 and 1839. ‘When the British Association met in Dublin in 1835, Captain Portlock was a Member of the local Committee and Secretary of the Section of Geology and Geography. In 1887 he also contri- buted to the British Association a paper on the New Red Sand- stone of England and Ireland, and again in 1838 one on the Silurian rocks in Tyrone. In 1843, when his labours on the Irish Survey ceased, he was. stationed in Corfu. He took part in the remodelling and erection of the fortresses, devoted himself to the study of military science, and by way of relaxation to botany and scientific pursuits. A. mere catalogue of the various papers written by him during his residence in Corfu would be a long and tedious list. It contains many papers addressed to the British Association and other bodies. Amongst them, however, I may mention a short notice in a letter to Professor Phillips on the geology of Corfu, forwarded to the Meeting at Cork in 1843, immediately after his arrival in that island. In the same year a grant was made by the Council to Major Portlock for the exploration of the marine zoology of Corfu. Other papers on the Natural History of Corfu he com- municated to the ‘Annals of Natural History.’ In February 1844 Captain Portlock communicated to this Society an account of the White Limestone of Corfu and the neighbouring island of Vido. He does not appear to have been very successful in finding organic remains. But in the compact limestone of Vido he found Zerebratule and Ammonites in abun- dance, from the characters of which, some of them being apparently new, he concluded that the strata belonged to the Oolitic series ; and with respect to the Tertiary strata, he believed that all the varieties occurred which had been found by Mr. Strickland in Zante; and that there is little doubt that the strata extend from the Lower Pliocene down to Miocene, if not to Eocene. In 1847 Major Portlock was removed to Portsmouth. Here also, amidst the duties of his profession, he found time for much scientific labour. In 1848 he communicated to the British Asso- ciation a paper on the evidences he had observed at Fort Cum- berland and the Block-house Fort, of change of level on both sides of Portsmouth Harbour ; and he also wrote articles on Gal- vanism, on Geology and Geognosy, on Heat, and the Appendix (F) to Dr. Ryan’s article on Gun-Cotton in the second volume of the “Aide-Mémoire.”” He also published a treatise on Geology, in Weale’s ‘ Rudimentary Series.’ In 1849 Lieutenant-Colonel Portlock was appointed Command- ing Royal Engineer at Cork, and was warmly welcomed on his _ return to Ireland by the Irish geologists, who had not forgotten. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xl his former contributions to the geology of Ireland, or his services in favour of the Geological Society of Dublin, of which he was again elected President. He contributed a paper “On the varia- tions in depth in the Tertiary deposits, as exhibited in a section of borings at Portsmouth;” and another “On the schistose condition of the rocks in Bantry Bay,” in addition to his Annual Addresses on the 12th of February 1851 and 12th of February 1852. He also furnished an excellent article on Paleontology in the third volume of the “Aide-Mémoire.” In 1850 he read a paper to the British Association at Edin- burgh, on the manner in which Trap or Igneous Rocks intrude into the Sandstone and Conglomerate near North Berwick. During this period he also entered with great zeal into the question of the employment of convicts on military public works in Ireland, a measure which has since received so great a develop- ment, and in Ireland at least has been attended with such beneficial consequences. In 1851 Lieutenant-Colonel Portlock became In- spector of Studies at the Royal Military Academy at Woolwich. Here he found full scope for those occupations to which his thoughts and attention were becoming more and more exclusively devoted. He was an ardent advocate for education in the army, and particularly for that of the scientific corps. He took an active share in all the plans and schemes for the improvement of military education, which were at that time occupying the atten- tion of the military authorities; but in the meantime, dealing with the then existing state of things, he devoted himself to the improvement of the course of education at the Academy, by extending the mathematical course, and the study of chemistry; and by introducing, amongst other details, the addition of lectures in Geology, in Mineralogy, and in Natural Philosophy. During this time he also furnished to the Sth edition of the ‘ Encyclo- pedia Britannica’ the articles on “Cannon,” “ Fortification,” and “ Gunnery.” In 1852 Colonel Portlock was President of the Geological Section of the British Association at Belfast; and about this time it was that he wrote an admirable memoir of his former chief, Major-General Colby, of which Major-General Larcom, from whose memoir I have collected most of the materials in this notice, speaks in the highest terms, as recording, in the life of General Colby, the origin and progress to maturity of the topographical branch of the service. In 1856 he resigned his post at Woolwich; influenced by a sense of public duty, he retired at the very moment when the result of his labours was beginning to appear. He carried away with him the esteem and the regret both of the authorities and of all connected with the Academy; and by no one was this regret, and the approbation of his useful labours, more warmly expressed than by Lord Panmure, then Secretary of State for War. On leaving the Royal Military Academy he held the command at Dover from November 1856 to May 1857, when another field was xliv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. opened to him for the exercise of his zeal and talents in superin- tending the education of the Army. In the mean time, however, on the 18th of June, 1856, at the last Meeting of the Society for the Session, the death of Mr. Daniel Sharpe, who had then been recently elected our President, was announced, and Colonel Portlock was unanimously elected to fill the vacant Office; and it is unnecessary for me to remind you of the kind and judicious manner in which he invariably fulfilled the duties he had undertaken. In the two Addresses which he sub- sequently delivered on the occasion of the Anniversary Meetings, he gave us full and detailed accounts of the principal geological discoveries which had marked the progress of our science during the two years he occupied this chair. But if I were called upon to select any special matter in those Addresses, which appear to me to have been eminently successful, I would point to the able and elaborate réswmé which he gave, in 1858, of the work of M. Delesse, entitled “ Ktudes sur le Métamorphisme,” and in which the important discoveries of that able mineralogist and geologist are fully explained. At length, in consequence of the great discussion which had for some time been going on respecting Military Education, the recommendation of the Commission appointed to inquire into the subject was adopted, and a Council of Military Education was appointed. Major-General Portlock, from his antecedent duties, was naturally one of those selected for the first council; and it may well be supposed by those who knew him, that no employ- ment could be more congenial to his tastes than this. On all occasions he was one of the most forward advocates of education. He looked upon competition, and especially open competition, as the great principle on which public appointments should be made. He was also a warm advocate of the claims of science upon the education of youth; nor was he indifferent to the claims of clas- sical education, but he considered that it should be cultivated on better principles and in a sounder manner. But in the midst of these important duties he did not neglect literary occupation; in 1858 he translated from the Italian a work on Strategy by Sponzilli, and in 1860 he revised the article “War” for the 8th edition of the ‘ Encyclopedia Britannica.’ ' Thus, during the last periods of an active life, his energies and interests were divided between the Council of Military Education and the Geological Society of London, to which, from the time of his Presidentship, he was more closely drawn than ever, until in 1862 sudden illness warned him to withdraw from active and public duty. After a partial recovery, he returned to the scene of his early labours, and settled near Dublin, in the hope of being able to be at least a not altogether useless member of scientific society. But this hope was not destined to be fulfilled. His illness increased until he calmly breathed his last on February 14, 1864, in the 70th year of his age. Amongst the many honours conferred upon him, he received in ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xly Trinity College, Dublin, the honorary degree of Doctor of Laws. He was also a Fellow of the Royal Society, the Royal Astrono- mical Society, the Royal Geographical Society; and he was a Member of the Royal Irish Academy, and of the Geological and Zoological Societies of Dublin. And:-now I have to add to the list of our losses the name of Dr. Hua@u Fatconer, who has been suddenly taken from us within the last few days, at the early age of 56. When we re- collect the zeal and ability with which he had directed his atten- tion to the study of Paleontology, and more especially to that of the extinct Mammalia, the vast amount of information he had collected, and the judicious and cautious use he made of it, we may safely say that the Paleontologists of the present day have suffered an irreparable loss. Hvuen Fanconer was born at Forres in the North of Scotland in 1809. He studied successively at the Universities of Aber- deen and Edinburgh, and went out to India in 1830, as Assistant- Surgeon on the Bengal Establishment. Taking a lively interest in all branches of Natural History, his chief pursuit at this time was Botany ; and in 1832 he succeeded Dr. Royle as the Superintend- ent of the Botanic Gardens at Suharunpoor. Placed thus at the early age of twenty-three in a responsible and independent posi- tion, his natural talents and tastes had a full field for their deve- lopment. Having already in Calcutta examined a collection of - fossil bones from Ava, he now began his explorations in the Sub- Himalayan or Sewalik range of hills, which on his very first visit he pronounced to be of Tertiary age analogous to the Molasse of _ Switzerland. With the help of his friend and companion Captain, now Col. Sir Proby T. Cautley, fossil remains of Miocene mamma- lian genera were quickly found in great abundance. A. still richer deposit of these remains was found in 1834 by Lieutenants Baker and Ducand, to which the attention of Dr. Falconer and Capt. Cautley was at once directed, and it is perhaps not too much to say that such a mine of mammalian remains has never yet been met with in any other portion of the globe ; nor was it less remarkable for the great number and variety of species thus unexpectedly brought to light. The results of these discoveries were published by Dr. Falconer and Capt. Cautley in various sci- entific journals both in India and in England, and so important were they considered, that in 1837 the Council of this Society awarded to them the Wollaston Medal. About the same time also his botanical duties led him to ex- plore the snowy range of the Himalayas, whose lofty summits, visible from his post at Suharunpoor, must have been long a con- stant object of interest to his active and inquiring mind. Falconer never forgot what he had once seen or learnt, and they who had the good fortune to hear his observations on the glaciers and the physical structure of that mountain-region, made on a recent occasion at one of the meetings of the Royal Geographical Society, xlvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. must have been struck with the vividness of his recollection of scenes which he had visited many years before, as well as with the sound and philosophical views which he then brought forward. Tt was also chiefly owing to information obtamed by him that we are indebted for the introduction of the cultivation of tea into India, as well as for that of the Cinchona plant. In 1837 Dr. Falconer accompanied Sir Alexander Burnes’s second mission to Cabool. During this expedition and in the fol- lowing year he explored many parts of the Trans-Indus region and Cashmere, and examined the great glaciers of the Mooztagh range and of other regions, returning towards the end of 1838 to Su- harunpoor, to resume his duties. In 1842 the state of his health compelled him to return to England on sick leave, bringing with him the valuable natural- history collections which he had made on his many exploratory expeditions and during his residence in India. On his return to England he occupied himself with the description and disposal of his collections, most of which he presented to the India House and the British Museum, to which national institution Capt. Cautley had already presented his collection. To Dr. Falconer was confided the charge of superintending their arrangement, the result of which has been the formation of a collection of fossil mammalian remains unequalled in any museum in the world. In conjunction with Capt. Cautley he communicated many interesting and valuable papers respecting these fossil remains, which were published at various times in the different scientific journals of the day. Amongst these was a discourse communi- cated to the Royal Asiatic Society on the Fossil Fauna of the Sewalik Hills. . Our own Proceedings for 1844 contain a valuable paper by these authors on some fossil remains of Anoplotherium and the Giraffe from the Sewalik Hills in the North of India. In this paper they allude to the remarkable mixture of extinct and recent forms which constituted the ancient fauna of Northern India. With regard to the remains of fossil Crocodiles, one species is considered as identical with its recent analogue. They occur together with extinct species of such modern types as Monkey, Camel, Antelope, and Giraffe. The Anoplotherium, hitherto only found, as they believe, in the older and middle Tertiaries of Europe, continued in India to live down to a period when existing Indian Croco- diles, and probably other recent forms had become inhabitants of that region. In the following year Dr. Falconer read before the Society a paper on Dinotherium, Giraffe, and other Mammalia from Perim Island in the Gulf of Cambay, including a description of the remains of a new Ruminant, the Bramatherium, allied to the fossil Giraffe. One of the most interesting facts connected with the Perim fossils is, that they belong to the same genera and species as are found in the Sewalik Hills, and in the ossiferous beds of the Irawaddi in Ava. But besides these the Perim Island collection contains numerousremains of Mastodon, Elephant, ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xlvii Rhinoceros, Hippopotamus, Sus, Equus, several species of Ante- lope, Bos, Crocodiles, Tortoises, and Fish. But the most important work undertaken by Dr. Falconer and Capt. Cautley was the publication of the great work entitled “Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis,’ published under the patronage of the Government and the India House. It was intended to illus- trate fully the fossils of the Sewalik Hills. The plates of nine parts were brought out between 1844 and 1847, but the letter- press was greatly in arrear, and, haying been stopped in conse- quence of Dr. Falconer’s return to India on the expiry of his leave, has never been resumed. In 1848 Dr. Falconer was appointed Superintendent of the Calcutta Botanical Garden, and Professor of Botany in the Me- dical College; in 1850 he visited the Tenasserim provinces to examine the teak forests, and subsequently contributed to the introduction of the Cinchona plant into India. In the spring of 1855 he retired from the Indian service, and returned to England, with his health greatly impaired by the effects of his hard labours and exposure to an Indian climate. Ever since that period he has been an active member of our Society, and an ardent inves- tigator of Tertiary mammalian geology. Scarcely had he returned to England when he communicated to this Society a very import- ant paper “On the Species of Mastodon and Elephant occurring in the Fossil state in England.” Unfortunately only the first part of this paper, namely on Mastodon, has as yet been published. His object was to ascertain what are the species of Mastodon and Elephant found fossil in Britain, what ought: to be their specific names, and what are the localities where they are found, as well as to remedy the almost chaotic confusion which had crept into the nomenclature of these proboscidian Pachydermata, by pointing out the distinctive characters of the several species of Mastodon and Hlephas. The following are the conclusions at which he arrived. 1. That the Mastodon-remains which have been met with in the “ Fluvio-marine Crag” and “ Red Crag” belong to a Plio- cene form, Mastodon Arvernensis. 2. That the Mammalian Fauna of the Fluvio-marine Crag bears all the characters of a Pliocene age, and is identical with the Subapennine Pliocene Fauna of Italy. 3. That the Red and Fluvio-marine Crags, tested by their Mam- malian fauna, must be considered as beds of the same geological age. ” Following up these investigations, and having come to the con- clusion that the mammalian fauna of the Pliocene age must be distinguished from that of the Quaternary period of Europe, he was naturally led to the examination of the Cave-fauna of Hng- land. In 1860 he communicated to the Society a Memoir on the ossiferous caves of Gower. The existence of Hlephas antiquus and Kthinoceros hemitechus, as belonging to the same fauna, was thus for the first time established, and the age of that fauna defined as posterior to.the boulder-clay or glacial period. At the same xlvili PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, time he zealously prosecuted the same line of investigation im Sicily and in Italy, particularly in the Val d’Arno, where he en- deavoured to reduce to something like systematic order the mass of fossil bones there found. In Sicily he discovered the famous Grotto di Maccagnone, where flint implements of great antiquity were found adhering to the roof-matrix, mingled with remains of Hyena, now extinct in Europe. An account of these discoveries was published in our Journal*, with a description of other similar caves, and of the enormous quantity of fossil bones of extinct animals, amongst which those of Rhinoceros were so abundant, that they represented the remains of many hundreds if not thou- sands of individuals. These were found in a bone-breccia forming the bottom layer in the caves, as well as an enormous talus outside resting on the Hippurite-limestone. Besides other communications on this and cognate subjects, Dr. Falconer communicated to the British Association at Cam- bridge an account of the Hlephas Melitensis, the pigmy fossil Elephant of Malta, discovered with other extinct animals by Capt. Spratt in the ossiferous cave of Zebbug. The question of the antiquity of man had always been a sub- ject of great interest to him, and the investigation .of the cave- deposits, evidently of very different ages, of which fact additional evidence was being almost daily accumulated, was constantly urging him on to fresh inquiries and new discoveries. In 1863 he took an active share in the perplexing discussion on the human jaw, said to have been found in the gravel-deposits of Moulin Quignon. Dr. Falconer was inclined to doubt its authenticity, and there seems little reason to question the correctness of his conclusions. He also took a great interest in the discovery of those remark- able deposits in the caverns of the Dordogne, where flint imple- . ments and other curious remains of human art are so abundant, together with remains of animals now extinct in that part of France, of which those of the Reindeer are the most numerous; these have been ably investigated by Messrs. Lartét and Henry Christie, but they belong undoubtedly to a much more recent period. His last expedition was undertaken last September to visit the remarkable cave-deposits recently discovered in Gibraltar. A copy of the report which he made, in conjunction with Prof. Busk, to the Government, has lately been forwarded to us by the Secre- tary of State for War, and will, I trust, shortly be read before this Society. His loss, I am sure, will long be most deeply felt by those who were personally acquainted ‘with his merits, and by all who could appreciate profound scientific knowledge. His memory was most remarkable, as was also his caution in giving an opinion. The store of scientific materials which he had accumulated, and of * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 99. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xlix which he was the sole possessor, was such that science will long deplore his loss as a paleontologist of the first order, and it will be long before any follower in his footsteps can collect the mass of information which he had made his own. For several years the state of his health had led him to pass the winter season amidst the milder climates of Italy or Sicily, and it is much to be feared that the want of this precaution during the past winter has led to the sad result which we now all deplore. Dr. Falconer became a Fellow of this Society in 1842. He was also a Fellow and Vice-President of the Royal Society. In him we have also lost a useful Foreign Secretary, an oflice which he has held for three years. The Duxr or NewcastiLe was born in 1811, and, like most young men in his position, was educated at Eton and at Christ- church. Devoted to public life, he was an admirer rather than a cultivator of geological science. His political career is, however, so well known that it is needless for me to allude to it on this occasion. At the same time I cannot omit stating that, having twice held the office of Secretary of State for the Colonies, we are indebted to him for communicating to us from time to time copies of interesting reports received from Colonial Governors, several of which have appeared in our Journal. The Hart oF Itcuesrer, better known to us as Mr. Strangways, was born in 1795. For many years he followed the diplomatic career. In 1821 Mr. Straneways read a paper entitled “ An Outline of the Geology of Russia,” published in the following year in the first volume of the second series of our Transactions. Although now rendered obsolete by the more perfect and detailed accounts of the Geology of Russia by Sir Roderick Murchison and his companions, it must at the time have been a very valuable addi- tion to the knowledge of continental geology. But, like most of the geological memoirs of that time, it is decidedly more minera- logical than geological. It principally consists of lithological de- scriptions of the various formations observed by the author, with full accounts of their mineral contents. At the same time many of the geological features which have since been so fully illus- trated did not escape the keen observation of Mr. Strangways. He points out the analogy between the primitive rocks of Finland and those of Sweden, of which he considers them a prolongation. He describes the evident traces of diluyial action throughout the whole of Finland as existing on the most astonishing scale, every hill-top of granite or primitive rock presenting a surface as much rounded and as visibly water-worn as the boulders or colossal. pebbles that lie around their bases. He clearly perceived the Paleozoic character of the fossil remains in the limestone of the Valdai Hills, and compares the Madrepores to those of the Mountain-limestone in Northumberland. A sort of Briarean VOL, XXI. d fae PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Pentacrinite is particularly described, and allusion is made to Encrini, minute Corallines, and other marine fossils resembling those in the limestone of Dudley, as well as large Terebratulites. The saliferous sands with vast deposits of gypsum are also de- scribed, as are their accompanying red marls, now known as the Permian group. Nor did the great limestone- formation, extend- ing across the middle of Russia, escape his notice. It is described as generally of a pure white colour, completely filled with broken Encrinites, large Terebratulites , Caryophyllites, Pectinites, and the exuvia of marine animals. The paper is accompanied by a sketch- map of Russia, in which the author has dotted down the various formations he observed. No attempt is made to give anything like a chronological sequence of the different beds. The Ven. Archdeacon Cuaries Parr Burney was born at Chiswick, October 19, 1785. He was descended from a family long distinguished for their literary attamments. His grandfather, hares Burney, was the author of the‘ History of Music,’ and Ths father, Dr. Charles Burney, was a distinguished Greek scholar and a successful schoolmaster. Educated by his father, he became a member of Merton College, Oxford, and subsequently assisted his father in the management of his school at Greenwich. After holding various livings he was appointed to the Archdeaconry of St. Alban’s, and in 1845 he was transferred to that of Colchester. Both in private and in public life he was equally respected and esteemed; his knowledge of business was great, and his advice and assistance were always ready for those who needed them. I am not aware of his having ever contributed any paper to this Society, but on account of his literary name he deserves notice on such an occasion as the present. He died at Brighton on No- vember 1, aged 79. The Rey. Wir1i1am Lister was a contributor to our Journal. In February 1862 he read a paper on the Drift containing recent shells in the neighbourhood of Wolverhampton. He describes three points where this drift is exposed containing marine shells, some of which are purely Arctic, but most of them are common British species. Amongst the Foreign Members whom we have lost, I must mention Professor Epwarp HircHcock, a name well known to all who have studied the Geology of the United States. He was born at Deerfield in Massachusetts, May 24, 1793. In early life he devoted himself to the study of astronomy. His first geological paper was his “ Remarks on the Geology and Mineralogy of a Section of Massachusetts on Connecticut River,’ published with a map in the first volume of Silliman’s Journal, dated Deerfield, October 1817. For many years he was pastor of a church in Conway, Massachusetts, but he still contmued to write papers on eetaey and Geology, which were published in the first ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT, hi ten volumes of Silliman’s Journal. From 1825 to 1845 he filled the chair of Chemistry and Natural History in Amherst College, with whose history his name is inseparably connected. In 1845 he became President of the College. But even after his resignation of the Presidency, he continued to be the instructor in Geology and Natural Religion. His name will also always hold a place in the history of govern- mental geological surveys, for it was on his suggestion that the government of Massachusetts added a geological surveyor to the corps charged with the preparation of a trigonometrical survey of that State, to which post he appears to have been appointed; he made several reports on the State Geology between 1833 and 1841. These were followed by other reports on Surface Geology, on the Hematite of Berkshire, and finally on the Ichnology of New England. In 1856 he undertook with his two sons the geological survey of Vermont. This, notwithstanding many difficulties, was completed in 1862 by the "publication of the final report of about a thousand pages. His last geological paper, entitled “ New Facts and Conclusions respecting the Fossil footmarks of the Connecticut Valley,” was published in Silliman’s Journal in 1863. He then expressed his opinion that it would be his last produc- tion. He lived, however, to complete his ‘ Reminiscences,’ the pre- face of which is dated September 1, 1860. He died at Amherst ov. the 27th of February, 1864, in his 71st year. He is described as earnest, simple and sagacious, and as being indefatigable under all discouragements. Professor Bunsamin SILLIMAN, the venerable and distinguished. Editor of the Journal which bears his name, and which has been long known as the best of the scientific journals in the United States, was born in 1780, and died at New Haven on the 24th November last, at the age of 84. He graduated at Yale in 1798, studied law, and was admitted to the bar in 1802. He after- wards accepted the Chair of Chemistry, Mineralogy, and Geology in Yale College. In 1820 he visited Europe to prosecute his studies, then at the age of 40, in sciences which were at that time almost unknown in America. On his return to America in 1821 he published an account of his travels in England, Hol- land, and Scotland. He again revisited this country in 1851, of which he also published his notes, entitled “ Narrative of a Visit to Europe in 1851.” He afterwards assisted Dr. Ware in his experiments with the oxyhydrogen blowpipe. In 1818 Professor Silliman had founded the American Journal of Science and Arts on the extinction of the Journal of Mineralogy, the only scientific periodical which had previously existed in the United States. To this work he devoted himself with energy and perseverance for the remainder of his life. He was always an ardent promoter of science, and continued to give lectures long after he had re- signed his professorship. Hei is said to have been a man of simple, a hi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. tastes, and he preserved his activity of mind and body to the last, ever taking a deep interest in the progress of science, humanity, and freedom all over the world. His quiet manners and general knowledge rendered him widely populav. Although not a Member of this Society, I must not omit the name of ANDREW GepbEs Barn, to whose explorations we owe so much of our knowledge of South African Geology. He was a native of Scotland, and emigrated to the Cape in early life. The earlier years of his colonial life were passed in various occupations, including the construction of a military road through the Heca Pass, in which he displayed great engineering talents, and he subsequently had the direction of most of the roads constructed in the colony. ; Here it was that a perusal of Lyell’s ‘Elements’ turned his attention to Geology, and while exploring the rocks with which his daily avocatious were connected, he discovered the remains of the Dicynodon and other fossil Reptiles in the Lacustrine or Karoo beds near Fort Beaufort. Of these he sent a large collec- tion to England; and some idea of their scientific value may be formed from the large sums of money expended by the British Museum and by this Society in having the organic remains chiselled out of the hard rocky matrix in which they were im- bedded, and by the interesting account given of them by Professor Owen in our ‘Transactions,’ vol. iii. second series, p. 538. In 1845 the Council of this Society awarded him the balance of the proceeds of the Wollaston Donation-fund, as a mark of their high appreciation of the importance of his discoveries. He subsequently examined the rich Devonian deposits in the Western province, and added many new species to their fauna. In fact, wherever he was employed, the whole of his leisure mo- ments were devoted to the study of the geology of these iittle- known regions, and he crowned his labours by the construction of a Geological Map of Southern Africa, which was afterwards published by this Society. After an absence from England of many years, Mr. Bain re- visited this country last year, and I need not remind you of the satisfaction with which most of us then saw for the first time the discoverer of the Dicynodon. The state of his health had brought him to England, and the same cause hastened his depar- ture after a short stay in this country on the approach of winter. He returned to the Cape, where the milder climate was considered as the only chance of prolonging his life. He died a few days after landing, and with him we have lost our best hopes for the present of seeing the geology of Southern Africa completed. In addressing you on the present occasion I regret that I have been unable to take up any one particular subject, which, after the example of some of my immediate predecessors, I might have ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. li handled in detail and developed in all its bearings. I therefore trust that the course I have adopted of endeavouring to lay before you some account of the principal events of the last twelve months, though it may lack the interest of the plan I have alluded to, may yet prove satisfactory, inasmuch as the subjects which have lately occupied our attention, embrace the extreme limits of our geological horizon, extending from the earliest dawn of or- ganic life down to the period when the human race dwelt on the surface of our globe, together with animals which, having run their allotted time, are now extinct. The history of these two extreme periods has recently been remarkably developed, and although many gaps still remain to be filled up by the exertions of future labourers, we seem to be enabled to embrace in one comprehensive glance the whole history of created life from the Eozo6n of the Laurentian epoch down to the gravels of Amiens and St. Acheul, and the rich cave-deposits of the South of lrance. Geological Survey of the United Kingdom.—The progress of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom deserves our first attention. Carried on as this Survey has been by an able staff under the immediate superintendence of the Director-General of the Museum of Practical Geology and Professor Ramsay, it is not surprising that its progress has been satisfactory, and that a large tract of country has been surveyed during the last twelve months. It has long been a desideratum felt by all English geologists to parallel with accuracy the Paleozoic rocks of Cumberland, Westmoreland, and Lancashire with those of North Wales and the Silurian region, and I learn from Sir Roderick Murchison that their examination is nowin active progress by the Govern- ment Surveyors. The researches of Professor Harkness have already demonstrated, by a complete examination of the fossils, that the Skiddaw Slates, the oldest rocks of Cumberland, are not of the high antiquity which had been assigned to them, but are simply of Lower Llandeilo date, as proved by their Graptolites, Orthide, and other Lower Silurian fossils. As it will now be an interesting subject of investigation to assign all the slaty rocks of the wild region south of Skiddaw, with their numerous interca- lated porphyries, to their exact equivalents in North Wales, so no one can be more capable of effecting this than Professor Ramsay, who has devoted so much labour to the examination of the last- mentioned region. The correlation of the Upper Silurian rocks of Windermere, Kendal, and Kirkby Lonsdale, with their equivalents in Wales and the counties of Salop, Hereford, &c., has already been estab- lished, and is, indeed, laid down on the new edition of Greenough’s map, but their correct lines of demarcation have yet to be worked out; and the services of Mr. Aveline, whose skill in defining the boundaries of the several Silurian formations was prominently brought out in Wales, are now happily applied in Cumberland. liv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Exploring, in ascending order, from the Silurian base of the Lake region, and working eastwards, the surveyors will next have to develope the structure of the great mineral fields of Durham and Northumberland. The vast importance of these counties, in respect to their ores of lead and beds of coal, has rendered it, the Director-General thinks, imperative to hasten their survey, by earrying on the work into them from the West and North Ridings of Yorkshire before the geology of the eastern counties of England is begun upon, the latter being void of all valuable minerals, save Coprolites. In the mean time every tract south of London, and extending from the metropolis inclusive to some distance directly north of it, has been surveyed. It would be out of place here to dwell upon the good services of the various surveyors, most of them Fellows of this Society, who are now working out the details of geological outlines and rela- tions in various parts of Great Britain, or those of Ireland under the able direction of Mr. Jukes; but I may call attention to a change in, or rather addition to, the classification adopted in maps already published. I allude to the interpolation of the Rheetic beds of foreign geologists as a zone lying between the Keuper and the Lias. This has been carried out in certain sheets of Somerset, Gloucester, &c. by the labours of Messrs. Bristow and Etheridge. In searching for the best name to be used as a British equivalent for the word “ Rhetic,” the Director-General, after personal inspection of some of the best typical localities, has adopted the name of “ Penarth,” first suggested to him by Dr. Wright, because in the headland of that name near Cardiff, these beds are most clearly exhibited, lying between red Keuper strata beneath and the Lower Lias above them. ‘ I must also say, in reference to the Survey, that I learn with pleasure that the sale of the. Government Geological Maps has largely increased, this being the best proof that the public are taking increased interest in the advancement of our science. In addition to the progress of the Survey itself, several memoirs have also been published under its auspices, and amongst them is one by Professor Huxley “ On the Structure of the Belemnitide,” clearing up many points in their organization that have hitherto remained more or less obscure. The specimen which has enabled Professor Huxley to work out the details on which his discoveries are founded is from the collection of the Rev. Mr. Montefiore, and is the most complete Belemnite ever found. One of the new points contained in this Memoir is the account of that rarely preserved organ hitherto known as the “ pen”’ or osselet, but to which Pro- fessor Huxley has given the name of pro-ostracwm, as he considers it to correspond to only a part of the structure known as the “ pen” in recent Cephalopods. He then states his belief in the systematic importance of the variations in form of the pro-ostracum, and on this account is disposed to favour a subdivision of the genus Belemmites itself ; the difference between the pro-ostraca of certain ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lv Belemnitic forms being probably of generic importance. Another new point furnished by this beautiful specimen is the existence of beaks and acetabular hooks in the genus Belemnites, in which they have never hitherto been found, although known to exist in Belemnoteuthis. Another memoir is by Mr. Whitaker “On the Geology of parts of Middlesex, Hertfordshire, Buckinghamshire, Berkshire, and Surrey.’ It is intended to accompany and to illustrate sheet 7 of the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Embracing as it does such a considerable area of the neighbourhood of the metro- polis, it will have an interest for many who have not the leisure to undertake distant excursions, but who may wish, nevertheless, to be made to understand the geological phenomena which come under their notice in the neighbourhood of their daily walks. Commencing with the Chalk, of which a useful though succinet account is given, the author then proceeds to describe the different beds which constitute the Lower Eocene series. Lists of the fossils are introduced whenever necessary, and numerous descriptive sec- tions are given. Another chapter is devoted to the Middle Eocene series, consisting of the Lower Bagshot sand; and the remainder of the memoir is devoted to the Postpliocene series, the different elements of which, with their respective localities, are fully de- scribed. hisis arather interesting point, as the author observes that it is very rare in this district to find any two of these elements at one place, so arranged that we can be sure of their relative age. Mr. Edward Hull also publishes a memoir giving an account of the country around Oldham, including Manchester and its suburbs, with an Appendix on the Fossils by Mr. Salter. The rocks described in this memoir begin with the Limestone-shale under- lying the Millstone-grit, over which are placed the Lower and Upper Coal-measures. Above them come the Permian rocks, consisting of Lower Permian sandstone and Upper Permian marls, and these are again overlain by the Pebble-beds or Con- elomerate of the New Red Sandstone or Trias. No fossils are mentioned as occurring in this conglomerate ; but as it is described as conformable to the underlying Permian, with an inclination of about 10° to the 8.W., they may possibly turn out to belong to the Permian series, like the sandstones described by Sir R. I. Murchison at St. Abbs Headin Cumberland, and then the Trias would be here altogether wanting. No other sedimentary rocks, whether Secondary or Tertiary, occur here, and the whole is overlain by Postpliocene boulder-clay and drift. Geological Map of England.—l must now congratulate you on the completion of the new edition of the Geological Map of England, which you see exhibited before you. The name of Mr. Greenough will ever be associated with this work; for although his map was to a large extent based upon that of his predecessor, William Smith, the acknowledged father of English geology, and who deserves to be remembered as the first author of the geolo- gical maps of England, yet it was owing to the liberality of Mr. lvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Greenough, who not only presented to this Society the plates of his map, but bequeathed to us a large sum of money, that we have been enabled, by a judicious application of a portion of that money, to produce the present result. But it must also not be forgotten that this result could not have been obtained without the active labours of the Committee appointed by the Council for this purpose, the members of which have for many years devoted much of their time and energies to its completion. Nor can I refrain, on this occasion, from mentioning the names of those members of the Committee who haye been most active in communicating the results of their previous labours and investi- gations. At the same time you will understand that a very large proportion of the improvements and corrections which have been introduced into this edition, particularly in Wales and some of the Western and Central counties of England, is taken from the published documents of the Geological Survey, which, as far as they have been completed, have served as the basis of the new edition. The most active private contributors to this work have been Sir Roderick Murchison, Professor Phillips, Mr. Prestwich, and Mr. Godwin-Austen. The corrections of Sir R. Murchison refer principally to the Vale of the Eden and St. Bees Head in Cum- berland, where, with the assistance of Professor Harkness, he has shown that a considerable portion of the Red Sandstone series, which had hitherto been coloured as belonging to the lower portion of the Trias, is in fact the upper portion of the Permian system, with which it is most intimately connected. He has also shown, with the aid of Professor Harkness, that the Skiddaw Slates, the oldest rocks of Cumberland, are not of such high antiquity as has hitherto been assigned to them, but that they belong to the Lower Llandeilo period. Professor Phillips’s share consisted of a careful revision of the six northern counties, and a considerable portion of the N.E. of England, extending from Nottingham to Lincoln, through his already published area of Yorkshire into Durham and the greater part of Northumberland, in which he obtained the assistance of Mr. Tate of Alnwick. He likewise furnished the data for North Lancashire, Westmoreland, and Cumberland, and, with the aid of Mr. Binney, for South Lancashire and Cheshire, and the Lias of the plain of Carlisle. His residence at Oxford also enabled him to give some useful assistance in that neighbourhood. Mr. J. Prestwich has supplied the geological data for the Ter- tiaries round London and Kent, and the Bagshot series in Surrey and part of Berkshire, from his own MS. notes ov the 1-inch Ordnance Maps, at which he had worked from 1885 to 1855. From the Newbury district to the Isle of Thanet and Harwich, the new map adopts Mr. Prestwich’s divisions and outlines as far as could be done with the imperfect topography of the original plates. Mr. Prestwich also undertook to put im the Chalk, Crag, and Drift areas in Norfolk and Suffolk, and adopted the division ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lvii of only two Crags, a conclusion at which he had arrived after some years’ labour, but which he had not laid down on any previously published map. This sheet of the map, embracing the counties of Norfolk and Suffolk, is, perhaps, with the exception of the Crag, the least per- fect portion of the work. With regard to the Boulder-clay, Mr. Greenough had only laid it down in the Eastern counties, whereas, as Mr. Prestwich observes, if should have been carried over half of England. Unfortunately there was no one who could under- take this, and the colour has therefore been entirely omitted in this edition. J think it necessary to mention this circumstance, as a mere inspection of the map might otherwise lead to some mis- understanding. Mr. Godwin-Austen contributed greatly to the revision of the S.E. sheet, including the Wealden of Kent and Sussex, and the members of the Cretaceous serics. He also superintended and laid down from MNS. notes, a small portion of France, including the Boulonnais, as being the physical continuation of the Wealden area, and of Kent, Surrey, and Sussex; and south of that area some Tertiary outliers were mapped by Mr. Prestwich. As a considerable portion of the N.E. sheet, which includes the S.W. of Scotland and parts of Ireland, had been left blank in the previous editions of Mr. Greenough’s map, it was con- sidered by the Committee desirable that these portions also should be coloured geologically. As respects Ireland, that portion in- cluded in the map has been executed from MS. notes of Mr. Godwin-Austen, aided by the map of Sir Richard Griffiths ; and as regards the S.W. of Scotland, considerable portions have also been filled in by Mr. Godwin- Austen ; the Ayrshire coal-field is from the original MS. of Mr. Geilkie; and the remaining areas are taken from the published Geological Map of Scotland. by Sir R. Murchison and Mr. Geikie, and a small portion of the Pentland district from the 1-inch Geologic al Survey. Tn conclusion I must not omit the name of Mr. Mylne, one of the most active members of the Committee, who acted as its Secretary, and who deserves the greatest praise for his diligence and good management in superintending most of the arrange- ments with the engraver, and generally assisting the other mem- bers of the Committee in the execution of their joint and labo- rious undertaking. Although some few points still remain for the last touch of the engraver, “I trust that ina very few weeks the map will be ready to be placed i in the publisher’s hands. Laurentian Formation.—I1 have already stated that it is im- possible for me to allude even briefly to the many communications which have been read before this Society during the past year ; as a rule, indeed, I have followed the example ‘of several of my predecessors in abstaining altogether from any notice of them, except under peculiar circumstances, as, in consequence of the more rapid system of publication which we have recently adopted, they are, with very few exceptions, already printed in our Journal. lvill PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. T cannot, however, pass over the paper of Sir W. E. Logan, “On the Occurrence of Organic Remains in the Laurentian Rocks of Canada.” These Laurentian rocks consist principally of gneiss, and are now admitted to be amongst, if not, the oldest-known metamorphic rocks on the surface of our globe. The existence of these rocks in the British Islands was first pointed out by Sir R. Murchison in Sutherlandshire and Ross-shire as far back as 1858, when he applied to them the term of Funda- mental Gneiss, and described them as having a N.N.W. and S.S.E. strike, almost at right angles with the prevailing strike of all the other and younger metamorphic rocks of the British Isles. In the sketch-map of the North of Scotland which accompanies a subsequent memoir published in the following year, this funda- mental gneiss is described as the Laurentian gneiss of Canada; and again in 1861, mm a paper by Sir R. Murchison and Mr. Geikie, it is generally described as the Laurentian or older eneiss; and the remarkable N.W. and S.E. strike is alluded to as persistent both on the mainland and in the Hebrides. This formation also covers a large area in Scandinavia; and certain eneissic rocks in Bohemia and Bavaria, previously divided by Giimbel and Crejci into two series, are referred by Sir R. Mur- chison to the same Laurentian group. And in a paper recently read before this Society, Dr. Holl has suggested the existence of this Laurentian or pre-Cambrian series as forming the nucleus of the Malvern Hills. The Laurentian formation of Canada has been subdivided into two groups, named respectively the Upper and Lower Laurentian, the united thickness of which cannot be less than 30,000 feet. Zones or bands of limestone of great thickness are known to occur in both, and at least three such bands have been ascertained to belong to the lower group. Now it had been stated, more or less vaguely during the jast few years, that organic remains had been discovered in these Laurentian rocks, but it was reserved for Sir W. Logan to bring the first notice of this discovery before the Society in a paper read on the 23rd November last, but which had already been communicated to the British Association at Bath in September. It is accompanied by a paper by Dr. Daw- son, on the Structure of these Organic Remains, with a Note by Dr. Carpenter; and another paper by Mr. Sterry Hunt, on the Mineralogy of these same Organic Remains. After describing the localities where, and the circumstances under which these fossili- ferous beds were formed, Sir W. Logan shows how recent investi- gations have resulted in the discovery of distinct organic remains in the limestone-bands at the Grand Calumet on the River Ottawa, and at Grenville and Burgess in Canada. These were at first supposed to be corals, but, with the aid of the microscope, such evidence of organic structure has been obtained, that Dr. Dawson has identified the fossil as a Foraminifer growing in large sessile patches, after the manner of Polytrema and Carpenteria, but of much greater dimensions. Its peculiar characteristics are (1) small ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lix cellular sessile shell-growth, and (2) radiating and otherwise ar- ranged tubuli in the shell-walls, only represented in recent or fossil forms by the tubular system of the shells of some Horami- nifera. Hence, notwithstanding a few slight discrepancies, Dr. Dawson finds it to be foraminiferal in its character, and therefore refers it to the Rhizopods, with the name of Hozodn Canadense. It seems to have attained an enormous size, and by the aggregation of individuals to have assumed the aspect of a coral reef. -Mr. Sterry Hunt’s paper gives some details of the process by which the original animal matter has been replaced by mineral silicates, which are found not only in the chamber-cells and canals left vacant by the disappearance of the animal matter, but in many cases in the tubuli of the shell-walls. These silicates are pyroxene, serpentine, loganite, and pyrallolite. The pyroxene and serpen- tine are often found in contiguous chambers in the fossil, and were evidently formed in consecutive stages of a continuous pro- cess while the Hozodn was still growing or had only recently perished; and he concludes by stating his opinion that these silicated minerals were formed, not by subsequent metamorphism in deeply buried sediments, but by reactions gomg on at the earth’s surface. It is difficult to overrate the geological importance of this dis- covery. Those beds of enormous thickness which underlie the Lower Silurian and Cambrian deposits, and which, under various forms of gneiss, mica-schist, hornblende-slate, &c., are known under the general term of metamorphic rocks, and have been supposed to have been formed and even re-formed or metamor- phosed before the appearance of animal life on our globe, are now found, instead of being azoic, to contain remains of organic beings. These traces, too, are found in the very lowest depths of those deep-seated beds. The bands of limestone to which they are attached, and to the formation of which they may have contri- buted, occur in the lower subdivision of the Laurentian gneiss. Tf, then, this Laurentian gneiss represents the first soliditied stratum of the earth’s crust, we find animal life commencing at the very earliest period after it had attained that state of solidi- fication, of course under water, and before it underwent the pro- cess of metamorphism. Nature appears to have lost no time in availing herself of the newly-prepared field for her operations, and of introducing those forms of animal life best suited to the new condition of the planet, and which having performed their task were destined soon to pass away, and having themselves helped to modify the conditions of life, were to make room for other more highly organized beings adapted to a new state of things. But our astonishment does not cease here. These gigantic Foramini- fera required food and aliment, and although no traces of other organisms have yet been found, we know they must have existed. These animals could not, like Algz and other vegetables, draw their sustenance from the rock on which they grew. ‘They required organic matter, whether animal or vegetable, for their food. Ix PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Hence we may be certain that, contemporaneously with the Eozoon, there must have existed other creatures, probably minute Infusoria, floating in the waters of this Laurentian ocean, as well as marine Plants and Algw, from which they derived their nourish- ment, growing on the muddy bottom of the sea, which has since been metamorphosed into gneiss. It is true no trace of them has been found. This is probably owing to the metamorphic action having operated more violently on marls and sands deposited in the ocean, than on the intercalated bands of limestone or Hozoon- reefs, and to the subsequent crystallization and rearrangement of the constituent molecules having destroyed all traces of the mi- nute Infusoria, or of the tissue of the Alge. At all events we may be sure that this important question will not escape the notice of Sir W. Logan and his associates, and that no endeavours will be neglected on their part to render their search for fresh evidence of these fossil remains successful; and even should they fail in their endeavours to complete our know- ledge of these early pages of the book of nature, we shall still owe them our thanks for having thus deciphered these ancient writings, and extended our knowledge of organic life so far beyond its previously recognized limits. Since writing these remarks, my attention has been directed to a notice by Mr. Sanford, in the last Number of the Geological Magazine (No. VILL. p. 87), of the discovery of the Hozodn Cana- dense in the Green Marble of Connemara, in a quarry of the Binabola Mountains. The correctness of this statement 1s con- firmed by Prof. T. R. Jones, who, on submitting thin slices to the microscope, discovered all the essential features described by Dr. Dawson and Dr. Carpenter. This formation, therefore, must be considered as Laurentian; and it is a strong confirmation of this view, that Mr. Sanford describes these green marbles as having a N.W. and 8.H. strike, precisely like the fundamental or Laurentian gneiss of the N.W. of Scotland already mentioned. In connexion with this subject I may also refer to Sir R. Mur- chison’s description of these Connemara mountains (Siluria, third edition, p. 190), where he mentions the green marble or serpen- tine as interstratified with the lower portion of the series of altered or metamorphic micaceous and quartzose schists which, resting on granite and syenitic and hornblendic rocks, underlie the fossiliferous Silurian beds. Amongst the recently published reports of the Geological Survey of Canada is a memoir on the Graptolites of the Quebec Group, by Professor James Hall, accompanied by twenty-two plates representing the singular and diversified forms in which this remarkable family of Paleeozoic polypiform Radiata occur. In the first chapter will be found a carefully digested description of the structure and mode of growth of these animals, in some cases closely resembling that of the Sertulariz of the present day, and of the different classes into which they have been subdivided. This, however, notwithstanding many attempts, the author thinks ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lxi cannot be strictly carried out, in consequence of so many of these fossil remains, which extend no higher up than the Silurian series, being in such a fragmentary state that it is impossible to decide upon their complete characters. Professor Hall then shows that, although found in other countries and other Silurian beds, the Quebec beds mark the period of the greatest prevalence of the Graptolitide, and that the subsequent conditions of these Quebec beds in Canada have been so favourable to their preservation, that they have been there found in a more perfect condition than in any other formation. M. Barrande has published, in the ‘ Bulletin de la Société Géolo- gique de France,’ an account of the occurrence of the Bohemian colonies in the Silurian basin of the north-west of France and in Spain. He says that the Primordial fauna, which appears to be wanting in France, is spread over a large extent of ground in Spain as in Bohemia. ‘To it belong the limestones with Para- doxides in the Cantabrian chain of mountains, and the slates with . Paradoxides near Murero, north of Daruca in Aragon. On the other hand, the Second Silurian fauna is considerably developed in France as well as in Bohemia and Spain. This is followed in all these countries by the Third fauna, characterized alike by the presence of Cardita interrupta, Or thoceratites, and several Grap- tolites, traces of which are found in the Second fauna, both in several Departments of France and in Spain. Permian.—We are indebted to Sir R. Murchison and Professor Harkness for an important communication respecting the true limits of the Permian rocks in the north-west of England. The principal feature in this new arrangement is the absolute con- nexion with the Zechstein (Macnesian Limestone) or its equiva- lents, of great masses of superposed red sandstone, which, in the north-west of England, they propose to remove from the New Red. Sandstone or Trias, to which they have hitherto been assigned, and to consider them as the natural upper limit of the Permian and Paleozoic deposits. Professor Sedgwick had long ago pointed out, in the Western region at St. Bees Head and in Furness, the existence of the equivalents of the Maenesian Limestone, but without referring the beds to the Permian formation, to which the Magnesian Lime- stone belongs. In the introduction to this paper, Sir R. Mur- chison observes that this transference of the sandstones of St. Bees and Corby to the Permian group does not depend on fossil evidence, but on clear and unmistakeable sections, which show that these upper sandstones are connected with the lower sand- stone or Rothliegende through the intervention of the Magnesian Limestone or its equivalents ; and that thus united, all these strata, from the base to the summit, form one continuous series. And he adds, that a careful examination of the various localities, both in England and in Scotland, has satisfied him that, notwith- standing their very striking lithological dissimilarity, the Magne- sian strata to the east of the Pennine chain and the Red Sand- lxil PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, stones to the west of it, are truly synchronous groups. One ereat result of this tripartite arrangement of the Permian group, viz., lower and upper sandstones, with an intermediate limestone or its fossiliferous equivalent, is that we are thus enabled to cor- relate the British deposits of this age with the Permian forma- tions of the Continent. Tt is further stated in this memoir, that the Upper Permian consists of red sandstones with courses of red shales, all perfectly conformable to the underlying Permian rocks, there being a regular transition or passage into these from the Middle Permians. Wherever they have been examined, whether in Westmoreland, the east of Cumberland, or in the north portion of St. Bees Head on the west coast, they are not only perfectly conformable to the Middle Permian strata on which they rest, but are in inti- mate connexion with them. Whatever may be the angle of inclination of the one is always that of the other; and there is no trace of erosion on the surface of the lower or supporting strata, as might have been expected between rocks of Palzozoic and Mesozoic age. The authors then observe, that although there are certain shales and sandstones in the neighbourhood of Carlisle which are re- ferred to the Trias, they have found no evidence in any portion of Cumberland of the mode in which the lower members of this Mesozoic group were associated with the upper portion of the Palzozoic division. In conclusion, they add some remarks on the comparison between the Permian beds in the county of Durham and those of Westmoreland, and point out the great distinction between the flora of the Permian strata and that of the Coal- measures. Looking also at this great extension of the Permian rocks in the north-west of England, they suggest the possibility of productive Carboniferous deposits bemg obtained at some future day by sinking through some of these overlying Permian sand- stones. Avicula-contorta Bed.—The question of the true relations of these Avicula-contorta beds, about which so much has been lately written, as to whether they strictly belong to the Triassic or Liassic series, has been ably discussed by M. Renevier of Lausanne, in a paper read before the Société Vaudoise des Sciences Natu- relles*. Having carefully explored the fossiliferous beds near Villeneuve, at the eastern end of the Lake of Geneva, he ascer- tained the existence of two distinct zones of fossils closely con- nected together, but yet characteristically distinct. The upper zone corresponds with the true Infralias of Valogne, Hettange, the Lyonnais, &¢., and with the beds of Ammonites angulatus and A. planorbis of Wirtemberg. The lower zone is the true Avicula- contorta zone of the Alps, parallel to the Bone-bed of England and Wirtemberg, and to which the name of Rhetic beds has been generally applied. They constitute an intermediate series between the Liassic and Triassic formations; and the great _* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. part 2. p. 26. - ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lxii question is, “ To which do they show the greatest affinity?’ After describing the seventy-one fossil species, with their separate locali- ties in these two zones, he points out the complete independence of the two faunas. In the Alps only one species, Placunopsis Schafhautli, is common to the two zones, although it is admitted that in other districts the separation between the two is not so complete. Pecten Valomiensis and P. Lugdunensis of the lower zone appear in the Lyonnais to belong to the Infralias. Mytilus semicircularis of the upper zone is said to occur in Lombardy in the Avicula-contorta bed; and Spondylus liasinus of the upper zone is probably the same as Plicatula interstriata of the Avicula- contorta zone. But even admitting these identifications to be correct, there would be only 10 per cent. of the species common to the two faunas, whereas at least 13 per cent. of the species of the upper zone pass upwards into the Gryphea-limestone. This independence is fully admitted, he proceeds to say, by those geo- logists who, like MM. Oppel, Gumbel, Winkler, Wright, and Moore, place the Infralias (zone of Ammonites planorbis and A. angulatus) in the Lias, and the Avicula-contorta zone in the Trias. But others look upon these two zones as mere subdivisions of the Infralias, which they consider as the lower division of the lias. M. Renevier then objects to what he considers the undue extension of the term Infralias. He proposes that this term should be rejected altogether, and that the upper zone should be called the Htage Hettangien, and the Avicula-contorta beds the Etage Rheetien. After all, he admits that the question is not of very great im- portance, the chief point being that geologists should be agreed as to the stratigraphical position of the beds; and he observes, with great justice and candour, that as the fauna of a formation does not everywhere consist of the same species, but varies con- siderably in different localities, it is not impossible that the fauna of these transition-formations should in one district have a greater analogy with that of the overlying beds, whilst in another locality it might have greater affinities with the fauna of the underlying beds. In this case, however, the twenty-one genera hitherto found in the Rheetic beds of the Vaudois Alps have a much greater affinity with the Liassic and Jurassic beds than with the Trias, inasmuch as there are only two genera common to these beds and the Trias, whereas thirteen genera are common to them and the overlying formations ; so that, as far as the Vaudois Alps are concerned, he considers the Rheetic beds as belonging rather to the Liassic than to the Triassic formation. This result is intermediate between the two theories. With the one he recognizes the independence of the two formations, and with the other he is disposed to con- sider the Rheetic as Liassic rather than Triassic. The main point, however, is that he considers them as distinct formations inter- mediate between these two great divisions. I will merely further observe, that the conclusions at which M. Kenevier arrives are mainly the same as those of Mr. Boyd Dawkins in his paper on lxiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. the Rhetic Beds and White Lias of Somersetshire; although Mr. B. Dawkins would extend the Rhetic formation into the grey marls usually considered as belonging to the Keuper, and would place the lower boundary of the Rhetic forma- tion in the red marls below, considering the alternations of red and grey marls as the passage-bed between the two formations. These two apparently slight discrepancies may, however, be ex- plained by a more gradual passage between the Keuper and the Rheetic beds occurring in England than in the Alps, as evidenced by the existence of these unfossiliferous red and grey maris*. The Abbé Stoppani has also published a Memoir on the relative position of the Avicula-contorta beds in Lombardy. After care- fully considering the recent publications on the subject, he main- tains the conclusion at which he had formerly arrived, that these beds have a greater affinity to the Liassic than to the Triassic series. He supports this view both on stratigraphical and paleon- tological grounds, and shows that the Avicula-contorta beds are far more extensively developed in Lombardy, where they have a thickness in some places of from 300 to 400 metres, than elsewhere. After describing the fauna which he considers peculiar to these Avicula-contorta beds, he comes to the conclusion that they must be considered as a distinct formation between the Trias and the Lias. To this formation he gives the name of Etage Infra- liasien, a name already adopted by many authors, and places it between the Upper Trias or Keuper and the Gryphea-arcuata beds of the Lias. Like M. Renevier he divides it into two distinct zones, the upper one of which is the equivalent of the beds of Hettange and of the Dachstein of the Austrian geologists. This Dachstein- formation has already been recognized as intimately connected with the Avicula-contorta beds, and always occurs below those with Gryphea arcuata and Ammonites Bucklandi; and is the Alpine equi- valent of the A. planorbis and A. angulatus zones of the Hettange beds. At the same time the Dachstein is placed rather above the contorta beds. The Abbé Stoppani admits, however, that his Infralias has some points of resemblance with the Upper Trias. It could not indeed be otherwise, when we consider the progressive develop- ment of organic life. But these Triassic characters are very slight and even doubtful, analogies rather than identities, whereas the lowest beds of the Infralias have very decisive characters, and even a large number of species identical with those of the Lias, and these go on increasing as we approach the upper beds with A. planorbis and A. angulatus. Hence he concludes that the Etage Infraliasien is the commencement of the Jura-liassic series. At the same time it must not be confounded with the Lias. Hach of these formations has, in connexion with a regular stratification, peculiar petrographical characters, and particularly its own rich fauna, with well-marked features, of which only a very small por- tion passes from one into the other. * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. p. 408. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lxv In conclusion he observes that this “ Etage Infraliasien”” may be separated into two subdivisions, which he calls the upper and lower. The upper subdivision contains all the equivalents of the Ammomtes-planorbis and A.-angulatus zones; the lower contains the true equivalents of the Avicula-contorta beds. The petrogra- phical characteristics of the former are chiefly sandstones (grés), limestones, and dolomites; the second also consists of sandstone, but preferably of calcareous marls. He also proposes to subdivide each of these subdivisions into two zones. Those of the Upper Infralias are already well established. The separation of the two zones of the lower division is for the present only founded on the author’s observations in Lombardy. He distinguishes them by certain fossils which are abundant in and peculiar to each, and draws up the following Table :— Upper, Hettange {3 Ammonites-angulatus zone. TDi TanlBeclites beds. B. Ammonites-planorbis zone. ~~" \ Lower, Avicula- { C. Terebratula-qregaria zone. contorta beds. | D. Bactrylliwn striolatum zone. He then briefly describes the paleontological characteristics of the two divisions of the Infralias, which need not here be intro- duced, and gives a list of the distribution of species in the two strata of the Avicula-contorta beds. Another work on this subject is by Dr. v. Dittmar, recently published at Munich. The object of this author is to point out the extent and distribution of this Avicula-contorta bed now found to exist in so many parts of Europe, and to describe the different characters under which it is developed, in order to arrive at the solution of the question, whether it belongs to the Trias or the Lias. The author first points out its geographical distribution, and quotes the different authors by whom it has been described, whe- ther under this denomination, or as the “ Bone-bed,” the form in which it generally occurs in Wiirtemberg, the north of Germany, and in England, but which is altogether wanting in the Alps and in Sweden, and is only slightly developed in France. He then describes the different paleontological features of the formation in different countries, showing from its various contents how it was generally a littoral deposit in England, France, and Ger- many, formed in shallow seas and near the coast of continents or islands; whereas in the Alps, the thick massive limestone-beds by which it is almost everywhere characterized, give it a predo- minantly oceanic character. | 4 With regard to the stratigraphical phenomena of the Avicula- contorta bed, the author points out various localities, both in Germany and the Eastern provinces of France, where the lower Liassie beds lie unconformably on the Keuper, whereas in other places these two formations are conformable. He then comes to the really important question as to its geological position, and admits that, after repeated researches in different localities, the main result obtained was that the “ contorta zone’’ appeared to be VOL. XXT, ¢ kxvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. equally connected with the Keuper and the Lias as a true natural transition-formation. In England the bone-bed is petrographi~ eally as much connected with the Keuper as with the Lias. The bone-bed arkose of Central France is equally referable to both. In Eastern France and Germany, the hard yellow bone-bed sand- stone is conformable to the similar formations of the Keuper, and quite unconformable to the limestone-beds of the Lower Lias. In the Alps it appears to be equally conformable to both. Strati- graphically, the “contorta-beds” are more conformable to the Keuper than to the Lias; and he comes to this conclusion, that although no universal unconformability to the Lias can be found,. yet there is nowhere a want of conformability to the Keuper. The author concludes with a list of the characteristic fossils of. the “contorta-beds,” and then points out where these or representa- tive forms occur in the older or younger formations, with this result —that of 162 species in the “ contorta-beds,” 90 occur in the older and 72 in the newer formations, and 12 occur in all. It has been well said that anything may be proved by numbers, and the author admits that the representative species are not all of equal typical importance. He adds to the name of each species the number of D’Orbigny’s Etage in which it is found, to show that the analogues, of the Avicula-contorta zone in the older beds are placed much. nearer to it than those which occur in the newer or overlying beds. And finally, relying much on the opinions of Alberti and Quenstedt, he concludes that the Avicula-contorta zone should be referred to the Keuper rather than to the Lias. A list of the authors who have adopted these different views is also given, as well as a list of 458 species of organic remains of all classes from the “ contorta- zone.”’ sais _ In connexion with this subject, I must notice a paper read by Mr. Bristow at the Meeting of the British Association at Bath.. Mr. Bristow had been instructed, on the part of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, to examine those beds between the New Red and the Lower Liassic strata, to which the term Rhetic had been applied. Having visited several localities in the neigh- bourhood of Bristol and elsewhere, from Cheltenham to Penarth, near Cardiff, Mr. Bristow was enabled to.map these beds in the neighbourhood of Bristol, Saltford, Keynsham, and Uphill, on the borders of the Lias to the North and South of Bristol, and at Penarth and other places in the district. He described them as everywhere underlying the true Liassic strata, but owing to their comparative thinness they are seldom fairly exposed. They consist chiefly of a central mass of black shales, resting on and. passing into the underlying red and variegated Keuper marls; whilst beds of marl and marly or argillaceous limestone, consti- tuting their uppermost division, form the base of the Lias, cha- racterized by the presence of Ammonites planorbis and the great abundance of Ostrea liassica. . The upper limit of these Rhetic beds is well marked by the “White Lias,” which Mr. Bristow considers its uppermost mem- ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixvii ber ; it appears in places to have been drilled by boring shells ; it also appears to have been furrowed by the action of water prior to the deposition of the true Liassic strata, thus indicating a break or interval between the close of its deposition and the commence- ment of the Lias. The black shales, constituting the middle divi- sion, are characterized by the well-known and peculiar shell, Avicule contorta, and when the beds are’ more calcareous, by the’ Pecten Valoniensis. The bone-bed occurs towards the lower part’ of the shales, and has been found extending as far as Penarth, where it contains bones and teeth of fish, and coprolites in great: abundance. It also contains much iron pyrites. But it appears from Mr. Bristow’s remarks that it is difficult to define with exact’ precision the lower limits of this formation, except the top of the red and green marls of the Keuper, into which there is a gradual downward passage. The organic remains, however, appear to be distinct, particularly above the bone-bed; and therefore there appears to be every reason for considering it as an intermediate formation between the Keuper and the Lias. ee Whether there is any necessity for introducing a new name for this formation, which has already received so many, is a question. we can hardly here discuss. But it appears, as I have alréady stated, as well as from the conclusion of Mr. Bristow’s paper, that the Director-General of the Geological Survey has determined to adopt the name of Penarth beds as the British synonym of the Rheetic beds, to be employed in the construction of the Go- vernment Geological Maps of our own country. As Sir Roderick Murchison admits that the word Rhetic should continue to be used in general geological parlance on account of the greater thickness of those beds in the Rhetic Alps and in Lombardy, and I suppose also out of justice to priority of nomenclature, it seems, to say the least, unnecessary to overburthen our scientific terminology with additional synonyms. - Lias and Oolite—Ascending the scale of geological formations, I find an mportant work by M. Eudes Deslongchamps entitled “Sur les étages jurassiques inférieures de Normandie.” The object of this work is to describe the Lias and the Lower Oolitic system. The first portion contains a description, in great detail, of the dif- ferent beds of which these two formations are composed, their mineralogical and paleontological characters, and the’ modifica- tions which they have undergone in different districts, and the passages from one to the other. The second portion contains the geological and palzontological consideration of their beds under the three following heads :—1st, the different fossiliferous deposits in great detail; 2nd, the dislocations which the different beds have undergone subsequent to their deposition; and 3rd, the extent of the different formations, and the limits of the seas during their different phases of sedimentation, with numerous sections; to this is added an account of the extension of the different sheets of water, which are indicated by the occurrence of the argillaceou beds in the several districts. - é hod Ixvili PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The limits of these two formations lie between the Triassic and. the Oxford clays, the latter known under the local name of Argile, or Dives clay. The author quotes M. Hébert as having pointed out that a long period of time must have elapsed between the close of the Upper Oolitic and the commencement of the Oxford clay period, during which the former became indurated and sub- sequently eroded on the surface; for wherever the contact was observed between the Oxford clay and the Great Oolite, the existence of numerous holes, caused by rock-boring mollusks, was noticed, as well as Oysters and Serpule adhering to the surface. The author divides the Liassic system in Normandy into three oups :— 1. The Calcaire de Valonges, or Infralias. 2. The Gryphea-arcuata limestone, or Lower Lias. 3. The limestone with Belemnites and Gryphea cymbium. The clays generally known as Upper Lias, he thinks ought, on paleontological grounds, to be referred to the Lower Oolitic sys- tem. The Calcaire de Valonges is again subdivided into three series, in the lowest of which are certain dolomitic beds, which M. Eudes Deslongchamps looks upon as probably representing in Normandy the Avicula-contorta beds, which everywhere form the base of the Infralias. It will be remembered that M. Renevier, basing his views on a very careful examination of the Vaudois Alps, near the eastern extremity of the Lake of Geneva, also shows that the true Infra- lias overlies the Avicula-contorta beds. The Lower Oolitic system is divided by the author into four groups :— 1. Inferior Oolitic marls. 2. Inferior Oolite. 3. Fuller’s earth. 4, The Great Oolite. These again are subdivided into various series, all of which are carefully described. The Great Oolite, however, is the most extended, the most developed, and the best characterized of all the Jurassic deposits in this region; it almost invariably rests upon the Fuller’s-earth, and has a thickness of at least 40 metres. The sea-bottom is thus shown to have been continually sinking since the period of the Inferior Oolitic marls, and deposits of great thickness replace the former thin beds, deposited in ill-defined basins, the limits of which were easily modified by the smallest oscillations of the earth’s surface. In describing the principal features of the Great Oolite, M. Eudes Deslongchamps makes an observation so suggestive, that I have no hesitation in reproducing it here, namely, “At the com- mencement of this new period (Great Oolite) the fauna appears very poor; the first or lowest deposits are almost void of organic bodies, at least in a portion of the Gulf. Fossil remains only occur occasionally, around certain reefs, and the prevailing forms are chiefly Lamellibranchiata and Polypi; but at a later period, ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lxix and when the water of the sea became shallower in consequence of the matter which had been deposited, animal life again began to swarm, and the upper part of the Great Oolite is as rich in fossils as the lower is poor.” But the Cephalopods were scarce, and the character of the fauna was altogether different from that of the Fuller’s earth, and particularly of the Inferior Oolite, where Cephalopods abounded, which in the former attained to a colossal size. Dr. Waagen has published at Munich during the past year an interesting work entitled “The Jura in Franconia, Swabia, and Switzerland.” His object is to describe the Liassic and Oolitic formations from their base upwards to the Kelloway, Oxford, and Kimmeridge clays, ending with slight indications of the Purbeck beds in the Canton of Neuchatel. The author considers the Avicula-contorta beds to form the basis of the Jura, but he does not go into any detailed account of it, and adopting the views of the geologists of the south-west of Germany, he looks upon it as forming the upper member of the great Keuper formation. Dr. Waagen has carefully studied his subject, and has looked beyond the mere physical facts which came under his notice. His views respecting the nature of the continents and shores washed by the ancient seas during the Liassic period, the gradual changes which took place in the sea-bottom by the rising or sinking of the land, thereby facilitating the growth of coral-reefs in deepen- ing seas, or the increase of the littoral genera of Mollusks by their becoming shallower, and, by still further risings, again pro- ducing swamps and marshes fitted for the wallowings and suste- nance of Teleosaurian, Pterodactyle, and gigantic Saurians, are full of interest, and are not altogether devoid of a certain amount of poetic feeling in the description. As when he describes in the following words the satisfaction which the true inquirer of nature must feel on leaving the barren wastes of sand and marls of the Keuper, when he comes upon the Jurassic deposits, so rich in their remains of organic life, ‘‘ there is something very elevating in thus examining these witnesses of a long past period, witnesses which tell us of events which no human eye beheld. They unfold a picture, and place us on the shores of that ancient ocean, the dwell- ing-place of all those organic beings, where the waves of the sea rolled on a sandy shore, where woods of curiously branched Coni- ferze stretched along the coast, mixed with groups of palmiferous Cycadex. The land must during all that Liassic period, as well as probably during that of the Dogger or Brown Jura, have sloped very gradually towards the sea, and the ebbing tides must have left exposed large tracts of country covered with a peculiar vegetation, affording an abode to the Teleosaurians and Pterodac- tyles of the Lias.”’ : d As the author has evidently devoted great attention to his subject, it may be useful to point out how, in ascending order, he divides and subdivides the formations to which he gives the comprehensive name of Jura. sx PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. I. Lias formation, including, 1. Lower Lias. 2. Middle Lias. 3. Upper Lias. II. Dogger formation (Brown Jura). 1. Lower Oolite. 2. Bath group. III. Malm formation (White Jura). 1. Kelloway group. 2. Oxford group. 3. Kimmeridge group. 4. Purbeck beds. The author has added three large tabular diagrams, in which the different formations in the three countries under consideration are paralleled, and the principal fossils of each are given, as well as the various Ammonitiferous zones which have been hitherto looked upon as chiefly characteristic. _ M. Auguste Dollfus has published an important Monograph on the Kimmeridge Fauna of the Cap de la Heéve, near Havre, a locality described by M. d’Archiac as being most rich in the organic remains of this deposit. He first shows that this forma- tion, almost purely argillaceous in the north, becomes more calca- reous towards the south, and that this lithological change is accompanied by a corresponding change in its organic contents ; that while Ostrea and similar types predominate in the northern portion of the basin, the Cephalopods and Gasteropods become more numerous as we approach the calcareous districts. After describing the beds in the neighbourhood of Havre, he proceeds to compare them with those of other localities. Towards Boulogne the beds become more argillaceous, but as we proceed to the south of England, the formation becomes so entirely argilla- ceous that it is no longer possible to distinguish the different subdivisions, and throughout the whole series, Ostrea, Gryphea, and other Lamellibranchiata are the predominant forms.. Further north, in the Speeton clay, the lower portion of which represents the Kimmeridge beds, the only hitherto known fossils belong to the Lamellibranchiata. He then extends his comparison to the Department of the Meuse, S.E. from Havre. Here the beds become more calcareous, and offer but few points of paleontological comparison with those of Cap de la Heve. M. Buvignier has pointed out about eighty species of Lamellibranchiate bivalves, of which only nine are common to the beds near Havre, while the Gasteropods become very abundant, showing about fifty species, chiefly belonging to genera unknown in the more northern region. ‘This preponderance of the Gaste- ropods increases still more to the 8.H., towards the extreme limit of the basin; the same thing occurs with the Cephalopods, while the Lamellibranchiata remain the same. Another point of comparison occurs in the Departments of La Charente and La Charente Inférieure. But here we are no longer ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. ‘lxxi in the Anglo-Parisian basin. It is the extreme northern point of a new (the Aquitanian) basin. Here argillaceous beds predomi- nate, and the general facies of the fauna approaches that of Cap de la Héve. But the calcareous element is not altogether wanting, the upper beds consisting of a marly limestone and clays, and the lower of calcareous marls; and we find this remarkable fact, that in proportion as the clays predominate, the fauna, rich in Lamellibranchiata, resembles that of the north. When the lime- stones prevail, as in the upper and lower zone, the Gasteropods and Cephalopods resume the preponderance. Thus it is impossible to compare exactly the faunas of the different subdivisions, since they must be considered as accidental assemblages peculiar to the localities, and the result of the contest between the limestone and the clay formations. But looking at the whole from a higher point of view, we find towards the north the Ostree and similar forms selecting those localities where argillaceous deposits were being formed, whilst towards the south-east the higher forms of Mollusks sought out those spots where the sea was impregnated with cal- careous matter. The author concludes by remarking that, without attaching too much importance to the theory of migration, we - might imagine these animals moving from place to place, accord- ing as local influences modified more or less the nature of the sea which they inhabited; thus assembling, as it were, round those points which were most favourable to their existence. At all events, the close connexion of the Cephalopods and Gasteropods, parti- cularly the Nerinez, with the calcareous deposits, is a very inter- esting fact, which establishes the great and unquestionable differ- ence between the faunas of the northern and of the south-eastern portions of the basin. The second part of the work contains a list of 132 species of organic remains found in the Kimmeridge beds of Cap de la Heve ; and in the third part is a detailed description of the new or doubt- ful species, with eighteen plates of figured illustrations. Prof. Credner has contributed to our knowledge of the Geology of Northern Germany, by the publication of a valuable work “On the subdivision of the Upper Jura formation and the Wealden: formation in the North-West of Germany.’’ An inquiry into the, extent of the Coal-deposits in the North German Wealden forma- tion, and into the occurrence of salt-springs in the underlying beds, first led him to construct several sections of the strata which exist in that district between the Brown Jura and the Chalk. These beds belong in the north-west of Germany to two princi- pal divisions :—1st, marine deposits of the Upper Jura formation ; and 2nd, the fresh or brackish water deposits of the Wealden formation, which alternate with each other in a remarkable manner. They extend from the north-western flank of the Hartz, Mountains to the frontiers of Holland, where they disappear under the thick diluvial covering. They appear to have been formed in several distinct basins, the deposits of which show a ereat-amount of diversity. : i Ixxii PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Amongst the numerous sections given in this work is one on the Deister, which shows the conformable position of all the beds from the Brown Jura up to the Hilsthon or Hils clay, in the fol- lowing order:—Lias, Brown Jura, Lower Oxford group, Dolo- mite, Oolitic limestone, Kimmeridge group, Flaggy limestone, Marls, Serpulit, Wealden sandstone, Wealden clay, and Hils clay. The Wealden sandstone is from 540-550 feet thick, and consists of alternating beds of argillaceous marly shale, coal, and sand- stone of a yellowish colour and fine grain, constituting the prin- cipal mass of the whole series. Three workable beds of coal, from one to two feet in thickness, are met with in this forma- tion, but the coal-beds near Osterwalde are stated to have a much greater thickness. The order of stratification of these formations and of their geological grouping in North-Western Ger- many is given in a tabular form; another Table shows a general view of the vertical distribution of the principal fossils in the Upper Jura and Wealden formations. A separate Appendix gives some interesting paleontological information respecting Nerinea and Ohemnitzia, as well as several new or little-known species of the genera Trigonia, Cyprina, Corbis, and Greslya. The Neri- nee are subdivided into groups according to their having one, two, three, four, or five plaits. The Cavaliere Capellini has published a geological account of the neighbourhood of the Gulf of Spezzia, and of the lower valley of the Magra, for the purpose of illustrating the Geological Map of that district, which he had published in 1868. In this work he gives us some interesting details respecting the progress of the Geological Map of the Kingdom of Italy. This progress is not so satisfactory as could be desired. In July 1861 a Com- mission had been appointed to meet at Florence to discuss the method of, and to lay down the rules for, the construction of this map. the top of the grit series. It is a brown ferruginous deposit, and occurs in two forms in the district, as a regular aqueous deposit of great extent, or as the effects of decomposition im situ of highly ferruginous rocks. In the latter form it is called Lithomarge, and it is essentially a decomposed gneiss iz situ. The true laterite consists of an agglomeration of small rounded particles cemented together by a ferruginous sandy clay, the nodules consisting of the same ferruginous sandy clay, with a concretionary structure. The Kunkur is a greyish-white calcareous deposit, similar in struc- ture to the laterite, and occurring as little grains or concretions. It is also either the result of deposition from water, or of the de- composition of rocks wm situ. The general results of the Novara Expedition, undertaken by ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. CXV the Austrian Government, have been for some time before the public. We have now before us two specific works on the geo- logy of New Zealand which deserve notice, ag well asa geological and topographical atlas of New Zealand, prepared by Dr. F. Hochstetter and Dr. Petermann. As, however, we may hope to receive shortly the results of the Geological Survey of New Zea- land, which has been undertaken by our own Government, and as the collections made by Dr. Hochstetter during his comparatively short residence on the island were necessarily imperfect, I shall only briefly allude to them at present. The first of these memoirs is by Dr. C. Zittel on the Fossil Mollusks and Echinoderms of New Zealand. The oldest fossi- liferous beds which occur in New Zealand are referred to the Trias, on account of the great preponderance of two characteristic shells, Monotis salinaria and Halobia Lommeli. There is, however, some slight evidence of the occurrence of Paleozoic forms, as Spinigera undata, Defr., of the Spirifer Sandstone ; these occur in the south- ern (middle) Island in the neighbourhood of Nelson. On the west coast of the northern island are dark-coloured cal- careous marls containing numerous Belemnites and a few Ammo- nites. It is difficult to assign its exact position to this formation. The Belemnites would lead to the inference that its proper place was Jurassic, whereas the Ammonites and a large Inoceramus show a greater resemblance with Cretaceous forms. The Tertiary formations which occur in various localities are referred to two periods. 1. The older formation. With the ex- ception of Waldheimia lenticularis, Desh., this formation contains no species now living in the neighbourhood, indeed they belong almost exclusively to extinct species. A list of the localities where it occurs is also given. 2. The younger formation. This shows avery remarkable contrast to the former, and is closely con- nected with the molluscan Fauna of the present day. These beds appear to have been deposited during, and to belong to, a period in which climate and the conditions of life, as well as the geogra- phical distribution of animals, were generally the same as at present. Full descriptions of the fossils are then given, accompanied by ten plates of illustrations. The second work contains an account of the Foraminifera of the Tertiary green sandstone of Orakei Bay near Auckland, by Felix Karrer, with one plate of illustrations. The general conclu- sion at which the author arrives is, that as Globigerina, Miliolidea, and Lhabdoidea, inhabitants of deep water, are on the one hand almost entirely wanting, and Rotalia and Amphistegina found at a moderate depth are the prevailing forms, the deposit must have been formed at no great depth; and as Bryozoa are also very rare, he refers it to the lowest portion of the Amphistegina-zone. Of the twenty-one species here described, the majority are new. The Atlas, which is preceded by an explanatory notice by Dr. Petermann on the progress of the cartographical knowledge of New Zealand, consists of six maps. Dr. Hochstetter adds a specia! CXvl PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, description of each of these maps, with an account of the geolo- gical features which they represent. In the eighth volume of the ‘ Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie’ is an account of some of the geological features of New Caledonia, which has been more or less explored since its occupation by the French. M. Eugéne Deslongchamps, having collected all the information he could obtain from various sources, concludes with the following remarks :—“ The little we yet know of the geology of our colony proves, by the variety of old meta- morphic rocks (granite, porphyry, diorite, serpentine, &c.), that the soil is of very ancient origin, and that it was long ago raised above the surface of the ocean; the Silurian, Carboniferous, and Triassic rocks, which are now well known to exist there, also con- firm this statement, and lead to the inference that we now only see, as it were, the backbone of a region formerly much more ex- tended, represented by its most elevated ridges. The Loyalty Islands, arranged in a line parallel to the axis of New Caledonia, probably represent the tops of a Secondary and less elevated mountain-chain. Cretaceous or Tertiary deposits have not yet been noticed. If they do not exist in this region, it would confirm this view, and prove that the land has sunk since the Jurassic period, and that the deposits of the shores of those periods are now under water. In that case New Caledonia would represent the ruins of a more extensive region which preceded the appear- ance of man on our planet.” M. Deslongchamps also calls attention to the fact that the rocks collected from the neighbouring Isle of Hugon show the great analogy existing between the formations of this island and those of the other great Australian regions, as New Zealand and New Holland, where the same Triassic rocks have also been re- cently noticed. In describing these specimens, he particularly alludes to those from the Isle of Hugon, amongst which is a limestone full of a small bivalve which cannot be distinguished from the Avicula salinaria, Goldf., and particularly var. Riche mondiana, Zittel. This analogy with the rocks of the Upper Trias of the Alps at Dorrenberg, where the Avicula salinaria occurs by thousands, induces the author to look upon the limestone of the Isle of Hugon as belonging to the upper series of the Trias, but, as M. Zittel remarks, with an antipodial character. Other fossils are also described, and figures are given of some of the most remark- able forms. In conclusion, it only remains for me, while thanking you for the attention with which you have listened to me, to request your forbearance for the crude and somewhat disconnected form in which these observations have been made. I am aware that I have omitted many subjects, and have neglected reference to many works which ought to have been noticed, whilst, on the other hand, I may perhaps have introduced much which, to some of you, may appear unnecessary. I will not attempt to justify what I have done, but will only ask you to believe that I have endeavoured to do my best. THE QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. November 9, 1864. Frederick Braby, Esq., 28 Osnaburgh Street, Regent’s Park, was elected a Fellow. The following communications were read :— 1. A Notice of the Guotocy of Jamarca, especially with reference to the District of CLARENDON ; with Descriptions of the CRETACEOUS, Eocrnr, and Miocene Corats of the Istanps. By P. Marrin Duncan, M.B. (Lond.), Sec. G.S., and G. P. Watt, Esq., F.G.S., late of the Geological Survey of the West Indies. [Puates I. & II.] ConTENTS. 1. Introduction. 2. Notice of the Relations of the Jamaican Strata. 3. List of the Species of Corals. 4. Description of the Species. 5. General remarks on the affinities of the Species, and on the Correlation of the Cretaceous, Eocene, and Miocene strata of Jamaica with those of Europe. 1. Introduction. Tue Corals from Jamaica hitherto described came from the inclined white limestones, and from the shales and sands subordinate to them ; their Mid-tertiary age has been demonstrated, together with that of the Shells and Foraminifera; and the general succession of the Ter- VOL, XXI.—PART I. B 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 9, tiary strata has been brought several times before the Society*. All the Corals, moreover, which have been described from the other islands of the Caribbean Sea were derived from strata of a Miocene age. But this communication refers to the Cretaceous and Eocene as well as to the Miocene fauna of Jamaica, and it offers the first paleontological proofs of the existence of the Eocene formation in the West Indian Islands‘. To do justice to those engaged in the geological survey of Jamaica, it is necessary to bear in mind that there is no good map of the island, no perfect trigonometrical survey, that dense vegetation covers everything, and that the physical difficulties are very great. Hence it has arisen that the geology of the island is still in its infancy. The general features of the country have been determined, and the relations of the series of formations also, but their paleontology has not been much studied. . After the publication of Sir H. De la Beche’s memoir on Jamaica, little was done for many years in the geology of the island, and the first important communication on it was a diagram of the succession of the strata, which was drawn by the late Mr. Barrett, and which introduced to notice the Cretaceous rocks with their Hippurites, an Acteonella, a Nerinea, and an Orbitoides. The age of the Cretaceous rocks was suggested by Mr. Barrett, and was confirmed hy Dr. S. P. Woodward by the discovery of a shell resembling Acteonella levis, D’Orb., and by his admirable paper on the nature of the Barrettia monilifera, Woodw.; that of the Plant-bearing dark shales above the Hippurite rocks was, from stratigraphical reasons, asserted to be Eocene by Mr. Barrett, whose determination of the Miocene age of the coralliferous sands and shales at the base of the great inclined lime- stone was proved to be correct by those who examined the fossils. The great disturbance of all the strata, the existence of porphyries beneath the sedimentary rocks, and the association of cupriferous granite with the Tertiary strata have been determined by the survey and noticed in the Quarterly Journal of this Society ¢. 2. Notice of the Relations of the Jamaican Strata. The original surface of Jamaica appears to have been composed of crystalline schists ; but they have long since disappeared, and the only traces of such rocks hitherto observed consist of fragments of | mica-schist and gneiss, associated with masses of granite, in some of the conglomerates in the neighbourhood of Port Maria. * J. C. Moore, Quart. Journ. Geo]. Soc. vol. xix. p. 510. T. R. Jones, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. p. 515. L. Barrett, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 324. P.M. Duncan, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. pp. 406, 513 ; vol. xx. pp. 20, 358. See also 8. P. Woodward, ‘ Geologist’ for 1863, p. 372. + The fossils about to be described by me were collected by Mr. Wall; and the following notice of the general relations of the Cretaceous, Eocene, and Mio- cene strata is the result of our correspondence. Mr. Wallhas furnished the sections and the Map of Clarendon.—P. M. D. { J. G. Sawkins, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. p. 35. Prof. Owen has described a fossil Mammal from the inclined limestone (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xi. pp. 532, 541). AND WALL-—JAMAICA, DUNCAN 1864. ] A] “SyOoT snoousy “SYOOI-99 VIO TUOTS -U0Q pue snodd -VJalQ pode}Ty dnoas snovdvJoIQ “HOUWUWD ‘souojsomry | | ‘dnoas-oqer0 ut goedutog | ||! -O[SU0D JaMOT ‘spurs “om0}sputs SNOOTPOTRD | lemme] OIYQVUSTAT JO pue spaeyr | Li_ peq [ediourg NOILOSS 300 3N7 ‘uopuamnyy waddg fo yrusig ay fo dou Wy NOON34Y 10 SoTVYS OUBDOL TT SurIpnyour) soLteg OUOJSOWNT MOTTO H3MoT YrayY 1000H0)03.9 — T oly 111 FT WUNIANI TY *‘punoj usay eaRy soqunddiy are yA 8e1qIT | -Bd0] OYg 8eyBOLpUT + 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. In the Blue Mountain dis- . trict, where the hills rise to about 7350 feet, and present a most broken surface, the strata are so excessively disturbed, so traversed and semi-metamor- phosed by dykes of syenite, and mixed up with porphyritic masses, that it is impossible to resolve the intricacies of the stratification, or to determine the sequence of the beds inter se, without a lengthened and detailed investigation. But in the parish of Clarendon it is manifest that igneous rocks, presenting many interesting phases, but all appertaining to the porphyritic type, form the base of the stratified series. On such rocks the Cretaceous beds are deposited, and are often found raised to an angle of from 40° to 50°. The lowest member of the Cretaceous series frequently consists of a thin bed of conglomerate formed of the harder materials of the porphyries. It is suc- ceeded by massive compact limestones enclosing fossils of the Hippurite family (Bar- rettia monilifera, Woodw.), so solidly imbedded as to prohibit simple extraction. The lme- stones are succeeded by marls and calcareous sandstones, from which most of the Hippu- rites, Corals, Orbitoides, Acteo- nelle, &c., have been obtained. The Hippurites are the only abundant organic remains. It is uncertain whether these strata should form a single series, or be divided into an inferior and superior group. Their combined thickness may amount to 500 or 800 feet. Extensive disturbances have A Plateau near Bull Head. Trout Hall. -- Crooked River- River Minho. Long Ridge, iy Fig. 2.—Seetion through Upper C larendon, Jamarea, St. Thomas River, _-------- Mount Hindmost. Lower Clarendon. [ Nov. 9, rocks, with dykes. 7. Altered conglomerates and Cretaceous 8. Igneous rocks, ates (Eocene). 4. Felspathic sandstone. 6, Cretaceous series. 5. Conglomer Miocene shales and marls. 1. White Limestone. 3. Shales and sands, Z, almost invariably broken up the Cretaceous beds previous to the 1864. ] DUNCAN AND WALL—JAMAICA. 5 formation of the succeeding deposits; but in one or two instances, in Clarendon, conglomerates are observed conformable to the Cretaceous marls at an angle of 60°. In other localities it is difficult or im- possible to deterraine the relations of the Conglomerate and Cre- taceous groups. ‘This is especially the case in the highly mountainous eastern parts of Jamaica, where traces of almost obliterated Hippurites and other Cretaceous fossils are detected in strata which, from their confused position, could not otherwise be classified stratigraphically. The Cretaceous Corals about to be described came from the marls and Cretaceous sands at Trout Hall and Mount Hindmost, in the parish of Upper Clarendon. The Conglomerate (Kecene) series is very extensively developed in Jamaica: it consists of a lower member which is a true conglomerate, formed by boulders and fragments of the hardest porphyries, and of rounded veinstones; and of an upper, which censists of shaly and sandy beds with small pebbles, or even of merely granular fragments. Occasionally masses of the Cretaceous limestone, with altered shales and sandstones, are observed in the lower member. The group is at least 3000 feet thick in some places, and it fills up the space between the Cretaceous series and the base of the Miocene. The term Con- glomerate-group may appear objectionable, but the character is almost exclusively conglomeratic in the typical district of Clarendon, and in several other localities. In Clarendon the various beds suc- ceed each other conformably, from the base to the summit; but the repeated disturbances of other districts render the sequence both obscure and uncertain. The lewer member is unfossiliferous; but in the upper, for instance, at Port Maria and at Yallahs valley, Corals and fragments of Shells are found. Fig. 3. Section through the Conglomerate-sesies in the parishes of S.W. Metcalfe and St. Mary. Near Port Maria N.E (fossil Corals). a a. Coast limestone. 8. Igneous rocks. 3. Sands and shales. 5. Conglomerates. \ Congiomerate-group. (Hocene. ) The Port Maria beds consist of conglomerates, shales, and sands ; and the Yallahs valley and other parts of the Blue Mountain district are oceupied by dark carbonaceous shales, which are sometimes calcareous. It is extremely rare to find any determinable fossils in this group, for its beds are generally much disturbed, often vertical, and are cut up and altered by dykes. The next formation, in ascending order, comprises marls, sands, and various calcareous beds, limited in places to a yellow limestone of a few feet in thickness, and at others expanding into a great succession of marls, sands, and calcareous beds, which are not always conformably superposed on the subjacent conglomerates. Numerous 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 9, fossils distinguish this series, and the Shells, Foraminifera, and Corals have been already in part described*. Fig. 4.—Section on the coast of Vere. —— I —___}f We : 1 Ae a_i Z ae Tht] I Kia Te ir eS 1. White limestone. 2. Miocene shales, sands, and marls, highly disturbed. Fig. 5.—Section from Bowden to the Blue Mountain Reyion, near Bath. Bowden. Plantain Garden River. Sea 2 a 1 2 7 1. White limestone. 2. Miocene marls and sands. 7. Altered conglomerate and Cretaceous rocks mixed with dykes. The beds of Bowden, Vere, and Upper Clarendon, whence the Corals about to be described were derived, are included in this for- mation. Although less disturbed than the preceding Cretaceous and Eocene groups, still the Miocene strata have not escaped the great movements which haye affected the island. Thus this fossiliferous group may be observed on the coast of Vere in a vertical position, with the white limestone resting almost horizontally upon it. A thickness of less than from 500 to 600 feet can scarcely be attri- buted to this series. The White Limestone (a great succession of beds, or rather masses, of friable, compact or semicrystalline lime- stone) covers by far the greater part of Jamaica; it is at least 2000 feet thick, and is in some places highly inclined, in others horizontal, in some conformable to the sands and marls, in others not so, whilst frequently it rests on a base of igneous rock, without the intervening Cretaceous, Conglomerate, and Lower Miocene strata. The White Limestone contains but few fossils, and these are often in the state of casts. It would appear that, after the emission of great masses of por- phyry, beds of the Hippurite-cretaceous age were formed, elevated, and broken up, and often metamorphosed by contact with dykes of syenitet. During the latter period great masses of conglomerate were * J. C. Moore, P. M. Duncan, and T. R. Jones, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. p. 510. t As regards the influence of the proximity of igneous dykes and masses upon the stratified rock, it is to be observed that it is at first to obliterate or confuse the evidence of their sedimentary or detrital origin, and eventually to induce a more or less crystalline texture. Thus in many rocks which were originally conglomerates, the distinction between the matrix and the included boulders has quite disappeared, a homogeneous texture being presented resembling a fine- grained porphyry, or even certain varieties of trachyte. The calcareous rocks are 1864. ] DUNCAN AND WALL—JAMAICA. 7 in course of formation from the fragments of the pre-existing rocks ; shales and sands, with few organic remains, were deposited on the conglomerate, which in its turn was subject to disturbance and metamorphism. The violence of these phenomena appears to have subsided when the Miocene sands and shales were deposited, neverthe- less they are represented in the occasionally vertical condition of the strata. The great White Limestone suffered from granitic intrusions, and from the final series of movements which affected the whole of the sedimentary rocks and gave the island its present outline. 3. Last of the Species. I. Lower Cretacnovs. 1. Diploria crassolamellosa, Edwards &§ Haime. 2. Heliastrea exsculpta, Reuss, sp. 3. Heliastreea cyathiformis, spec. nov. 4. Cyathoseris Haidingeri, Reuss. 5. Porites Reussiana, spec. nov. II. Eocene. 9. Styloccenia emarciata, var., Lamarck, Sp. . Paracyathus, sp. . Stylophora contorta, Leymerie, sp. , Var. NOV. DID III. Miocene. 10. Flabellum exaratum, spec. nov. | 14. Thysanus elegans, spec. nov. 11. Placotrochus costatus, spec. nov. | 15. Stylophora granulata, spec. nov. 12. Placocyathus Moorei, spec. nov. | 16. Antillia Walli, spec. nov. 13. Trochocyathus obesus, Michelin, | 17. Siderastrea crenulata, var., Blain- Sp. ville, sp. The following species have been already described from the Mio- cene strata, but are mentioned to complete the fauna as at present known * :— 18. Placocyathus Barretti, Dene. 24. Cyphastreea costata, Dune. 19. Placotrochus alveolus, Dunc. 25. Antillia ponderosa, Edwards & 20. Trochocyathus profundus, Dune. Haime, sp. 21. Thysanus excentricus, Dune. 26. Alveopora Deedalea, var. regularis, 22. Astroceenia decaphylla, Hdwards Blainville, sp. § Haime. 27. Trochocyathus abnormalis, Dune. 23. Siderastreea grandis, Dune. (doubtful). 4. Descriptions and Notices of the Species. 1. DreLorta cRASSOLAMELLOSA, Edwards & Haime. Localities: Trout Hall and Upper Clarendon, Jamaica; Gosau, Europe. usually much silicified, and in some instances a considerable extent of serpentine is developed, which almost invariably retains some evidences of stratification. A true foliated schistose structure is never presented ; but there are some in- stances of shales and calcareous slates which, when near the eruptive centre, manifest a tendency to the arrangement of separate minerals in parallel layers ; but in the most advanced degree it only amounts to an incipient stage of that foliated condition characterizing true crystalline schists, such as mica-slate and gneiss. * P.M. Duncan, op. cit. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 9, 2. HELIASTR#A EXSCULPTA, Reuss. Localities: Mount Hindmost, Trout Hall, and Cupuis, Jamaica ; Gosau and St. Wolfgang, Europe. 3. HELIASTRHA CYATHIFORMIS, spec. noy. Pl. I: fig. la, 16. The corallum is cyathiform, and flat on the upper surface. The calices, which are small and often placed in regular lines, cover all the surface; they are distant, have shallow fosse, and are slightly prominent. The septa are small, consisting of three cycles in six systems; the primary have a paliform tooth, and are larger than the secondary, whilst the tertiary are very small. The columella is small and papillary. The coste are subequal, frequently long, and often touch those of other calices ; they are occasionally flexuous, and generally granular in the intercalicular spaces. Intercalicular spaces large, and covered by large granules. Diameter of calices from +4; to 51, inch. Locality: Trout Hall, Jamaica. 4, CyatHoseris Harpinerrt, Reuss. Localities: Upper Clarendon district, Jamaica; Gosau, Europe. 5. Portres Revssrana, spec. nov. Pl..I. fig. 2. The corallum is in more or less cylindrical branches, which leave the stem at an acute angle, and are often flattened and always rugged and gibbous. The calices are large, irregular in size, and shallow. The columella is small, and there are sometimes more than the six distinct pali. The septa are from eight to twenty-four in number. Diameter of calices often =, inch; that of the branches from ;5, to est 42 inch. Locality : Upper Clarendon district, Jamaica. 6. PARACYATHUS, Sp. The specimens are fragmentary, but appear to belong to P. ca- ryophyllus, Lamarck, sp., of Sheppey and Bracklesham. Yallahs Valley Black Shale, Jamaica. 7. STYLOPHORA conTortTa, Leymerie, sp. A common coral in the Black Shale of Port Maria, Jamaica. It also occurs at La Palarea and in Sinde. 8. STYLOPHORA CONTORTA, var. A variety with thick septa is found at Port Maria. 9. Srynoca@nra EMARcIATA, Lamarck, sp. The specimen has a greater resemblance to those from Sinde than from elsewhere. Localities: Bracklesham, Paris Basin, La Palarea, Sinde, and Port Maria, Jamaica. 10. FLABELLUM EXARATUM, spec. nov. PI. I. fig. 3. The coral is simple, flabelliform, slightly curved in the plane of 1864. | DUNCAN AND WALL—JAMAICA. 9 the major axis, much compressed, and has the remains of a flat and curved pedicel, which does not present any traces of former ad- herence. The calicular margin is long, compressed centrally, and expanded at the ends ; its long axis is on a much lower plane than the short. The lateral coste are not more prominent than the others, which are all delicately lamellar and projecting near the calice. The intercostal spaces are wide and distinct. The coste radiate from the pedicel, many being formed low down by a single series of papille, but higher up by lamine which are finely granular laterally, and bluntly dentate on the free margin; some costs extend halfway down, others one quarter, and those which correspond to the highest orders of septa a very short distance from the calicular margin. The angle formed by the sides at the pedicel is about 118°. The septa are numerous, crowded, unequal, slightly exsert, larger at the wall than elsewhere, generally straight, but often bent, and on the whole delicate. There are six cycles in six systems, a few of the higher orders being deficient. The lamine are faintly granular, and extend deeply into the coral, bounding a very deep fossula. The columella exists in some parts in a very rudimentary condition, and is formed by trabeculee from the septal ends. The wall is stout. There is a trace of epitheca close to the pedicel, but otherwise it is wanting. Length of the calice 2,4, inches. Height of the coral 14; mch; greatest width 145 inch. Depth of fossa 4, inch. Locality: Miocene of Vere, Jamaica. 11. Pracotrocuts costatus, spec. noy. Pl. I. fig. 4a, 46. The coral is short, pedicellate, ‘compressed, conical, and deltoid ; it is longer than broad, and has a very open and large calice. The calice is in the shape of a long ellipse; its margins are slightly everted and not quite straight; its long axis is on a lower plane than the short; and it has a wide shallow fossa, with a deep and narrow fossula. The coste are very marked structures in the upper two-thirds of the coral, and less so in the lower third. The largest are subcrestiform, with an irregular and wavy edge, which is faintly dentate near the calice; lower down the coste are more granular and less prominent, being not at all so on the pedicel. The sides of the lamell of the coste are granular. The smallest coste are very rudimentary, and extend but a short distance. The coste, as they radiate from the pedicel, are granular, then linear, and subcrestiform near the calice; one lateral crest is more prominent than the others. The pedicel is small, and presents a trace of former adherence.. The septa are numerous, delicate, granular, and extend to and bound the fossula ; they are in six systems of five cycles, and one large septum is followed by a set of three smaller, of which two are rudimentary, and the central less than the first of the series. The columella is long, linear, and lamellar. Epitheca very scanty, and only existing near the pedicel. Length of the coral 14), inch ; height ;% inch; breath of calice 55, inch. In young specimens the coste are beauti- fully granular. Locality : Bowden, Jamaica. 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 9, 12. Pracocyaraus Moore, spec. nov. Pl. II. fig. 1 a—c. The coral is short, very much compressed, and narrow; it has a short and flat pedicel, and sides which rapidly expand laterally. The calice is long, narrow, shallow on an eyen plane, and its mar- gins are not everted, but are slightly sinuous. The fossula is narrow and deep. ‘The cost are delicate, very distinct when uncovered by epitheca, and are parallel near the calice; they then curve either to- wards the lateral coste or to the pedicel. The larger coste are slightly prominent near the calice, where they are not granular ; but as they become covered by epitheca they lose their lamellar character and become a series of granules; near the pedicel they again become lamellar. The smaller coste are granular near the calice, and are generally recognized as lines of simple granules, lamellar here and there. The external and lateral coste are granular, and generally the larger coste are succeeded by a smaller. The septa are nume- rous, unequal, delicate, granular, exsert, rounded above, and crenu- late, straight at the inner margin, where they bound the fossula. The pali are large, thin, tall, and rounded, and are attached to the small septa, which are placed between the smallest. The columella is very long, thin, lamellar, and sharp superiorly ; it is ridged late- rally for the attachment of the septa and pali. The epitheca is well developed, pellicular, and reaches high up, to 2, or 53, inch from the calicular margin. Height of coral 1,2, inch; length 4,2, inch; breadth 4 inch. There are 24 septa in } inch. Locality: Bowden, Jamaica. 13. Trocnocyatuvs oprsus, Michelin, sp. A small specimen of this well-known form is in a collection from a Pteropod-marl on Navy Island, off Port Antonio, sent to England by the late Mr. Barrett. It is identical with the species drawn by Michelin. European locality, Tortona. 14, Tuysanus ELEGANS, spec. nov. Pl. II. fig. 2a, 26. This coral resembles 7. ewcentricus, nobis, in form; but its coste are equal and more decidedly dentate, the septa are finely toothed inferiorly, and every other one has a blunt, thick, granular, and pro- minent paliform tooth. Locality: Bowden, Jamaica. 15. SryLoPpHORA GRANULATA, spec. nov. PI. IT. fig. 3. The corallum is ramose; the branches are nearly cylindrical, often flattened on one side, and leave the stem at an acute angle. The calices are placed irregularly, and are separated by a coenen- chyma, which is sharply granular, and which has very rarely any grooves or continuous ridges on its surface. The calices are circular, not inclined, very deep, and are surrounded by a raised ring formed by the septa and coste. The columella is situated deeply; it is cy- lindrical below, and sharp where free, but it does not reach the level of the calicular margin ; it is delicate, and six large septa are attached to it low down. The septa are in two sets. The superficial septa are 1864. | DUNCAN AND WALL—JAMAICA. ee from eighteen to twenty in number; six are continuous with the large septa, and the rest taper finely internally and externally, the spindle-shaped process being one-half septum and the rest costa. The processes are close, radiate, and horizontal. Diameter of calices ay inch. *" Localities : Bowden and Vere, Jamaica. 16. Anti~i1a Wat, spec. nov. PI. II. fig. 4a-c. The corallum is compressed laterally, and slightly curved inferiorly, in the plane of the major axis; it is much broader than long, has a pedicel, and is indented anteriorly, but is convex posteriorly. The pedicel is mammilliform and bluntly pointed, and the corallum ex- pands rapidly above it on either side. The calice is elliptical, and has a sinuous margin. The wall is very stout and appears to be double, the space between the true and false wall being occupied by part of the septa and dissepiments. The portions of septa between the walls are much thinner than their continuations, and a dissepiment divides the space between the walls into quadrangular cells. The inner wall is denser towards the base of the corallum, and consists of endotheca. The coste are very distinct where uncovered by epitheca, and diminish in width as they approach the pedicel; many are lost after passing downwards a little distance, and all are marked by one series of distinct papille hardly amounting to dentations. The septa are numerous, crowded, unequal, often curved ; and their inner margin is perpendicular, long, and dentate. The lamine are slightly stouter internally than ex- ternaliy, and are marked with radiating lines of papillae. There are five cycles and a few septa of the sixth in six systems. The columella is spongy, long, narrow, and deeply seated. The endotheca is abundant, and the dissepiments are often inclined, especially when they form the inner false wall. The exotheca is feebly developed ; the epitheca is strong and membraniform. Length 1;% inch; breadth ;% inch. Locality: Bowden, Jamaica. _ 17. SIERASTR#A CRENULATA, Blainville, sp. Var. ANTILLARUM, nobis. The remaining species have been described in a former communi- cation*. 5. General Remarks on the Affinities of the Species, and on the Corre- lation of the Cretaceous, Eocene, and Miocene Strata of Jamaica with those of Europe. The Cretaceous strata of Mount Hindmost and Trout Hall, in the parish of Upper Clarendon, have afforded numerous determinable specimens of corals, a few of which cannot be specifically identified with any forms already described. The majority have a very decided facies. one which is familiar to the student of European Lower Cre- taceous Zoantharia, and suggestive of a close alliance with the great coral-fauna of Gosau in the eastern Alps. Heliastraa exsculpta, Reuss, * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. pp. 437, 513. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 9, Diploria crassolamellosa, Kdw. & Haime, and Cyathoseris Haidingert, Reuss, of the Upper Clarendon Chalk, are common forms in the Kriedensmerle, which, with its associated Hippurite-limestone, was first brought before the notice of geologists in the classical essay on the Eastern Alps by Professor Sedgwick and Sir Roderick Murchison, and the organic remains of which have been so ably described and figured by Reuss, of Vienna. ‘The minority have yielded a species allied to the small-caliced Heliastreeans of Gosau, and a species of Porites which is the oldest on record. There is a community of species of corals between the Lower Chalk of Gosau and Piesting and the French Hippurite-limestone at Martigues, the Corbicres, and Uchaux. It is clearly this assemblage of forms which is represented in Jamaica; and it is an interesting fact that the specimens from Gosau, Mount Hindmost, and Trout Hail present the same mineral aspect ; in fact, the specimens are barely to be distinguished. This Lower Cretaceous coral-fauna is very rich in species, almost equalling the Miocene; it is peculiar to the horizon of the Lower Chalk with Hippurites, and its forms determine the age of the Cla- rendon strata as significantly as their Rudistes. The strata yielding the corals are of the same horizon as those which first yielded the Barrettia and the Acteonella, although great masses of intrusive rocks and some distance separate them. It is very probable that the Hippuritic limestone exists in the neighbouring island of San Domingo; and it will be found in a former communication that corals were noticed in Miocene strata there with very decided Lower Cretaceous affinities, as well as in Jamaica *. The Astrocenia deca- phylla, a well-known coral of the European Lower Chalk, was noticed as having been found by Mr. Barrett in the Jamaican Miocene; and Phyllocenia sculpta, an equally well-known species from Gosau and Uchaux, was found in the Nivajé shale of San Domingo: moreover, four other species, whose affinities are decidely Turonian, were described from this last locality. Some of the specimens of these erratic species are so mineralized as to lead to the belief that they are derived fossils, whilst others resemble those of unquestionably Mid-tertiary age. The derived appearance is much more decided in the San-Domingan specimens than in those from Jamaica; and as the Lower Chalk is present in the latter island, it is very probably to be found in the former. The formation would appear to be pre- sent in the island of St. Thomas, where Dr. 8. P. Woodward asserts that the shell Acteonella levis was found; but as yet it has not been recognized in any other of the Antilles, neither has it been discovered on the mainland. ‘The Cretaceous formation of Trinidad is identical with that of the adjacent part of South America; it is of Neocomian age, and is subordinate to an immense Mid-tertiary series. In North America, where the Upper Greensand and the Upper Chalk exist, the Lower Chalk has not yet been found. It follows that the Hippuritic and Coral-bearing lLmestone of * «“ West Indian Fossil Corals,’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xix. p. 406. + R. Etheridge, in Geol. Sury. of Trinidad, by G. P. Wall & J. G. Sawkins, 1860, p. 161. 1864. | DUNCAN AND WALL—JAMAICA. 13 Jamaica is separated from its known equivalent formations by the Atlantic, and that those which, according to the ordinary rules of paleontology, must be associated with it, as regards contemporaneity and relative position, are the Hippurite-limestone of North Africa (in the Province of Constantine, for instance); that of Portugal at Alcantara; that of Spainin Leon ; that of South-Western and South- Eastern France, in the Departments of Lot et Garonne, Charente Inférieur, Loire et Cher, Aude, Bouches du Rhone, Vaucluse, and Var; and that of Austria, at Gosau and Piesting. The English Lower Chalk belongs to a special natural-history province, and doubtless is of the same age as the Jamaican, due regard being allowed for the limits of the notion of geological contemporaneity. The discovery of forms common to Europe and the West Indies in the Cretaceous strata furnishes another to the many examples of the wide dispersion of species which occurred formerly; and it is interesting to observe that the genera so well represented in the Lower Chalk are equally well represented in the present Caribbean Sea. The brainstone-corals, the stony compound corals, and the porose Porites are the commonest in the reefs around the Antilles, and their near allies appear to have luxuriated at Gosau and amongst the French Hippurites. When the dependence of coral-lfe on very definite physical conditions is considered (and there are few series of facts better made out than those which illustrate that dependence), the identity of climate, purity of sea-water, absence of fresh water, and equivalent depth of sea between the old chalk- reefs and the modern are forcibly suggested. The Eocene shales and dark-coloured sands which represent the conglomerate in some localities, or which constitute its upper part in others, yield corals in no very great number. The specimens from Port Maria are either dark and carbonaceous-looking, or are encrusted on a fine dark-purple conglomerate : all are very significant of the horizon, and recall the puny development of the species of the London Clay. The Paracyathus from Yallahs valley resembles that of the London Clay, being even stained black, like the Sheppey specimens: the Stylocenia emarciata is a well-known form in British, French, Italian, and Sindian early Tertiary collections, and the Stylophora contorta also. The Stylocema and Stylophora are charac- teristic Corals, and denote an Kocene horizon; and they indicate, when unaccompanied by other species, the existence of physical con- ditions not favourable for coral-growth. The existence of strata of Eocene age in Jamaica was asserted by the late Mr. Barrett, and their position was marked on his diagram of the succession of the strata of the island; but it does not appear that he has communicated any reasons for thus naming the plant- bearing and other dark shales subordinate to the Miocene sands and shales, except those referring to stratigraphy. That he was correct there can now be no doubt, and an important member of the Tertiary series is thus added to the formations represented in the West Indies. Its equivalents are as yet unknown in the other islands ; but it is not probable that a great conglomerate resembling the Flysch in magni- 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 9, tude should be unrepresented in the larger islands. The character- istic corals of the Eocene strata of the Southern States are not amongst those from Port Maria. The corals obtained from Vere, Bowden, and Navy Island, off Port Antonio, have no general resemblance to those from the Eocene and Cretaceous strata, but present the appearance of the common specimens of the various Miocene shales and marls of San Domingo and the European Miocene; and all are absent from the existing coral-fauna of the West Indies. The new species of Hlabellum is unlike that of the Nivajé shale, and its genus is unknown in the Caribbean Sea. ‘The existence of the genus in every other coral- sea, and its discovery in the Miocene of the Antilles, have already been noticed in a former communication. The genus Placotrochus is represented by a second species in the Jamaican Miocene; it has no species in the Caribbean Sea, but several occur in Oceania ; and its fossil species are found in the Australian* and San-Domingan Ter- tiaries. The Placotrochus costatus is a very interesting form, for it is mimetic of the new species of Flabellum just mentioned. Placo- trochus differs from Flabellum in having a lamellar columella ; but the genera are closely allied, and their habits are very much alike: it happens, moreover, that several sets of species resemble each other, except in the prominent generic peculiarity, and are mimetic. The Placocyathus which I have ventured to name after Mr. Carrick Moore is allied to P. Barretti, nobis; and the new Thysanus adds another species to that beautiful genus. The comparative absence of compound corals from the Jamaican Miocene is very remarkable ; and equally interesting, in reference to the deep-sea nature of a part of the coral-fauna, is the abundance of Foraminifera, which crowd amongst and fill up the interstices of the specimens. The reef-coral Alveopora, however, exists in the White Limestone, and there is, therefore, a proof of some variation in the depth of the sea during the deposition of the Jamaican Miocene. The general correlation of the Jamaican Mid-tertiary marls, sands, and limestones with the Nivajé and Esperanza shales and the lime- stone of San Domingo has been noticed in a former communication. These Miocene deposits are the equivalent formations to the Newer Parian of Trinidad and the mainland, to the three sets of strata in Antigua, and to the calcareous bed of Barbuda, &e. 7; their coral- faunze have much in common, and bear but slight affinity to that existing in the Caribbean Sea, but a well-marked resemblance to the Australian, Oceanian, and East Indian coral-fauna; moreover, they are closely related by identity of species with the fauna of the Faluns, of the Turin Miocene, of the Vienna basin, and of the lowest Maltese limestone. * P. M. Duncan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv. 1864, p. 161. + The small island off Port Antonio contains a Pteropod-marl, according to the late Mr. Barrett, and the Trochocyathus obesus was derived from it. * yy oy ae vy ade, Wurerh oe a he 7 7 Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc Vol. XX1.PL.1. VeWilde lithadmnat. M&NHanhart imp CORALS FROM JAMAICA. sa 5 Quart Jouen.Ceol. Soc Vol XX1 PLII De Wilde, ith adnat : M.&N Hanhart mt 1864. | TATE—CRETACEOUS ROCKS OF IRELAND. 15 EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. & II. Illustrative of the Fossil Corals of Jamaica. Puate I. Fig. 1. Heliastrea cyathiformis: a, corallum, natural size; 0, calice and inter- calicular spaces, magnified 4 diameters. . Porites Reussiana: calices, magnified 4 diameters. . Flabellum exaratum: side view, natural size. . Placotrochus costatus: a, corallum, natural size; 0, the calice of a young specimen, magnified 3 diameters. Be CO bo Puate IT. Fig. 1. Placocyathus Moore?: a, corallum, natural size; 6, septa, pali, and colu- mella, magnified 2 diameters ; ¢, costa, magnified 4 diameters. . Thysanus elegans: a, coste, magnified 6 diameters; 6, large paliform tooth on a dentate septum, magnified 6 diameters. . Stylophora granulata: calices, magnified 6 diameters. . Antillia Walli: a, side view, natural size; 6, calicular view, natural size (the specimen is fractured) ; ¢, the structure of the wall, endotheca, and epitheca, magnified 2 diameters. bo He Co 2. On the Correration of the Cretaceous Formations of the Norru- EAST of InuLAND. By Raupw Tarts, Ksq., F.G.S. [Prares ITI.—V.] ConTENTS, I. Introduction. | 3. Upper Chalk. II. Absent Formations. a. Chloritic Chalk. 1. Oolitic Strata. | 6. White Limestone or Hard 2. Lower Greensand and Gault. | Chalk. III. Review of the Writings of previous V. Table showing the Distribution of Authors. | the Species. TV. Descriptions of the Formations. | VI. Paleontological Summary. 1. Preliminary remarks. VII. Conclusions. . 2. Hibernian Greensand. VIII. Descriptions of New Species. a. The Glauconitic Sands. 6. The Grey Marls and Yellow Sandstones with Chert. c. The Chloritic Sands and Sandstones. I. Lyrropucttron. In a former communication I described ‘The Rhetic and Lower Liassic Rocks of the neighbourhood of Belfast’ *, and I now propose to continue the subject with a description of the strata which sur- mount the Liassic series, namely, the Upper Cretaceous rocks in part. An incentive to study these formations was the knowledge that the results of the labours of the late Robert McAdam, Esq., F.G.S., had been anxiously looked for by many geologists+, who hoped that * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xx. p. 103. t Oldham, Journ. Geol. Soe. Dublin, Annual Address, vol. iv. p. 97 ; Haughton, zbid. vol. ix. p. 319; Forbes, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Annual Address, vol. x. p-lv; Huxley, zd7d. vol. xviii. p. xxxviii ; Salter, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. p. 84 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 9, the true relationship of the Irish Cretaceous beds would have been » satisfactorily determined by him from the study of his own collection of local fossils. That geologist has passed away from amongst us without having accomplished these researches ; and as his collection has not been applied to the furtherance of the much-desired object up to the present time, I have undertaken the task he may have in- tended to perform. During a residence of two years and a half in Belfast, I have worked assiduously in collecting fossils from the Irish Cretaceous strata, and in studying their lithology and stratigraphical characters, with the hope that these materials would enable me to correlate them satisfactorily; and I shall now endeavour to show that they belong to the so-called Upper Greensand and to the Upper Chalk. The general features of the disposition of the Neozoic rocks in the neighbourhood of Belfast may be understood by reference to the accompanying section. Fig. 1.—Section from the River Lagan to Black Mountain. Black N.W.” Mountain. 8.5. + + Fall’s River River Road. Blackstaff. Stranmillis. Lagan. eee 1. Basalt. 4. Lias. 2. Hard Chalk. - 5. Keuper. 3. Greensand. 6. Tertiary Sands. II. Assent Formations. 1. Oolitic Strata —In the foregoing section, the Cretaceous beds are represented as overlying the Liassic, without the interposition of any Oolitic deposit. Conybeare was the first to notice this fea- ture*; he observes that ‘‘The numerous beds of coarse calcareous Oolites, which in England succeed this green sandstone, are entirely wanting in Ireland, and the Mulatto reposes immediately on the Lias limestone.” Subsequent writers on this subject have not been free from error ; for instance, Sir R. Griffith remarks+, in 1838, that “ we may be said to possess portions of the whole upper series of the Secondary rocks of England, with the exception of the Oolite, though traces even of that formation have been discovered on the coast, near Larne,” while * Trans. Geol. Soc. Ist ser. vol. ii. p. 180. + Outline of the Geology of Ireland, 1838, p. 20. 1864. | TATE—CRETACEOUS ROCKS OF IRELAND. Ma Bryce*, in 1852, more cautiously states that ‘indications of a rudimentary development of some Oolitic strata have indeed been noticed near Larne ; but as they have not been clearly made out, we may pass them over here.” Again, McAdamf, in 1852, observed that “ at Larne a bed of oolttic structure rests upon Lias, and in it are found Avicula contorta, Lima proboscidea,” &ce.; while Professor King (1863) similarly particu- larizes the position of the quasi Oolitic formation, introducing in his table oolitic beds probably of the age of the Bath Oolite, and said to contain obscure impressions of Cardium, &c., as occurring near Larne. The beds which have been regarded as of Oolitic age by the above writers, excepting, perhaps, Professor King, are to be seen in a fine cliff-section on the coast south of Waterloo, Larne. They consist of two beds, each about 5 feet in thickness, overlying indurated marls, containing Avicula contorta, Cardium Rheticum, &c. The lower bed is simply an indurated marl with disseminated calcareous grains, and presents an oolitic structure. The upper bed is made up of spheroids of marl of the size of large peas. ‘The marls that are asso- ciated with these pseudo-oolitic beds belong to the Rheetic series, and are surmounted by true Lower Lias, containing Gryphwa im- curva, Lima tuberculata, Terquem (L. proboscidea), &c. I have also seen similar beds of the same age at Cave Hill, Belfast$. The ‘ Larne mixed fossil-bed’ of Professor King is without doubt that of Ballyeraigy, near Larne, a specimen of which, in the museum of the Natural History Society of Belfast, is labelled “‘ Oolite, Bally- craigy.” This specimen at first appears to be an oolitic limestone ; but on a careful examination it proves to be only a fine-grained siliceous rock, with a light-coloured calcareous cement. The block bears an impression of the flat valve of Pecten quinquecostatus, and was evidently obtained from a bed which occurs above the basement- bed of the Upper Greensand, and is a part of the upper series of that formation. It is in fact the ordinary rock of that member (which is a siliceo-chloritic rock with a calcareous paste), wanting in the disseminated chloritic ingredient. The presence of P. quinque- costatus is sufficient to prove its age without other evidence. ‘There- fore, with Professor Jukes || (1862), I contend that “the only beds belonging to the Oolitic (Jurassic would have been more strictly correct) series in Ireland are some black Zzassic shales.” 2. Lower Greensand and Gault.—The majority of the writers on the age of the Irish Cretaceous beds have referred them to Upper Chalk, Lower Chalk, and Upper Greensand, altogether or in part ; yet a few have departed from such determinations. Bryce (1837) is one of the few authors who has regarded some portion of the Cretaceous series as a probable equivalent of the Lower * Geol. Notices, Environs of Belfast, p. 10. t Rep. Brit. Assoc., Trans. of Sect. p. 54. { Synoptical Table of British Aqueous Rocks, 5th edit. § Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. p. 108. || Manual of Geology, p. 589. €| Trans, Geol. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. y. pt. 1. p. 79. VOL. XXI.——-PART I. Cc 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 9, Greensand ; but, as observed by D’Archiac*, “no part represents the Grés-vert inférieur, as supposed by Bryce;’’ while Professor Oldham + comes to the same conclusion, on the authority of McAdam, ‘‘ who has found no representative of the Lower Greensand in that district.” Portlock (1843), mistaking the age of the fossils, states that “the true Lower Greensand, containing Pecten quinquecostatus, P. equicostatus var. longicollis, Inoceramus Hamiltoni, &c., is found on the eastern chalk-escarpment in the county of Antrim.” Professor Forbes$ thought that the Upper Greensand of Ireland was more nearly allied to the Gault by its fossils. As regards the Glauconitic Sands, such was also my opinion|| until recently, but my reasons for abandoning this view are given at p. 22. IIL. Review or tHe WRritrInes oF PREVIOUS AUTHORS. The Cretaceous beds of Ireland may be divided into the following lithological zones in descending order; but, convenient as they are, they do not accord, as will be shown in the sequel, with the palon- tological horizons. Lathological Divisions of the Cretaceous Beds. 1. “ White Limestone” with flints. 2. Chloritic Sandstone and Sands—“ Mulatto Stone.” 3. Yellow Sandstones and Marls. 4, Glauconitic Sands. Whitehurst 9 (1786) was the first to regard the White Limestone as ‘‘similar in appearance to a stratum of chalk.” Hamilton ** (1790) observes that “‘ the White Limestone in colour resembles chalk, but, in hardness, exceeds it: like chalk, it abounds in irregular nodules of flint.” He further very accurately defined the boundaries of this formation, and gave important observations upon the imbedded flints. Sampsonyy (1814) further, though confusedly, recognized a sand- stone below the White Limestone. _Conybearett (1816) more clearly exhibited the order of succession of the Cretaceous strata, and referred the Mulatto sandstone under- lying the Chalk to the horizon of the Upper Greensand. “It agrees altogether in its character and fossils with green sandstone, which oc- curs in a similar geological position underlying the Chalk in England ” (p. 130). He, however, referred the White Limestone to the age of the Lower Chalk, thus :—“ It agrees exactly with the lower beds of the English Chalk.” * Histoire des Progrés, vol. iv. p. 8. t Journ. Geol. Soc. Dublin, vol. x. p. 97. { Report Geol. of Londonderry, &c., pp. 109 and 189. § Jukes’s Manual of Geology, Ist edit. p. 514. || Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. pp. 103, 108, &e.; Geologist, 1863, p. 444. 4 Original State, &c., of the Harth, 2nd edit. pp. 248, 259, and pl. 6. fig. 2. ** Letters, Northern Coast of Antrim, part i. pp. 3, 5,6; part i. pp. 93-98. tt Expl. Chart and Survey, co. Derry, p. 84. {t Trans. Geol. Soc. vol. iii. pp. 129-131, 167-173. 1864. | TATE——-CRETACEOUS ROCKS OF IRELAND. 19; Allan * (1821) noticed the prevalence of the White Limestone in the north-eastern angle of Ireland, and its uniformly resting on the Greensand or Mulatto stone. He also pointed out the extent and position, as well as the general characters of the limestone, and those of its altered portions. Bouéy still later referred the Mulatto sandstone to the Craie tuffeau of France, and the superior beds to the Crate blanche. Griffitht (1838) has referred to the relations of the Secondary rocks of the co. Antrim, and described their position, characters, and area. Bryce$ (1837) added some further details, especially as regards the relation of the Chalk to the Mulatto and underlying formations, and the variation and thinning-out of the Mulatto in its progress northwards. Of the labours of General Portlock || (1843) I have only to notice, for my present purpose, that he made the first attempt to particularize the paleontological characters of the Cretaceous beds. The fossils, to the number of seventy-eight, he distributed into three subdivisions of the “ Chalk,” as follows :— «Ist, Arenaceous, or glauconous, or ‘ Greensand: ; 2nd, The Lower Chalk. 3rd, The Upper Chalk.” The first division comprises the loose grey sandy beds referred to at p. 110, and are evidently the Glauconitic sands and yellow sand- stones of my section, here introduced for the first time. The second division he elsewhere designates as the Chloritous Chalk (p. 109) and indurated Greensand, or the so-called Mulatto stone (p. 110); and as such it accords with my lithological zone No. 2 at p. 18. The lithological divisions of the Cretaceous beds, as given by Mr. Bryce (1852) in the following quotation, are the same that I have employed, though his paper was not known to me until after the preparation of this communication :— \ “The Cretaceous system is represented by the Upper Greensand and Chalk, the Lower Greensand and Gault being absent. This Upper Greensand consists of three beds: the lowest is a slightly cohering sandy bed of a green colour, a true greensand; the second Is a buff-coloured calcareous sandstone ; the uppermost is a greyish- white impure limestone, pervaded by chloritic grains. The upper portions of this bed are often conglomerate, pebbles of quartz being imbedded. To these upper chloritous beds the workmen have given the name of ‘ Mulatto,’ which is often used to designate the whole series in Ireland.” He gives no further details, but adds (and here I essentially differ from him), “Hard white chalk, apparently the representative of the lower part of the Chalk series in England.” * “Formation of the Chalk,” &c., Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb. vol. ix. p. 393. t Essai Géologique sur V Ecosse, p- 379. t Outline of the Geology of Ireland, p. 19. § Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. vy. pp. 78-80. || Loe. cit. p. 749. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 9, Sharpe* (1853) regarded the White Limestone as of the age of the Upper Chalk. Jukest (1862) refers the White Limestone to the Upper Chalk, and regards the “ Mulatto” stone as of Upper Greensand age. King t (1863) parallels the “ Antrim Mulatto stone” with Upper Greensand, and the ‘Antrim White Limestone” with the Dover Lower Chalk. Those authors who have compared the Irish Cretaceous fossils with those of the English Cretaceous beds have referred the former to the Upper Greensand and the Upper Chalk, very properly dis- regarding the hiatus existing between them. Others, guided only by stratigraphical succession, have referred the beds overlying the Upper Greensand to the Lower Chalk, the same being the next above, in the order of superposition. IV. Descriptions oF THE FoRMATIONS. 1. Preliminary remarks.—From the foregoing résumé of previous memoirs, it is apparent that there still remains much to be done for the correct identification of the Cretaceous beds of the north-east of Ireland, which are invested with additional interest on account of their occupying an isolated area, being the most north-westerly Cretaceous deposits in Europe. ‘‘The most northerly point in the whole earth, in which Chalk has yet been found, is in the vicinity of Thistedt in Jutland, 57°, or in that of Aberdeen ; the last appears in the south coast of the Island of Rathlin” §, off the coast of the county of Antrim. The most westerly points in Ireland where Chalk is found 7m situ are Benyevenagh and near Dungiven, co. Londonderry, in long. 6° 55’. ’ 2. Hibernian Greensand.—I propose this name for the Cretaceous beds underlying the Upper Chalk of Ireland, the term Upper Green- sand, as used in England, not being sufficiently comprehensive, as the Irish strata may more perfectly be correlated with the “ étage Cénomanien” of D’Orbigny. The Hibernian series forms three lithological zones, each with its own suite of organic remains; but the upper part of the third, or highest, zone, though agreeing lithologically with the lower portion, T associate with the Upper Chalk. With this reservation, I purpose, © first, to describe the series according to its lithological divisions, and afterwards to notice its fossils. The Hibernian Greensand may conveniently be studied in most of the glens of the Antrim Hills; and I have selected as a type-section that naturally exposed in the Woodburn stream, by the Priest’s Hole, on the Carrickfergus Commons. a. The Glauconitic Sands.—These sands are of a dark-green co- lour, and consist of glauconitic and arenaceous grains in a slightly argillaceous paste. Throughout the district they present the same * Monograph of Cretaceous Mollusca, p. 47. + Manual of Geology, p. 622. t Synoptical Table, 5th edit. § Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. pt. 2. p. 22. 21 TATE—CRETACEOUS ROCKS OF IRELAND. It is the *sI[BAO BIUTPAeO ‘eATnour veydday | ‘esourenbs vpnqerqaioy, “eyvouly BNolAy a0860 “es eRoTBOS SOOET[Lade HOUT ‘SUIT JOMOT the same characters and fossils. It aining general aspect, becoming towards the west, as at Carmoney, more argillaceous, when the streak is of a dull yellowish green, 1864.] ‘snqesita ‘g ‘tapdurayng “gq ‘slaepnoiq.o u984 0 Fp | To suysor ‘G ‘ON 0} AeTIUNIG | ‘OT Oud -deg ‘eotuoo vadsoxgy ‘snyentio}}2 soyTUMMe[Og, G Q | senpou oneydsoyd YIM paq-Tissoq | °6 pane 6 & Soe Se ooo n inten tri iniriy snodouT [Laude orytuooney) i. ‘gu0}spueSs sN0Vd Anysts ‘spues joedur0o orytuoonepy | *g me ise -1]Is woo18 v ar sesuodg jo s]sv0 SULOe [AOU ¢ G SOOO Sonn nt nnn eet eeeenee . re} ‘ONT mene 3 Jo spues udets-yArep out Surssed = ae ne 2 ‘se[npou- qaoyfo, Upras ‘savor ysthoay | *y Tew #49 a 0 I “*STISSOF may G ‘ON 07 aeE]TUMIG | “9 m ‘snyeULIvo snskdoqeg ‘euris e 0 SondH000a00 veelvisiassicieeece teeeeeres ona @ -“ST}V] “aT ‘eysnqoa vjouoyoudyy ‘vou -p.La00uTy Jo syueutsesy Lq poyaeur 8 -180 BlNyBAqoIey, “VyeIAyS vUTTNyVaAqoday, Ayetoodsa poq-T[oys YF ‘ON UeYY Q a “dst1Q, snumerooouT ‘euepdimes °C ‘vyv] | qUedel[OOUT ALOUL PUB snodateo[eo 5 : —norpeuro vatysQ ‘snyeysooonbumb usog seo] ‘euO\SpUBS OT}IAOTYD-Oorvopeg | *¢ =e 1 I Tisveseeeeceeeseseres aad uo) Snysys N=: ‘ouoyspus snooBVoTVa —OTyAOTYQ | “F a *snqqis Vv ‘gnqyvAo soyAyouruy 0 z SOnecnseicecinicnry see eseeeeees seeece tees aseq (Su) Fi oy} 38 saghyounup Jo pueq yuoysIs a G -tod B YYIM ‘Z ‘ON UeYY «moroo S 3 *snyerp UL Taylep ‘Uo soUAT] OY OYTIOTYO | “Ee bs 2 -B SoyT[NoIyUIA ‘studosIsuny sopteydeg | e QO fr BeOS "* sosuodg yu 2) nose uoytod aamoy sqrt ‘Lae = -JUOULdBAF OUOISOTUT] OFT OMOTYO | °Z is ; ; ‘Fouoz ‘9u0}s ae CHOTA 8 | rere *s[ISSO,T *ssoUyOry T, “ASopouyT "Peg_| “BI “d Jo souoz |-suore JOON | [eoLsoToyyTT |-ut0;F “‘U ONIIY ULNGP00 A most persistent of the divisions, preserving a uniform thickness of however, wanting beyond Colin Glen. about 8 feet, and maint 1s, 22 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 9, The fossils are confined to the bed of Hxogyra conica; this fossi- liferous band preserves a medial position in the zone, as indicated in the foregoing section (No. 9), throughout the district. Using this band as a safe guide, I have traced the Glauconitic Sands from Larne, around the Teland Magee to Whitehead, Woodburn, Carmoney, &c., to Colin Glen—a line-section of twenty-four miles. The rock is not used economically, though the employment of the sands as a dressing for lands has been suggested. The phosphatic nodules in the bed occur in too small a quantity to be available for the purpose that such concretions are usually applied to; they occur rather as a substratum to the fossil-bed, yet many of the organic remains are of the nature of casts in the phosphatic material. It is a water-bearing deposit, though few springs of any import- ance arise upon it. This zone has yielded thirty-six species, which, with very few exceptions, are confined to it. Most of them were obtained at Whitehead, during the construction of the railway to Larne; the other localities, excepting Woodburn, are apparently less fossili- ferous, probably because they have not been wrought to such an extent, on account of the difficulty of exploiting the bed. This lithological zone is without doubt the ‘‘Glauconous Sand ” of Portlock, and the fossils of it are indicated in his list by 6,; these are identical with those I have found in this stratum in the neigh- bourhood of Belfast. In the following list are some of the more important species, placed according to their value :— Exogyra conica, var. levigata, Arca carinata, Sow. Sow. Belemnites ultimus, D Orb. Pecten orbicularis, Mant. | Ammonites varians, Sows Dutemplei, D’ Ord. | Pecten virgatus, Nils. Avicula lineata, Roem. | Ditrupa deformis, Lamarck. Pecten quinquecostatus, Sow. The Glauconitic Sands I formerly regarded as of the age of the Gault, rather from their marked persistency and restricted organic contents than from the affinity of their species to those of the Gault. These sands pass up into grey marls at Woodburn and elsewhere. . I find the same lithological features to appertain to the basement- beds of the “ étage Cénomanien ” in Normandy, having observed the glauconite-sands underlying grey and brown marls dashed with green grains, the lower passing up into the higher, from Cap de la Heéve to Auberville. This similarity is further increased by the fossil contents. Iam therefore justified in concluding that no re- presentative of the Gault occurs in Ireland. b. The Grey Marls and Yellow Sandstones with Chert.—The marls of Woodburn (see section, p. 21) have the same characters as far westwards as Cave Hill; they contain but few species of fossils, and are of limited thickness. T’o the east of Woodburn, as at White- head and around the shores of Island Magee, they are brownish-yellow argillaceous sandstones with cherty masses. In the western part of the district, from Carr’s Glen to Colin Glen (see section, p. 25), the 1864. | TATE—CRETACEOUS ROCKS OF IRELAND. 23 arenaceous element prevails, and they assume the character of yellow sandstones abounding in chert; they are also comparatively fossiliferous and of great thickness. The characteristic fossils of the yellow sandstones of Colin Glen, Black Mountain, &c., are, Ostrea carinata, Pecten cequicostatus, iP, quadr icostatus, Rhynchonella latis- sema, and Vermicularia quinquecarinata, Roem. The argillaceous sandstones of Whitehead and Island Magee contain in abundance Ditrupa deformis, Lamarck, Discoidea Se uculus, Micrabacia coronula, and Vermicularia quinquecarinata. c. The Chloritic Sands ana Sandstones.—This division includes part of the “ Mulatto” of the workmen, and part of the “ Chloritic Chalk”’ of Portlock. Several authors have referred it to the Upper Greensand. In the Woodburn section there is some slight evidence of un- conformability between this zone and the underlying grey marls ; that is to say, Bed No. 6 reposes upon a slightly undulated surface of Bed No. 7 (see section, p. 21). The beds between the Grey Marls and the White Limestone are generally siliceous sands in a calcareous paste, and contain dissemi- nated chloritic grains. The compactness of this zone varies with the locality. On the whole, I find that, in ascending the bed, it becomes more and more compact, by the predominance of the cal- careous paste, and the siliceous and chloritic elements become less and less in amount, finally passing up insensibly into the condition of a white compact limestone. These general features are seen especially in the eastern localities. Despite the greater or less uniformity in the lithological charac- ters of this stratum, a study of the fossils has led me to refer the upper portion of it, to which I apply the term “ Chloritic Chalk,” as met with in the eastern escarpment of the Cretaceous area, to the Upper Chalk. The band with Ananchytes ovatus I regard as the lower limit of the Upper Chalk, though no line of demar cation exists further than the appearance of the “calcareous element in greater force. In the Woodburn section (p. 21) it embraces Beds Nos. 2, 3, and 4. The relations of the Chloritic Chalk to the Chloritic Sandstones are shown in the following sections, in which also is noted the local variation in their composition. Section on the East Coast of Island Magee. Thickness. 2 ‘2. 1. White limestone. ft. in. ea | 2. White limestone with chloritic grains increasing aie) 4 & CLOWAWALO SH eee eee eee ee erect onion areuatuaeeee 1 10 © © | 3. Ventriculite-bed (Cephalites fungiformis, &e.) ........ 0 3 —— 4. Slightly compact green sands, with Cyphosoma Ce- nomanense, Serpula filiformis, Ostrea canaliculata, &e. Chloritic Sands eee Hibernian Greensand. — 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 9, Section at Whitehead. Thickness. a 1. White limestone. ft. in. S24 | £4 ( 2. White limestone with chloritic grains, yielding Ven- BS4ss Ericulites i. diccarss teen cash iyeaaqeesk uaserenBock tests saaer »O | Sd | 3. Soft chloritic calcareous sandstone in nodules ......... 1 8 - 4,. Band of Ananchytes ovatus esas cee eae @ 2)- ae (2 a (5, Soft ereenish'sands)...c2rccanet ae asessarcconsten senders 3 9 5 246 & 4 6. Fossil-bed marked by fragments of Jnoceramus 2o | en CrISPt eR Sestak soothes heoeioe eee ac ounce a ewentee Ui Ho |S (7. Soft green sands, &e. The fossils of the Chloritic Sands are principally derived from the band characterized by Inoceramus Crispi, which is a conspicuous horizon in the eastern area. The characteristic species, arranged in the order of their frequency, are :— Tnoceramus Crispi. Spondylus spinosus. Ostrea semiplana. Heteropora cryptopora. Terebratula obesa. Catopygus carinatus. ——— carnea. Serpula filiformis. Rhynchonel!a robusta. Pleurotomaria perspectiva. latissima. Cidaris vesiculosa. Ostrea canaliculata. Epiaster distinctus. Pecten quinquecostatus. On tracing the Chloritic Sands to the west, some lithological dif- ferences appear, accompanied by almost a new fauna. Thus to the west of the Cave Hill the Chloritic Sands are generally represented by compact siliceo-chloritic sandstones, with intervening bands of soft sands. These sands are the fossiliferous portions par eacellence, the dominant species being Exogyra columba. These beds are exposed at the Black Mountain, Hanna’s Town, and near the bridge in ColinGlen. Succeeding a great development of the yellow sandstones at the last-named locality, there occur compact chloritic sandstones of a light-green colour, with two fossil- bands in a softer sandstone, one below especially charged with Ver- micularia concava, the other with Ewogyra columba, with which are associated Cucullea fibrosa, Trigonia Deedalea, Pecten cequicostatus, Waldheimia Hibernica, Ostrea semiplana, Ammonites Lewesiensis, Corax falcatus, Otodus appendiculatus, Ptychodus mammillaris, Anatina Royana, Cardium gibbosum, Inoceramus striatus. In the last-mentioned localities the Chloritic Chalk is wanting, and the passage from the Chloritic Sandstones to the White Lime- stone is abrupt. This is seen in a fine section by the waterfall in Colin Glen, about half a mile above the bridge, the Chloritic Sand- stones exhibiting in so short a distance a remarkable variation in composition and fossils. 1864.] TATE—CRETACEOUS ROCKS OF IRELAND. 25 Section in Colin Glen. be td BS White Limestone, resting on— 50 Thickness. S ft. in . {| 2 2 | 1. Compact dark chlorito-siliceous sandstone ......... 6 6 Z| S88 4 2. The same with Crustacea (Callianassa, sp.) ......... 3.0 z S RB 3. The same, but unfossiliferous, as No. 1. ............ 6 0 8 = 1 4 (4 Yellow sandstone with nodular cherty masses, o} 3s 2 becoming blackish and shaly below, and yielding a) CBS Pecten equicostatus, P. quadricostatus, and Ver- se fle tales MACULATIA QUINQUECATINALE ...2..0.c0esenccneseesenses 30 0 2| g2¢ | 228 } 5. Glauconitic Sands with Brogyra conica, &e.......... 8 6 Cae a 54 0 This section presents the maximum thickness attained by each zone of the Hibernian Greensand. 3. Upper Chalk.—a. Chloritic Chalk, or Basement-bed of the White Limestone.—The lithological characters and relative position of this stratum have been already referred to. It is essentially a local development, becoming attenuated towards the west, and at Cave Hill is represented only by a bed of Ananchytes ovatus and afew Ven- triculites interposed between the White Limestone and the Chloritic Sandstone. It is entirely wanting further to the west, and then the White Limestone rests abruptly upon the Hibernian series, whereas in the eastern districts the Chloritic Chalk passes upwards into the state of a white limestone, and downwards into that of a chloritic sandstone. Its fossil contents are chiefly Sponges and Ananchytes ovatus. The former characterize a distinct paleontological zone reposing upon that of the Ananchytes. With Ananchytes ovatus, type, and A. gibbus, I found only Ga- lerites albogalerus, type and tumid variety. In the Spongarian zone the following species are characteristic :— Camerospongia fungiformis, Goldt., Ventriculites alternans, V. decur- rens, and Etheridgia mirabilis, spec. nov. b. White Limestone or Hard Chalk.—This stratum has been so accurately described by previous writers that I need only repeat their descriptions, so far as they are applicable to the stratum as developed around Belfast. The rock is an imperfectly bedded white compact limestone, with a splintery fracture, and containing layers of flints throughout. It is overlain by the Basalt, and rests either upon the Chloritic Chalk or the Hibernian Greensand; from beyond Colin Glen, by Kilcorig, near Lisburn, to Moira, it is seen resting directly on the New Red Marls. It bears abundant evidences of alteration, namely, in its erystal- line structure where in contact with the basaltic dykes, and in the shattered condition of the flints in their vicinity. Furthermore, the limestone is throughout the district capped by a layer of flints im- bedded in an ochreous clay; all these flints are of a deep bright-red 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 9, colour, and are encrusted by a calcareous cement, those of the lime- stone being of the usual brown or grey tint,—the original heat of the basaltic lavas having altered the degree of oxidation of the iron, con- stituting the colouring-matter of the flint, by which the brown was converted into a red. The White Limestone bears evidence of great denudation, firstly, in its variable thickness, attaining a maximum of about 100 feet at Whitehead and Cave Hill, and dwindling down to a few feet in Colin Glen and Woodburn, and being even absent in the lower section in the Woodburn River ; secondly, in the flint-gravel bed which is inter- posed between it and the basalt, which is a constant accompanying feature throughout the district. A fine exposure of the gravel is to be seen in ‘the White Limestone quarries at Kilcorig, near Lisburn, as represented in the following section. Fig. 2.—Section at Kilcorig, Lisburn. Ww. ao et A BEN ae SILO RN 1 2 3 =| 5 oF fe (2) 5" ) 6 Thickness. ft. in. 1. Superficial drift, a stiff clay with imbedded blocks of basalt 4 0 2. Basalt, rudely columnar, attenuated on the eastern part of the section OR UPA APN Spee O ks Ali ee NA gig Uae 6 0 SB dain vovawvaxornls) jovenoxel hyeeeawsVes wie nice oA blew a Gla olecd eye 0 9 4, Gravel-bed, composed of altered chalk-flints in an ochreous paste, filling up the hollows of the denuded White Lime- stone, and with an average thickness of ......... me 5. White ipftraasthamne (Upper Chalk ?) with numerous ¢, in. layers of fiints andtfew; tossilsmerga rear ae or it 6) 5’. ‘ Flinty flag,’ a highly splintery limestone, irregu- larly crowded with flints, its upper surface covered with branching Sponge-remains im- bedded in a glauconitic paste. Very fossiliferous. 1 0 5". Two bands of limestone separated by ........ Ie 8) avelaieonitichlaye rrr aria an nie en eee { 0 9 White Limestone, with flints .............. 18 0 6. Variegated marls of the Keuper formation. 1864. | TATE—CRETACEOUS ROCKS OF IRELAND. 27 The White Limestone is very extensively quarried in the county Antrim, it being the only rock available for lime-burning within a very extensive area; generally that obtained from the basement- beds yields the best lime for building-purposes, notably so in the quarries at Kilcorig; the lime obtained from beds below the “ flinty flag” sets more rapidly than that yielded by the stone higher in the quarry. It is not used as a building-stone, as it very readily splits along the planes of bedding on exposure. The fossils of the White Limestone are by no means plentiful, excepting some ubiquitous species, as Belemnitella mucronata, Tere- bratula carnea, and Ihynchonella octoplicata ; most of the species in my list were obtained from the “ flinty flag,” at Lisburn, the higher zones rarely yielding a single species; elsewhere the fossils were derived from the lower portion of the zone, the higher parts of it being apparently but slightly fossiliferous. The characteristic species are— Ammonites Gollevillensis. Megerlia lima. Belemnitella mucronata. Ananchytes ovatus, type and Turritella unicarinata. var. pyramidatus. Cinulia catenata. Cardiaster ananchytis. Ostrea vesicularis. Galerites abbreviatus. Pholadomya cordata. Cyphosoma corollare. —— Stewarti. Parasmilia centralis. Pecten nitidus. Guettardia stellata. Terebratula carnea. Paramoudra Bucklandi. Rhynchonella octoplicata. The above list of fossils not only indicates that the White Lime- stone is of the age of the Upper Chalk, but points to its representing a high stage in that formation, suggesting, in fact, its parallelism to the Norwich Chalk. The lowermost portion of the White Limestone being thus known to me as an equivalent of the highest portion of the Upper Chalk of England, 7. ¢. of the Norwich Chalk, I endeavoured to obtain fossils from the upper part of it; but I have not been enabled to bring forward direct proofs of a less antiquity than that just inferred for any portion of our Irish Chalk, although the restriction of the fossils to the lower part leads me to hope that the following opinion of Professor Forbes may yet be substantiated, though it can only be so for the upper portion of the White Limestone. He writes*, “The equivalents of the Upper Chalk, of which Curdiaster granulosus is a guiding fossil, may be seen at Cipley and near Maestricht underlying the Yellow Chalk with Hemipneustes radiatus, 2. e. the ‘ Crave supé- riewre’ of Hébert. I have never seen in England any beds which could satisfactorily be assigned to the last-mentioned series, but think it extremely probable that the Chalk of Antrim, which assuredly should be regarded in its greater part as equivalent to our English Upper or Norwich Chalk, will be found to include equiva- lents of Maestricht or Yellow Chalk of the Continent.” * Quart. Journ. Geol. Svc. vol. x. p. ly. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 9, V. TABLE SHOWING THE DIstRIBUTION OF THE CRETACEOUS SPECIES IN THE IRIsH ZONES, AND THEIR OccURRENCE IN THE ENGLISH AND ConTINENTAL ForRMATIONS, EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS. v.c. very common; ¢. common; *”. rare; v.r. very rare; x. species not common, or its fre- uency unobserved. G. Gault; G.S. Greensand of Blackdown; U.G.S. Upper Greensand of Wanister: &c.; Chl. M. Chloritic Marl; Ch. M. Chalk Marl; G.Ch. Grey Chalk; L.Ch., U.Ch. Lower and Upper Chalk; U.C., M.C., L.C., Upper, Middle, and Lower Cénomanien ; T. Turonien; S. Sénonien. Distribution. Trish. Hibernian Green- Upper sand, Chalk. List of Species. a ; England and S fo fe 2 gS & I Continent. 5 Wiel One| RO 3 Ae ise yesicalles al su /O8|/6o/] 6a )48 ait | Sa | a8 le 8 Sm |rHs|On |OO | F# Class REPTILIA. | Plesiosaurus, vertebrae Of ....c.cccccsseeseeees 1 x. Class PIscEs. Corax faleatus, Ag. ....cccccccsecssesscsseseevens x. ’x.v.rt|@.Ch. Lamina acuminata, Ag..c.ccccscsececcccseceeeees see X. C. ws 1@.Ch. Otodus appendiculatus, Ag. .........cccsee0es Px. x. x.t |G.Ch. Gyrodus cretaceus, Ag. ...ccccccsecsceseccesees X. G s+ |G.Ch. Ptychodus mammillaris, Ag. .....0..cccccee x. + |G.Ch. —— polygyrus, Ag. ........... x. - |@.Ch. Notidanus microdon, Ag. a xf /U.Ch. Beery; (SPs pccces see aseee tee ee ee . x1 Oxyrhina Mantelli, Ag. .....ccccceceseceeeees x. |M.Ch. Class CEPHALOPODA. i Ammonites varians, SOw.....ccscccessesseccennes x. tee + |U.G.8.—G.Ch., C. Lewesiensis, Mant. .......0ccccceecesceeees tee xX. vs |G@.Ch. —— Gollevillensis, @’Orb. wo... cece x. v.¢. |S. A. colligatus, Bink- horst, MaestrichtCh. is probably this spe- cies. —— OCClUSUS, N. SP. .....csecseeserreerersseeseses x. {Allied to A. Forbesia- nus, U.Ch., India. Scaphites elegans, n. Sp. .......cssececsseseeenes see vee tee x. Helicoceras Hibernicum, n. sp. ..........+. tee tee oo x. Hamites Carolinus, d’ O70). .......cscccceeeeeees tee mes a6 x. |S. Meudon Nautilus levigatus, @’Ord. ...cccceeeeeeeeees O66 Be .. | X.c. |G.Ch.—U. Ch TAGIAGUSVSOWss des tecdetroeee eee cere obo O00 boo x. |G.Ch., C. Deslongchampsianus, @’Orb. ......... 060 x. vee - |@.Ch., C. Belemnites ultimus, d’Orb. ..........c.cece ee Xe ae oy .-» |@.—G.Ch., C Belemnitella mucronata, Schloth ............ 50% x. |x.v.c.|U.Ch,, 8. Class GASTEROPODA. Fusus Royanus, O70. w..ececeesesseesseesnees 906 x. |S. Rostellaria, Sp: tccc.c.ceoccecscsoecssanstriossencse tee x Turritella unicarinata, Woodw.... REET Shc x. v.c.|U.Ch., Norwich. Scalaria albe-crete, n. sp. ... toe x. Littorina rotundata, Sow. x we. = |G.S. Solarium ornatum ?, Sow. ......cecseseeeseeees x. ven Gee Trochus cirrus, Wo0dw. ......cccscsseereeeneees 90c x. v.c.|U.Ch., Norwich. —— Basteroti, Brong. .....scccccccseseeeeeeanes x. c, |S. Meudon, C. SD ee eeaiacc te eateeceat ss xe Turbo Zekeli, Binkhorst .....ccccceccecvecsenees x.r. |S. Limbourg. Pleurotomaria Thomsoni, Jate............... aco ex —— Mailleana, d’ Orb..........cccscesensensenees x. .. |U.G.8.; C. —— perspectiva, Mant. ....-..csscccsssevseesee x. Ch.M.; L.Ch. 7 Coll. Mr, Galloway. 1864. | TATE—CRETACEOUS ROCKS OF IRELAND. 29 TABLE (continued). Distribution. Trish. Hibernian Green- Upper sand. Chalk. i List of Species. 3 4 England and 2 qa 6 g Continent. ~ o | Ce EE | ok] pis Sa | Fal ee lee lo. Bio) 1S) | Sra) || ors |e ai|Se\as|/es/s8 SH lrg lon | SOO |ER Pleurotomaria disticha?, Goldf. ............ : a0 x. |S. >t) BIDS sogopoancdnscdoooddocdabscdocndobsc6eed . . x. Calyptreea Grayana, D. SP. .seeseseeeeeeeees : 300 x. Patella orbis, Roemer .......ccccecceeeesceeeuees 0 600 x. Cinulia avellana, Brong., sp. ........e.c00000 os x. - |U.G.8., L.Ch.; © 1 CALCNAGA Mar SDeiesaceeserticecsesscracasscating : 900 x. Class CONCHIFERA. : Ostrea vesicularis, Lamk. .......cecceccereceee aie x. v.e.|U.Ch.; 8. COROT OEE CE RECO ET OCE EE Ree RES CO EER Caed X. v.r. « |C.; Ch.M. (a small orm). 5 (Shh JUGETO) >. ‘ponoosoocnbodocaapeccsodded X.v.r | x. ¢. see .. |U.G.S.—G.Ch., © —— canaliculata, Sow. . x. Seen eXoaveC. - |U.G.8., G.S.; — semiplana, Sovw........ Ace 900° ||2SAe . |U.Ch., 8. Exogyra columba, Lamk. ......... roecoud (BOD 500 | 55 .. |C.; G.S., Lyme. —— conica, var. levigata, NSOWse sores taea ues X. V.¢. Rey Ki oan KOH —— — , var. plicata, Sow..........ceceeeeeees x. ¢, nats S01 KOE =e HANI OLOIA CA sce corre econcen cern sttomasieeceneen x x. ae «. 1C.3;G.8.; U.G.S. —— laciniata, Nilss.........ccccceccessesceseeeees odo ps0 ESN --- |G.Ch. Pecten orbicularis, Mant. ..........c:cesc0000 SSenVe Col | EXORVALA Men - |U.G.8.;Ch.M.; G.Ch ———_ ASPCL, LAME. 0... .eecevcccsesosscerecossreeses x. x. x. « |G.S.; U.G.S. —— Dutemplei, V Orb. ......eceeeeceeseceeeees X. V.C. | X. v.r. | X. vor. .» |U.G.8.; C. —— glauconeus, 0. SP. ....ceecececeeceeeeeree sees x. 600 B06 200 Sat?) 8 ace SEE e CEROCURCD CEE EECR ECoG Xa ae ah as —— cometa, d’Orb. .......eec eee x. es ASH Heo KOS —— virgatus, Wilss. ......... xt eee BRA doo. KOb —— quadricostatus, Sow. S00. || S55 |) Se oe ?x.t |U.G.S.; C. —— quinquecostatus, Sow. ........s0csceseeeeee 56 || 2 [125 1he -» |U.G.S.—L.Ch.; C —— sexcostatus, WO00dw........cccecceseeseeeses ae aa At ? x. | |}U.Ch., Norwich —— equicostatus, Lamk.? ..ccecccscssseeeee Xen Ks x. ... |G.Ch.; U.G.S. ————-F MIGIAUSy MIU wecean nee eneseoeceetieueeees Res me sch x, | |(UCh: Lima elegans, Nilss. ...cccccccccssssceseeseseeeees 65 x. |U.Ch., Sweden; Ch. flints, Aberdeen. —— Hoperi, Mant., sp. wc... eeccesecceeeeeees eae Mee x. ¢ |S.; U.G.8., L.Ch. —- semiornata, d’ Orb. SOUS CE DEE ET ERO EE ECACG ae x. sol |OsswURGs Ss. —— BIM PLEX, (WOLD. secsencnscsssesnercerersssses 600 xa apg, (KGL Spondylus spinosus, Sow., 8p......s.cseccerees 500 X. V.¢. x. |U.Ch. striatus, Sow., sp. ......... ue x. .. |U.G.8. Plicatula deltoidea, n. sp. . Soa SRS oe Boe Avicula sublineata, d’ Orb. .......:eccsseeeeees X. y.¢. Untere Kreide; G.S., Farringdon. Inoceramus Crispi, Mant. ........ssecccceeeees 000 XaVCal mere Doc -Ch. —— striatus, Mant. ..........ccecececcesseeeeenes O06 x. 5c6 ee Ga@he Pinna subtetragona, @’Orb. ......ceeeeeceee es 200 x. 006 .. |G.S., U.G.S. Mytilus subfaleatus, d’Orb. .........ceeeseeee tee x. 20 oo. -|KGh Cuculleea carinata, Sow. .......ccccececeeeseeees Xe nah oe non (Keen (Eisty LOE sh — Ligeriensis, d’Ord., Bp........ssseceeeesees oes x. 600 oG0. + |K8E ———w ANP ania e rane ares cr oi ek ooo ae ea anc eitoenes x. 00 000 600 Arca albze-cretze, Tate ......cccccceccsscnsssecees es me ane x. Sy) SHOREOCE Sn aCO CHOC LOC ORIG EE CCE EA Ea ae Ks = 400 Chama ineequirostrata, Woodw. eo a Me x. |U.Ch., Norwich. Cardium gibbosum, n. ap 00 000 x. 200 ues Lucina eubicalaciat Sow. . x a Ses Pan Gases Astarte lenticularis, ICE) Vanes eae oN, ACG 65 Xe Isocardia cretacea, Goldf. th ae ue eee dt un BY, es Ae Ss Cypricardia trapezoidalis, Roem. ............ 00 400 a0 Xe |S: Cardita dubia, S0w., 8p. .....scsesceseceesseesee nob Xs a0 Seo Chives Venus caperata ?, SOw.........cceccesccorserasses x oon ae U.G.8.; G.S — Bubpana, (OLAS necoposocccoceccooKedongKes xe Se lEXK CC») 8. (ORAM NE EE 5 7271)8 onooconconaston nooucosooodqsnachien Xe 500 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 9, TABLE (continued). Distribution. Trish. Hibernian Green- Upper sand. Chalk. List of Species. 3 : England and 2 I * F Continent. 52) Mm. Oo o oO ‘a 2 Sie Tilt es Slee te og 68 Eom) foe) Ol. Birt s OS Om. ee @ Si | OM (eg |eg | os bn | Hs |/on | OO | eR Thetis maj or; Sows, ccweahencrcesenverstereuseeeee x. Boo cup O08 bt |GeSs, UEGeSs Cercomya Royana, d’Orb. ... All yee a0 Xe 460 paca He Pholadomya cordata, n. sp. : hepecad x. —— obliquissima, 0. Sp. ......cceccceeeeee eee xa —— Stewarti, n. sp...ceececccceeecssesesseeeees . xX. Myacites leeviuscula, Sow. .......cccceeeeeeee es xs os sn ve peor Wi Erasb — mandibula, Sow. ...... Ue hai shits salar Xs 560 aod pad oe MULG3S.58C2 Trigonia crenulata, Lamk. ......0....ccceeeeee we ve x. tes 500) 1 KO — Deedalea, Park. ..ccccccccccccccccsun sees (xX. G.S.; U.G.S.; C SI is] OB Jad noocacdapoEAdaoSoBoSeecH Gena ded shdendes x. Ss Peter carne seocecetaen saneenecene cue aeaaRE cree x. ves Class BRACHIOPODA. Crania Ignaburgensis, Retz. ...........:..000 vee see vee x. |Ch. Terebratulina striata, Wahl.. as8a| bu 396 vee x. | x. |U.G.8.—U.Ch. D) efrancel ye eure cnswtesieessee ses | 5G i lhshs Terebratula carnea, Sow. ........cceceeeeeee es X. V.c X. V.c. [G.S.—Ch. lobesawiSawrc.cseunssuetiscrsaves sesame tee bo0 .. |X.V.G.} ... |x. (. ajnd very large.) U. biplicata ?, Broccht .........ccccccccescesees uate Ase Xe a ... 1@—Ch.M.; 8S. —— squamosa, Mant. ............ccececeeeeeen ee x. aoe ace in .. |U.G.8.—Ch.M. —— semiglobosa, Sow. .......cseeeeeeeeeceeees ode ocd fe |x. v.r./U.G.8.—Ch. —— abrupta, 0. Sp. oe... eeeeeeeectseee eee eeees not “ie tee se x. Waldheimia Hibernica, n. sp. .............45 a0 ogo x. bee ADO [Ch., Norwich. Megerlia lima, Sow. ............ceccceseeeneseeees ae 50D God eae x. |U.G.S.—U.Ch.; U. Rhynchonella limbata, Schloth., var. lenti-| _... DoE A08 oot x. |Op.Ch. Thisis most formis, Woodw. certainly the young of R&R. octoplicata, Sow., but not of R. plicatilis. ——,, Var. rObUStA, MOV. .......eeeeeeeeeceeeees vee ss | X V.C. — latissima, Sow. ........ccceccsscecessevsesees any x: Bip id ... |U.G.S8. hE ied EH eels, SE BHEREE na nosndbadoatbe tio Hoon 1D OueES)) Ie bon ... |A form of R. latissi- ma that closely ap- proaches to #. pli- catilis, Sow. ———— NUciformis, Sow sc... .se as eessee core eas x. abe s00 Hae ..) |U.G.8.—Chl1.M. — plicatilis, Sow. ........cccccccceceeeceueeneee 806 gos dag .. |x. v.e,|U.Ch. —— octoplicata, Sow. ......ccccsccesccesseseeees be ae ae .. |x. v.e.;U.Ch. Class PoLyzoa. Desmeopora cylindrica, Roem. ............... doo see x. 06 ... |U.Ch. —— aculeata, Mich. ........ccccccccecceeceeccunes 500 Bo xX. as ... |C., Mans, Villiers. Retepora clathrata?, Goldf. .... 0.0... do 800 x. don deen | WEGES: TAIMOSS A ODE Vices sed.decneeen nenaeecee ge ie Lee 5% ... |S., Meudon, &e. Pustulipora pustulosa, Goldf. .........0..... 0 oe x: Be ..- {U.Ch. Proboscina ramosa, Wich. ...........:000cccee es boa x. Sob .. |U.Ch,, 8S. Semieschara Normaniana, d’Orb. ......... aKa ne ae Xs Jon: . fSs Diastopora Oceani, @’ Orb. oo... eeeeeee ee ye xe a (O}, —— tubulosa, @ Orb. oo... 960 100 x doo Heteropora cryptopora, Goldf................ x x. x. |U.G.S.—U.Ch. Holostoma contingens ?, Lonsdale ......... Boo x. Membranipora Parisiensis, d’ Oro. ......... ba fst Zonopora variabilis, @’ Orb. .......ceeeeee eee x s. Class CRUSTACEA. Callianassa, Sp. ...........scsceeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees es Bade) || 28s (6 ies 500 Scalpellum trilineatum ?, Darw. ............ aan x. nee i ... DT. and Ch. MAXIMUM, HOw. .....ccecececevcecncecenees aes one Bee aae Xa UeChe Pollicipes glaber, Roem. ........:.ccccccceees |. -p00 X. ne a .. ‘T. and U.Ch. Loricula McAdami, Thomson .......0.:000++ ies fee xf ee ate + Coll. late R. MacAdam, F.G.S. 1864. ] TABLE (continued). TATE—CRETACEOUS ROCKS OF IRELAND. 31 | Distribution. Trish. Hibernian Green- Upper sand. Chalk List of Species. ra 5 England and 2 8 ; 4 Continent. Be lh ae ey Nips. ll ae a et ee ea | Sb |) SG) ee Wet | ee aa |\se |e |28|e3 Gan | Hs | On |OO | ES Class ANNELIDA. Vermicularia concava, Sow. tee ve |X Vi. ... |U.G.8. —— quinquecarinata, Roem...... xX. |K.V.e] ... ... | Hilsthon,’ Bohemia. Vermilia ampullacea, Sow...... 500 Xs xX. 2) (WG Suche Ditrupa deformis, Zamk. ..... 565) 5s NH|| 2 .. |U.G.S.; Ch.M.; © cretacea, Hébert ..........0...55 Hee Bo ae x. |S., Meudon. Serpula filiformis, Sow. .........-.:.:csecsee0e- 066 X. V.c. . 1G.5-U.G.S. == [Oar anh SOBs. socsonosasn0dbonqc.scoadecanadeeN a6 x. .. |U.G.8.—Ch, = TESA, (CHAE S coooocodned ‘onnsogpaa0b0000000008 te x. see —— Vibicata?, Miinsl.........ccccceccesseseeense ae 5%) Ay —— antiquata, Sow. .............08 x. 386 .. |G.—U.G.S —— OER, {GOB dooncosodessooopbnocaccho0.00 sin xX. -Ch. Class ECHINODERMATA. Cidaris vesiculosa, Goldf. ... ee x eae ... |U.G.8.; G.Ch. Sorigneti, Desor ......... 00 x. oe .. |C. Cf distinet from => Gd - SosscododsccoscdonaaocoseuccossasoBbHacbo004 606 ae 200 Xe [C. elavigera.) Cyphosoma corollare, Park. ....0..csceeeee ass 008 woe x. |U.Ch. Cenomanense, Cott........ceccsccecereseres noe x = og) (LUA OL Echinoconus abbreviatus, Lamk. ......... N56 aes bas x /U)-Ch: —— subrotundus, Mant......c.ccccccecseveeeees or x. soe ee 1GZCh: —— CONICUS, BEY NIUS.......sscceseereereeeseees 000 ae xs x. |U.Ch. —— —,, var. tumidior, Forbes 000 ood x, a Weehs Discoidea subuculus, Klein ... xe 300 He ... |U.G.S.; Ch.M.; G.Ch. os CYIMG rica Py LAMM. .cc.ccesessescocresnse 000 x. ... |Ch.M.; G.Ch. Cardiaster ananchytis, Leske............-..04- 000 x. |U.Ch.; 8. (C. gra- nulosa, Goldf.) Micraster cor-anguinum, Klein ............ ono |} 50 xa) /U-Ch: Epiaster distinctus, Agass. .............. x. Xs noo PeECCL — crassissimus, Defr. Masarstaeaionrs Ko Xs son. EXE Holaster pilula, Lamk. ..........ccceeseeeeeeee on exonWECh: Catopygus columbarius, Ag. XC. ... |U.G.S.—G@.Ch. Echinocorys sulcatus, Goldf. ee .. |x. ver. |U.Ch. —— vulgaris, Breyn. (type) bon [zen eeal) Poe LUOLY —— var. y. pyramidata, Portl. .............. p06 rae xe > (DOU ERI AETTUAS sconoc.doodengeo0000200000000 ago! |! 38S {IP oo,” |fsbp. kOe Oley, Bourgueticrinus ellipticus, d’Orb. ......... Px. 500 x. |G.Ch.—U.Ch. Grontastersspieeccrnccssnecssniccscae-seesececsnee 26 a Class ACTINOZOA. Ceelosmilia laxa, Hd1.........cccscesseeseeseeees poo x. (.)|U.Ch. Cyathina levigata, Edw... wae x. (.)/U.Ch. Parasmilia centralis, Mant. ond xe, lO Chay, Stelloria suleata, Wich. ......... He x. copy |KO Synastrea superposita, Mich... oad Eco x. C. Micrabacia coronula, Goldf. ........6....000. S(O) oda U.G.S. Class RHIZOPODA. Orbitolina concava, Lamk..........0..006.00085 x, U.G.S. Class SPONGIDA. Ventriculites decurrens, Smith............... Ree) xe son! WK ——— FessellabusyiSMvessvissvensaste coveeaere eee Aa Xe tae @he —— alternans, Roem. .. posh ise 2 x. |U.Ch. — radiatus, Mant........ ae nee Ke Xe We Chasis: —— Murchisoni, Goldf. ...........ccccceee neces rice Xe 6e0 Cephalites Bennettize, Want................... é6e x U.Ch.; 8 Camerospongia fungiformis, Goldf.......... oop x (v.c.) S. Etheridgia mirabilis, n. sp. bt x. (¢.) Bracket. tes protensus, Sm x. pee L.Ch. 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Novy. 9, TABLE (continued). Distribution. Trish. Hibernian Green- Upper sand. Chalk. List of Species. EB 4 England and ce 3 5 a Continent. ‘2 a | © 5 a |e |e | ea | 8s Biro PSS Norse tert uses ag jonilag|2s\es ba | He |oa |5o| Fs Coscinopora infundibuliformis, Goldf. ... x. sas ISK Guettardia stellata, Wich. .........:ccceseeeee aoe leo (@p) Ist Celoptychium furcatum, n. sp. ...........606 x. as —— Belfastiense, n. sp. ........cseeeeeeeeee eee ~— Geological Shetch-map of the Malvern Hills. Altered Primordial Rocks and Post-Pri- mordial Trap. ae Voleanie Ash, Grit, Oger, and Lava. \ Diectyonema-shales and Black Shales (Up- per Lingula-flags). ww ss] Hollybush Sandstone ~ AX (Middle Lingula- NS WQiQow flags). ‘TeIpaountag Scale 1 inch to the mile. [Lo face page 72.) Pre-Primordial Trap. | Graniticand Quartzo- felspathie veins. Pre-Cambrian, or Laurentian Rocks. Faults. To the Binder.—The Map illustrating Dr. Holl’s Paper given in last No. to be cancelled and replaced by this. Aton i i Taunt i HOLL—-MALVERN HILLS. 73 In that communication I also intimated that I should enter into further details at no distant date ; but the completion of the paper has been delayed by circumstances which were unavoidable. In the meantime, I have been enabled to clear up certain points on which I was not then altogether satisfied, and to avail myself of some recent researches of my friend the Rey. J. H. Timins, of West Malling, into the chemical constitution of many of these rocks, which have a bearing upon the subject of this memoir, as will be seen in the sequel *. The objects of this communication are the following :—(1) to. discuss the structure and origin of the crystalline rocks of the Mal- vern Hills; (2) to give the result of an examination of the super- imposed Paleozoic strata immediately adjacent; and (3) to endeavour to show the chronological relationship of the several events in their geological history. II. Meramorputic Rocks. It will be preferable to commence the description at the southern extremity of the hills, where older deposits are seen resting upon the metamorphic rocks than in the northern part of the chain. 1. Keys-end Hill—tSome quarries at the southern extremity of this hill, near Bromesberrow Park, exhibit thinly bedded gneissic rocks dipping east. In one of these quarries the gneiss is mica- ceous ; in the other two it is chiefly hornblendic, with some inter- stratified thinner beds of dark micaceous gneiss, and a few bands of hornblende-schist. Nearer to the central parts of the hill there is some dark-coloured hornblende- and felspar-rock traversed by a few small quartzo-felspathic veins, and beyond this, forming its northern half, are rocks which consist principally of imperfectly formed hornblendic gneiss, with much greyish and greenish amor- phous or semicrystalline rock, very much divided by joints, but breaking with a smooth slaty fracture in the plane of the bedding. Sometimes this rock is nearly homogeneous in appearance, or has a minutely foliated structure ; at other times it has rounded grains of felspar, and more rarely of quartz, scattered more or less abun- dantly through its substance, frequently in a somewhat lnear ar- rangement. The bedding is best seen in the quarries at the southern extremity of the hill, near the park, the strike being west of north and south of east, and the dip easterly. In the other quarries it is almost entirely obscured by the numerous joints and cross-joints which intersect the rocks, and cause them to break readily into more or less rhomboidal fragments, so that fresh surfaces are difficult to obtain. These jointage-planes are much coated by peroxide of iron, and exhibit abundance of slickensides. Small quartzo-felspathic veins traverse the rocks in different parts of the hill, and a fault, indicated by a narrow band of brecciated rock, is seen in one of the quarries at its southern extremity. * Mr. Timins has now made more than two hundred analyses of the Malvern rocks, and his results will, I trust, be made known at no distant date. 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 2. Ragged-stone Hill_—The next or Ragged-stone Hill consists of two ridges, divided by a deep excavation which first runs south- south-east and then south-east, the western spur being prolonged further to the south than the eastern one. On the north the hill is similarly divided by a shallower excavation into two spurs, the sum- mits being united by a short transverse ridge. The mineral structure of these two crests or ridges is somewhat different. In the quarry at the southern extremity of the eastern ridge are beds of thinly laminated and crumpled mica-schist, some- times rather quartzose, interstratified with greenish-brown and dark greenish-grey schistose rock having a minutely foliated structure *. The beds have a north-west and south-east strike, and dip to the north-east; but a little further along the ridge, after passing over much brecciated white quartz, the strike is altered to north-north- east and south-south-west. Beyond the quartz is some silvery mica= schist, which is followed by dark-grey rock similar to that in the quarry, but more granular in structure; and, nearer to the summit, a still coarser variety shows the commencing separation into horn- blende and felspar. These darxer-coloured beds alternate repeatedly, and are regularly interscratified, with beds of minutely granular red- dish-grey felspathic rock, containing often microscopic spangles of mica, at other times minute dark specks of some easily fusible mineral allied to hornblende. Some of this felspathic rock contains a large quantity of silica, together with some lime and soda. In the transverse ridge which connects the two summits, this rock becomes more argil- laceous, and presents a speckled red and grey appearance and a foliated structure, and has associated with it dark-green imper- fectly laminated rock passing into hornblende-schist. The northern slope of this ridge is crossed by a fault running north-north-west and south-south-east, beyond which are gneiss and mica-schist. In the large quarry at the southern extremity of the western spur, near the little hamlet of White-leaved Oak, the lowest beds exposed consist of greenish friable schist, which resembles steatite- schist in appearance, although differing considerably in its chemi- cal composition ?. Above these are gneissic rocks of the same ill- developed character as those seen in the quarries towards the southern extremity of the Keys-end Hill, some beds containing mica and others hornblende ; but neither of these minerals are cleanly or distinctly crystallized. The dip is to the north of east at a high angle, and against their upturned edges the Hollybush sandstone is seen resting, and dipping also at a high angle in the opposite direc- tion. Beyond the quarry, nearly to the summit of the hill, the rocks consist of greyish-green crumpled schists, either uncrystallized * It is difficult to find distinctive names for all the varieties of the Malvern rocks. Professor Phillips, in alluding to these dark-coloured bands, speaks of them as ‘“‘a sort of greenstone or serpentinous trap, more or less laminated, and often veined” (Memoirs of the Geological Survey, vol. ii. pt. 1. p. 27). t This schist was examined by the Rev. J. H. Timins, and found to contain, silica 41-82, alumina and metallic oxides 35-90, lime 1:40, magnesia 7°81, &e. There is, therefore, too little silica for steatite or tale, and too little magnesia for serpentine. (Timins, im literis.) HOLL—MALVERN HILLS, COR or more or less altered into mica-schist. Both mica-schist and horn- blende-schist occur at the summit, immediately beyond which there is atrap-dyke *. This dyke encircles the north-western side of the summit, and then runs a short distance along the western side of the ridge, a little below the crest. Beyond the trap-rock, on the northern slope of the hill, is slaty hornblende-rock, and at its base near the turnpike road are gneissic rocks and mica-schist f. Besides the fault already mentioned, the Ragged-stone Hill is traversed by at least two other faults. One of these crosses the crest which connects the summits, and, running down the hollow between the two ridges towards the south, is met by an oblique fault directed north-east and south-west, which cuts off the southern extremities of both ridges, and alters the dip to the north-east. The Ledbury and Tewkesbary turnpike-road passes between this hill and the next. The rocks on either side of it, uncovered by the Hollybush sandstone, are narrow alternating beds. of hornblendic and micaceous gneiss; and opposite the hollow, midway between the northern spurs of the hill, the road is crossed by a trap-dyke. 3. Midsummer Hill.—The next hill is divided in a similar man- ner to the last, by a deep excavation directed towards the south, into an eastern and a western spur, and the suminit of the hill is sur- rounded by the fosse of a supposed Danish encampment. The rocks are best exposed along the western ridge. At its southern extremity are narrow alternating bands of micaceous and hornblendic gneiss. These are succeeded by thickly bedded, rather coarse-grained horn- blende- and felspar-rock ; a little quartz, and more rarely a little mica, being added in some of the beds. Beyond this is somewlat massive gneissic rock, in part rather poor in quartz, the mica be'ng some- times of a dark-brown or nearly black, and sometimes of a deep-green colour, and some beds contain epidote. Both the hornblendic and the gneissic rocks are traversed obliquely near their junction by a trap-dyke which there crosses the ridge, and is probably the same as that seen in the turnpike-road. Beyond the thick-bedded gneiss is mica-schist, then some beds of massive gneiss containing dark-co- loured mica, and occasionally a little hornblende in addition, which * The term “trap” is here restricted to igneous intrusive rocks composed of augite and felspar, and is not employed in the more extended sense in which it is sometimes used to designate the more crystalline rocks of the hills generally, especially those rich in hornblende. t In his description of the rocks of this hill, Professor Phillips observes, ‘ In no part of the Malvern Hills are the trap-rocks more varied in character than in the Raggedstone ; nowhere do they depart more widely from the syenitic type, and approach more nearly to theordinary aspect of eruptive trap, abound- ing in compact felspar. Consistently with this fact is the observation, that in no part of the Malvern chain is there so much of a metamorphic character in the adjacent Paleozoic strata, and these are the lowest clearly sedimentary de- posits which appear in the district” (op. cit. p. 26). It should be observed, how- ever, that since the above passage was written, the line of actual contact between the crystalline rocks and the Hollybush sandstone has been exposed in several places, showing the latter quite unaltered. 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, is succeeded by thinner-bedded gneiss as far as the fosse, and for a short distance beyond it *. Between the fosse and the summit of the hill there is a large irregular mass of erupted trap, which sends a branch southward into the hollow between the two spurs. This trap rock is precisely similar to that of the summit of the Ragged-stone Hill, and, as will be seen hereafter, to all the other traps associated with the crystal- line rocks. In the immediate vicinity of the trap the rocks are chiefly fine-grained gneiss, partly micaceous and partly hornblendic. On the north side of the summit, the hill is composed entirely of thin-bedded gneiss and mica-schist, containing dark-brown mica, and ranging from north-west and south-east to west-north-west and east-south-east nearly, and either vertical or inclined at a high angle t. In the eastern ridge the rocks are not well exposed. A quarry at its southern extremity shows some grey mica-schist, and at its northern end are gneissic rocks haying a nearly north and south strike. Some coarsely crystallized hornblende- and felspar-rock protrudes through the turf near the central parts of the hill, and the fragments lying about show the rocks generally to be of the same gneissic character as those of the western ridge. 4. Swinyards Hill.—In the narrow hill which succeeds to the last, called Swinyards Hill, the strike of the beds is for the most part east and west; but in the quarry at the southern extremity, near Fair Oaks, there is some contortion of the beds, with a general south-easterly dip; and towards the northern extremity of the hill, the strike of the beds becomes north-west and south-east. The hill is flanked on either side by the higher beds of the May Hill Sandstone, those on its eastern side occupying part of Castle Moreton Common, and separating the crystalline rocks from the Trias, which has hitherto been in close proximity to them £. The following section taken along the crest of the hill, com- menecing at its southern extremity, although slightly generalized, and not perhaps entirely correct in all its details, inasmuch as there may be minor bands which are not exposed, nevertheless gives a sufficiently accurate notion of the structure of the hill §. feet. 1. Micaceous schist and fine-grained gneissic rocks, with a few subordinate bands of hornblende-schist ........ 665 * Tn noticing the laminated structure of some of these rocks, Professor Phillips observes, ‘‘ Sometimes the felspar and mica, or felspar, hornblende, and mica, are so arranged as to produce vertical lamination. It is difficult in that case to refuse the rock the title of gneiss” (op. cit. p. 28). t See also Professor Phillips, op. cit. p. 28,in which the laminated structure of these rocks is especially noticed. t By some error in the coiouring of the Ordnance Map, the May Hill Rock on the east of this hill is represented as Hollybush sandstone. In the skeleton- maps of Professor Phillips (op. cit. pp. 60, 84) it is correctly entered as May Hill Sandstone (Upper Caradoc). § Owing to the inequality of the ground, and the difficulty of drawing clear lines of demarcation between the beds, the thicknesses given can only be regarded as approximative. HOLL—MALVERN HILLS. eh feet. Qe bine=srained redyonanulice misery atimin vented c aly oars 95 3, Fine-grained gneissic rocks and mica-schist, with a few narrow bands of hornblende-schist................ 965 4 PHornblende=schistiain. seen tere teary eacr see tedellse sieve 15 MICAS CISC) sek seale dh cee eee eh yee tne youth deaf 15 (Cheon LO ale (eye te aie car REMORSE Re Gel lida ety ue oe ale areata 85 (epbrapsrocks partly brecciated wa Ae anata 65 8. Micaceous and hornblendic schists, not well exposed .. 260 9, Fine-grained gneissic rocks with subordinate bands of hornblende=schist; | arama ice einyns crores ete metotesh 330 10. Diorite*, rich in hornblende, with small quartzo-fel- SWALHICAVELMS Seles eras MLR rn Gel cm Oi Fs GaOks oh aunts 22 TDS SIG OOS he Aiarg eer DOME ues ar Dae EAC dea a PE uy Punta ea 3 12. Diorite*, rich in hornblende, with many quartzo-fel- SPAtiCAVeUNSE Tes vunvad am Fak, Te Sg nel SOMO Wout: 25 UB} OMNI G Nae TTmATlh A la a ke ona Oe oisiekelalolold did 3 12 14, Felspar and hornblende-rock, with quartzo-felspathic CHUL Sane eticyehts tee Cote Mae hm Cay Fans aL etaen Shoals Moat atna dala 18 irra Gara nabe = Vein yy ysients eevee lee mueicln ete ath el bea slo Shakey 4 16. Granitoid and gneissoid rocks with small granite-veius Tao NGL eb.g TOE aig Gel ko MBA bib o-6 On Re iota B'S OGIO 14 li Granite;probablys uve: lu. ay weicute els ciee.ds gear e ate 21 MS Notiexposedt) canada: atce eis Cie lier sia ls wih uanuntt at, 20 UG, Carnounes, eoloeloby G yew Aaa coe se haseocoeupegegos 45 20. Granitoid rocks with small granite-veins............ 84 21, Granitoid rocks not well exposed; some beds contain epidoteandychloxriter anna y noire cet nee 275 OAC LAM O=VeUM Ain very Vrat eee wemel ale entdl cd Meee MON ean sitet eas 15 23. Granitoid rocks, some bands containing epidote and CHONG Ea aI eMt Rata see nat ES EMEA Ents fork tt Og aS) Se aU 30 Qe Or amibe= Velniiyye a Mery tedden egret a a Met AIG Gea Saline 3 Com Gneissoiduandyeramitorderocksy i Weeseno nites ctaleter 120 26. Hornblendic gneiss and schist, with band of diorite 2 ft. thick, and some small granite-veins .............. 36 PHA ORANGE pain ce Same Pca oth be lene Pelt de Het bals Yetta) id ellcbe 14 28. Granitoid and gneissoid rocks, some bands containing CPIM OLE Meera v teen aia eeu ee eaten oon RE RU Sy Mer dee 75 PAG): CAUGHATUEE YN stey bt SYS Why PARA te aceon Heine he At rid Pea ea eel 3 oO Gxranitordandyoneissord: rocks mane s cles ste oilers nel ale 95 Overlap of May Hill sandstone 7. The granite-bands at the northern extremity of the hill are cer- tainly some of them veins, if not all. They contain deep-red potash- felspar, whereas the felspar of the other rocks is of light colours, * Hornblende and oligoclase, or andesine. + The laminated and bedded structure of some of the rocks of this hill, and the east and west strike of the beds, are particularly noticed by Professor Phillips (op. cit. p. 29); nevertheless he does not appear to regard them in the light of metamorphic rocks, Their schistose-structure is also noticed by Horner, op. cit, § 40. p. 301. 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. and contains both soda and lime. They appear to pursue, for the most part, a north-west and south-east course, and so far to corre- spond to the general direction of the strike. 5. Herefordshire Beacon.—This, which is the second highest eminence in the range, is surrounded near its summit by the en- trenchments of an old British camp; and it is only the portion of the hill on which the camp is situated, and a narrow strip to the south of it, that belong to the syscem of rocks I am now consi- dering, its eastern buttresses and the off-standing hill near Little Malvern being composed of altered rocks of an entirely different age. Immediately north of Swinyards Hill, and between it and the excavation in the hill-side below the cave, are gneissic rocks having apparently a north-west and south-west course. In the principal mass of the hill, however, on the north side of this excavation, the direction of the strike is from the east of north to the west of south. Qn the hill-slope, below the south-eastern extremity of the camp, is some uncrystallized hornblendic rock, which has an imperfectly schistose structure, and, from its curved slickenside surfaces, has the appearance of having been squeezed. North-west of this are gneissic rocks, chiefly hornblendic, beyond which is a second band of un- crystallized hornblendic rock, similar to the preceding, which runs very obliquely across the hill, from the western side of the camp near its middle to the northern extremity of the hill at the Wind’s Point. Beyond this, and forming the north-western slopes of the hill, are again hornblendic and micaceous gneiss, hornblende-schist, and some mica-schist *. Two large granite-veins cross the southern half of the camp from north-east to south-west nearly, sending out branches in different directions ; and a third vein, also a large one, running nearly north and south, occurs on the eastern side of the summit, between it and the lowest fosse of the encampment, splitting up at each extremity into smaller veins. These granite-veins, like those of Swinyards Hill, are conspicuous from the red colour of their orthoclase-felspar. 6. Between the Wind’s Point and the Wych.—Similar rocks to those of the Herefordshire Beacon are well exposed at the Wind’s Point, in the quarry west of Mr. Johnson’s hoase, and along the side of the turnpike-road leading to Malvern Wells. Mica-schist is here overlain by thick-bedded, dark-coloured, schistose, hornblendic rock, and this again by hornblendic gneiss, rendered ochreous by the decomposition of its hornblende. These are succeeded by alter- nations of micaceous and hornblendic gneiss, beds of uncrystallized horublendic rock, and thinly bedded reddish-coloured granulite. Beyond these is much amorphous or semicrystallized hornblendic rock, and then similar rock alternating with hornblendic and mica- ceous gneiss, and some mica-schist. Quartzo-felspathic veins are numerous, some of them of large size; especially two by the road- side, which can be traced for some distance up the hill. In the *- See also Phillips, op. cit. p. 30. HOLL—-MALVERN HILLS, 79 quarry the beds are much disturbed ; but in the section along the roadside they have a slightly undulating dip to the north-east. Along the crest of the ridge, at its southern extremity, the same beds occur, but not so well exposed. In the depression opposite the Roman Catholic Chapel, over which the pathway passes, and in the hill beyond it, overlooking Brand Lodge, the rocks are chiefly horn- blendic gneissandschist, with much rather coarse-grained hornblerde- and hornblende- and felspar-rock traversed by several granitic and quartzo-felspathic veins. In the hollow and hill beyond, as well as in the depression which succeeds it, are fine-grained micaceous gneissic rocks, the strike of the beds being a little to the east of north and west of south. Ascending the southern slope of the next or principal eminence, pycnlogiine Ma'vern Wells Church, we find diorite and hornblende-schist traversed by several granitic veins ; but at the summit, ard on its northern declivity, the rocks are entirely gneissic, with hornblendic bands and greyish-coloured uncrystallized schist interstratified, the direction of the strike being from north to south. The ridge here makes a slight bend, and in the narrow part which connects this hill with the succeeding one, overlooking the Holy Well, there is some brecciated and much disturbed rock, indicating a line of fault. The hill beyond consists of micaceous gneiss, with a few bands of hornblendic gneiss and some contemporaneous fine- grained granulite. Similar granulite also occurs in the depression beyond. : Ascending the soutrern slopes of the next hill, we pass over egneiss’e rocks interstratified with a few narrow bands of schist, be- yond which are granitoid or gneissoid rocks interbedded with finer- grained gneiss, until we reach the summit. There is then an interval of about eighty yards, in which the rocks are rot exposed in situ, but which appear to be gneissoid or granitoid*, traversed by granite- veins. Beyond the summit are gneissic rocks with narrow bands of uncrystallized schist, and some brecciated hornblendic rock, then again gneissic and schistose rocks, and further down the northern slope, a trap-dyke, about thirty or thirty-five yards in width, having a north-east and south-west course. ‘This is followed by gneiss and mica-schist as far as the tunnel. Between the tunnel and the Wych the rocks consist of gneiss and mica-schist, with narrow bands of greenish-grey uncrystallized schist and some hornblende-schist interstratified. Close to the Wych there is a small trap-dyke. In the hill south of the tunnel the strike is north-east and south- west ; but between the tunnel and the Wych the ridge is crossed by three faults, and the strike varies from east and west to north-west and south-east. The quarries and exposures on the flanks of the hills exhibit thinly bedded rocks, similar to those along the crest of the ridge. _* The felspar is either andesine or an allied species. + The bedded structure ofthe rocks in this part of the chain, and the oblique direction of the strike as regards the axis of the range, seen between Malvern Weils and the Wych, are especially noticed by Professor Phillips, op. cit. p. 32. 890 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 7. North of the Wych.—Beyond the narrow cutting through the hills known as the Wych the intrusions of trap-rock become more numerous. The rocks generally assume a more massive character, owing to the greater prevalence of granitoid rock and of coarse- grained diorite*, and the bedding is for the most part obliterated. The strike can then be inferred only by observing the manner in which these more massive beds occur, lying in narrow belts in the plane of other more distinctly stratified rocks. In the diorite espe- cially, the bedding is either obliterated or obscured by joints. The granite is often gneissoid, and graduates laterally into true gneiss, from which it is inseparable. Immediately north of the Wych is some granitoid rock, crossed obliquely from north-west to south-east by a trap-dyke. This gra- nite has been quarried on the eastern side of the hills behind some cottages, and also on the erest of the hills north of the dyke. It is partly a coarse-grained rock, rich in red orthoclase-felspar, partly of finer texture, and is generally deficient in mica. The trap-rock is much jointed, and breaks readily into small rhomboidal fragments. Near the surface it is partly decomposed, and, as is the case with many of these traps, it presents in parts more or less of a brecciated structure—a circumstance which will be alluded to hereafter. Some gneiss separates this belt of granite from a second precisely similar one, beyond which, and immediately south of a place known as the ‘Gold Pit,” is a bed of mica with a little green felspar, and occa- sionally some large crystals of imbedded hornblende. On the northern edge of this bed is red granite, and beyond this a small trap- dyke. A quarry below this part of the ridge on the west side, and near to the road, shows a confused mixture of gneissoid rocks and hornblendic schists, intersected in various directions by many small quartzo-felspathic veins. Beyond the Gold Pit, and between it and the rounded eminence midway to the summit of the Worcestershire Beacon, we pass suc- cessively over the following belts of rock which cross the ridge in a north-west and south-east direction ;— Diorites stig hikih imac sco Rinecee ke rae about 10 yards7. Felspar and mica rock, the latter dark-coloured ,, 23. ,, Gramibord Pocksys.sjc ivy kc onto eee ee ues eee sen. 2ONare Trap-dyke, which also appears on the Wych road, south of the turnpike-gate.......... PR LU I LOTA CC RAEN cosh itty ee ci ug dod eee ea ae a ORE ss Gneissic rocks and mica-schist.............. aot Opes Diorite, coarse-grained and traversed by granite- NLSWUINS) toate 4 Rea eR MENG ony Ce Bical eo ceo c ait | ee Ov Gneiss and hornblende-schist, with many quartzo-felspathic ves ..........«,-0+ SMO Aas Gneissiandgmicad—schisti«\ sit. cil. uaeie meee 6 eakOoOrbas Gneiss and hornblende-schist .............. ey, hava ieee * Basic hornblende and felspar rock. ~ The distances were only paced off. HOLL——-MALVERN HILLS. SL Solin Ghagheits: {ceca ert aA WGN RE se sate about 4 yards. CMGISSTCTOCKS ite tajicsten se ee we Eee nee ete UU COs Merit erevieall tig se. 05 i! Soca a Ya ete 2 aa A Nea ea ae a) Resor Oli Granitoid rocks, massive and coarse-grained .. ,, 90 ,, Gneissic and gneissoid rocks, both thickly and thinly: bedded V4: sae seagate pai N es stsk DURA Diamar IDG Teh ey WN oie ener alent Val oadiet res Umanan cy ott Mee 5 Gneissic rocks, with coarse-grained massive beds ,, 77 ,, Gneissic rocks with hornblendic bands ...... Pea iy tee Brap-dyke/and taultrre sss aes ea seca eae Oaias The massive and rugged aspect of the granitoid rocks is partly due to weathering; for when viewed in artificial sections, as along the road from Malvern to the Wych, it has a more eneissic. appearance*. Beyond the rounded summit are gneissic rocks, followed by gra- nite, then some diorite, again granite followed by gneissic rocks, and on the west of the ridge a trap-dyke; then granite, which is again succeeded by gneissic rocks to the summit of the Beacon, where the hill is crossed by a large trap-dyke. Some narrow bands of hornblende- and mica-schist, and a bed of tale, are included in the gneissic rocks at the summit. The trap-dyke may be traced in a north-westerly direction to the quarry by the side of the high road, at the bottom of the ravine which separates the Beacon from Summer Hill. Below the summit of the Beacon, on its eastern side, it divides into two branches, one of which runs down the ravine above Lady Huntingdon’s Chapel, while the other pursues a south-westerly course. Another large mass of trap-rock occurs further down the same ravine, and Boinne others are seen in the ravines between Ellersley and the town reservoirs, a little above the Wych road. They occupy the slopes and bottoms of the hollows, the ridges being formed by the granitoid and gneissic rocks, and, near the roadside, by mica-schist. In the ravine above the reservoir, about halfway up the hills, there is some diorite passing into syenite. A belt of coarse-grained granite is in contact with the northern margin of the trap-dyke which crosses the summit of the Beacon, beyond which are other bands of more gneissoid granite, separated by gneissic rocks, all having the same north-west and south-east course. oa =a é 36° aS Bo z Bas m8 Oe es 2 p Hs a SS oo 2B cS) nS is ~ 8 corel 2 “29 se IPAS 1s 0) S Bea rQ ow UCTS S 8 nae ae S 3 3 E s 4 S aoe) re Sz o ce Se 5 "gS x a ns 2 ae x43 2 M lies S as Alea Ss in oA eS Sess X : dhs Ses a hs a Aer SR he ca He S 6 AAR , enlarged. 8. Lingula pygmea, Salter: a, natural size ; b, magnified. 9. Obolella Salteri, Holl: a, natural size; 6, magnified. 10. Obolella Phillipsi, Holl; magnified 8 diameters: a, ventral valve ; b, dorsal valve ; ¢, profile. 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, VIL. Apprnprx.— Description of the new Fossils of the Hollybush Sandstone and Black Shale. 1. SERPULITES FISTULA, spec. noy. Fig. 7. Cylindrical, straight, tapering very gradually to a point; shell thin, smooth. Length 1 inch to 14 inch ; diameter about 1 line. Position.—In the greenish- -coloured upper beds of the Hollybush: Sandstone. 2. Linevra premma, Salt., spec. nov. Figs. 8a, 86. Minute, subcylindrical, gibbous; beak somewhat obtuse ; anterior margin feuncate; shell thin; surface finely striated transversely. Length 54, width sy inch. Position.—In the Black Shales. 3. LINGvLA squaMosa, spec. nov. Triangular, broad anteriorly, compressed ; beak acute; anterior margin truncate; shell thick, strongly grooved from side to side by imbricating lines of growth. Length ¢ inch. Position.—In the light-brown felspathic sandstone of the Holly- bush series. 4, OpotEtta Purirest, spec. nov. Figs. 10a, 106, 10¢. Semicircular, slightly broader than long; hinge-line straight, nearly equal to the greatest width of the shell. Ventral valve prominent at the beak, depressed near the margin; beak small, round, pointed, and situated close to the posterior margin. Dorsal valve evenly convex, slightly depressed at the angles ; umbo obtuse. A slight mesial depression towards the anterior border in both valves. Surface marked with numerous moderately fine, sharply defined, rather unequal, concentric striz, at about their own width apart. Length of a large specimen 4 inch, width 4 inch. The shell-structure, where the outer layer has become exfoliated, is strongly punctate. Position.—In the felspathic sandstones of the Hollybush series. 5. OBoLEtta SALTERI, spec. nov. Figs. 9a, 9 6. Compressed, subtriangular to nearly round, rather broader than long ; shell thin; surface grooved concentrically by a few inequidis- tant, strongly marked lines of growth, and by numerous finer lines which are distinct only on the sides of the shell. Length usually about 3 inch, width slightly more. Position. —In the Black Shales. 103 DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. From July 1st to September 30th, 1864. I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS. Presented by the respective Societies and Editors. Abbevillois, L’. 25™e Année. No. 2875. 19 Juillet, 1864. L’Homme Fossile. Nouvelle découverte, 2. American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vol. vi. January to November 1863. American Journal of Science and Arts. Second Series. Vol. xxxviil. Nos. 112 & 113. July and September 1864. T. 8. Hunt.—Contributions to Lithology. Part 8. On some Erup- tive Rocks, 91. B. Silliman, jun.—The so-called “ Barrel-Quartz” of Nova Scotia, 104. Pisani.—A Silicate containing a large amount of Cesium, 115. A. Mitscherlich.—Composition of Tourmaline, Mica, Hornblende, and Staurotide, 116. C. F. Rammelsberg.—K obellite, 116; Siegenite, 117; Vivianite, 117; Tremolite and Diopside, 117; Skolopsite, 118; Pyroxene, 118. Marschall.—Volcanic Island in the Caspian, 118. W. K. Sullivan and J. P. O’Reilly.—Geology and Mineralogy of Santander, 119. S. W. Williams.—Notes on a Cave and Coal-pit near Peking, 119. K. Jewett.—Probable identity of the Oneida Conglomerate of Central New York with the Medina formation, 121. Dickinson.—Coal in the Alps of Mt. Cenis, 122. J. W. Salter—New Fossils from the Lingula-flags of Wales, 122. Lartet and Christy.—Man formerly accompanied by the Reindeer in Central France, 145. Bone-cave in Borneo, 148. J. Percy’s ‘Metallurgy: The art of extracting metals from their ores, and adapting them to various purposes of manufacture,’ noticed, 149. 104 DONATIONS. American Journal of Science and Arts. Second Series. Vol. xxxviil. Nos. 112 & 113 (continued). E. B. Andrews.—Observations on a Seam of Coal, 194. A. Winchell.—Notice of the Remains of a Mastodon recently dis- covered in Michigan, 225. Progress of the Geological Survey of California, 256, 298. J. A. Michaelson.—Radiolite, 274; Schefferite, a supposed new variety of Pyroxene, 274; Hedyphane, 275; Orthite-like mineral from Aaro, near Brevig, 275. Hermann.—Kokscharovite, 275. Finkener.—Samarskite, 276. Hermann.—Kupfferite, 276; Planerite, 276. Auhhorn.—Forcherite, 277. Pisani.—Garnet, 277 ; Esmarkite, 277. Phipson.—Native zinc, 277. Hoftmann.—Infusorial Earth from Bohemia, 277. F. Garrigou and L. Martin.—Cavern with Human Remains in the Pyrenees, 277. J. Wyatt.—Further Discoveries of Flint Implements and Fossil Mammalia, 280. J. Evans.—Recent Discoveries of Flint Implements in Drift-deposits in Hants and Wilts, 280. : Lake-dwellings or Pfahlbauten in Bavaria, 281. J. Evans.—Bone- and Cave-deposits of the Reindeer-period in South France, 281. Owen.—Cavern of Bruniquel, and the Human Remains found therein, 281. G. Busk.—Human Remains in Caves at Gibraltar, 282. W. B. Dawkins.—Rheetic Beds and White Lias of Western and Central Somerset, and on the Discovery of a new Fossil Mammal in the grey Marlstones beneath the Bone-bed, 284. Mesozoic Mammals, 285. A.C. Ramsay.—Transitions between the subdivisions of the Lias and Oolite in England, 285, R. I. Murchison and R. Harkness.—Permian Rocks of the North- west of England, and their extension into Scotland, 287. R. Harkness.—Reptiliferous Rocks and Footprint Strata of the North-east of Scotland, 288. Seeman.—Coal in Venezuela, 288. D. Honeyman.—Geology of Arisaig, Nova Scotia, 289. Further Human Remains from the Quarry of Moulin-Quignon, near Abbeville, 297. American Philosophical Society. Vol.ix. No. 70. 1863. Assurance Magazine. Vol. xi. Part 6. No. 56. July 1864. Atheneum Journal. Nos. 1914-1926. 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. D. Page’s ‘ Earth’s Crust: a Handy Outline of Geology,’ noticed, 119. ‘The Physical History of the Earth; Meditations by a Student,’ noticed, 211. A. Rogers’s ‘The Law relating to Mines, Minerals, and Quarries Great Britain and Ireland,’ noticed, 304. Meeting of the British Association at Bath, 369, 401. DONATIONS. 105 Batavia. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indié. Deel xxiv. 1862. From Sir C. Lyell, Bart., PRS. PGS. R. Everwijn.—Over de verrigte onderzoekingen naar Kopererts, in het gebied van Mandhor, gelegen in de Westerafdeeling van Borneo, 403 (plate). P. J. Maier.—Scheikundig onderzoek van twee warme minerale bronnen, 429. F. Junghuhn.—Over het voorkomen van mergelaarde geschikt voor hydraulischen Kalk, 225. C. F. A. Schneider.—Over het yvoorkomen van mergel voor hydrau- lischen Kalk en pouzzolaanaarde, 277. : .. Deel xxv. Aflevering 2-6. 1863. From Sir C. Lyell, Bart.,. PRS. F.GS. C. F. A. Schneider.—Bijdrage tot de geologische Kennis van Timor, 87. M. H. J. Kollman.—Scheikundig onderzoek van eenen Kalksteen, afkomstig van Rangka in Bagelen, 209. S. A. Bleekrode.—Scheikundig onderzoek van eene soort van pouz- zolaanaarde van Tenger-Agong, 429, : . Deel xxvi. Aflevering 1&2. 1863. From Sir C. Lyell, Bart., PRS, F.GS. P. van Dijk.—Zwartkolen in en nabij de baai van Tapanoelie, 41. Breslau. Abhandlungen der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterlin- dische Cultur. Abtheilung fiir Naturwissenschaften und Medicin. 1862. Heft 3. ——. ——. Philosophisch-historische Abtheilung. 1864. Heft 1. . Ein-und-vierzigster Jahresbericht der Schlesischen Gesell- schaft fir vaterlandische Cultur. 1864. Websky.—Ueber die von Scacchi aufgestellte Polyedrie der Krystall- flachen, 26. Vergleichung des Steinkohlengebirges an der Ruhr mit dem schlesischen, 28. . Ueber das unweit Waldenberg entdeckte Vorkommen yon Quecksilber, 30. Ueber die allgemeinen geologischen Verhaltnisse der Lom- bardei, 33. Einige Worte tiber den verstorbenen Ober-Bergrath Tantscher, Romer.—Ueber die Auffindung des Columbit in Schlesien, 35. Einige die geognostischen Verhaltnisse der Umgegend yon Constantinopel betreffende Beobachtungen, 362. Ueber das Vorkommen von Nummuliten-Kalk auf der Insel Nipon, 37. Ueber die das Altvatergebirge umfassenden Sectionen der osterr. Generalstabs-Karte mit geognostischer Colorirung, 37. . Ueber Posidonomya Becheri, gefunden unweit Rudolphswal- dau bei Waldenburg, 38. Ueber ein neu entdecktes Vorkommen von Scheelit (Tung- stein) im Riesengebirge, 38. Ueber einschliisse anderer Mineralien im Kryolith, 40, 106 DONATIONS. Breslau. Ein-und-vierzigster Jahresbericht der Schlesischen Ge- sellschaft fiir vaterliindische Cultur. 1864 (continued). Romer.—Ueber die Verbreitung und Gliederung des Keupers in Oberschlesien, 41. Darstellung der geognostischen Zusammensetzung des Bodens von Breslau, 43. Goppert.—Ueber die Stellung der Gattung Noggerathia, 46. Skizzen zur paldontologischen Literatur, insbesondere der Tertidr-Flora Italiens, 47. ——. Ueber die Tertiir-Flora von Java, 49. —. Beitrage zur Bernstein-Flora, 50. Ueber die Diamanten und ihre Entstellung, 53. F. Cohn.—Ueber ein neues schlesisches Diatomeenlager, 55. ——. Ueber die verkieselten Zellen eines fossilen Nadelholzes, 57. Caleutta. Asiatic Society of Bengal. Journal. New Series. Nos. 119 & 120. 1864. H. F. Blanford.—On a Tank-section at Sealdah, Calcutta, 154. Canadian Journal. New Series. No. 52. July 1864. H. T. Hind.—Supposed Glacial Drift in the Labrador Peninsula, Western Canada, 253. Paleontology, 262. Chemical Society. Journal. Second Series. Vol. ii. July and August 1864. Colliery Guardian. Vol. viii. Nos. 183-195. 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Coal-mines of Eldorado Cajon, 43, Coal and Coal-working, 49. H. D. Rogers.—Coal-tields, 50, Discovery of Coal in the Bay of Islands, New Zealand, 87. Tin-mines of Cornwall, 105. Yield of Coal in South Staffordshire, 108. Mineral Wealth of the United Kingdom, 109. Dudley and Midland Geological Society, 145. Coal-mines in the Confederate States, 148. Another Discovery of Coal in New South Wales, 114. Discovery of Minerals in Rankinston, 184. Discovery of Coal in Brazil—The Candiota Coal-field, 189. Coal on the Southern Flank of the Harz, 189. Meeting of the British Association at Bath, 228, 230, 244. Dresden, Sitzungsberichte der naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft Isis zu. Jahrgang 1863. A. C. Koch.—Ueber die Auffindung einer Pfeilspitze im Rtichenwirbel eines Hydrarchos, 40. Sussdorf.—Chemische Untersuchungen des Weisseritzwassers, 42. H. B. Geinitz.—Ueber Dalmanites Kabhke und Kablikia Dyadica, Gein., 50. Tbbetson, B.—Ueber die verschiedenen Etagen und Schichten der Kreideformation auf der Insel Wight, 156. Andree, R.—Ueber einen von ihm in der Steinkohlenformation bei Stradonitz in Bohmen entdeckten Insektenfliigel, 181. DONATIONS. 107 Dudley and Midland Geological and Scientific Society and Field-club. Journal. No.1. July 1864. ——. Proceedings. No.2. June 1863. Hough.—Some Points of Connexion between Astronomy and Geology, 29. HE: Hollier.—Geology of the Castle Hill, with special reference to some of its peculiar Fossils, 31. H. Johnson.—Practical Application of Geology to the Industrial Pursuits of the South Staffordshire Mineral District, 33. —. Transactions. No.1. December 1862. Inaugural Address, 3. Geological Magazine. Vol.i. Nos. 1-3. July to September 1864. T. Rupert Jones.—Past and Present Aspects of Geological Science, 1. J. W. Salter—Ancient Physical Geography, illustrated by Fossils from a Pebble-bed at Budleigh Salterton, 5. T. Davidson.—Recent and Tertiary Thecidia, 12 (2 plates). A. Geikie.—Special Indications of Volcanic Action at Burnt Island, Firth of Forth, 22. A. C. Ramsay.—Desor’s ‘Sahara and its different Types of Deserts and Oases,’ 27. Gilbert and Churchill’s ‘ Dolomite Mountains,’ noticed, 88. Proceedings of the Geological Society, 42. Meetings of Field-clubs, 45, 87. Correspondence, Notices of recent Geological Discoveries, Miscel- laneous Notices, 46, 92, 139. S. P. Woodward.—Bridlington Crag, with a List of its Fossil Shells, 49 W. K. Parker.—Skeleton of the Archeopteryx; and on the Relations of the Bird to the Reptile, 55. E. C. H. Day.—Acrodus Anningie, Ag.; with Remarks upon the Affinities of the Genera Acrodus and Hybodus, 57. E. Hull.—Copper-bearing Rocks of Alderley Edge, Cheshire, 65. W. Whitaker.—Evidence of there being a Reversal of the Beds near Whitecliff Bay, Isle of Wight, 69. A. d’Archiac’s ‘ Cours de Paléontologie Stratigraphique,’ noticed, 78. R. Owen’s ‘Instances of the Power of God as manifested in His Animal Creation,’ noticed, 82. T). Page’s ‘Handy Outline of Geology,’ noticed, 83. P. M. Duncan.—Correlation of the Miocene Beds of the West Indian Islands, 97. 7 T. R. Jones.—Relation of certain West Indian and Maltese Strata, as shown by some Orbitoides and other Foraminifera, 102. H. Woodward.— Eurypterus lanceolatus, Salt., from the Upper Ludlow Rock at Lesmahagow, Lanarkshire, 107 (plate). S. P. Woodward.—Plicatula sigillina, an undescribed Fossil from the Upper Chalk and Cambridge Phosphate-bed, 112 (plate). A. Gunther.—New Fossil Fish from the Lower Chalk, 114 (plate). J. Taylor’s ‘Geological Essays, and Sketch of the Geology of Man- chester and the Neighbourhood,’ noticed, 123. A. Bryson’s ‘Notes on a Trip to Iceland in 1862,’ noticed, 125. R. I. Murchison’s ‘ Address at the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Geographical Society, 23rd May, 1864,’ noticed, 126. Abstracts of British and Foreign Geological Papers, 34, 71, 118. 108 DONATIONS. Historic Society of Lancashire and Cheshire. New Series. Vol. iii. Session 1862-63. | E. H. Birkenhead.—Micro-Geology, 41. Institute of Actuaries. List of Members, 1864. Constitution and Laws. 1864. Intellectual Observer. Nos. 30-32. July to September 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &e. D. T. Ansted.—Missing Chapters of Geological History, 12. Ramsay’s ‘ Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain,’ noticed, 142 igs Notes and Memoranda, 144. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Fourth Series. Vol. xxvii. No. 185 (Supplement). July 1864. From Dr. W. Francis, F.GS. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Studer.—Origin of the Swiss Lakes, 481. . Vol, xxviii. Nos. 186-188. July to September 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. N..S. Maskelyne and V. von Lang.— Mineralogical Notes, 145 (plate). London Review. Vol. ix. Nos. 209-221. 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Meeting of the British Association at Bath, 320. Longman’s Notes on Books. Vol. ii. No. 38. August 31, 1864. Madrid, Memorias de la Real Academia de Ciencias de. Voll. ii. 1* Serie: Ciencias Exactas. Vol. i. Parte 2. 1863. 7 —,—. Vol.iii. 2*Serie: Ciencias Fisicas. Vol. i. Parte 3. 1863. Ramon Pellico.—Sobre la importancia y aplicacion de los Estudios geoldgicos, 679. Vol. vi. 2?Serie: Ciencias Fisicas. Vol. ii. Parte 1. 1863. Milan. Atti della Societ’ Italiana di Scienze Naturali. Vol. v. fase. 4-6. 1863-64. Gastaldi—Sulla escavazione dei bacini lacustri compresi negri anfi- teatri morenici, 240. Mortillet.—Sur Vaffotillement des anciens Glaciers, 248. Omboni.—Sull’ azione riescavatrice esercitata dagli antichi ghiacciaj nel fondo delle valli Alpine, 269. Mortillet.—Coupe géologique de la colline de Sienne, 330 (2 plates). Capellini’s ‘Studj stratigrafici e paleontologici sull’ infralias nelle montagne del golfo della Spezia’ and ‘ Carta geologica dei dintorni del golfo della Spezia e Val di Magra inferiore,’ noticed, 346. » Omboni.—Delle principali opere finora pubblicate sulla Geologia del Veneto, 353. Mortillet.—Inoceramus et Ammonites dans les argiles scalieuses, 416. Stoppani—Rapporto sulle ricerche fatte a spese della Societa nella palafitte del Lago di Varese, 423. Seguenza.—Intorno alla fluorina Siciliana, 442. DONATIONS. 109 Milan. Atti della Societa’ Italiana di Scienze Naturali. Vol. vi. fase. 1 & 2. 1864. Lyell’s ‘ Antiquity of Man,’ noticed, 110. Atti del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere, ed Arti. Vol. iii. fase. 17-20. 1864. G. Balsamo Crivellii—Su alcuni fossili rinvenuti presso Casteggio, 455. ——. Memorie del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere, ed Arti. Vol. ix. fase. 5, 1864. Mining and Smelting Magazine. Vol. vi. Nos. 31-33. July to September 1864. A. von Groddeck.—Metallurgical Processes of the Mansfeld Copper Works, 1. Antimony in America, 18. Manchester Geological Society, 24. Great Mass of Native Copper, 25. fens 2alfo Geological Survey of Cali Coal on the Southern Flank of the Harz, 73. Abstracts and Reviews, 74, 147. Extracts, Notes, and Memoranda, 83, 155. Review of Mining, Quarrying, and Metallurgy, 34, 94. Mining Journal. Vol. xxxiv. No. 1516. September 10, 1864. Gold-mining in Wales, 638. Metallurgical Processes of the Mansfeld Copper Works, 654. Mineral Wealth of Denbighshire and Flintshire, 655. Mineral Wealth of Turkey, 648. Enormous Coal-deposit in Victoria, 648. Foreign Mining and Metallurgy, 649. Moscou, Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de. 1863. Nos. 1 & 2. New York. American Geographical and Statistical Society. Pro- ceedings. Vol. ii. No. 2. Session 1863-64. ——. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History. Vol. viii. No.1. 1863. Paris. Annales des Mines. Sixitme Série. Vol. v. Livr. 2. 1864. Ville—Etudes Géologiques dans la Province d’Alger, 177 (plate). Bulletin de la Société Géologique de France. Deuxi¢me Série. Vol. xxi. feuill. 6-13. G.Cotteau.—Les Echinides des couches nummulitiques de Biarritz, 81. Dumont.—Nouyeau gisement d’argile a lignites extrémement riche en fossiles fluviatiles et palustres, 87. Th. Ebray.—Des causes de la structure en éventail des escarpements des Alpes, 89. E. Danglure.—-La craie des environs de Saint-Omer, 90. Melleville-—Nouvyeaux objets de l'industrie primitive recueillis dans le diluvium, 93. Ch. Laurent.—Sondage exécuté & ’hépital militaire de Rochefort, 97. G. de Mortillet.—Existence de Vhomme pendant 1’époque glaciaire, 104, 110 DONATIONS. Paris. Bulletin de la Société Géologique de France. Deuxiéme Sér. Vol. xxi. feuill. 6-13 (continued). Des Cloizeaux.—La classification des roches dites hypérites et eupho- tides, 105. A. Boué.—Lettre sur divers sujets, 109. D’Omalius d’Halloy.—Quelques modifications & introduire dans le Dictionnaire de l’Académie francaise en ce qui concerne la géologie, dt le/s Eugéne Deslongchamps.—La grande oolithe en Normandie, 125. J. Marcou.—Une reconnaissance géologique au Nebraska, 152. De Verneuil.—Les fossiles recueillis en 1863 par M. P. de Tchihatchef aux environs de Constantinople, 147. E. Belgrand.—Note sur les terrains quaternaires du bassin de la Seine (plate), 158. Ed. Hébert.—Nouvyelles observations relatives 4 lapériode quaternaire, 180. De Saint-Marceaux.—Les silex taillés trouvés 4 Quincy-le-Mont, 186, Albert Gaudry.—Des liens qui unissent les Mastodontes trilophodons et tétralophodons, 193. L’Abbé Pouech.—L’altitude qu’atteignent les dépéts miocénes du bassin sous-pyrénéen dans le département de l’Ariége, 197. Th. Ebray.—Raccordement du systéme oolithique inférieur de l’Ar- déche avec celui du Midi de la France, 203. De Verneuil.—Un caillou roulé trouvé dans le gouvernement de Tamboff, 206. Philadelphia. Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings. 1863. pp. 1-320. A. Winchell.—Descriptions of Fossils from the Yellow Sandstones lying beneath the “ Burlington Limestone” at Burlington, Iowa, 2. L. Agassiz.—Fossil Bird from Solenhofen, 191. C. Whittlesy.—Penokie Mineral Range, 235. Photographic Journal. Nos. 147-149. July to September 1864. Plymouth Institution. Transactions. 1863-64. _ Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. New Series. No. 15. July 1864. Quarterly Journal of Science. No.3. July 1864. H. M. Jenkins.—Brackish-water Fossils of Crete, 413. D. T. Ansted.—Copper-mining in Tuscany, 433. Chronicles of Science, 439. J. Percy’s ‘ Metallurgy : the Art of Extracting Metals from their Ores, and adapting them to various Purposes of Manufacture,’ noticed, 255. Reader. Vol.iv. Nos. 81, 83-91. July to September 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Kolliker.—Darwin’s Theory of the Origin of Species, 199, 234. Ante-Diluvium Flint Implements, 265. L. Agassiz.—Glacial Phenomena, 268. . Parallel Roads of Glen Roy, 300. Lecoq.—Glacial Period in the Puy-de-Déme, 330. Physical Cause of the Change of Climate during Geological Epochs, 331. Meeting of the British Association at Bath, 355, 384. DONATIONS. 111 Royal Dublin Society. Journal. No. 31. 1864, H. O’Hara.—Irish Coal-fields, 225, Royal Geographical Society. Proceedings. Vol. viii. No. 4. June 1864. J. Kirk.—On Fossil Bones from the Alluvial Strata of the Zambesi Delta, 151. R. I. Murchison.—On the Antiquity and Physical Geography of Inner Africa, 151. ° G. Bowen.—Gold-fields in Queensland, 156, Royal Horticultural Society. Proceedings. Vol.iv. Nos. 10, 11. July to October 1864. Royal Institution of Great Britain. Vol. iv. Part 3. No. 39. KE. Frankland.—The Glacial Epoch, 166. J. Prestwich.—Flint Implements of Abbeville, 213. Royal Society. Proceedings. Vol. xiii. Nos. 65-67. 1864. R. Owen.—Description of the Cavern of Bruniquel and its Organic Contents.—Part I. Human Remains, 277. Society of Arts. Journal. Vol. xii. Nos. 606-619. 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Mining in Victoria (Chapter V.), 554, Gold of New Zealand, 616. Mining in France, 661. Meeting of the British Association at Bath, 691, 706, 724. New Zealand Gold-fields, 700. Coal in Australia, 730. Stuttgart. Wurttembergische naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. Jahrgang 19. Hefte 2&3. 1863. W. Waagen.—Der Jura in Franken, Schwaben, und der Schweiz, 117, Jahrgang 20. Heft 1. 1864. Fraas.—Die geognostische Landeskarte von Wiirttemberg, 56. —. Ueber einige eruptive Gesteinsarten aus dem Ries, 144. Tasmania. Royal Society. Report for the year 1863. Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club. Vol. vi. Part 2. H. T. Mennell.—Catalogue of the Mammalia of Northumberland and Durham, 111. J. W. Kirkby.—Fossils from the Lower Magnesian Limestone of Sunderland, 212. ——. Occurrence of Fossils in the highest beds of the Durham Coal- measures, 220, and T. Atthey.—Fish-remains from the Durham and North- umberland Coal-measures, 231. Vienna. Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen- schaften. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Vol. xii. Abtheilung 1. 1856. 112 DONATIONS. Vienna. Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen-. schaften. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Vol. xii. Abtheilung 2. 1856. Hornes.—Ueber Gastropoden aus der Trias der Alpen, 21 (3 plates). Neugeboren.—Die Foraminiferen von Ober-Lapugy in Siebenbiirgen, 65 (5 plates). —. ——. ——. Vol.xv. Abth.1&2. 1858. Vol, xva--eAbthy Lealis59: Debey and Ettingshausen.—Die urweltlichen Thallophyten des Kreidegebirges von Aachen und Maestricht, 131 (8 plates). ——. Vol. xvi. Abth. 2. 1859. Vols sca Abth. = soa. Unger.—Sylloge plantarum fossilium. Pugillus secundus, 1 (12 plates). ——. ——. ——. Vol. xxii. Abth.2. 1864. Vienna. Jahrbuch der kaiserlich-kéniglichen geologischen Reichs- anstalt. Vol. xiv. No.1. January to March 1864. A. Madelung.—Die Metamorphosen von Basalt und Chrysolith von Hotzendorf in Mahren, 1. G. Stache.—Die Eocengebiete in Inner-Krain und Istrien, 11. Abich.—Ein Blick auf die Halbinseln Kertsch und Taman, 116. V. Lipold.—Die Kohlenbaue bei Berszaszka in der serbisch-banater Militargrenze, 121. Verhandlungen der k.-k. geol. Reichsanstalt. Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen- schaften. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Vol. i. Hefte 1-5. Jahrg. 1848. Zweite unveriinderte Auflage. Haidinger.—Geognostische Uebersichtskarte der dsterreichischen Monarchie, 3. Nendtvich.—Ueber den Sand Olahpian in Siebenbirgen, 10. Partsch and Haidinger.—Ueber die Unternehmung einer geologis- chen Karte Oesterreichs, 11. Partsch.—Ueber den goldfiihrenden Sand yon Olahpian, 20. Ueber die geognostischen Verhaltnisse von Olahpian, 35. Haidinger.— Ueber die Metamorphose der Gebirgsarten, 51. Ueber eine neue Varietat von Vivianit, 75. —. Ueber den Meteor-Staubfall vom 1 Februar, 77. Von Hauslab.—Gletscher-Gruppe des Oetzthales, 81. Heckel.—Vorlegung von Abbildungen fossiler Fische, 127. Haidinger.—Ueber die systematische Gruppirung ungleichartiger Feldspathe, 180. Ueber die Galmaihéhle und die Frauenhchle bei Neuberg in Steiermark, 159. ——. Antrag auf Unterstiitzung der Herausgabe von Barrande’s Werk iiber die silurischen Formationen in Bohmen, 152, 178. ——. Ueber ein neues Vorkommen yon Kupferkies im Salzberge von Hall, 184. ——. Ueber pseudomorphosen des Feldspathes, 229. ——. Ueber eine neue Varietat von Amethyst, 235. DONATIONS, 113 Vienna. Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen- schaften. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Vol. i. Hefte 1-5. Jahrg. 1848. Zweite unverinderte Auflage (continued). Haidinger.—Ueber den Antigorit, 278. ——. Ueber den Metalliihnlichen Schiller des Hypersthens, 311. ——. Ueber neue Fundorte von Gosau-Petrefacten, 313. ——. Ueber den Glanz der Kérper, 439. Hv. Morlot.— Ueber einen wichtigen Fundort von Pflanzenabdriicken in dem Alpenkohlengebilde von Untersteiermark, 493. Schrotter.—Analyse des Mineralwassers zu Médling, 527. Haidinger.—Ueher eine eigenthiimliche Varietiit von Talk, 580. H. v. Morlot.—Ueber Versuche zur Begriindung der Theorie der Bild- ung des Dolomits, 589, Haidinger.—Ueber die regelmiissige Gestalt des Wismuths, 624. ——. Jahrgang 1849. Hefte 1-5. Haidinger.—Ueber eine nach Gypskrystallen gebildete Pseudomor- phose von Brauneisenstein, 8. Heckel.—A bhandlung iiber eine neue fossile Fischgattung, Chirocen- trites, und die ersten Ueberreste eines Siduroiden aus der Vorwelt, 16. Hauer.—Bericht tiber die von den Regierungen verschiedener Staaten unternommenen Arbeiten zur geologischen Durchforschung des Landes, 57, 98, 131. Schrotter.—Hine Untersuchung der Braun- und Steinkohlen von den wichtigeren in Oesterreich vorkommenden Lagern zu veranlassen, Hauer.—Ueber Sandberger’s Werk “iiber die Versteinerungen des rheinischen (devonischen) Schichtensystemes in Nassau,” 122. Haidinger.—Uber die schwarzen und gelben Parallel-Linien am Glimmer, 123. Heckel.—Ueber einige bisher unbekannte Arten fossiler Fische aus der Gegend von Gorz, aus Mahren und Galizien, 163. Haidinger.—Ueber eine neue Varietaét von Datolith, 215. Hauer.—Uebher die richtige Deutung der Schichten, welche Nummu- liten enthalten, 262. Partsch und Haidinger.—Commissionsbericht iiber die vortheilhaft- este Ausfiihrung einer geologischen Karte der dsterreichischen Monarchie, 277. Haidinger.—Ueber den Hatchettin von Rossitz in Mahren, 312. Unger.—Abhandlung tiber die Pflanzenreste”im Salzstocke von Wieliczka, 350. Reuss.—Ueber die fossilen Thierreste im Salzstocke von Wieliczka, 301. Haidinger and yon Hauer.—Ueber Barrande’s Entdeckung der stufen- weisen Entwicklung der Trilobiten, 357. —-. ; . Jahrgang 1849. Hefte 6-10. Reuss.—Ueber neue Foraminiferen aus den Tertiarschichten des osterreichischen Beckens, 17. Heckel.—Beitrige zur Kenntniss der fossilen Fische Oesterreichs Gii. Abth.), 130. Haidinger.—Die Oberflachen- und Kérperfarben des Andersonits, 225. Tkalec.—Driise yon Schwefelkrystallen aus dem Badwasser von Teplitz bei Warasdin in Croatien, 236. Haidinger.—Ueber die Schwefelstufe yon Warasdin bei Teplitz in Croatien, 237. VOL. XXI,—PART I. I 114 DONATIONS. Vienna. Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen- schaften. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Jahrgang 1849. Hefte 6-10 (continued). Schrotter.—Ueber die Beschaffenheit und den technischen Werth der im Kaiserthum Oesterreich vorkommenden Braun- und Stein- kohlen (Erste Mittheilung), 240. Boué.—Ueber die iusseren Formen der Erdoberfliche und ihre Ur- sachen, 266. Haidinger.— Darstellung der bisherigen Entwicklung des k.-k. Reichs- institutes fiir die geologische Durchforschung der Monarchie, 323. Vol. xxii. Heft ii. Jahrg.1856. November. Partsch. —Ueber den schwarzen Stein in der Kaaba zu Mekka, 393. Boué.—Parallele der Erdbeben, der Nordlichter und des Erdmagne- tismus sammt ihrem Zusammenhang mit der Erdplastik sowohl als mit der Geologie, 395. ——. Ueber die geologischen Karten Europa’s und tiber grosse geo- logische Karten tberhaupt, 561. Vol. xxii. Hefti. Jahrg.1857. January. Ettingshausen.—Ueber die Nervation der Bombaceen, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der in der vorweltlichen Flora repriisentirten Arten dieser Familie, 18. Kudernatsch.—Geologie des Banater Gebirgszuges, 39. Band xxvii. Heft uu. Jahrg. 1857. December. Richthofon: —Ueber die Bildung und Umbildung einiger Mineralien in Stid-Tirol, 293. Vol. xxx. Nos.16&17. 1858. Vol. xxxi. Nos. 18-20. 1858. Reuss, —Ueber kurzschwinzige Krebse im Jurakalke Mahrens, 5. Von Lang.—Untersuchungen iiber die physikalischen Verhaltnisse krystallisirter Korper (zweite Reihe), 85 (5 plates). Hornes.—Ueber den Meteorsteinfall bei Kaba, siidwestlich von De- breczin am 15 April 1857, 347 (plate). Vol. xxxii. Nos. 21-23. 1858. Haidinget. —Der fiir Diamant oder noch Werthvolleres ausgegebene Topaz des Herrn Dupoisat, 3. Grailich and von Lang.—Untersuchungen tiber die physikalischen Verhiiltnisse krystallisirter Korper (ii. Fortsetzung), 43. K. von Sonklar.—Ueber den Zusammenhang der Gletscherschwan- kungen mit den meteorologischen Verhiiltnissen, 169 (plate). Vol. xxxiii, Nos. 24-29. 1858. Hlasiwetz.—Analyse der Mineralquelle “del Franco” zu Reccuro, 90. Wohler.—Ueber die Bestandtheile des Meteorsteines von Kaba. i in Ungarn, 205. : Unger.—Der versteinerte Wald bei Cairo nad elnige andere ten verkieselten Holzes in Aegypten, 209 (3 plates). Grailich and V. Lang. —Untersuchung en tiber die physikalischen Ver- haltnisse krystallisirter Korper (iv. Fortsetzung), 369. Von Lang.—Die Aenderungen der Koystallaxen des Ar agonites durch die Warme gerechnet aus s Rudberg” s Beobachtungen, 577. Grailich.—Ueber symmetrische Functionen, welche zur Darstellung Eine physikalischer Verhaltnisse krystallisirter Korper dienen dnnen, 657. ae < DONATIONS. 115 Vienna. Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen- . schaften. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Vol. xxxiv. Nos: L=6) 1859. M. F. Wohler.—Die organische Substanz im Meteorsteine 5 von Kaba, 7. Die Bestandtheile des Meteorsteines von Kakova im ‘Temeser Banate,-8. Haidinger.—Der Meteorit von Kakova bei Oravitza, 11 (plate). “Die Meteoriten des k.-k. Hof-Mineralien-Cabinets am 7 Janner 1859, chronologisch geordnet, 21. Zulkowsky. —Ueber die chemische Zusammensetzung eines Glimmer- schiefers vom Monte Rosa, und der Rapilli vom Kohlerberge bei Freudenthal in Schlesien, 37. Murmann and Rotter. —Untersuchungen uber die physikalischen Verhaltnisse krystallisirter Korper, 135 (8 plates). Haidinger.—Notiz itiber den Meteorit von Aussun im k, -k Hof- Mineralien-Cabinete, 265. _ K. von Schauroth.—Kritisches Verzeichniss der Venetia en der Trias im Vicentinischen, 283 (8 pilates). F. von Richthofen.—Bemerkungen iiber die Trennung von Melaphyr und Augitporphyr, 367. Bauer.—Untersuchung der Mineralquelle des Erzherzog Stephan- Schwefelbades zu St. Georgen in Ungarn, 446. Zepharovich.—Ueber die Krystallformen des Epidot, 480 (2 plates). Vol. xxxv. Nos. 7-9. 1859. Haida —Ueber die Bestandtheile des Meteorsteines vom Cap- land, a6 Molin.Sulle reliquie d’un Pachyodon dissoterrate a Libano due ore Nord-est di Belluno in mezzo all’ arenaria grigia, 117 (2 plates). ——. Vol. xlvu. Abtheilung 1.. Hefte 4 & 5. 1863. ee ieee —Kzystallographische Mittheilungen aus dem Labora- torium der Universitit zu Graz, 275 (2 plates). filed erara —Die Krystallform des Triphylins, 282 (plate). . Eine Neubildung im Basaltschutte bei Auerbach in der Berg- strasse, 288. Ein einfaches Instrument zur Bestimmung der Dichte der Mineralien, 294. Suess.—Ueber die Verschiedenheit und die Aufeinanderfolge der tertidéren Landfaunen in der Niederung von Wien, 506. Peters.—A. Stromeyer’s Analyse des Minerals Szajbelyit, 347. ——. Vol. xlvi. Abtheilung 2. Heft 5. 1863. eee —KHinige Pseudomorphosen, 445 (plate). Boué.—Ueher die mikroskopische Untersuchung der Gebirgsarten, 457. Pfeifter.—Procentische Zusammensetzung des Meteorsteines yon Parnallee bei Madura in Ostindien, 460. : ——. ——. ——. Vol. xlviii. Abtheilung 1. Hefte 1-5. 1863. Reuss.—Beitriige zur Kenntniss der tertiiren Foraminiferen-Fauna (ii. Folge), 36 (8 plates). Karrer.—Ueber das Auftreten der Foraminiferen in den brakischen Schichten des Wiener Beckens, 72. 12 116 DONATIONS. Vienna. Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen- schaften. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Vol. xlviii. Abtheilung 1. Hefte 1-5. 1863 (continued). Reuss.—Die fossilen Foraminiferen, Bryozoen, und Anthozoen yon Oberburg in Steiermark, 118. Kner.—Ueber einige fossile Fische aus den Kreide- und Tertiar- schichten von Comen und Podsused, 126 (8 plates). Boué.— Ueber Solfataren und Krater erloschener Vulcane, 561. Peters.—Ueber die Bedeutung der Balkan-Halbinsel als Festland in der Liasperiode, 418. Zittel.—Die fossilen Bivalyen der Gosaugebilde in den nordostlichen Alpen, 452. C. von Ettingshausen.—Die fossilen Algen des Wiener und des Kar- pathen-Sandsteines, 444 (2 plates). . Vol. xlviii. Abtheilung 2. Hefte 1-4. 1863. Haidinger—Hine eigenthiimliche Zwillings - Krystallbildung im Kupfer, 6. Schraufi—Beitrag zu den Berechnungsmethoden des hexagonalen Krystallsystems, 250 (8 plates). Haidinger.—Das Carleton-Tucson-Meteoreisen im k.-k, Hof-Mine- ralien-Cabinete, 301 (plate). ——. Kin Meteor des 10 August 1863, 309. Sommaruga.—Analyse des Minerals Szajbelyit, 548. Vol. xlix. Abtheilung 1. Heft 1. 1864. Haidinger.—Sternschnuppen, Feuerkugeln, und Meteoriten-schwiirme im Zusammenhange betrachtet, 6. Der Meteorstein von Tourinnes-la-Grosse, bei Tirlemont, 123. —. . ——. Vol. xlix. Abtheilung 2. Heft-1. 1864. Zepharovich.—Krystallographische Studien tiber den Idokras, 6 (13 plates). Boué,—Der albanesische Drin und die Geologie Albaniens, 179. —— ee ° es Zoological Society of London. Proceedings. 1863. Parts 1-38. ——, Transactions. Vol.v, Part 3. 1864. II. PERIODICALS PURCHASED FOR THE LIBRARY. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Third Series. Vol. xiv. Nos. 79-81. July to September 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. L. Adams and T. Davidson.—Geology and Brachiopoda of the Maltese Islands, 1 (plate). Jukes’s ‘School Manual of Geology,’ noticed, 68. Phillips’s ‘Guide to Geology,’ noticed, 68. Recent Discovery of Fossil Human Remains near Abbeville, 154. P. M. Duncan.—Fossil Corals and Echinoderms from the South- Australian Tertiaries, 161 (2 plates). R. Walker.—Clays containing Fossils near St. Andrew’s, 200. Miscellaneous, 282. DONATIONS. 117 Leonhard and Geinitz’s Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie, und Paliontologie. Jahrgang 1863. Heft 2. Hi. Tasche.—Ueber die geologischen Aufnahmen Schwedens, 129, K. Zittel.—Beitrage zur Palaontologie von Neuseeland, 146. F. von Hochstetter.—Ueber die Flora von Neuseeland, 160. U. Schlonbach.—Die Schichtenfolge des unteren und mittleren Lias in Norddeutschland, 162. K. hothe.—Ueber einige krystallinische Gesteine, welche im Ries vorkommen, 169. ——. Chemische Analysen einiger Trasse aus der Umgebung des Rieses, 177. Letters; Notices of Books, Minerals, Geology, and Fossils. ——. Jahrgang 1864. Hefte 4 & 5. T. Scheerer.—Ueber krystallinische Silikat-gesteine des Fassathales, 385. A. Milne-Edwards.—Ueber die geologische Vertheilung der fossilen Vogel, 412. O. Prolss,—Chemische Untersuchung einiger Gesteine von Java, 426, Hi. Stohr.—Der erloschene Vulkan Ringgit in Ost-Java und sein an- geblicher Ausbruch 1586, 436. H. B. Geinitz.—Paleosiren Beinerti, Gein., ein neues Reptil aus der unteren Dyas von Oelberg, bei Braunau, 513. Zwei Arten von Spongillopsis, Geinitz, 517. P, Merian.—Ueber die Stellung des Terrain a Chailles in der Schichtenfolge der Juraformation, 520. Fr. Scharffi—Ueber den Zwillingsbau des Quarzes, 530 (2 plates). A. W. Stelzner.—Hin Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Versteinerungs- Zustandes der Crinoideen-Reste, 565 (plate). F, Cohn.—Ueber die Entstellung des Travertin in den Wasserfallen von Tivoli, 580. Letters; Notices of Books, Minerals, Geology, Fossils. L’Institut. 1° Section. 32° Année. Nos. 1587-1598. ———-, 2° Section. 29° Année: No, 342) Natural History Review. Vol. iv. No. 15. July 1863. Geological Text-books, 1. A. R. Wallace.—The Origin of Human Races and the Antiquity of Man deduced from the Theory of “ Natural Selection,” 328. H. M. D. de Blainville.-—Ostéographie ou description Iconographique comparée du Squelette et du Systéme dentaire des Mammiféres récents et fossiles, pour servir de base a la Zoologie et a la Géologie, 339. J. Lubbock.—Cave-men, 407. T. H. Huxley.—Further Remarks upon the Human Remains from the Neanderthal, 429. Proceedings of Scientific Societies, 446, Cave-explorations in Borneo, 472. Glacial Deposits in New Zealand, 474, Paleeontographica, herausgegeben von H. yon Meyer. Vol. xi. Lief. 6. May 1864. H. von Meyer.—Archeotylus ignotus, 285 (plate). ——. Parachelys Eichstettensis, 289 (plate). 118 DONATIONS. Paleontographica, herausgegeben von H. von Meyer. Vol. xi. Lief. 6. May 1864 (continued). A. Schenk.—Beitrage zur Flora der Vorwelt, 296 (4 plates). R. Ludwig.—Dithyrocaris aus dem Rheinischen Deyon- -Gebirge, 309. ——. Pteropoden aus dem Devon oder aus dem Tertiar Thon, 511 (plate). ——, -———, Vol. xi. lief, 2. April 1864. H. R. Goppert.—Die fossile Flora der Permischen pemmainod (10 plates). III... GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS. Names of Donors in Italics. Adams, A. L. Outline of the Geology of the Maltese Islands, with descriptions of the Brachiopoda by T. Davidson. 1864. Presented by T. Davidson, Esq., F.GS. Adolph, W. The Simplicity of the Creation; or the Astronomical Monument of the Blessed Virgin, a new Theory of the Solar System. 1864. Agassiz, L. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Ticleeey Cam- bridge, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 1864, Annales Hydrographiques: recueil d’avis, instructions, documents et mémoires relatifs 4 V’hydrographie et 4 la navigation. 2°, 3° et 4° trimestres de 1863. 1863. From the Dépét de la Marine. ; . 1% trimestre de 1864, 1864. From the Dépét de la Marine. Anonymous. The Physical History of the Earth. 1864. From Messrs. Bagster & Sons. Bayonne. Instruction pour aller chercher la Barre de Bayonne et entrer dans la Riviere, ou pour relacher ou mouiller dans les environs. 1863. From the Dépét de la Marine. ; Benson, L. S. The Truth of the Bible upheld; or Truth versus Science. Nos. 1 & 2. 1864. Biden, J. Religious Reformation imperatively demanded: Bishop Colenso’s Critical Inquiries answered; the Inspiration of Scripture maintained. 1864. From Messrs. Simpkin & Co. Binney, W. G. Bibliography of North American Conchology pre- vious to the year 1860. Vol.i. American Authors. 1864. From the Smithsonian Institution. Blanford, H. F. Note on a Tank-section at Tealdah, Calcutta. 1864. Bridet. Rapport sur une nouvelle Route pour doubler le Cap de Bonne Espérance de lest 4 Vouest, pendant la saison d’hiver, de Mai 4 Septembre. 1863. From the Dépét de la Marie. DONATIONS. 119 Castilla, A. X. de. Libros de Saber de Astronomia, Tomos i. & ii. 1863. Catalogue. Catalogue of Books, arranged in Classes, comprising all departments of Literature, many of them rare, valuable, and curious, offered for sale by B. Quaritch. 1864. From the Pub- lisher. Catalogue of the Publications of the Smithsonian Institution to June 1862. 1864. From the Smithsonian Institution. Catalogue Chronologique des Cartes, Plans, Mémoires et Instructions Nautiques qui composent l’Hydrographie Francaise. 1 Supplément. 1863. From the Dépét de la Marine. China. Instructions Nautiques sur les Cotes est de la Chine, la Mer Jaune, les Golfes de Pe-Chili et de Liau-Tung et la céte ouest de la Corée. 1863. From the Dépét de la Marine. Mer de Chine. Route de Sincapour 4 Saigon. 1863. From the Dépot de la Marine. Darondeau, B. Sur V’emploi du Compas étalon et la Courbe des Déviations 4 bord des Navires en fer et autres. 1863. From the Dépét de la Marine. Dawson, J. W. Address delivered before the Natural History Society of Montreal in May 1864. 1864. ——. Elementary Views of the Classification of Animals. 1864. Dittmar, A,v. Die Contorta-Zone (Zone der Avicula contorta, Portl.), thre Verbreitung und ihre organischen Einschliisse. 1864, Fitzroy, R. Instructions Nautiques sur les Cotes occidentales d’ Amérique de la rivicre Tumbez &4 Panama. 1863. From the Dépot de la Marine. Fitzroy, R. Instructions Nautiques sur les Coétes occidentales _ d Amérique du Golfe de Penas a la riviére Tumbez. 1863. From the Dépot de la Marine. Gaussin et E. Ploix. Annuaire des Marées des Cotes de France pour Yan 1865. 1863. From the Dépot de la Marine. Gras, A. le. Instructions Nautiques sur la Mer Baltique et le Golfe de Finlande.. Tome Premier. 2° édition. 1864. From the Dépot de la Marine. Grewingk, C. Geologie von Liv- und Kurland mit Inbegriff einiger angrenzenden Gebiete. 1861. Guernsey. Pilote de Vile Guernsey. Traduit de l’Anglais par Lieut. Massias. 1864. From the Dépot de la Marine. Guppy, Rk. LZ. On the Occurrence of Foraminifera in the Tertiary Beds at San Fernando, Trinidad. 1863. Helmersen, G.v. Die Alexandersiule zu St, Petersburg. 120 DONATIONS. Jeffreys, J. G. Report of the Committee appointed for exploring the coasts of Shetland by means of the Dredge. 1863. The Upper Tertiary Fossils at Uddevalla, in Sweden. 1863. Kettle, R. The Yield of the Ten-yard Coal, and the best mode of increasing it. 1864. King, P. P. Instructions Nautiques sur les Cotes Orientales de VPAmérique du Sud comprises entre La Plata et le Détroit de Magellan. Traduites de ?Anglais par M. E. Hamelin. 1863. From the Dépot de la Marine. King, P., and R. Fitzroy. Instructions Nautiques sur les Cotes de la Patagonie. 1863. From the Dépét de la Marine. Kreil, K. Anleitung zu den magnetischen Beobachtungen. 1858. From the Natural History Society of Vienna. Lapierre. Renseignements sur la Mer Rouge. 1863. From the Dépot de la Marine. Lartet, H. Sur une portion de Crane fossile d’Ovibos musqué (0. mochatus, Blainv.), trouvée par M. le Dr. Kug. Robert dans le diluvium de Précy (Oise). 1864. Marschall, A. F. Auszug aus der Denkschrift des Herrn Alphons Milne-Edwards tiber die geologische Vertheilung der fossilen Vogel. 1863. Meneghin, G. Dentew Miinsteri, specie di pesce i cui reste fossili, trovati nelle Argille Subapennine de volterrano dal Dott. Gaspare Arnidei, 1864. Milne-Edwards.. Note sur les Résultats fournis par une enquéte rela- tive 4 Vauthenticité de la découverte d’une Machoire humaine et de Haches en silex, dans le terrain diluvien de Moulin-Quignon. 1863. Milner, T. The Gallery of Geography: a Pictorial and Descriptive Tour of the World. Parts IX.-XII. 1864. Presented by Messrs. Chambers & Co. Mobius, K. Die echten Perlen. Ein Beitrag zur Luscus-, Handels- und Naturgeschichte derselben. 1858. From the Natural History Society of Hamburg. Mouchez, E. Les Cotes du Brésil, description et instructions nau- tiques. 2° section. De Bahia & Rio-Janeiro. 1864. From the Dépot de la Marine. Miller, J. H. On Reclaiming Land from Seas and Estuaries. 1864. From the Institution of Civil Engineers. Murchison, Sir R. I. Address at the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Geographical Society. 1864. Oldham, J. On Reclaiming Land from Seas and Estuaries. 1864. From the Institution of Carl Engineers. DONATIONS, 121 Pagel, L. Formule générale pour trouver la Latitude et la Longitude par les hauteurs hors du Méridien. 1863. rom the Dépét de la Marine. Paton, J. On the Sea-dykes of Schleswig and Holstein, and on Reclaiming Land from the Sea. 1864. From the Institution of Civil Engineers. Pictet, F. G. Note sur la succession des Mollusques Gastéropodes, pendant l’époque crétacée, dans la région des Alpes Suisses et du Jura. 1864. Ploix, C. Météorologie Nautique. Vents et Courants, Routes Gé- nérales. 1863. Drom the Dépot de la Marine. Quatrefages, M, de. Observations sur la Machoire de Moulin-Quignon. Ramsay, A. C. The Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain. Second Edition. 1864. Report. Annual Report of the Trustees of the Boston Museum of Comparative Zoology, together with the Report of the Director, 1863. 1864. From Prof. L. Agassiz, For. Mem. GS. Report on the Coal-fields of India, by Dr. M°Clelland. 1863. From Sur P. de M. G. Egerton, Bart., F.G.S. Introductory Report of the Commissioner of Patents for 1863. 1863. From the United States Government. —. Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the year 1861. Arts and Manufactures. 2 vols. 1863. From the United States Government. Report upon the Natural History and Geology of the State of Maine. 1862. From 0. H. Hitchcock, Esq. Richards, G. H. Puilote de ’Ile Vancouver. 1863. From the Dépét de la Marine. Sandberger, F. Die Flora der oberen Steinkohlenformation im Ba- dischen Schwarzwald. 1864. Zur Erlaiuterung der Geologischen Karte der Umgebung von Karlsruhe (Durlach). 1864. Smithsonian Institution. List of Foreign Correspondents, 1862, 1864. —. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. xiii. 1864. Watson, R. B. Notes on the Boulder-clay at Greenock and Port Glasgow. 1864. —. On the Great Drift-beds with Shells in the South of Arran. 1864. 1129 DONATIONS. Whitaker, W. The Geology of Parts of Middlesex, Hertfordshire, Buckinghamshire, Berkshire, and Surrey. (Memoirs of the Geo- logical Survey.) 1864. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Winchell, A. Description of Elephantine Molars in the Museum of the University of Montreal. 1863. Descriptions of Fossils from the Marshall and Huron Groups at Michigan. 1862. Notice of a small Collection of Fossils from the Potsdam Sandstone of Wisconsin and the Lake Superior Sandstone of Michigan. 1864, On the Rocks lying between the Carboniferous Limestone of the Lower Peninsula of Michigan and the Limestone of the Hamilton Group: with descriptions of some Cephalopods supposed to be new to Science. 1862. ——. The Salt-manufacture of the Saginaw Valley, Michigan. 1862. Woodward, S. P. Remarks on the Bridlington Crag, with a List of its Fossil Shells. 1864. THE QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. PROCEEDINGS . OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. December 7, 1864. William Guybon Atherstone, M.D., M.R.C.S., Graham’s Town, Cape of Good Hope; James Brogden, Esq., Tondu Iron Works, Glamorganshire ; Lieut. Alexander Burton Brown, Royal Artillery, Gibraltar; F. H. Dickinson, Esq., Kingweston, Somerset ; George Dowker, Esq., Stourmouth House, near Wingham, Kent; George Baker Forster, Esq., Backworth Hall, near Newcastle-on-Tyne ; Charles Graham, Esq., B.Sc. Lond., University College, London ; Thomas B. Lloyd, Esq., Spring Hill, Birmingham; William Oraigton Maclean, Esq., Great Yarmouth; William Molyneux, Esq., Bran- ston Cottage, Burton-on-Trent; William Prosser, Esq., M.R.C.P., Wilmslow, near Manchester; James E. Randall, Esq., Rudloe Lodge, Corsham, Wilts; James William Hamilton Richardson, Esq., 27 East Parade, Leeds; R. N. Rubidge, M.B. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., of Port Elizabeth, Cape of Good Hope, 83 Gower Street, Bedford Square, W.C.; The Rev. Richard Norris Russell, M.A., Beachamp- ton Rectory, Stoney Stratford; William Walter Stoddart, Esq., 9 North Street, Bristol; The Rev. Robert Boog Watson, B.A., F.R.S.E., 4 Bruntsfield Place, Edinburgh ; and J. Harris Wills, Esq., Houndiscombe Place, Plymouth, were elected Fellows. The following communications were read :— VOL. XXI.—PART I. K 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [pDecmte 1. On the Grotoey of Oraco, New ZEALAND. By J. Hector, M.D., F.G.8., of the Geological Survey of Otago. [In a letter to Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., F.G.S.] Tue south-western part of the Province is composed of crystalline rocks, forming lofty and rugged mountains, intersected by deeply cut valleys, which are occupied on the west by arms of the sea, but on the east by the great lakes. The base-rock of this system is a foliated and contorted gneiss, corresponding to Humboldt’s Gneiss- granite of South America. Associated with it are granites, syenites, and diorites. Wrapping round this batch of crystalline strata, and sometimes resting at great altitudes (say 5000 feet) on its surface, are a series of hornblende-slates, soft micaceous and amphibolic gneiss, clay-slates, and quartzites, associated with felstone-dykes, serpentine, and granular limestone. I believe these to be meta- morphic rocks of not very ancient date. To the eastward of these two formations the country is traversed by a depression that widens towards the south, and enters the mountain-chain by a pass only 2000 feet in altitude above the sea ; this is the “‘ Greenstone Pass” that I discovered last year. Along the line of this depression, and resting on the last-mentioned slates, &e. (unconformably?), are well-bedded sandstones, ‘shales, and por- phyritic conglomerates, together with soft greenstone-slates and diabase-rock in patches. This further reminds me of Darwin’s great porphyritic formation in South America, and is probably also all that we have to represent the Lower Mesozoic rocks (No. VI.). In the N.E. and §.E. part of the Province, what I take to be the same formation, or an upper series of it, passes into sandstones and shales, thrown into bold plications and interbedded with diorites. ‘They resemble exactly the formation that is included unconformably in the folds of the Carboniferous Limestones of the Rocky Mountains. To the eastward of the depression (see section) we have a great development of the auriferous schistose formations, shaped as a flat- tened boss, rising to 4000 feet, and throwing off A and g to the westward, and only g to the eastward. In the section I have divided the schists into three parts. ; 1. Upper (i).—A grey arenaceous, almost slaty rock, containing but little quartz, in the form of veins and lamine. 2. Middle («').—Soft blue slates, often highly micaceous, and intersected with quartz-veins of small size, the quartz often rotten and decomposed. The thickness of this formation is not more than from 100 to 200 feet, and it is probably the same from which most of the gold in the Western or Lake gold-fields has been derived, by the direct erosion of glaciers and mountain-torrents. This blue slate-formation has been removed by denudation from the greater part of the central boss, only remaining in a few localities that are difficult of detection, on account of its soft and perishable nature. 3. Lower («'').—Contorted schist. This is a clay-schist, foliated, not with mica nor with felspar, but with quartz. It is often chloritic, and in the upper part the quartz is nearly wanting. The 125 OTAGO. HECTOR “hav -“ay, add :Sy00x snooovjny, pue yreseg ‘o ‘om ‘ouayysaod Ay ‘oqtaorqy “2 ‘oytuakg pure ‘Aakydaog ‘oyuety *7 “O}IUBL-SSIOU) “YY seyoosy {ISIS PEHPITOY porto U0g *,,2 Suriuan coro "qstyog onTg */2 [ROD UMOIG ‘saTOYspURS SNOddeUOGARD “4 lee ‘gstyjog Aang * “SSE-PIOD ‘oT qaey_ pue ounued ywoly {[eog uMOAg ‘s}isodep-oye'T JUSIOUY “Pp -19Q YL ‘sottoxsya,q pure ‘soqeTg ‘oyIzjaeNy “y ‘eraeydag yy ‘skep LyRIeoy, 2 IcMeO *suTe}UNO TL ~ uejsung “Sule eqynig soddq, *WHBIOO I *soSuey aslo] 2 2 2 “SP[2¥-PIOH Jo uorjtsog ‘oseqeiqy pue ‘Aadydsog ‘ouoyspueg °0 “STISSOT YIM ‘SRD oF AA IO NAvUIBO “9 *4SVOD) 480 A OY} JO UOTZBULLOF snoaddetoqaeD *f ‘sya TRIANTy 1 a r . 1 *suIeqUNOy ‘ule *eyodeny, ‘asury IOATY mueyey worey, reddq Ae[IoUIUey eIyWeynue yy _—_— ——— $$ > ees —< *SP[PY-PlOD JO UOrpsOg Oo uh Ye Y s y 4 mi 4 24 7 UW yw Y UES SG F | 1 p_—#_____1 4 | I I ! ! | “OAT *oHeT “syoou “punos prOs TAL “Avg 19A0}0Y4S ndyexe A auryesAig ‘yeagq ayouquiag Aysnq ye sev ——_—_————— jo 9IUII] U193SeqT 4StOD ISAM ‘sseq dU0qsusoIL “AN ‘obnjg fo aournorg ay} sso.can wor0aK) K2 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GROLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Dec...7, schists apparently lie very flat, and cover a great extent of country. The foliated quartz does not commence at a distinct horizon, but beds thus altered occur in, the regular sequence of the strata sepa- rated by quartzless rock. In the lower part of the series, however, as exposed in the deep valley of the Clutha River, that cuts night through the central district of the province, the whole mass of the schist is intersected by concretionary lamine of quartz (generally of a bluish tinge and horny appearance), that conform to the planes of foliation, as in mica-schist. Gold occurs segregated in the inter- spaces of this contorted schist, but it is rarely found im svtu. Quartz-reefs are confined to the upper schists, but there are very few instances of true “ fissure-reefs’”’ having been discovered, that is, reefs that cut the strata nearly vertically, and have a true “back” or wall independent of the foliation-planes. Only one reef is being worked in the same manner as in Victoria as yet, and the yield is about 1 oz. to a ton. I have nowhere seen in this Province the exact mineralogical equivalents of the auriferous slates of Victoria or California, as they resemble much more those of British Columbia. I believe the difference is due to the absence of true cleavage, and its having been replaced by foliation and joints; so the same in- ternal changes by chemical action, due to infiltration, have not taken place,—that is, supposing, as I do, that both these, namely, cleavage-planes on the one hand, and the foliation and jointing on the other, have been due to mechanical impulse, followed in the first case by the segregation of the siliceous matter in distinct veins, and in the other in the form of lamine. In the one case the me- chanical force has plicated the strata; and the cleavage-planes have the nature of fissures, and may be compared to the joints of the foliated strata. In these the shales have moved on their planes of stratification, commencing afresh at each line of joint. In either case, a system of drainage is established in the schistose rock, which facilitates the segregation of its mineral elements. External to all the above formations we have a series of Tertiary rocks ; the lowest of these, however, may possibly be of Upper Mesozoic age. The series consists of coarse conglomerates, sand- stones, and shales, containing estuarine shells, and associated with thick deposits of brown coal (e), of excellent quality. The shales with the coal contain Ferns and Dicotyledonous leaves. This carbo- naceous formation is generally tilted at considerable angles, and is unconformably overlain by the Newer Tertiary rocks. These consist of two series, the one freshwater (d), occupying basins or depressions in the schistose rocks of the interior, the other marine, confined to the coast-line and low altitudes. The relation of these one to another cannot be distinctly made out, but I think that some at least are contemporaneous. The lower marine beds are argilla- ceous (c), and contain septaria, sometimes of an immense size, as in the case of the Moeraki boulders*, which are quite spherical, and often reach 12 feet in diameter; they are washed out of this forma- * See Mr. W. Mantell’s description and figures, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vil. p. 324. 1864. | HECTOR—OTAGO. 127 tion where it is breached by the sea. Over these clays come cal- careous sandstone (6), containing abundance of fossils. Where Dunedin is situated voleanie energy was displayed at a very early Tertiary date; but nearly all our basaltic rocks overlie the above-mentioned fossiliferous limestones, and were deposited to what is now a height of (say) 1800 feet as submarine lavas and tufaceous beds. The period of this voleanie energy was one of up- heaval ; and since it closed I see no evidence of there having been any great and general submergence of the island. On the other hand, there must have been an excessive elevation, far exceeding, at least in the mountain-region, that which it has at present. This is proved by the great depth of the valleys, which were exca- vated by glacier-action after the close of the above-mentioned forma- tions. On the western coast the valleys have been scooped out to a depth which is now at least 1800 feet, in some cases, beneath the present sea-level, while on the east side, where the depression has not been so great, these valleys are occupied by lakes, the sur- faces of which have a mean altitude of 1000 feet, but the bottoms of which are considerably below the sea-level. The evidence of the former extension of the glaciers, arising from tke greater altitude and consequent enlargement of the area within the mean snow-line, is most distinctly marked. On the other hand, except in one part of the plains of Southland, I have seen no evidence of erratic de- posits which have at all the character of the northern glacial drifts. Distinct evidence of the Post-tertiary oscillation of the coast-line, resulting in emergence, is only to be found in the eastern, southern, and north-western parts of the province. On the west coast, where the mountains rise directly from the sea, and are penetrated by the fiords, the evidence derived from the disposition of the detritus brought down by the mountain-torrents, and thrown into deep water, indi- cates rather a gradual submergence. Gabriel’s Gully owed its rich- ness to the gold having been freed from an ancient Tertiary drift- deposit, that occupied a valley cut through obliquely by the present watercourse. The strike of our auriferous schists is on the whole N.N.W., but, so far as I have seen, they do not reach the west coast of this pro- vince. However, gold has been recently found on the sea-shore of the west coast of Canterbury, and within the last month a very promising gold-field has been found in the northern extremity of this island in the province of Marlborough. As the western part of the province of Nelson, according to Dr. Haast, is partly composed of crystalline rocks, it is very probable that the strike sweeps round to the N.E. The western districts of the island being very inaccessible, this will explain why the gold-diggings have been so long confined to Otago,and to asmall extent to Nelson, and would lead us to expect that they may yet extend in a continuous belt right through the length of the island, but passing to the west of Mount Cook. Nevertheless, I am strongly of opinion that the richness of a gold-field is more de- pendent on the extent of the auriferous drifts, and the relation of the lowest level of the basins in which they have been collected to 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Dee. 7, the water-run of the country, than to the mere presence of the rock which forms the original matrix, at least in those cases where _ the segregation of the quartz, &c. has assumed the foliated form, and where the gold, therefore, has not been concentrated in well- defined reefs or lodes. Synopsis of the Geological Formations in Otago Province. (The z¢alic letters refer to the section on p. 125.) I. Recent (a?). 1. Allwial. River-silts, shingles, and deltas. 2. Lacustrine. Exposed by the gradual drainage of lakes. 3. Estuarine or Littoral. Exposed by emergence of coast- line. II. Pleistocene. (Newer gold-drifts.) 1. Lacustrine. In basins in the interior. 2. Glacial. Moraine-deposits and loess. III. Pliocene? (d). (Great gold-drift.) 1. Sand, &c. in basins in the interior (with lignite). 2. Coastward deposits. a. Volcanic and tufaceous deposits. (3. Sands and clays. IV. Miocene ? 1. Oamaru or calcareo-arenaceous series* (6). 2. Moeraki or argillaceous series (with brown-coal) (c). 3. Waitaki. Arenaceous. V. Carbonaceous series (e & f). Estuarine strata, with conglo- merates, sandstones, shales, and brown-coal of fine quality. VI. Te Anau series (g). Porphyritic conglomerate, wacke, clay- stones, glossy slates and diabase, and porcellanite. VII. Kahiku series (h?). Quartz, clay-shales, sandstone, diorite- slate, black cross-cleaved slate, siliceous and true clay- slate. VIII. Foliated schists. 1. Grey argillaceous. Kakanui series (7). 2. Blue clay-slate. Micaceous or chloritic (?’). 3. Contorted felspathic schist (7). All these are more or less impregnated with infil- trated quartz, and are auriferous. IX. Gneiss-granite (/). Quartzose with garnets, or Felspathic. * Apparently the same as the ‘White Crag,” or ‘“ Ototara Limestone” of Mantell. See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 328.—EbIr. 1864. ] MURCHISON—NEW ZEALAND. 129 2. Note on communicating the Norms and Map of Dr. Jutivs Haast upon the GuactERS and Rocx-Bastns of New Zuatanp. By Sir R. I. Murcutson, K.C.B., F.R.S., F.G.S. [ Abstract. ] Iw a letter to Sir R. I. Murchison, Dr. Haast informed him that for five years he had attentively followed the discussions on glacier- theories, and that, independently of other authors, he came, in March 1862, to the same conclusions in New Zealand as Professor Ramsay had come to in Europe, namely, “ that the numerous lakes met with on both sides of the high Alpine chain of New Zealand were formed by the action of glaciers.” He further stated, that this view was communicated to various friends in Europe, and printed in his Colonial Reports, as Geologist of the Province of Canterbury. Until recently, the constant field- and other occupations of Dr, Haast have prevented his carrying out his intention of writing a paper on the subject for the Geological Society. This paper he hopes to transmit soon; and in the meantime he has forwarded to Sir Roderick Murchison the following notes, as a résumé of his views, and has illustrated them by a skilfully executed MS. map, the general features only of which are given on p. 134. He has also transmitted to the Royal Geographical Society a series of very beautifully coloured sketches of all the chief glaciers of New Zealand, and their moraines. Sir Roderick Murchison then quotes Dr. Haast as follows :— “ =— Upper Limestone. Quartz and coarse Quartz-grits Lepidodendron. . Gotimuniteronse Siliceous felspar, often passing into ———{—————————— seiron-ores o Auriferous Rocks and Shales. A Coralline Limestone. — The numbered letters refer to the specimens accompanying the paper, and now in the Society’s Museum. 1864. | WOOD—DRIFT OF THE EAST OF ENGLAND. 141 Beyond (that is, when the fertile soil of the Peak Downs has been passed over), the edges of the quartzites and shales show them- selves over a very extensive country, and here beds of iron- and copper-ore crop out, and are invested on either side by gold-bearing rocks. These deposits are at this moment exciting the attention of diggers from all parts of Australia, and drawing them to their ex- ploration; and wealthy merchants are investing largely in costly works and apparatus for bringing the copper-ore into a marketable state. ; I have no doubt that this part of Eastern Australia will bear comparison with, and even rival, our richest metalliferous districts ; whilst New South Wales, by her wealth in coal, facilitates commu- nication from port to port, and contributes thus, unostentatiously, but not the less certainly, to the general prosperity. At the same time that I recommend reference to my collection now in the Bath Philosophical Institute, I send herewith specimens which I am of opinion will prove satisfactorily that the coal-seams of New South Wales belong to as old a geological series as those of Kurope ; and I can affirm, from examination over a very extensive’ area, that they are equally inexhaustible. 2. On the Drirt of the Kast of Enetanp and its Drvistons. By 8. V. Woop, jun., Esq., F.G.S. [This paper was withdrawn by permission of the Council. ] (Abstract. ) In this paper the author divides the Drift of the country extend- ing from Flamborough Head to the Thames, and from the Sea on the east to Bedford and Watford on the west, as follows :—a, the Upper Drift, having a thickness of at least 160 feet still remaining in places. 6 and c, the Lower Drift, consisting of an Upper series (>), having a thickness of from 40 to 70 feet, and a Lower series (c), with a thickness, on the coast near Cromer, of from 200 to 250 feet, but rapidly attenuating inland. c comprises the Boulder-till and the overlying contorted Drift of the Cromer coast, which along that line crop out from below 6 a few miles inland. In an attenuated form, c also ranges inland as far south as Thetford, and probably to the centre of Suffolk, cropping out from below 6 by Dalling, Walsing- ham, and Weasenham, and appearing at the bottom of the valleys of central Norfolk. 6 consists of sands, which on the east coast overlie the Fluvio-marine and Red Crag, but change west and south into gravels, which pass under a and crop out again on the north, south, and centre of Norfolk, and west of Suffolk and Essex, ex- tending (but capped in many places by a) over most of Herts. The Upper Drift («) consists of the widespread Boulder-clay, which oyer- 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Dee. 21, laps 6 for a small space on the south-east, in Essex, and again at Horseheath, near Saffron Walden, but overlaps it altogether on the north-west, resting on the secondary rocks in Huntingdonshire and Lincolnshire. The distribution of 6 indicates it as the deposit of an irregular bay, afterwards submerged by the sea of a, which over- spread a very wide area. a now remains only in detached tracts, having been extensively denuded on its emergence at the beginning of the post-glacial age, so that wide intervals of denudation (sepa- rating the tracts) indicate the post-glacial straits and seas which washed islands formed of a. The author considers the so-called Norwich Crag of the Cromer coast as not of the age of the Fluvio- marine Crag of Norwich, but as an arctic bed forming the base of c, into which it passes up uninterruptedly. The author regards the beds 6 as identical with the Fluvio-marine gravels of Kelsea, near Hull, and thinks that the Kelsea bed is not above a, as hitherto supposed, but below it, having been forced up through a into its present position. He also regards the Upper Drift (a) as the equi- valent of the Belgian Loess, and the beds 6 as the equivalent of the Belgian Sables de Campine. 143 DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. From October 1st to December 31st, 1864. I, TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS. Presented by the respective Societies and Editors. Abbevillois, L’. 25m™e Année. No. 2888. August 6, 1864.. American Journal of Science and Arts. Second Series. Vol. xxxviii. No. 114. November 1864. J. L. Smith.—New Meteoric Iron from Wayne County, Ohio, 385. —. Meteorite from Atacama, Chili, 385. O. C. Marsh.—New fossil Annelid (Helminthodes antiquus) from the Lithographic Slates of Solenhofen, 415. H. Haidinger.—Meteoric Iron, 424. Hautefeuille.— Artificial Anatase, Brookite, and Rutile, 424, F. von Kobell’s ‘ Geschichte der Mineralogie von 1650-1860,’ noticed, 426. J. D. Dana.—Volcanic Peaks of Cotopaxi and Arequipa, 427. Dinotherium an Elephantine Marsupial, 427. Desor.—Discovery of Lake-habitations in Bavaria, 497. Oldham.—Discovery of Fossil Stone Implements in India, 443. Atheneum Journal. Nos. 1927-1940. 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Meeting of the British Association at Bath, 483, 465, 499, 530, 568. J. Kelly’s ‘Notes upon the Errors of Geology, illustrated by Refers ence to Facts observed in Ireland,’ noticed, 889. Berlin. Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. Vol. xvi. Heft 2. February to April 1864. H. R. Goppert.—Beitrage zur Bernsteinflora, 189 eee) H. Credner.—Die Pteroceras-Schichten (Aporrhais-Schichten) der Umgebung von Hannover, 196 (3 plates). VOL. XXI.—PART I, M 144 DONATIONS. Berlin. Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. Vol. xvi. Heft 2 (continued). G. von Rath.—Beitrige zur Kenntniss der eruptiven Gesteine der Alpen, 249 (plate). C. Rammelsberg.—Ueber die im Mineralreich vorkommenden Schwe- felverbindungen des Eisens, 267. E. Weiss.—Leitfische des Rothliegenden in den Lebacher und iiqui- valenten Schichten des Saarbriickisch-pfalzischen Kohlengebirges, 272. J. Striiver.—Die fossilen Fische aus dem Keupersandstein von Coburg, 303. F. von Richthofen.—Reisebericht aus Californien, 331. F. von Hochstetter.—Dunit, k\rniger Olivinfels yom Dun Mountain bei Nelson, Neu Seeland, 341. E. yon Martens.—Fossile Siisswasser-Conchylien aus Sibirien, 345. British Association for the Advancement of Science, Report of the Thirty-third Meeting, held at Newcastle-upon-Tyne in August and September 1863. 1864. R. H. Scott, R. Griffith, and S. Haughton.—Mineralogical Consti- tution of the Granites of Donegal, and of the Rocks associated with them, 48. A. Gages.—Synthetical Researches on the Formation of Minerals, 203. J. Daglish and G. B. Forster.—Magnesian Limestone of Durham, 726. R. C. Clapham and J. Daglish.—Minerals and Salts found in Coal- its, 37. DT. Ansted.—Metamorphic Origin of the Porphyritic Rocks of Charnwood Forest, 64. —. Deposit of Sulphur in Corfu, 64. W.. Bainbridge—Pennine Fault in connexion with the Volcanic Rocks at the foot of Crossfell, and with the Tyndale Fault called “The Ninety-fathom Dyke,” 64, J. Brodie.—Physical Condition of the Earth in the Earlier Epochs of its History, 67. A. Bryson.—Artificially produced Quartzites, 67. J. W. Dawson.—Two new Coal-plants from Nova Scotia, 67. W. M. Dunn.—Relations of the Cumberland Coal-field to the Red Sandstone, 68. H. B. Geinitz.—Salamander in the Rothliegende, 68. k. A. C. Godwin-Austen.—Alluvial Accumulations in the Valleys of ‘the Somme and of the Ouse, 68. R. Harkness.—Reptiliferous and Footprint-bearing Sandstones of the North-east of Scotland, 69. Fossils of the Skiddaw Slates, 69. Hornblendic Greenstones and their relations to the Meta- morphic and Silurian Rocks of the county of Tyrone, 70. J. Hogg.—Fossil Teeth of a Horse found in the Red Clay at Stockton, 70 H. B. Holl.—Metamorphic Rocks of the Malvern Hills, 70. Hulburt.—Facts relating to the Hydrography of the St. Lawrence and the Great Lakes, 73. J.G. Jeffreys—Upper Tertiary Fossils at Uddevalla, in Sweden, 73. T. R. Jones and J. W. Kirkby.—Synopsis of the Bivalved Entomos- traca of the Carboniferous Strata of Great Britain and Ireland, 80. —— and W. K. Parker.—Fossil Foraminifera collected in Jamaica by the late Lucas Barrett, F.G.S., 80, DONATIONS. 145 British Association for the Advancement of Science. Report, 1863 (continued). J. B. Jukes.—Certain Markings on some of the Bones of a Megaceros hibernicus lately found in Ireland, 81. W. King.—Neanderthal Skull, or Reasons for believing it to belong to the Clydian Period, and to a Species different from that repre- sented by Man, 81. J. W. Kirkby.—Fossil Fishes from the Permian Limestone of Fulwell, near Sunderland, 82. J. P. Lesley.—Coal-measures of Sydney, Cape Breton, 82. J. Marley.—Discovery of Rock-salt in the New Red Sandstone at Middlesbrough, 82. C. Moore.—Equivalents of the Cleveland Ironstones in the West of England, 83. . Organic Contents of the Lead-veins of Allenheads, and of other Lead-veins of Yorkshire, 83. R. I. Murchison and R. Harkness.—Permian Group of the North- west of England, 83. W. Pengelly.—Chronological Value of the Triassic Rocks of Devon- shire, 85. J. Phillips.—Drift-beds of Mundesley, Norfolk, 85. —. Deposit of Gravel, Sand, and Loam with Flint Implements at St. Acheul, 85. T. A. Readwin.—Recent Discovery of Gold near Bala Lake, Merio- nethshire, 87. G. E. Roberts.—Remains of Bothriolepis, 87. ——. Discovery of Elephant- and other Mammalian Remains in Oxfordshire, 87. H. Seeley.—Help to the Identification of Fossil Bivalve Shells, 87. T. Sopwith.—Section of the Strata from Hownes Gill to Cross Fell, 88. H. C. Sorby.—Models illustrating Contortions in Mica-Schist and Slate, 88. G. Tate.—Description of a Sea-star ( Cribellites carbonarius) from the Mountain-limestone Formation of Northumberland, with a notice of its association with Carboniferous Plants, 88. J. Thomson.—Origin of the Jointed Prismatic Structure in Basalts and other Igneous Rocks, 89. N. Wood and E. F. Boyd.—‘‘ The Wash,” a remarkable Denudation through a Portion of the Coal-field of Durham, 89. Brussels. Annuaire de Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres, et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique. 30° Année. 1864. —. Bulletins de l’Académie Royale des Sciences, &c., de Belgique. 32° Annee. 2° Ser. Vol. xv. 1863. E. Dupont.—Calcaire carbonifére de la Belgique et du Hainaut francais, 11, 86. J. Gosselet.—Géologie des terrains primaires de la Belgique, 16, 163. G. Dewalque.—Quelques fossiles éocénes de la Belgique, 27. A. HE. Reuss.—Foraminiféres du crag d’Anvers, 137 (8 plates). A. Perrey.—Tremblements de terre en 1861, 300. G. Dewalque.—Terrain anthraxifére de la Belgique, 315. ——. Fossiles de Grand-Manil, prés de Gembloux, 416. ——. Quelques points fossiliféres du calcaire eifélien, ae M 146 DONATIONS. Brussels. Bulletins de la Académie Royale des Sciences, &c., de Belgique. 32° Année, 2° Sér. Vol. xvi. 1863. G. Dewalque.—Quelques fossiles trouvés dans le dépdt de transport de la Meuse et de ses affluents, 21. A. Harmegnies.—Mémoire de concours relatif 4 la description du terrain houiller de la Belgique, 395. 383° Année. 2°Sér. Vol. xvii. 1864. KE. Dupont.—Projet de recherches paléontologiques dans les grottes du pays, 4, 25. A. Perrey.—Tremblements de terre en 1862, avec suppléments pour les années antérieures, 83. EK. Dupont.—Marbre noir de Bachant, 91, 181. Haidinger.—Rapport sur l’échantillon du météorite de Beauvechain, 137. P. J. Van Beneden et L. de Koninck.—Paledaphus insignis, 143. G. Dewalque.—Distribution des sources winérales en Belgique, 151. P. J. Van Beneden.—Grotte de Montfat et énumération des espéces de mammiféres et oiseaux fossiles dont elle renferme les dépouilles, 256. . Mémoires couronnés et autres mémoires publiés par ’ Académie Royale des Sciences, &c., de Belgique. Collection in-8vo. Vol. xv. 1863. Vol. xvi. 1864. P. J. Van Beneden.— Mesoplodon Sowerbiensis. A. Perrey.—Note sur les tremblements de terre en 1861 et en 1862, avec suppléments pour les années antérieures. ——. Mémoires couronnés et mémoires des savants étrangers, publiés par l’Académie Royale des Sciences, &c., de Belgique. Vol. xxxi. 1862-63. Mémoires de Académie Royale des Sciences, &c., de Bel- gique. Vol. xxxiy. 1864. Calcutta. Asiatic Society of Bengal. Journal. No. 121. Part 3. 1864. T. Oldham.—Fossils in the Society’s Collection reputed to be from Spiti, 232. Canadian Journal. New Series. No. 53. September 1864. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. New Series. Vol.i. Nos. 1-4. 1864. H. G. Vennor.—Cave in Limestone near Montreal, 14. T. S. Hunt.—Contributions to Lithology, 16, 161. Silicification of Fossils, 46. ‘Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress from its Com- mencement to 1863,’ noticed, 65. Meeting of the British Association at Bath, 70, 1538. L. W. Bailey.—Geology and Botany of New Brunswick, 81. The Harthquake of April 1864, 156. W.E, Logan.—Organic Remains in the Laurentian Rocks of Canada, 159. T. R. Jones and J. W. Kirkby.—Bivalved Entomostraca of the Car- boniferous Strata of Great Britain and Ireland, 236. H. an Hind.—Supposed Glacial Drift in the Labrador Peninsula, &c., 300. DONATIONS. 147 Chemical Society. Journal. Second Series. Vol.ii. Nos. 22 & 23. October and November 1864. A. H. Church.—Colouring-matter of blue Forest Marble, 379. Colliery Guardian. Vol. viii. Nos. 196-209. 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. North of England Institute of Mining Engineers, 305, 409, 466. Glasgow Geological Society, 305. ‘Geological Magazine No. 5,’ noticed, 365. Discovery of an Iron Mountain on the Canadian Shore, at the Kast End of Lake Superior, 403. Belgian Coal, 409. Discovery of Iron Ore near Ulverston, 429. H. O’Hara.—Supply of Fuel in Ireland, 449, 469, 488. Tron in Elba, 467. Progress of the Geological Survey of California, 487. Mineral Resources of New Brunswick, 488. Copenhagen. Oversigt over det Kongelige danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger. 1862. G. Forchhammer.—Om Ahlformationen og Campinesandet, 152. 1863. A. Favre’s ‘Carte géologique des parties de la Savoie, du Piémont, et de la Suisse, voisines du Mont Blanc,’ noticed, 107. Johnstrup.—Afhandling om Faxékalken, 14, 139. G. Forchhammer.—Om den sandsynlige Forekomst af Juraforma- tionen 1 det nordlige Jylland, 185. Dublin, Journal of the Geological Society of. Vol. x. Part 2. 1864. T. S. Hunt.—Chemical and Mineralogical Relations of Metamorphic Rocks, 85. M. Close.—Striated Surfaces in the Granite near Dublin, 96. A. Carte-—Remains of the Reindeer which have been found Fossil in Ireland, 103. R. H. Scott.—Fossils of the Yellow Sandstone of Mountcharles, Donegal, 107. G. H. Kinahan.—Eskers of the Central Plain of Ireland. ——. OCrumpled Lamination in Shales, 113. A. Carte.—Former Existence of the Polar Bear in Ireland, as is pro- bably shown by some Remains recently discovered at Lough Gur, Limerick, 114. M. H. Ormsby.—Analysis of the Steatitic Mineral found at Ballycorus, 120. S. Haughton.—Occurrence of Exogenous Wood in the Arenaceous Limestone of the Yellow Sandstone Series of the North Coast of Mayo, 122. Fossil Red Deer from Bohoe, Fermanagh, 125. J.B. Jukes.—Indentations in Bones of a Cervus megaceros, from a Bog near Legan, Longford, 127. Geological Magazine. Vol.i. Nos.4-6. October to December 1864. S. P. Woodward.—Nature and Origin of Banded Flints, 145 (2 plates). H. Seeley.—Section of the Lower Chalk near Ely, 150. 148 DONATIONS. Geological Magazine. Vol.i. Nos. 4-6 (continued). J. J. Bigsby.—The Laurentian Formation: its Mineral Constitution, its Geographical Distribution, and its Residuary Elements of Life, 154. R. Damon’s ‘Geology of Weymouth,’ noticed, 171. M. F. Maury’s ‘Physical Geography,’ noticed, 172. J. Ball’s ‘ Alpine Guide,’ noticed, 175. E. Hull’s ‘New Red Sandstone and Permian Formations as Sources of Water-supply for Towns,’ noticed, 174. H. B. Brady.—Jnvolutina Inassica, 193 (plate). H. Woodward.—Descriptions of some New Paleozoic Crustacea, 196 late). J. ° Bie eens Formation. Part ii. The Residuary Ele- ments of Life in the Laurentian Group, 200. G. P. Marsh’s ‘Man and Nature ; or, Physical Geography as modified by Human Action,’ noticed, 208. R. Kettle’s ‘Yield of the Ten-yard Coal, and the best Mode of in- creasing it, having regard to the Safety and Economy of the Working,’ noticed, 210. R. Hunt’s ‘ Coal-Produce of the United Kingdom for 1863,’ noticed, 210. C. J. A. Meijer.—Brachiopoda of the Lower Greensand of Surrey, and on the Greensand of Kent, Surrey, Berks, and Farringdon, 249 2 plates). w Th Dawkins.—Rheetic Beds of Somerset, 257. J. Phillips’s ‘Guide to Geology,’ 5th edition, noticed, 266. J. L. Rome’s ‘Abbeville Jaw,’ noticed, 267. W. S. Symonds’s ‘ Notes on a Ramble through Wales,’ noticed, 267. G. Maw’s ‘Notes on the Drift-deposits of the Valley of the Severn, &c.,’ noticed, 267. J. W. Dawson’s ‘Address to the Natural History Society of Montreal, May 1864,’ noticed, 268. Glacial Action in Northumberland and Durham, 268. J. Tyndall's ‘ Conformation of the Alps,’ noticed, 270. A. C. Ramsay’s ‘ Erosion of Valleys and Lakes,’ noticed, 270. J. Gunn’s ‘Geology of Norfolk,’ noticed, 275. T. Wright’s ‘ British Cretaceous Echinodermata,’ Vol. i. Part 1, noticed, 277. : J. W. Salter’s ‘Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c. Formations,’ noticed, 277. T. Davidson's ‘ British Devonian Brachiopoda,’ Part vi. first portion, noticed, 277. S. V. Wood's ‘ Eocene Mollusca,’ Part iv. No. 2, noticed, 278. R. Owen's ‘Reptilia of the Cretaceous and Wealden Formations’ (Supplements), noticed, 278. Abstracts of Foreign Memoirs, 158, 205, 261. Reports and Proceedings of Societies, 175, 212, 279. Correspondence, 189, 246, 294. Miscellaneous, 191, 247, 296. Notices of Recent Discoveries, 241. Hanau, Jahresberichte der Wetterauischen Gesellschaft fiir die ge- sammte Naturkunde zu. Sessions 1861-63. Volger, O.—Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Glimmer, 65. Temple, R.—Ueber die s. g. Soda-Seen in Ungarn, 95. DONATIONS. 149 Heidelberg, Verhandlungen des naturhistorisch-medizinischen Vereins zu. Vol. ii. Heft 4. 1864. Institution of Civil Engineers. Abstracts of Proceedings. Session 1864-65. Nos. 1, 2, & 4. Intellectual Observer. Nos. 34 & 35. November and December 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. D. T. Ansted.—Influence of Water and Ice in forming the Physical Features of the Earth, 354. Linnean Society. Journal of Proceedings. Vol. viii. Nos. 29-81. 1864. ‘ T. Allis.—Nearly complete Skeleton of Dinornis, presented by Dr. Gibson to the Museum of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society, 50. Liverpool Geological Society. Abstracts of the Proceedings. Session Sth. 1863-64. G. S. Worthy.—Lower Lias and Avicula-contorta Beds of Glouces- tershire, 1. G. H. Morton.—Lias Formation as developed in Shropshire, 2. R. A. Eskrigge.—Report of Field Meeting at Castleton, Derbyshire, 6. Report of Field Meeting at Wigan, 8. W. 8S. Horton.—Ironstone of the Middle Lias, 8. H. Hicks.—Lower Lingula-flags of St. David’s, Pembrokeshire, 12. D. C. Davies.—Bala Limestone and its associated Beds in North Wales, 21. H. Duckworth.—San Ciro Cave, near Palermo, 30. G. H. Morton.—Section of the Strata at Thatto Heath, near Rainhill, 34, T. J. Moore.—Fossils in the Derby Museum of Liverpool, 34. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Fourth Series. Vol. xxvii. Nos. 189-192. October to December 1864. ‘From Dr. W. Francis, F.G.S. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. A. C. Ramsay.—Erosion of Valleys and Lakes, 293. D. Forbes.—Evansite, a new Mineral Species, 341. Pisani.—Analysis of Langite, 403. A. H. Church.—Tasmanite, a new Mineral of Organic Origin, 465. N.S. Maskelyne and V. von Lang.—Mineralogical Notes, 502 (plate). P. M. Duncan and G. P. Wall.— Geology of Jamaica, 562. KR. Tate.—Correlation of the Irish Cretaceous Strata, 562. London Review. Vol.ix. Nos. 222-235. 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. A. C. Ramsay’s ‘ Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain,’ Second Edition, noticed, 490. ‘The Physical History of the Earth. Meditations by a Student,’ noticed, 490. G. Kendal-Brown’s ‘ New Geological Exposition of the World’s Past History and its Future Destiny,’ noticed, 480. The ‘ Geological Magazine,’ No. IV., noticed, 544. 150° DONATIONS. Longman’s Notes on Books. Vol.ii. No. 39. November 30, 1864. ° Madrid. Resumen de las Actas de la Real Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Fisicas, y Naturales de Madrid en el aio Académico de Leol=62. 186s: Manchester Geological Society. Transactions. Vol. v. No. 1. 1864. Mendicity Society. 46th Annual Report. 1864. Milan. Annuario del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere. 1864. Atti della Societaé Italiana di Scienze Naturali. Vol. vi. fasc. 3. August 1864. Stoppani.—Sulle antiche abitazioni lacustri del lago di Garda, 181. Pagla.—Sulla morena laterale destra dell’ antico ehiacciajo dell’ Adige lungo la sponda occidentale del lago di Garda, 229 (plate). — Atti del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere, ed Arti. Vol. in. fase. 5-8. 1862. See Olli tase tipi ecu Ou Sone ——. Memorie del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere, ed Arti. Vol.ix. fase. 2. 1862. Vol. ix. fase. 4. 1863. Curioni.—Sui giacimenti metalliferi e bituminosi nei terreni triasici di Besano, 241 (2 plates). Rendiconti del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere. Classe di Lettere e Scienze Morali e Politiche. Vol. i. fase. 1-6. April to July 1864. ——. ——. Classe di Scienze Matematiche e Naturali. Vol. 1. fase. 4-6. April to June 1864, Mining and Smelting Magazine. Vol. vi. Nos. 34-36. October to December 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &e. ' Meeting of the British Association at Bath, 205, 266. Geology of California, 215. Production.and Application of Aluminium, 271, The ‘Geological Magazine,’ noticed, 273. Dudley and Midland Geological Society, 278. Gold-mining at Eule in Bohemia, 283. . Great Deposit of Lead-slag in Greece, 286. A. Contella —Contemporary Rock-formation or Slag-conglomerate, 337. Modena. Memorie di Matematica e di Fisica della Societs Italiana delle Scienze. Second Series. Vol.i. 1862. D. 7 B. P. Massalongo.—Monografia del genere Ree 105 (7 plates). DONATIONS. 151 Munich. Sitzungsberichte der konigl.-bayer. Akademie der Wissen- schaften zu Miinchen. 1864,1. Hefte 3-5. Giimbel.—Ueber das Knochenbett (Bone-bed) und die Pflanzen- schichten in der rhitischen Stufe Frankens, 215. Vogel, jun.—Ueber die Torfkohle, 279. 1864, ii. Heft 1. Neuchatel. Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Neu- chatel. Vol. vi. ‘Troisieme Cahier. 1864. Ritter,—Débris ligneux, épars, carbonisés sur les rives du lac, 429, 433. E. Desor.—Topographie et géologie de la grande Kabylie, 458. Ktage Barémien, 542. Etage Dubisien, 544. Pseudomorphisme dans le Sahara, 545. Orographie des lacs de la Suisse, 547. Tableaux géologiques du canton de Neuchatel, 598. anne Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science. Transactions. Vol. i. Part 1. 1864. W. Gossip.—Rocks in the Vicinity of Halifax, 44. How.—Hconomic Mineralogy of Nova Scotia. Part i., 78. Paleeontographical Society. Monographs of British Fossils. Vol. xvi. For the year 1862. 1864. A Monograph of the British Fossil Echinodermata from the Creta- ceous Formations. Vol.i. Part 1. By Thomas Wright. A Monograph of British Trilobites. By J. W. Salter. A Monograph of British Brachiopoda. Part vi. Brachiopoda of the Devonian Formation. First Portion. By T. Davidson. A Monograph,of the Eocene Mollusca, or Descriptions of Shells from the Older Tertiaries of England. Part iv. Bivalves. No. 2. By S. V. Wood. A Monograph of the Fossil Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations ; including Supplement No. ii. Cretaceous Sauropterygia, and Sup- plement No. i. Zguanodon. By Richard Owen. Paris. Bulletin de la Société de Géographie. Cinquiéme Série. Vol. vii. Juillet 4 Décembre, 1864. Photographic Journal, Nos. 150-152. October to December 1864. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. New Series. No. 16. October 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Quarterly Journal of Science. No. 4. October 1864. Chronicles of Science, 655, Meeting of the British Association at Bath, 733. C, W. Kett.—Existence of the Reindeer and Aurochs in France during the Historic Period, 762. Reader. Vol. iv. Nos. 92-105. 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Meeting of the British Association at Bath, 417, 448, 482,515, 579, 611. R. I. Murchison—Excayation of Lake-basins in Solid Rocks by Glaciers, 519, 152 DONATIONS. Reader. Vol. iv. Nos. 92-105 (continued). Early Man in Devonshire, 643. J. Ruskin.—Concerning Glaciers, 677. J. B. Jukes.—Mode of Formation of Mountain-chains, 678. Carinthian Lake-dwellings, 709. J. Ruskin.—English versus Alpine Geology, 710. G. M.—Mr. Ruskin on Glaciers, 710. J. B. Jukes.—English and Alpine Geology, 740. I. Cambeul.—Glacier-motion, 741. J. Ball.—Origin of Alpine Lakes, 741. W. Houghton.—Discovery of the Teeth of Fossil Bovide in Palestine, 772. Geological Survey of California, 805. J. Hoge.—Fossil Bovide in Syria, 806. —. Bone-cave in Syria, 888. Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Journal. New Series. Vol. 1. Part 1. 1864. Royal Astronomical Society. Memoirs. Vol. xxxii. Session 1862- 63. -1864. Royal Geographical Society. Journal. Vol. xxxii. 1863. A. R. Wallace.—Physical Geography of the Malay Archipelago, 217. R. A. O. Dalyell.—Earthquake of Erzerim, June 1859, 254. ——. Proceedings. Vol.vii. No.6. 1864. Royal Geological Society of Cornwall. 46th Annual Report. 1860. President’s Address, 5. = R. Q. Couch.—Slates of Cheshire, 318. S. Higgs.—Copper-mines of Alderley Edge, Cheshire, 325. W. Vivian.—Gold-fields of the Pacific and their probable extent, 327. W. W. Smyth.—Iron-mines of Perran, 332. N. Whitley.—Strike of the Slate-beds in Cornwall and Devon, 336. W. Vivian.—Constitution and Structure of Slate, 341. A. Smith.—Chalk-flints and Greensand fragments found on the Castle Down of Tresco, one of the Scilly Isles, 342. T. Treloar—Notice of an issue of Inflammable Gas in the Morro Velho Gold-mine, Brazil, 344. R. Pearce.—Specimen of Kallas and Spar broken off the Stones Reef in St. Ives Bay, 347. Note on the Positions of Fossils in Cornish Slates, as seen in the Specimens in the Museum, 348. N. Whitley.— Effects of the Granite-joints on the Physical Geography of Penwith, 349. J. J. Rogers.—Strata of the Cober Valley, Loe-pool, near Helston, 352. R. Edmonds.—Extraordinary Agitations of the Sea in the West of England in 1859; and notices of Earthquakes in Cornwall in 1858-59, 354. E. Carne.— Evidence to be derived from Cliff-boulders with regard to a former condition of the Land and Sea in the Land’s-End District, 369. DONATIONS. 153 Royal Geological Society of Cornwall. 46th Annual Report (con- tinued). H. M. Punnett.—Peculiar deposits of Tin in St. Aubyn and Grylls Mine, 378. R. Edmonds. —HEarthquake in Cornwall on the 13th January 1860, 380. W. Pengelly.—Geographical and Chronological Distribution of the Devonian Fossils of Cornwall and Devon, 388. Royal Horticultural Society. Proceedings. Vol.iv. No.12. 1864. Royal Institution of Great Britain.. Proceedings. Vol. iv. Part 4. INowt0 7 esa: ——.. Additions to the Library, July 1862 to July 1863. Royal Society. Proceedings. Vol. xiii. Nos. 68 & 69. 1864. Society of Arts. Journal. Nos. 620-632. October to December 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. British Association, 733. Minerals of New South Wales, 741. Discovery of an Immense Mass of Flint Implements, 742. Coal in France, 790. Geological Congress in France, 793. Coal in New Zealand, 82. Plumbago on Lake Superior, 101. Coal in France, 111. Slate in New South Wales, 111. Stockholm. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar. Ny Foljd. Fjerde Bandet. Andra Haftet. 1862. C. W. Blomstrand.—Geognostiska iakttagelser under en resa till Spetsbergen ar 1861 (2 plates). A. E. Nordenskidld.—Geogratisk och Geognostisk Beskrifning 6fver Nordéstra delarne af Spetsbergen och Hinlopen Strait (map). Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar. Tjugonde Argangen. 1864. Cleve.—Foreningar mellan quicksilfver-rhodanid och rhodanmetaller, —. Rhodan-guldfcreningar, 201, 253. A. E. Nordenski Id.—Om Vasium-oxiden, 346. ——. Tantalitmineralier fran Torro, 425, 443. ——. Mineralier fran Catamarca, 423. Vienna. Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften. Abstracts of Proceedings. Nos. 14-26. 1864. Reuss.—Ueber fossile Anthozoen der alpinen Trias und der Késsener Schichten, 107. ° Peters. —Geologie der Dobrudscha, 113. W.AL. Miller.—Herabfallen von zwei Meteoreisenmassen in Troj, 146, Peters.—Geologische Verhaltnisse der mittleren und der sidlichen Dobrudscha, 150, C. Laube.—Fauna der Schichten yon St. Cassian, 160, 154. DONATIONS, | Vienna. Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften. Abstracts of Proceedings. Nos. 14-26 (continued). J. F. J. Schmidt.—Ueber Feuermeteore, nach Beziehungen der Hoh der Atmosphiire, der Zahl der Meteore, den Detonationen, Stein- und Eisenfallen, Schweifen und Farben derselben, 179. Reuss.—Zur Fauna des deutschen Oberoligocians, 183. V. v. Zepharovich.—Ueber die Anglesit-Krystalle aus den Bleiberg- bauen von Schwarzenbach und Miss in Karnten, 187. Stoliczka.—Ausflug in das Spiti-Thal, 190. W. Haidinger.—Ueber den Meteorsteinfall von Polinos in den Ky- kladen, 195, . Verhandlungen der k.-k. geologischen Reichsanstalt. Vol. xiv. Heft 3. August 16, 1864. II. PERIODICALS PURCHASED FOR THE LIBRARY. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Third Series. Vol. xiv. Nos. 82-84. October to December 1864. H. Falconer.—Asserted occurrence of Flint Knives under a Skull of the Extinct Rhinoceros hemiteechus in an Ossiferous Cave in the Peninsula of Gower, 248. H. Seeley.—Fossils of the Hunstanton Red Rock, 276. A. C. Ramsay’s ‘ Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain,’ Second Edition, noticed, 303. E. R. Lankester.—New Mammalia from the Red Crag, 353 (plate). M. F. Maury’s ‘ Physical Geography,’ noticed, 376. Leonhard und Geinitz’s Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie, und Paliontologie. Jahrg. 1864. Heft 6. A. Erdmann.—Ueber die geologische Aufnahme Schwedens, 641 (plate). C. W. Giimbel.—Ueber das Vorkommen von Siisswasser-Conchylien am Irmelsberge bei Crock am Thiiringer- Wald, 646. E. Weiss.—Ueber die geologische Karte des Saarbriicker Kohlenge- birges, 655. J. C. Deike—Ueber die Bildung der Mollassengesteine in der Schweiz, 659. H. Bélsche—Ein neues Vorkommen von Versteinerungen in der Rauchwacke des stidlichen Harz-Randes, 665. W. Eras.—Die Felsittuffe von Chemnitz, 673. Wagner.—Ueber das Vorkommen von Hatchettin zu Wettin, 687. Letters; Notices of Books, Minerals, Geology, and Fossils. L’Institut. 1 Section. 32° Année. Nos. 1599-1609. 2° Section. 29° Année. Nos. 343 & 346. Natural History Review. Vol.iv. No. 16. October 1864. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &e. Palzeontographica: herausgegeben von Dr. W. Dunker. Band ix. Lief. 7. November 1863. O. Speyer.—Die Tertiarfauna von Séllingen bei Jerxheim im Herzog- thum Braunschweig, 247 (4 plates). DONATIONS. 155 Paleontographica: herausgegeben von H. von Meyer. Band xii. Lief. 3-5. July to November 1864. H. R. Goppert.—Die fossile Flora der Permischen Formation, 113 (9 plates). R. Goppert.—Die fossile Flora der Permischen Formation (Fortset- zung), 169 (10 plates). A. Hellmann.—Die Petrefacten Thiiringens nach dem Materiale des herzoglichen Naturalien-Kabinets im Gotha, 25 (6 plates). : herausgegeben von Dr. W. Dunker. Band xiii. Lief. 1 & 2. August 1864. F. A. Roemer.—Die Spongitarien des Norddeutschen Kreidegebirges, 1 (18 plates). III. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS. Names of Donors in Ltalis. Andrew, J. A. Address to the Legislature of Massachusetts, together with accompanying documents, January 8, 1864. 1864. Anon. The Bible considered as a Record of Historical Development, 1864. From T. Scott, Esq. Aveline, W. T. The Geology of Parts of Northamptonshire and Warwickshire; with Lists of Fossils, by R. Etheridge. 1861. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Beneden, P. J. van, and L. de Koninck. Notices sur le Paledaphus insignis. 1864. From Prof. L. de Koninck, For. Mem. GN. Bowerbank, J.S. A Monograph of the British Spongiadee. Vol. 1, - 1864, From the Ray Society. Bristow, H. W. The Geology of the Isle of Wight; with List of Fossils, by R. Etheridge; and Notes on the Eocene Flora of Alum Bay, by P. de la Harpe and J. W. Salter. 1862. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Cailliaud, F. Carte géologique du département de la Loire-Infé- rieure.), LS6ilk. Sur l’existence de la faune troisiéme Silurienne dans le dé- partement de la Loire-Inférieure.. 1864. Sur l’existence de la faune troisiéme Silurienne dans le nord- est du département de la Loire-Inférieure. 1864. Capellim, G. Delfini fossil del Bolognese. 1864. Descrizione geologica dei dintorni del golfo della Spezia e Val di Magra inferiore. With Geological Map. 1864. Catalogue. Katalog der Bibliothek des k.-k. Hofmineralien-Kabinets in Wien. Von Dr. A. Schrauf. 1864. From Dr. A. Schrauf. Cautley, P.T. Ganges Canal. A Valedictory Note to Major-General Sir Arthur Cotton, respecting the Ganges Canal. 1864, 156 ' DONATIONS. Chatel, V. Découverte 4 Montchauvet (route d’Aunay a Vire par Danvou) de restes d’un grand alignement de pierres, dites celti- ques, et de plusieurs cromlechs ou cercles de pierres. 1864. Découverte de silex taillés et d’une petite hache celtique dans deux des nombreuses tombelles ou sépultures celtiques du sommet des bois de Valcongrain, lesquelles renferment d’abondantes traces d’incinération. 1864. Cocchi, I. Monografia dei Pharyngodopilide, nuova famiglia di pesci Labroidi. 1864. Sulla geologia dell’ Italia centrale. 1864. Crawford, J.C. Geological Report on the Province of Wellington. 1864. From the Governor of Wellington. Davidson, T. On the Recent and Tertiary Species of the Genus Thecidium. 1864. Davis, J. B. The Neanderthal Skull: its peculiar conformation ex- plained anatomically. 1864. Dawkins, W. B. On a Romano-British Cemetery, and a Roman Camp, at Hardham, West Sussex. 1864. Deshayes, G.-P. Description des animaux sans vertebres découverts dans le bassin de Paris. Livraisons xxxy.—xlil. 1864. Deslongchamps, E. E.- tudes critiques sur des Brachiopodes nou- veaux ou peu connus. 3° fascicule. 1863. ——. Etudes sur les étages jurassiques inférieurs de la Normandie. 1864, | Recherches sur l’organisation du manteau chez les Brachi- opodes articulés et principalement sur les spicules caleaires con- tenus dans son intérieur. 1864. Doyne, W. T. Report upon the Plains and Rivers of Canterbury, New Zealand. 1864. Duncan, P. M. A Description of some Fossil Corals and Echinoderms | from the South-Australian Tertiaries. 1864. On the Fossil Corals of the West-Indian Islands. Parts ii. and iii. 1864. Forchhammer, G. Af Juraformationen i det nordlige Jylland. 1863. Ueber die Ahlbildung in Dainemark und den Campin-Sand in Belgien. 1863. Geikie, A. The Geology of Eastern Berwickshire. 1864. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Haidinger. Sur un aérolithe tombé dans les environs de Louvain, le 7 décembre, 1863; lettre 4 M. A. Quetelet. 1864. From M. A. Quetelet. Hanson, R.D. Science and Theology. 1864. From T. Scott, Esq. DONATIONS. 157 Hansteen, C. Sur la hauteur de l’atmosphére, sur notre systeme planétaire et sur les éléments magnétiques 4 Christiania; lettre 4 M. A. Quetelet. 1864. From M. A. Quetelet. Hogg, J. On some Old Maps of Africa, in which the Central Equa- torial Lakes are laid down nearly in their true positions. 1864. Hornes, M. Die fossilen mollusken des Tertiérbeckens von Wien. 1864. Hull, E. The Geology of the Country around Bolton-le-Moors, Lancashire ; with an Appendix on the Fossils, by J. W. Salter. 1862. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. —. The Geology of the Country around Oldham; with an Appendix on the Fossils, by J. W. Salter. 1864. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Huxley, T. H. On the Structure of the Belemnitide ; with a more complete Specimen of Belemnites than any hitherto known, and an account of a New Genus of Belemnitidee (X¢photeuthis). (Mem. Geol. Surv. Monograph ii.) 1864. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Marenzi, F.G.v. Zwilf Fragmente iiber Geologie. 1864. Marsh, O. C. Notice of a New Fossil Annelid (Helminthodes anti- quus) from the Lithographic Slates of Solenhofen. 1864. Martins, C. Tableau physique du Sahara oriental de la province de Constantine. 1864. | Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Palzontologia Indica. Vol. ii. The Fossil Cephalopoda of the Cretaceous Rocks of Southern India. Parts 2-5. By F.Stoliczka. 1864. rom the Geological Survey of India. Milner, T. The Gallery of Geography: a Pictorial and Descriptive Tour of the World. Parts xv.-xvii. 1864. From Messrs. Chambers & Co. Mingaud. Explorations géologiques faites avec M. Marcel de Serres. Coup d’ceil rapide sur les terrains qui constituent le sol du bassin de Saint-Jean-du-Gard, et des principaux gisements métalliféres qu’ on y rencontre. 1863. Moore, C. Hand-book to his Geological Collection deposited at the Royal Literary and Scientific Institution, Bath. 1864. From Prof. T. Rupert Jones, F.GS. Morlot, A. Les premiers pas dans l’étude de la haute antiquité soit des temps antéhistoriques. 1863. Perazzi, C. Intorno ai giacimenti cupriferi contenuti nei monti serpentinosi dell’ Italia centrale. 1864, Peters, K. Vorlaufiger Bericht tiber eine geologische Untersuchung der Dobrudscha. 1864, 158 DONATIONS. Phillips, J. Address to the Geological Section of the British Associ- ation, in Bath, September 15, L864. 1864. From Prof. 7. Rupert Jones, FLAN, Prestwich, J. On the Geological Position and Age of the Flint- Implement-bearing Beds, and on the Loess of the South-east of England and North-west of France. 1864. Quetelet, A. Des phenomenes périodiques en général, 1864. ——. Résumé des observations sur le météorologie et sur le mag- netisme terrestre. 186-4, —. Sur la mortalité pendant la premidre enfance. 1864. Renevier, FE. Notices géologiques et paleontologiques sur les Alpes vaudoises et les régions environnantes. I. Intralias. 1864. Report. Report of the Astronomer Royal for Scotland to the Special Meeting of Her Majesty’s Government Board of Visitors of the Royal Observatory, Edinburgh, on the 4th November, 1864. From the Director of the Royal Edinburgh Observatory. Smyth, C. P.. Astronomical Observations made at the Royal Obser- vatory, Edinburgh. Vol. xii, for 1855-59. 1863. From the Director of the Royal Observatory, Edinburgh. Solaro, J.-M. S. Mémoire sur le premier bassin de Dinothériwn decouvert dans le departement de la Haute-Garonne. 1864. Symonds, W. S. Old Bones; or Notes for Young Naturalists, on Vertebrate Animals, their Fossil Predecessors and Allies. Second edition, 1864. Tait. On Free Inquiry, 1864. Prom 7. Scott, Esq. Tehihatchef, P. de. Le Bosphore et Constantinople avec perspective des pays limitrophes. 1864. Vienna. Bericht iiber die Erhebungen der Wasser-Versorgungs- | Commission des Gemeinderathes der Stadt Wien. ‘Text und Atlas. 1864. From the Geological Institute of Vienna, Waagen, W. Der Jura in Franken, Schwaben und der Schweiz. 1864. Whitley, N. The “ Flint Implements * from Drift, not Authentic, 1864. From J. S. Enys, Esq., PGS, Winkler, T. C. Musee Teyler. Catalogue systématique de la col- lection paléontologique. Deuxidme livraison, 1864. Zittel, K. A. Die Bivalven der Gosaugebilde in den nordéstlichen Alpen. Beitrag zur Kreideformation in Oesterreich. 1864. THE QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF THE GHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. — January 11, 1865, George Elliott, Esq., 23 Great George Street, Westminster, 8. W. ; Robert Hannah, Esq., 2 Alfred Place West, South Kensington ; ‘Henry Robinson, Esq., Assoc. Inst. C. H., 2 Delahay Street, West- minster, 8.W., and Carlton Hill, St. John’s Wood; Robert P. Roupell, -Esq., Q.C., 13 Park Lane, Hyde Park, W.; Captain John Sackville Swann, H.M. 22nd Regt., Malta; and John Edmund Thomas, Esq., C.E., Rhayader, were elected Fellows. The following communications were read :— 1. On the Litas Ovrtmrs at Knowte and Woorron Warwen in Sourn Warwicksuire, and on the Presence of the Lias or Ruxrre Bonz-Bep at Corr Haru, its furthest Norruern Extension hitherto recognized in that County. By the Rev. P, B. Bropiz, M.A., F.G.S. Tux Liassic outlier at Copt Heath, near Knowle, eleven miles south-east of Birmingham, has been referred to in the ‘ Geological Transactions’ by my lamented friend, the late Hugh HK. Strickland, and it was first noticed by my friend Dr. Lloyd; but it does not ap- pear that any particular account has been given either of the one near Knowle or of the others in the neighbourhood of Wootton Warwen, which are, however, of sufficient interest to deserve a more VOL. XXI,—PART I. N 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCTETY. [Jan. 11, detailed report. The outlier at Knowle is of limited extent, being about a mile and a half in length and half a mile broad. It occurs in the midst of the Red Marl, by which it is surrounded on all sides. A few bands of limestone are seen cropping out on the side of the canal; but the main mass is quarried by a shaft, so that the order of succession is not very easy to be traced; and as the works did not pay, they have been again closed, though a quantity of stone was raised in 1857. Judging from the blocks of stone and shale still remaining, they seem to represent the Saurian beds; and the presence of beautifully preserved specimens of Ammonites planorbis confirms this. Some of the masses of limestone are of large size, and contain remains of Saurians, scales of Fish, Ostrea, Modiola, Cardium, and a few other shells; the black laminated shales yield, besides the A. planorbdis, a small Pecten and plates of a Cidaris. It is impossible to say whether the Insect-limestone occurs beneath; if it does, it is probably confined to a single stratum, because the -Lias here is both of limited extent and thickness. A few yards distant from the shaft some dark shales may be observed resting upon Red Marl; and amongst these, on the top of a small bank, I obtained fragments of a yellow micaceous sandstone, with Pullastra arenicola, a shell which always prevails low down in the series, in close connexion with the ‘ bone-bed,” and seems to have a very limited range. The section, unfortunately, is so covered up and ob- scure that I could not detect any “ bone-bed” tn situ; but at all events a band of sandstone connected with it may be traced at this spot, the furthest point northwards hitherto recorded in War- wickshire. This fact gives an additional interest to this small patch of Lias in this district. Mr, Hugh Strickland had noticed the same sandstone and associated black shales at a spot in the neigh- bourhood of Bidford, about fifteen miles south-east of this. Mr. Howell, of the Geological Survey, informs me that he has found this sandstone in an outlier of Lias not far from Uttoxeter, in North Staffordshire, which is the most northern extension of the Rhetic beds hitherto known. Another outlier, but of larger extent, occurs at Wootton Park, near Henley-in-Arden ; and at this point some of the lowest beds may be traced, from the Pecten Valoniensis bed up to the Lima-beds. Many specimens of Cardinia ovalis, so abundant in these latter, may be picked up in the fields; and the old workings of former quarries afford fragments of the Pecten- and Cypris- or Kstheria-beds, and the little freshwater plant, Naiadita lanceolata. At Shellfield, on the western escarpment of the outlier, a small quarry is worked, exposing light-coloured shale with Modiola minima, and three layers of hard blue limestone containing Ostrea liassica. Similar strata are seen at Brown’s Wood; and in both places the ‘“Insect-beds,” with the ordinary insect-remains, but unusually “abundant and well preserved,” may be traced in their normal position, underlain by the Estheria- and Peeten-beds. The entire section resembles that at Wainlode Cliff, in Gloucestershire, excepting that the basement-beds overlying the Red Marl are much reduced in thickness in Warwickshire; but that they are to some 1865. ] JAMIESON—-LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 161 extent represented is clear, from the presence here of Pecten Valoni- ensis and the small bivalve Crustacean Estheria minuta, and of Pul- lastra arenicola at Copt Heath. As most of the available stone in this outlier has been worked out, it is very difficult to get a section exposed, or to trace out the suc- cession of the strata with any accuracy. Northwards, towards Moreton Bagot, the Estheria-bed is seen, and a limestone which be- longs either to the Firestone or the White Lias, containing a species of small Coral not uncommon in this latter stratum. The outlier at Brown’s Wood is traversed by a line of fault run- ning from north-west to south-east. This is entirely separated from the larger mass of Lias at Stooper’s Wood, south of Warren Manor. The Lias in each case forms a long ridge or terrace, at a considerable height above the New Red Sandstone. These two remnants of the Lias are the extreme limit of that formation in Warwickshire in a northerly direction; and no trace of it appears again nearer than the outlier in North Staffordshire before mentioned, and the other remarkable outlier on the borders of Cheshire and Shropshire, long since described by Sir R. I. Mur- chison *, : When the limit of the Lias has been fully determined, the strata below the Saurian beds, referred to in this paper, will probably come within the Rheetic series of the Trias. 2. On the History of the Last Gronocicat Caaners in ScorLAND. By Tuomas F. Jamreson, Esq., F.G.8., Fordyce Lecturer in the University of Aberdeen. ConTENTS. 1. Introduction. 2. Preglacial traces. ( 3. Period of Land-ice. a. Glaciation of the rocky surface. 6. Boulder-earth or Glacier-mud. 4, Period of depression. a. Glacial-marine beds. 6. Character of the fossils. c. Boulders of the brick-clays—floating ice. d. Stratified beds at high levels. e. Cause of the submergence. 5. Emergence of the land and final retreat of the Glaciers. a. Valley-gravel. 6. Moraines. ce. Submarine forest-beds. 6. Second period of depression. a. Old estuary beds and raised beaches. 6. First traces of man in Scotland. . Elevation of the land to its present position a. Beds of peat and blown sand. b. Shell-mounds and chipped flints. 8. Conclusion and résumé. 9. Appendix, with lists of shells. Glacial. Post- 7 Glacial. * Geol. Proce. vol. ii. no. 38, p. 115. n2 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. IT, § 1. Iyrropvction. Ar the end of a paper forwarded to the Society in December 1859, and printed in the 16th volume of the Quarterly Journal, I gave a concise outline of what seemed to me to have been the geological history of Scotland since the commencement of the glacial period. The following pages are devoted to a further illustration of this subject. The facts on which I rest my conclusions are derived from the midland region of Scotland, chiefly from the part lying between the Moray Firth and the Firth of Forth. This district seems to me to contain remarkably good evidence of the changes that have taken place, and these changes, I believe, have been general over the greater part of Britain. § 2. Preetactat TRAcss, The absence of the later Tertiary strata in Scotland leaves us in the dark as to the state of things that ushered in the glacial period in that country. There are, however, on the eastern coast of Aber- deenshire, in the parishes of Slains and Cruden, some thick masses of sand and gravel which appear to be of Tertiary age, and’are pro- bably equivalent to the Red Crag of England. These beds, in some places, contain remains of shells evidently belonging to a consider- able number of species, but so broken and worn that in the great majority of cases it is impossible to arrive at a satisfactory deter- mination of their specific character. Nevertheless I have got enough now collected to enable me to see that they form a group very distinct from those met with in our glacial beds, and more resembling what are found in the Crag strata of England. Some of them are of species that seem to be extinct. There are fragments of Voluta Lamberti, Cyprina rustica, Nucula Cobboldic, Fusus contrarius, Purpura incrassata, Nassa elegans, Nassa reticosa, Turritella incrassata, and probably Trophon costuferum,—forms un- known either in our glacial beds or in our present séa. Besides these there are the broken remains of many others, of the genera Car- dium, Pecten, Venus, and Astarte, which differ from those found in| any of our glacial beds; and -one of the most common shells is the Pectunculus glycimeris, which attained a large size. The position of the sand and gravel containing these shells also leads, me to think them preglacial. So far as si haye seen, no Boulder-clay occurs below them, neither does the rock on which they rest exhibit any appearance of glaciation, nor do the pebbles show any glacial scratches. This Crag-gravel ranges up to about 200 feet above the present sea-level, and is covered in many places by red clay of the glacial period, containing large boulders and ice- scratched stones. Along its landward margin the gravel is fre- quently thrown into abrupt and irregular mounds, more especially at its south-western border, near the Loch of Slains*; and this I am disposed to attribute to the pressure of the land-ice during the * See-Quart. Journ..Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 522. 1865. | JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND, © 163 Fig. 1.—Sketch-map illustrating the Glacial Phenomena of uk Scotland. Explanation.—The arrows show the directions of the glacial markings ; the thick black lines the chief ice-sheds, or lines whence the land-ice flowed during the period of the Boulder-earth. The ruled parallel lines show the districts where the Brick-clays and fossiliferous glacial-marine beds seem chiefly to occur. The dotted lines illustrate the distribution of the valley-gravel; the black patches mark the beds of old estuarine mud, or Carse-lands; and the sites of submerged forests are indicated by a cross (+). 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Jan. 11, glacial period. In other places, however, it lies in undisturbed strata, as in the base of the sea-cliff at Collieston Preventive Station (where it consists of a great thickness of fine soft sand), and along the coast from that to the old castle of Slains*. There are also some other spots in this low north-eastern part of Aberdeenshire that seem to have escaped the erosive action of the ice, to which I aseribe the denudation of the older superficial deposits of North Britam. The extensive bed of chalk-flints eover- ing the top of a low moory ridge for six or seven miles near Peter- head}, with its associated patch of Greensand at Moreseat, is the most notable of these. The remarkable bank of quartz-shingle, on the top of the Windyhills+, near Fyvie, is perhaps another; large flints abound in it, in some of which I have detected chalk-fossils. On the top of a ridge near Delgaty Castle, and about two miles north-east of the town of Turriff, there is a bed of similar pebbles, all finely water-worn, and resting on the slaty rocks of the district. Here again are flints; but I also observed another circumstance which seemed to me of importance. This bed of shingle containing the flints is covered in some places by a mass of glacier-mud full of ice-scratched stones; and as this is on the top of a hill about 400 feet above the sea, with no height in the neighbourhood whence there could have been a slip, it seemed to me to establish a very old date for the formation of the shingle. The flint-pebbles at Windyhills and near Peterhead also lie on the top of a set of low hills of similar elevation. In addition to the above there are indications of the Mammoth, or large fossil Elephant, having inhabited Scotland before the glacial period. These consist of a few instances of its tusks having been found imbedded in the Boulder-clay. Now the condition of Scotland during the glacial period, as I shall presently endeavour to show, seems to have been such as would be incompatible with the existence of the Elephant in that country ; I therefore consider that the animals whose remains we find imbedded in our old Boulder-clay must have lived at an earlier time, when the climate and state of the surface were more favourable. § 3. Prrtop or LANpD-Icz. a. Glaciation of the Rocky Surface.—The next condition of which we have any clear evidence is that indicated by the mark of the ice upon the rocky framework of the country. This we find here and there over the length and breadth of the land, from Aberdeen to the Hebrides, from the south of Scotland even to Orkney, Shetland, and the Faroe Islands, and from the tops of high hills in the centre of the country to the sea-shore down to low-water mark and further, as far as the eye can penetrate. The frequency, however, of these * See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 515, where a sketch of the section is given, showing a deep mass of Crag-sand covered by glacial clay. In this sand I got Nucula Cobboldie, + Ibid. p. 528. { Ibid. p. 530. 1865. ] JAMIESON—EAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 165 markings, and the perfection in which they are to be seen, depend greatly upon the quality of the rock, and the circumstance of its having been well covered with clay so as to preserve the traces from obliteration. In the north and west Highlands the markings are more frequent and striking than elsewhere. Along the rocky shores of the west coast they may be studied with great advantage— as at the Gareloch, Loch Fyne, Ballachulish, and many other places. _ On the other hand, there are wide districts, as in Fife and the low ‘north-east part of Aberdeenshire, where it is rare to find them; and it is only by keeping a look-out where quarries are opened, or railway-cuttings and such like works are in progress, and a fresh surface is thus exposed to view, that they are to be seen. In the open country, and on the tops of ridges, the direction of the furrows is generally very uniform over wide districts; but in the deep mountain-valleys it conforms, as a rule, to the direction of the glen. Taking the country as a whole, we find, on coming to map the markings, that they radiate from the chief mountain- masses of the interior, and that the rubbed faces of the rocks look towards the great watersheds. The group of hills stretching from Ben Lomond towards Ben Nevis, and from that mountain eastward to the sources of the River Dee, forms one line from which the erosive agent seems to have descended. Another lies along the watershed that extends from the head of Loch Arkaig northward to Loch Shin, and from that eastward to the Ord of Caithness, as shown in the little map accom- panying this paper. In a former contribution to the Journal of the Society (vol. xyllil. p. 164), I have given my reasons for thinking that this remarkable action upon the surface of the country has, in the great majority of instances, been caused by land-ice moving down- ward and outward from the chief mountain-masses of the interior. Along these lines, when the ice was at its greatest development, there seems to have been an immense accumulation, not merely in the hollows and valleys, but even along the whole crest and centre of each ridge; and from each of these lines the ice seems to have flowed off, not in a multitude of separate glaciers, but in one wide and connected stream. At the same time I do not mean to deny that there has been some scratching by means of floating ice. All the facts are in harmony with the notion that the ice was of enormous thickness. Thus the detached mountain of Schihallion in Perthshire, 3500 feet high, is marked near the top as well as on its flanks—and this not by ice flowing down the sides of the hill itself, but by ice pressing over it from the north. On the top of another isolated hill, called Morven, about 3000 feet high, and situated a few miles to the north of the village of Ballater, in the county of Aberdeen, I found granite-boulders unlike the rock of the hill, and apparently derived from the mountains to the west. Again, on the highest watersheds of the Ochils (a range of trap- hills stretching from Stirling towards Perth), at altitudes of about 2000 feet, I found this summer (1864) pieces of mica-schist full of 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 11, garnets, which seem to have come from the Grampian Hills to the north-west showing that the transporting agent had overflowed even the highest parts of the Ochil ridge. And on the West Lomonds in Fifeshire, at the Clattering-well Quarry, 1450 feet high, I found ice- worn pebbles of red sandstone and porphyry in the débris cover- ing the Carboniferous Limestone of the top of the Bishop Hill. Facts like these meet us everywhere: thus. on the Perthshire Hills, between Blair Athol and Dunkeld, I found ice-worn surfaces of rock on the tops of. hills at elevations of 2200 feet, as if caused by ice pressing over them from the north-west, and transported boulders at even greater heights. It was therefore not in the form of narrow glaciers like those of the “Alps” that the ice existed at this time, but as a thick cake, like that of North Greenland, enveloping both hill and dale, and flowing off, not so much on account of the inclination of the bed on which it rested, as owing to the internal pressure exerted by the immense accumulation of snow over the whole interior of the island, somewhat in the way that a heap of grain flows off when poured down on the floor of a granary. The floor is flat, and therefore does not conduct the grain in any direction ; the outward motion is due to the pressure of the particles of grain on one another; and given a floor of infinite extension, and a pile of grain of sufficient amount, the mass would move outward to any distance; and with a very slight pitch or slope it would slide forward along the incline. ~ The want of much inclination in the surface of a country, and the absence of great Alpine heights, are therefore objections of no mo-. ment to the movement of land-ice, provided we have snow enough. Now let us look the matter fairly in the face. It will be found that if instead of land-ice we are to use floating ice, or diluvial action of any kind, for the explanation of the facts, we must do so on a very large scale. These two cases of Schihallion and Morven neatly set heron us the extent of the phenomenon, whichever way we are to take it. If we are to adopt the theory of floating ice, we require a submergence of 3000 or 3500 feet to suit these facts; in short, we require to have the whole of Scotland down below water to the top of all but the highest hills, and so with a diluvial » action. We cannot take refuge in small local depressions to account for these cases; we cannot confine the submergence merely to the district of Schihallion or to that of Morven; for we find on the high ground over all the island (not to speak of Scandinavia) facts that necessitate the application of like conditions. Again, if we are to use land-ice as the agency, these two cases are excellently adapted for showing us to what a prodigious extent the snow and ice must have accumulated. b. The Boulder-earth or Glacier-mud.—Resting on the surface of the ice-worn rocks we find a widespread accumulation of boulder- earth, an unstratified mass of coarse gritty mud, in which are imbedded pebbles, boulders, and stony particles, often of many dif- ferent kinds, and of all shapes and sizes, from a grain of sand to blocks of considerable weight. These are scattered promiscuously 1865. | ‘JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. — 167 through it, without any regular arrangement. The surfaces of the stones are often scratched and worn like the subjacent rock ; and this is the case alike with the large boulders and smaller pebbles, pieces of the size of the finger-nail being frequently well marked if of a fine-grained quality ; and it is on stones of this kind, such as clay- slate, serpentine, and limestone, that these appearances are best dis- played. When the stone is of an elliptical form, the scratches run lengthways along it; they are not confined to one side, but often cover the whole surface ; and it is worthy of notice that the scores on the boulders, as they lie imbedded in the clay, often coincide in their direction with the furrows on the solid rock beneath*. The stones themselves are of such kinds as occur in the direction towards which the ice-worn faces of the rock look ; the scores on the sub- jacent rock point towards the mineral masses whence the boulders have come. Now all this shows that the boulder-earth, with its imbedded fragments, was pushed along by the same agent that scored the rocky bed on which it lies. Thus on the top of the sandstone-hills that form the south end of the island of Bute, we find the ice-worn débris of the mountains of Argyleshire; in the boulders of Inverness we find samples of the rocks that occur along the line of the Caledonian Canal; and at Aberdeen we get spe- cimens of all those that are to be met with in the Valley of the Dee. The materials of this boulder-earth have therefore set out from the same regions as the striz on the rocks, namely, from the lines laid down on the map (fig. 1), and as they moved along they have mingled with the débris of each successive formation they passed over. Underneath the present glaciers of Switzerland there is found a bed of mud mixed with stones, which Agassiz describes as la couche de boue, or la boue glaciaire (see ‘Systeme Glaciaire,’ p. 574), being the stuff that arises from the triturating action ;of the ice on its rocky bed; and Dr. Hooker, in his Himalayan Journals, remarks that “the action of broad glaciers on gentle slopes is to raise their own beds by the accumulation of gravel, which their lower surface carries and pushes forward.” The boulder-mud of Scotland (or Till as Sir Charles Lyell calls it), I therefore take to be the stuff resulting from the triturating action of the great fields of ice which overspread the country during the Glacial period. It lay beneath the ice-crust, and was compressed and pushed along by it, and accordingly its features correspond with this notion. It is generally hard and compact, as if it had been subjected to great compression. It is an azoic mass, destitute of all trace of contemporary animal or vegetable life. The beds that contain remains of sea-shells and other marine organisms belong, so far as my own observation goes, * That is to say, supposing the scores on the subjacent rock point north- west, then the longer axes of the pebbles in the clay generally point in the same direction. In the bed of the Lothrie burn, near the village of Leshe in Fife, immediately above Ballingall Mill, I observed a fine example of parallelism of the scratches on a number of large boulders—the direction being about W.10°N 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. li, to a later period, and are superimposed upon the irregular undulat- ing surface of this old boulder-earth. It is evident, however, that preexisting organisms, whose remains lay on the surface before the advance of the glacier, might be mixed up with the other superficial débris and carried along by it, and thus broken shells of the Crag-period, and remains of the Mammoth, may have come to be imbedded in the Boulder-clay. In the Boulder-clay of Norfolk broken bits of Crag shells are com- mon, and in that of Yorkshire and of Scotland the tusks of the Elephant have occasionally been got. If the whole country was buried under a thick covering of snow, it is clear that no proper moraines would be formed. Moraines are deposited along the outer edge of the ice, and consist for the most part of the débris hurled down upon its surface from the rocky slopes and precipices overhanging the glacier. This mass of stony rub- bish lying on the top is not scratched and worn lke that which lies beneath the ice; for it floats, as it were, on the surface, and is deposited quietly at the end (and sometimes along the sides) of the glacier. It is the stuff caught between the ice and its rocky bed that is rubbed and worn; the débris on the surface is not scratched. Now if the ice covered the whole land, so that no rocky cliffs pro- truded through it to send down their débris upon its surface, it is clear that there would be an absence of all this superficial stony rubbish which goes to form the moraine of a Swiss glacier of the present day. In Aberdeenshire this old boulder-mud is of a dull greyish tint, such as might be derived from the trituration of the metamorphic schists and crystalline rocks. It may be traced from the shore at the Bay of Nigg all up the valley of the Dee for sixty miles inland, and from the sea to the height of 1500 feet, everywhere of very much the same general hue and character; the stones in it are often well rounded, some of the granite ones being nearly as round as cannon-balls. From Stonehaven to the banks of the Leven in Fife the Boulder-clay is reddish, owing to the broad zone of red sandstone which the ice had to pass over. In the basin of the Forth it is dull grey in the upper part of the valley (near the Loch of Monteith, for example), where the débris consists of stuff from. the old crystalline rocks; near Stirling it is reddish brown, from the influence of the red sandstone; at Falkirk it is a deep brown, becoming blackish towards Edinburgh, owing to the gradually in- creasing effect of the débris from the coal-strata. The ice that overspread Perthshire, as it moved south-east, carried along the boulders of Grampian mica-schist, and mixed them up with the red sandstone of the Lowlands, next with the trap of the Ochil Hills, and finally with the fragments of the coal-beds, until on the shores of the Firth of Forth it has left a medley of all the different kinds. The granite-boulders from the Ben Muick Dhui mountains have been thrown in profusion north-westward into the valley of the Spey—even crossing that valley, and lying in thick beds high up on the slopes of the hills to the north of Aviemore ; they have also 1865. ] JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 169 gone eastward down the valley of the Dee, but not southward, being repelled apparently by the ice descending from the high ridge of quartz-mountains that forms the boundary between the counties of Aberdeen and Perth. As regards the midland region of Scotland, the Boulder-clay lies thickest on the eastern slope of the island; in the West Highlands there is comparatively little of it, the rocks being very much bared. This is what might be expected from the more gradual and longer slope of the east side. Over much of the low ground of the Scottish coal- field also there. seem to be heavy masses of it. It is frequently disposed in banks of very irregular thickness, often thinning out abruptly, and having occasionally an irregularly undulating or hummocky surface. The physical quality of this boulder-earth shows it to be due to some peculiar action. It may be said to consist of rough stony débris intimately mixed with a very fine mud, which seems to have been derived from the tear and wear of the stones. This implies powerful friction, combined with the presence of water, and yet an absence of any current to carry off the fine sediment. Earth stuff dropped in the sea from melting ice I should think would form a different deposit ; for the water would hold the fine muddy particles in suspension for a time, while the sand and stones would fall at once to the bottom. I consider that its true nature and origin was first indicated by Agassiz, in his communication to the Geological Society of London, on the 4th Nov. 1840, and more clearly developed by him in a subsequent paper in the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal for 1842*, § 4. Prrtop or DEpression. a. Glacial-marine beds.—Reposing on the irregular surface of the boulder-earth, we find, in some of the lower grounds adjoining the coast, beds of finely laminated clay and sand containing sea-shells, remains of starfishes and Hchini, bones of seals, stones encrusted with Balani, Foraminifera, and other relics of marine life, showing that the sea had occupied a considerable part of what is now dry land. Thick beds of this laminated marine clay frequently occupy basin-shaped hollows of very limited extent in the Boulder-clay, thinning out abruptly where the ground rises, as, for example, at Portobello near Edinburgh; this mode of distribution seems to occur chiefly where there is hilly ground in the neighbourhood. In the low north-eastern part of Aberdeenshire the marine clay is often spread in wide sheets, ranging up to a height of 300 feet above the sea: at this altitude there is a bed of it 13 feet thick on the brow of an eminence near the town of Turriff, eight miles inland, where it is dug for making bricks and tiles. It is rare, however, to find it of pure quality at this height. In most districts this fine laminated clay * My confidence in the opinions I have formed regarding the glacial pheno- mena of Scotland is greatly strengthened by finding the same views ably advo- cated by Mr. Geikie in his admirable memoir on this subject, ‘On the Pheno- mena of the Glacial Drift of Scotland,” Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. i. part 2. 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Jan. 11, is met with only at very low altitudes near the coast. It frequently alternates with beds of fine sand, and sometimes with gravel, and generally becomes more stony and of coarser quality on the higher ground, This may be seen along the line of the Forth and Clyde Junction Railway between Drymen and Bucklyvie, where I have found remains of marine shells. The greatest height at which I have met with these fossils is, in Aberdeen- shire, 300 feet, in this instance in a deep mass of stratified gravel forming the crest of a low hill about five miles from the sea. The top of this gravel- bed reaches about 360 feet higher. At Gamrie, in Banffshire, the beds of sand and clay containing Arctic shells (first noticed by Mr. Prestwich) reach to very nearly the same height, but the position of the shells there is only about 150 feet. These are the highest positions known to me of marine fossils in the glacial beds of the north of Scotland. In the Clyde district, near Airdrie, they have ~ been found up to 350, and in one case 512 feet, which is the greatest elevation yet reported from any part of Scotland. These facts indicate a considerable de- pression of the land, which seems to have extended over all North Britain, even to the furthest extremity of the island; and these fossiliferous beds of clay, sand, and gravel are proved to be of later date than the scratching of many of the rocks, and the deposition of much boulder-earth, from the fact of their being in many instances seen to rest upon the irregular and hummocky surface of the latter. This I have my- self seen in the vicinity of Edinburgh, in Fifeshire, Aberdeenshire, and also ow the west coast. Dr. Fleming has like- wise given some good illustrations of the same in his ¢ Lithology of Edinburgh,’ This submergence seems to have fol- lowed very close upon the great glaci- a) Fig. 2.—Section across the Valley of the Ythan, near Ellon (13 mile). ( Glacier-mud.) ge boulders. ( Glacial-marine bed.) and finely laminated. 2. Grey stony mud full of ice-worn stones and lar (Valley-gravel.) 20 feet deep at the bridge, -worn gravel, 15 feet thick at the bridge. i, upwards of 1. Gneiss-rock, ice-worn. 3. Fine red cla 4. Water Esslemont, 170 feet. ation of the country, if, indeed, fe was not to some extent contem- poraneous with it. It may have been that after the land-ice had reached its greatest development, a depression of the coast took 1865. | -JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. ~ ial place while the ice still kept possession of the unsubmerged land*. This, however, is one of the points regarding which more evidence is greatly wanted. If such was the case, it is probable that where the ice was thin it melted completely away ; but in other parts, where it was in greater force, it protruded into the sea, its outer edge being floated by the water. In some cases it may have been so thick that the depth of water was not sufficient to float it off the bottom, and consequently in such places no marine beds would be formed f. Fig. 3.—Section at Springfield Brickwork, in Fife. 8. River Eden. N. 1. Sandstone-rock. 2. Coarse stony earth with ice-worn boulders. 3. Fine laminated clay or Glacial-marine bed; has yielded skeletons of Seal (Page). 4, Sand and gravel. It is a remarkable fact, that although these marine fossiliferous beds may be traced in many places to a height of 200 or 300 feet above the sea, they are nevertheless totally absent, to all appearance, along many of the valleys in the interior of the country at much lower levels. Thus no marine fossils have been met with along the valley of the Caledonian Canal between Fort William and Inverness, although the summit-level of that valley is only about 90 feet above the sea; neither have any been found, so far as I can learn, along the whole line of the Highland Railway from Dunkeld to Inverness. In the valley of the Dee we have some patches of this marine clay and sand, of great thickness in the neighbourhood of the town of Aber- deen, close to the mouth of the river; but they vanish before we get a couple of miles up the valley, nothing being found beyond that except gravel and boulder-earth. And along all the mountainous seabord of the West Highlands marine fossils are unknown, except in spots close to the shore and only a few feet above the reach of the tide. On the other hand, inthe comparatively low outlying districts of Caithness, North-east Aberdeenshire, and Fife these marine clays * This was the theory proposed by Dr. C. Martins, in a clever notice of the glacial phenomena of Scotland. See Edin. New Phil. Journ. for April 1851. + The streams of water that escape from beneath glaciers are always loaded with fine muddy sediment, arising from the friction of the earthy matter pro- duced by the pressure of the moving ice. M. Collomb long ago pointed out that the Loess-beds of certain valleys are accounted for by the deposition of this sediment. But we may suppose that where glaciers terminate in or near the sea the stuff will then go to form submarine mudbanks, like our laminated beds of brick-clay ; and such has probably been the origin of many of these deposits. The formation of loess-beds on land, and brick-clays in the sea, during the Glacial period, therefore harmonizes well with the notion of an ice-covered country. 172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 71, form wide sheets, and range up to 200 and even 300 feet above the sea. Now these clay-beds have either never been deposited in the places I refer to, or something has removed them since their deposi- tion. Two or three ways of accounting for this may be suggested : we may suppose that after the marine beds had been laid down in these places they were carried off by the sea itself when the land was emerging from the water, aided perhaps by the action of the rivers; or we may suppose that, after the land had emerged, the glaciers again took possession of the ground and swept these marine beds out of all the Highland valleys and mountainous tracts; or, thirdly, it may have been, as I have already hinted, that the sea obtained only a partial possession of the land, owing to the glacier- ice lying in too heavy masses to be floated off the bottom, and thus preventing the deposition of any marine sediment. As a contribution towards the solution of this problem, I shall de- scribe a case I observed last summer in that part of Perthshire which lies to the south-east of Ben Lomond. From the south extremity of Loch Lomond there is a eer of low undulating ground stretching north-eastward along the line of the Forth and Clyde Junction Railway into the valley of the Forth near Bucklyvie, and forming a sort of low watershed between that river and the basin of the Clyde. The summit-level of this watershed is only about 220 feet above the sea. Now this tract of land is over- spread with marine clay and sand of the Glacial period. We find in some places (near Balfron, for example) thick beds of red clay, very pure and finely laminated, and used for making bricks and tiles ; in other places this clay alternates with, and passes gradually into, masses of fine soft sand, with occasional beds of gravel. In one of these gravelly seams, at a cutting near Gartness Railway-station, I found remains of sea-shells, generally much broken and water-worn, but some of the smaller ones entire. Of these I collected fourteen species (see Appendix, No. 4) of the same kinds and of the same northern character as those met with in the Clyde beds at Paisley and elsewhere. The position of this shelly gravel, as I learn from the levels of the railway, is about 120 feet above the sea. Stones and boulders are not uncommon in some of these marine beds, and much of the clay is of rather coarse quality. Now when we descend into the valley of the Forth and go to the Loch of Monteith, which is only a few miles from Bucklyvie, and at a considerably lower level than the shelly gravel at Gartness, this red clay and sand is no longer to be seen, and we find ourselves among large abrupt mounds of gravel and rough stony débris, full of heavy boulders, and piled together in a confused manner without any regular stratification—in short, having all the appearance of glacier-moraines. This picturesque little lake, in fact, seems to be formed by a great heap of moraine-débris, which stretches across the valley of the Forth as if it had been formed by a glacier coming down from the flanks of Ben Lomond and Ben Venue; a transverse barrier has thus been produced which obstructs the drainage. The 1865. | JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 173 surface of the Loch of Monteith, as I learn from the Ordnance Survey, is only 55 feet above the present mean level of the sea. A submergence, therefore, that would account for the marine strata of Gartness, would, in the present configuration of the country, cover the site of this little lake, as well as the greater part of these mounds. Does it not, therefore, look as if the glacier had occupied the valley of the Forth, at least as far down as this little lake, after the marine beds were deposited on the higher grounds ? Part of the lake is said to be very deep; the bottom, therefore, is probably in some places lower than the present sea-level, seeing that the surface is only 55 feet above it. The eastern base of the mounds meets the upper extremity of the “ Carse”’ of Stirling, which is a flat expanse of fine alluvial soil, covered here and there with peat. The surface of this Carse is only 30 feet or so above the sea; it encircles these moraine-like heaps, and seems to overlap their base, as if it had been gently deposited around them long after their formation. b. Character of the Fossils—The Mollusca, whose remains are found in the glacial beds of Scotland, are of a much more northern character than the group which inhabits the seas of Britain at the present day. This result was clearly brought out by Mr. Smith of Jordan Hill many years ago; and all subsequent investigation has tended to confirm the accuracy of his induction. In the clays and sands of the east of Scotland the shells are much rarer, and in worse preservation, than they are in the Clyde beds. Some of the shelly clays of the Clyde district and of the west coast seem to belong to the close of the submergence, when the land had risen well out of the sea, almost to its present height. This is well exemplified at the Kilchattan brickwork in the island of Bute, where we have at the bottom a thick mass of laminated clay destitute of shells, and lying upon an irregular surface of the boulder-earth, which, again, is found at the distance of 70 yards to repose upon the Devonian rocks, or Old Red Sandstone (see section, fig. 4). The surface of this fine laminated brick-clay is undulated; and resting upon the top of it, so as to fill up the undulations and bring the surface to a nearly horizontal plane, we find a looser, sandier clay full of shells. Of these I collected sixteen species (see Ap- pendix, No. 3). The most common is the Tellina calcarea (T. proxima of Brown). It is very abundant, and of all sizes, from 1 inch in length down to very young individuals; and they are often quite entire, as if there had been a bed of them in situ. This loose sandy stratum varies in thickness from a few inches, or almost nothing on the top of the undulating rolls of the lower clay, to 3 feet or more in the hollows. Where there is much depth of it, the shells are chiefly in the lower part. Above this shelly stratum we find a heavy mass of stratified gravel and shingle from 4 to 10 feet thick, looking as if it had been formed on a beach. Here, then, we have, subsequent to the Boulder-clay, three changes of conditions in the marine beds: first and lowest, we have the 174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Jan. 11, laminated clay, which probably has been a deep-water deposit, and seems to have been heaved up and its surface water-worn before the deposition of the next bed, or that containing the shells; and thirdly, above all, we have the beach-like gravel. The top of the section is not more than 25 feet above the present reach of the tide. Fig. 4,—Section at Kilchattan Brick-work, in Bute. 1. Sandstone-vock. 4. Shell-bed. 2. Boulder-earth. 5. Stratified gravel and shingle. 3. Fine laminated clay. In 1860 I examined several of these clays of the west coast ; they occur in a great number of places along the shores of Argyle- shire, and, coming from the comparatively barren district of the east coast, I was delighted with the abundance and fine preservation of the fossils; for in Aberdeenshire and on the east coast generally the shells are usually much broken, or, if found entire, they are so decayed as to be with difficulty obtained in a state fit for exami- nation. Many of the localities on the west coast have been explored and described by Mr. Smith of Jordan Hill, Hugh Miller, Mr. Geikie of the Geological Survey, the Rev. Mr. M‘Bride, Mr. Crosskey of Glas- gow, and probably others. The localities, however, where shells occur are so numerous that doubtless much remains to be done*. One of the most remarkable circumstances connected with them is that they are, as I have already mentioned, for the most part con- fined to very low levels, and to the immediate vicinity of the coast. I have observed them on the shores of Upper Loch Fyne, and in my paper “ On the Parallel Roads of Glen Roy” +} have described an in- stance near Fort William, which was also explored about the same. time by Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys, who gave an excellent account of the fossil contents in the British Association Reports for 1862. This shell-bed near Fort William I believe to represent one of the last stages of the submergence. In the south of Arran, however, the ; ae R. B. Watson has discovered these shell-beds at much higher evels. It will be seen from the list given in the Appendix, No.1, that of fifty-four species enumerated from the east side of Scotland, all, according to Mr. Jeffreys, are now found living in the Arctic seas, none are extinct, thirty-two are still living on the coasts of Britain, * The Rev. Mr. Crosskey, who has made large collections of the fossils, and has an intimate knowledge of the glacial beds, will, I hope, soon favour us with a paper on the subject. ft Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xix. p. 235. 1865. ] JAMIESON—-LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 175 while only twenty are known to occur to the south of this country. This shows very clearly how northern is the character of the group. Another circumstance of interest is the large proportion of them, namely forty-nine, that occur on the east coast of North America, considerably more than what now live on our own shores*. The proportions in 100 would be as follows :— Living in the seas of Britain................ 59 Living,to the south of Britain)... 54.055. 40° ou Living within the Arctic Circle..... HRI Ge 100_ Living on the east coast of North America .... 91 This might lead us to speculate on some connexion between the coasts of northern Europe and America during the glacial period. A column is added, headed North Pacific, to show the proportion occurring on the west coast of North America. I am afraid, how- ever, that our knowledge of the Mollusca of that region is as yet too imperfect to warrant us in placing much confidence in the figures. It would seem, from the elaborate report drawn up by Mr. P. P. Car- penter, that several forms occur there which may be said to be repre- sentative of those found in the North Atlantic, being extremely like, although not altogether identical. If these had been included, the proportion would have been much larger. e. Boulders of the Brick-clay—F loating ice.—Many of the beds of finely laminated marine clay of this period contain few or no boulders; but this is not always the case. . Thus in the clay at Errol in Perthshire, which contains remains of Arctic shells, I ob- served that small stones are by no means uncommon, and many of them are glacially scratched. Occasionally one may be found with barnacles (Balanz) on it. 8. Fig. 5. Section at Errol. N. 7S = 1. Sandstone-rock. 3. Fine clay with Arctic shells. 2. Boulder-earth. 4, Carse, or old estuarine mud of the Tay. In the Paisley brick-clay, which abounds in shells (see Appendix, No. 2), boulders of from 1 to 3 feet in length are not uncommon, and in the bottom of one pit I saw a block 6 feet in length. They are chiefly fragments of the older crystalline rocks, and many of them show the glacial strie. These boulders occur imbedded here and * This group probably belongs to an earlier stage of the submergence than those got from most of the clay-beds of the west of Scotland, and is of a more decidedly Arctic character. This is indicated by the prevalence of Leda Arctica and Astarte borealis, the rather larger average size of the Tellina calcarea, and the presence of some very Arctic forms, not yet reported from the western beds, such as Cardium Grenlandicum, Pecten Grenlandicus, Leda lucida, Leda limatula, Thracia myopsis, Mesalia erosa, M. reticulata, Modiolaria levigata, Axinus Sarsit, and Crenella faba. VOL. XXI,.—PART I. 0) 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 11, there at various depths in the fine clay—sometimes singly, but fre- quently one or two together. Now it is quite common in some of the pits to find a crust of Balani attached to one of these boulders, and I think it has generally been supposed that the Balan are con- fined to the upper surface and sides of the stone, as if they had grown upon it after it had been dropped into its present position. I satisfied myself, however, that this is not always the case; for I found that Balani do occasionally occur all over the lowermost side. For example, I observed one heavy stone, measuring 32 inches in length (32 x 14x18 inches), imbedded in the clay about 15 feet from the surface. This boulder had not been moved out of its original position, and there were remains of Balani on various parts of the surface. With the assistance of the foreman of the work, I dug round it, and heaved it out of its bed, and found that the whole under side of it was covered with a close thick crust of entire Balani, the points of which were sticking downwards into the soft clay beneath, showing clearly that they must have grown upon the stone before it was dropped into its muddy bed. Other instances of the same kind were observed by me in this brickwork. I conclude, therefore, with regard to some of these boulders at least, that Balant grew on them before they came to be lodged in the clay (probably when they lay on some shore), and that afterwards they had got encrusted with ice, and being floated off had dropped to the bottom when the ice about them melted *. I noticed that these boulders, with the Balani on them, some- times exhibit glacial scratches. Here, then, we have evidence of three distinct events: first, the boulder was scratched; secondly, barnacles grew on it; thirdly, it was carried off and dropped to the bottom of the sea. If this transportation was due to floating ice (and I do not see to what else we can ascribe it), it would therefore appear that the floating ice had nothing to do with the scratching of the stone. I by no means deny that barnacles likewise grew on the stones after they had fallen to the bottom; I have no doubt they did. They also occur on some of the larger shells, such as the Buccinum undatum, and I picked up a specimen of the Trophon scalariformis with three attached to it. In this Paisley clay I sometimes found, on heaving up a boulder, a number of young crushed mussel-shells beneath it, as if they had been squashed by the fall of the stone. The clay around also occa- * T believe the species of Balanus on the under side of the boulder above mentioned was B. balanoides of Darwin’s monograph, for I feel pretty sure it had no calcareous base; but not having brought away specimens, I am unable to be quite certain of this. Those I have, adhering to shells, are not this spe- cies, but B. porcatus or B. crenatus. Now B. balanoides, according to Darwin, is a species that lives only between tide-marks ; if this is correct, then it could scarcely have grown on stones lying in water so deep as is indicated by the shells in this clay; and its presence could be explained only by some such theory as I have suggested. It would be an interesting fact should the Balani on the upper surface prove to be of a deep-water species, and those on the lower of a tidal one. 1865. ] JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 177 sionally exhibits black stains, as if from the decay of sea-weed that had been attached to the stone. I likewise noticed the Littorina litorea close beside a large boulder, as if it had been sticking to the stone like the Balani, and had gone down with it. These heavy boulders in the middle. of this deep mass of fine marine clay, far from any high ground whence they could have rolled down, afford the best evidence I have seen of the action of floating ice during the glacial period ; for by what other means can we suppose that stones of such weight could have been lodged here and there in the midst of a bed of the finest sediment, having all the . appearance of a tranquil deposit. The large shells of the Oyprina Islandica are very numerous and perfectly entire, and lie gaping half open and filled with fine mud. Even the most delicate bivalves, such as the Vucula tenuis and Leda pygmeea, occur entire, with the epi- dermis quite unruffled; and it is just alongside of such as these that we see now and then a boulder of some 2 or 3 feet in diameter. It was under the friendly guidance of Mr. Smith, of Jordan Hill, that in 1860 I made my first acquaintance with these Paisley beds, and he particularly drew my attention to the evidence of tranquillity, and of the long-continued presence of the sea, afforded by the growth of Balani on the upper surface of the stones. d. Stratified Beds at high levels—Beds of stratified clay and earthy matter may sometimes be observed at high levels. I have myself described a remarkable instance of such near Pitlochrie in Perthshire, where a thick bed of stratified débris stretches up to a height of 1200 feet above the sea, Although some of these may be marine, yet in the total absence of fossils I think it unsafe to rely upon any of those hitherto adduced as evidences of submer- gence, owing to the fact that similar stratified beds are frequently found in alpine districts that have been occupied by glaciers, as we know from the accounts of the Upper Himalayan valleys by Dr. Thomson and Dr. Hooker. Charpentier also mentions their occur- rence in Switzerland, and describes how they may have been formed. Moraine-matter is occasionally deposited in singular situations in this way when it falls into a lake or pool confined by the ice. Although, therefore, we have evidence from marine shells of sub- mergence in Scotland up to 500 feet above the present sea-level, we are still in the dark as to the exact upper limit of this submergence. The marine beds are so very barren of fossils, at least on the eastern side of Scotland, that their occurrence is the rare exception, and their absence the rule; we are therefore not entitled to say that the submergence reached no higher than 500 feet, merely because ma- riae fossils have not been discovered at greater heights. There are many places, even in the lower grounds, where the character of the superficial débris is such that it is doubtful whether it should be re- ferred to submarine or supra-marine action, the true marine clay of this period being occasionally so charged with stones as to resemble. some of the softer varieties of glacier-mud ; and at high levels this is more generally the case. If it be also the fact, as I have already hinted, that the marine beds have been deranged, and sometimes 02 178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 11, remanié by glacier-action, the confusion becomes still more con- founded. Such obscure portions must be deciphered by the aid of the clear evidence afforded by more favourable localities. It seems indeed to be the character of glacial deposits in general, whether formed on land orin water, to have a confused arrangement, so that the character of a section changes at almost every step; and this may help to distinguish them from ordinary marine beds, whose sec- tions have regular features over wide areas. e. Cause of the submergence.—It is worthy of remark that in Scandinavia and North America, as well as in Scotland, we have evidence of a depression of the land following close upon the pre- . sence of the great ice-covering ; and, singular to say, the height to which marine fossils have been found in all these countries is very nearly the same. It has occurred to me that the enormous weight of ice thrown upon the land may have had something to do with this depression. Agassiz considers the ice to have been a mile thick in some parts of America; and everything points to a great thickness in Scandinavia and North Britain. We don’t know what is the state of the matter on which the solid crust of the earth reposes. If it is in a state of fusion, a depression might take place from a cause of this kind, and then the melting of the ice would account for the rising of the land, which seems to have followed upon the decrease of the glaciers. § 5. EMERGENCE oF LAND AND FINAL RETREAT OF THE GLACIERS. a. Valley-Gravel.—Along the course of all our larger river-valleys, as in those of the Spey, the Dee and Don, the Tay, and others, we find extensive beds and terraces of rolled gravel, which seem to be of later date than the laminated clay with Arctic shells, seeing that in the lower parts of the valleys the gravel overlies this clay. The more recent origin of the gravel is further proved by its sometimes containing rolled lumps or nodules of the laminated clay, showing that the latter must have suffered some denudation. In the absenee of all fossils it is often impossible to distinguish freshwater gravel from that which is marine; for water arranges sand and pebbles in the same way whether it be salt or fresh. False bedding, as Mr. Sorby has pointed out, will sometimes help us to trace the effect of tidal action; although it is well to bear in mind that baek eddies often occur along the sides of a river, so that oblique laminze pointing in reverse directions may occur even in freshwater beds. I am therefore of opinion that it is only when this feature is well developed that we can rely upon it as a test. Beds of gravel are by no means uncommon in the marine glacial deposits, and in some of the lower districts I have occasionally ob- served this “ oscillating current structure,” as Mr. Sorby terms it, very well developed. At Ladybank railway-station in Fife, I have noticed some good examples of it in a large side-cutting, also in some sand-pits at Old Aberdeen. In the great shoals of gravel, however, which overspread the bottom of the valleys in the more hilly districts, I have never observed any decided instance of this 1865. ] JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 179 structure; and along some of our Highland rivers, the Dee for ex- ample, we may trace this gravel for more than fifty miles inland, namely, from the sea-coast to their very source in the midst of the Grampians. In some places it is spread out in wide sheets; in others it lies in large irregular mounds. The sections displaying its internal structure vary greatly in their character. Beds of fine laminated sand occur oddly intermixed with heaps of large pebbles, and often exhibiting very curious undulations. All the materials are usually much water-worn and well washed, so as to be free from muddy sediment. No fossils occur, neither do the stones exhibit the glacial striz. In following up the course of a valley we some- times find a great aggregation of this rolled gravel at certain points, with intermediate spaces along which comparatively little of it occurs. There can be no doubt that much of this valley-gravel, as we may call it, has been the result of the long-continued action of the rivers since they came into play after the glaciers commenced their final retreat. Its distribution and mode of arrangement show that it has been deposited by water flowing down the valleys, and as we know that glaciers previously occupied these valleys, there is good reason for supposing that, as they gradually melted and withdrew to the mountains, they would give rise to much watery action. Those who have studied glaciers with most attention tell us that they pro- duce, by friction on their rocky bed, much sand and gravel, which is strewed in front of them by the water issuing from beneath the ice. If, therefore, we conceive a sheet of such gravel to le in front of a glacier, and a succession of snowy seasons to cause a temporary advance of the ice, the result would probably be that the end of the glacier would push into the gravel and raise it into a steep curving mound all along its border, and thus form an elongated narrow ridge, such as we see in certain parts of Scotland, where they are sometimes called kaims. I do not mean to say that all the kaims have been formed in this way, but many of them probably were. The descriptions of the Himalayan valleys by Dr. Thomson, Dr. Hooker, and Captain Godwin-Austen show that these great glens (which were formerly occupied by glaciers) now exhibit mounds and terraces of gravel which, on a great scale, seem to be an exact counterpart of those in the valleys of our Scottish Highlands ; and it is impossible to read their descriptions without being struck with the close resemblance of the superficial features, not only as regards the gravel-terraces, but also the moraine-heaps, the large trans- ported boulders, and the occasional traces of what seem to have been glacier-lakes. In the valley of the Spey there seems to have been a large lake extending from Kinrara towards Laggan. The bottom of the valley near Kingussie is filled with deep masses of pure sand, which was well exposed in the cuttings for the Highland railway. In one of these. I saw a thickness of 30 feet of the finest sand, without a pebble, passing at the bottom into a sort of silt, but no fossils could be perceived here or anywhere else along the valley. I think this 180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan, 11, lake has been caused by the glaciers of the Cairngorm mountains barricading the valley near Aviemore; for I found the fine sandy beds terminate towards Rothiemurcus, while great quantities of granite-boulders and well-marked moraines occur on the flanks of the hills on the west side of the Spey to the north of Aviemore. The mineral quality of the débris composing these moraines is such as to lead one to believe that they are due to glaciers that proceeded from the high mountains on the opposite side of the valley, while their position further accords with this notion. We may easily suppose that many lakes and large pools would arise from causes of this nature, and from the irregular masses of débris left by the glaciers acting as dams here and there, so as to obstruct the drain- age of the valleys. In Arctic countries the periodical thawing of the ice occasions great floods in the rivers, which at such times rise to great heights, and overflow their banks to an extent that we in this country can scarcely believe ; and there seems every reason to think that towards the close of the Glacial period a.similar state of things prevailed here. I am therefore disposed to credit the rivers with a large share in the formation of our valley-gravels, as I did in a former paper some years ago*. Nevertheless I still maintain, as I did then, that there are some of these gravel-beds which mere river-action will not explain. Thus at the northern extremity of the valley of the Caledonian Canal, near Inverness, there are masses of coarse water- worn gravel, rudely piled together in heaps, 200 feet thick, and which I traced up the flank of the hill near the Lunatic Asylum to a height of 400 feet. Some of the pebbles are so large that one might with more propriety call them boulders, instances being seen of a diameter of from 2 to 4 feet. The stones, however, are all water-rolled, and show no glacial strie. The stratification of this gravel is often very far from horizontal, great undulations appearing without any good development of false bedding. There is no very great difference in the nature of the stuff from top to bottom, so far as I saw; there is no clay, nor even silt; all is of washed gravel, with here and there some seams of fine sand, and there seems to be a complete absence of all fossils. Now this valley of the Caledonian Canal forms a great gash across Scotland from sea to sea, and its summit-level at Loch Oich is only about 90 feet high. How, then, can any river-action account for this immense pile of gravel near Inverness, reaching, as it does, to so much greater a height? The materials composing it look as if they had been derived from the rocks along the valley to the south-west ; and if they have come from that direction, how did they get past Loch Ness, which is of great depth, in some places 780 feet. I remarked that the pebbles are of various kinds of metamorphic and crystalline schists, red sandstone and conglomerate, granites and porphyries. This accumulation of gravel extends for a mile or two south-west of Inverness, beyond which it is not remarkable. Its greatest development is near Dun Ian, where there is a good exposure * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 353. 1865. ] JAMIESON——LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND, 181 of it in the flank of the little hill called Torvane, or Tor Bhain, which seems to be entirely composed of gravel. Believing that glaciers occupied the valley of the Caledonian Canal both before and after the period represented by the marine beds with Arctic shells, I cannot help thinking they had something to do with the formation of this remarkable heap of gravel; and if we might believe that the débris brought down by the glaciers was acted upon by the sea beating upon the terminal moraines, it might help to explain the water-worn character of the stuff, as well as the ter- raced appearance which it frequently presents. A somewhat similar accumulation of gravel and pebbles, although not so extensive, is seen at the entrance to Loch Treig, and there is also a prodigious quantity of it on the west side of the Spey, near Fochabers. In the low grounds away from the mountains the superficial masses of rolled gravel are often of dubious origin, owing to the difficulty, where no fossils occur, of distinguishing that which is marine from what has been due to subsequent freshwater and glacial action. It seems likely that a good deal of gravel would be formed by the sea while the land was recovering from the depression that took place during the time that the marine clay was forming. If any sudden movements of elevation occurred, there must of necessity have arisen strong currents off the land, with several oscillations, which would effect a considerable denudation of the soft recently formed marine beds, and probably produce a large amount of rolled gravel. The tails of gravel on the seaward side of the rocky eminences near Edinburgh, long ago noticed by Sir James Hall, can hardly be re- ferred to any river-action, and the marks of denudation around the Castle-rock and the base of Arthur’s Seat show that some agency must haye been in operation, subsequent to the deposition of the fine lami- nated clay near Lochend and Portobello, to carry off the small loose débris and sweep the surface bare. At Aberdeen, and to the north of that city, there are mounds of loose gravel which are of later origin than the laminated clay con- taining Arctic shells; and Dr. Fleming tells us that Agassiz in 1840, on looking at some of these, pronounced them to be moraines. This would imply that the glaciers here extended to the present sea-coast after the deposition of the clay. At Belhelvie, four miles north of Aberdeen, there are remarkable piles of gravel, close to the sea, forming large irregular mounds. This gravel is certainly of more recent deposition than the clay close beside it, which contains Arctic shells (see Appendix). Its boundary to the north, at Millden, is sharply defined, and it seems to be a continuation of the gravel of the valley of the River Don, for I have traced it across the low intervening ground into that valley at a place called Dyce, four miles distant, where there is another large accumulation of it. The River Don makes a sudden bend to the south at Dyce, and enters the sea two miles to the north of Aberdeen; but the valley- gravel does not follow it along that part of its course, but goes straight out to sea at Belhelvie, forming a series of mounds all the 182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Jan. 1i, way. Some of these mounds (especially those near the Corbie Loch) are certainly of a moraine-like character ; but in general they con- sist of pebbly shingle and small gravel, like what mere watery action would produce ; and this is the character of those large mounds near the coast, which I have already mentioned. Fig. 6.—Scection at Belhelvie. woe P°O™ 402901905 of Oo 1 1, Boulder-earth (inserted on the authority of Dr. Fleming). 2. Fine laminated clay and sand, containing remains of Arctic shells. 3. Gravel. - The moraine-character is much more strikingly displayed in the heaps of boulders and rough stony débris which cover the hills of Nigg—a set of low eminences running out to the coast immediately to the south of Aberdeen, and reaching an elevation of from 200 to 300 feet above the sea. These mounds of rough stony rubbish may be well seen beside a small lake called the Loch of Loirston, a little westward of the first railway-station to the south of Aberdeen, called the Cove. A good section of them is exposed at the mud- cliff facing the Bay of Nigg, where they are seen to rest directly upon the hard grey boulder-earth. The position and general cha- racter of these piles of stony rubbish at Nigg and Loirston would be explained by supposing them to be the moraine of a glacier filling the valley of the Dee; and I do not see how else they can be ac- counted for. The foregoing observations will serve to show that these gravel- beds form a subject of much interest and difficulty, and one that will require a great deal of careful study before we can understand it thoroughly. Cases may have occurred of glacier-lakes bursting » among the mountains, and sending a sudden deluge down the val- leys, as sometimes occurs in the Alps and Himalaya at the present day. The letting off of the Glen Roy lakes, for example (if they were of this nature, as I believe them to have been), might have produced a considerable effect. The lowering of the water from the highest to the middle line, and from that to the lowest, would set free a large body of water into the valley of the Spey, while the final exit of the contents both of Loch Roy and Loch Gluoy would have been by the Caledonian Canal valley. Query, had this anything to do with the gravel-beds near Inverness, or with those in Strathspey ? In whatever way we are to account for the valley-gravel, it can be shown to be posterior to the laminated marine clay containing Arctic shells, both by the tests of superposition and of included frag- ments. It therefore represents a decided change of conditions fol- 1865. ] JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 183 lowing after those represented by the clay; and this is the point I am chiefly contending for in the present paper. I am not aware that any evidence has as yet been got entitling us to say that the Mammoth or Rhinoceros tichorinus lived in Scotland after the Glacial period. No Mammalian remains have as yet been reported from our valley-gravel, which is singularly destitute of fossils of every kind. b. Moraines.—Moraines occur in most, if not all, of the chief moun- tain-glens ; and in tracing the valley-gravel up to the mountains, we frequently find it emerge into moraines. In regard to the mounds in Glen Derry and other ravines of the Ben Muick Dhui mountains, I was formerly inclined to doubt their glacial origin, being at that time disposed to refer a larger amount of influence to marine agency in accounting for the superficial accu- mulations of our Highland glens. Our geological maps make the Ben Muick Dhui and Cairngorm mountains to be wholly of granite ; and I remarked that these mounds in Glen Derry contained frag- ments of gneiss and laminated quartz, which was a circumstance opposed to the theory of their being glacier-moraines, if the maps were correct. I have, however, since satisfied myself that masses of metamorphic schist do occur in the midst of this mountain-group where our maps show nothing but granite, and therefore I no longer consider the above circumstance any difficulty. The absence of glacial strize on the fragments, which I also mentioned, is likewise quite intelligible where the débris consists of stuff that lay on the surface of the glacier, for it is only that which lies between the ice and its rocky bed that is scratched. There are some fine moraines in the glens that pierce the north flank of the Cairngorm mountains, as, for example, in Glen Innich and near Loch na Eilan and Loch Morlich. Those in Glen Spean, to the east of the entrance to Loch Treig, shown in my map of the Parallel Roads of Glen Roy, are also remarkably fine. To look at them is for ever to cease to doubt the former existence of glaciers in this country. The student of such phenomena will do well to betake himself to this region, or to the Cuchullin mountains of Skye, where Principal Forbes many years ago showed that there exists a fine ex- hibition of glacial action—or to the valleys of Caernarvonshire, which have been so well described by Buckland, Darwin, and Ramsay. ce. Submarine Forest-beds.—After the low grounds had emerged from the glacial sea, and the ice had retreated to the mountains, we have evidence that the land-area was more extensive in some dis- tricts than it is at present, owing to its higher elevation out of the sea. The evidence of this is, I think, sufficiently clear, and consists of the so-called submarine forests and beds of peat passing under-' neath the present sea-waters. In some of these cases the stumps of the trees may be traced, rooted manifestly in the spot where they grew, and surrounded by leaves, nuts, and seeds of land-plants. In regard to this point I shall content myself with referring to Dr. Fleming’s account of the submarine forest in the Firth of Tay*, * Trans. Royal Soc. of Edinburgh, vol. ix. p. 419 (1823). 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 1], and to the same author’s notice of the one in Largo Bay in the Firth of Forth*. Although Fleming’s theory regarding these forest-beds was, I consider, erroneous, yet his facts are always valuable, and he entertained no doubt whatever as to the tree-roots in both of these cases being in the place where they grew, and he enumerates Birch, Hazel, and Alder as the prevailing species. In the valley of the Tay this bed of peat is known to occur along a stretch of many miles, from the mouth of the Earn to Balmerino in Fife. It forms the bed of the present estuary in many places, and the tree-roots in it are frequently a source of annoyance to the salmon-fishers in hauling their nets. Now this bed of peat, full of remains of trees, passes right underneath the Carse, or old estuarine mud of the Tay. It does not intermingle with this clay, but lies clearly below it in a continuous stratum ; and those engaged in sink- ing deep pits and wells near Abernethy are familiar with the fact that, after passing through some twenty feet of this fine silty clay, they get a bed of peat two or three feet thick, and beneath that no Carse-clay is found. Mr. George Buist deserves the credit of having clearly pointed out this in his memoir on the Geology of the south- east of Perthshire, in the 13th vol. of the Transactions of the High- land Society. I examined this peat-bed along the banks of some small streams that join the Earn, near Abernethy, and found it to be about 3 feet thick, in some places quite full of remains of trees, and lying clearly below the whole mass of Carse-clay. Dr. Dickie, who has examined for me some of the specimens I brought home, reports the trees to be Birch and Alder. Below the peat there is often a stratum of gravelly sand. The peat does not lie in dis- jointed masses as if it had been drifted, but, so far as I saw, forms a regular continuous bed of pretty uniform thickness and much compressed, Near the farm of Invernethy : Mey c : f Iyteaced sisi euieh edie toe, Fig. 7.—Section near Abernethy. it runs out apparently on the surface of some laminated clay, the boulder-earth emerging at a short distance. Dr. Fleming also states that at Largo Bay the tree-stumps are rooted in laminated brown clay. ai A bed of peat, occupying 1. Sand and gravel. the same geological position, is 2- Peat, full of remains of Birch and Alder. found in some places beneath 3. Serres, or old estuarine mud of the the Carse-clay or old estuarine ia mud of the Forth, as we learn from Mr. Blackadder+ and Mr. Home Drummond{. This peat stratum was said to contain remains of Birch and Alder, together with seeds of a plant supposed to belong to the genus Pedicularis. In the Carse-clay immediately above it, part of * Quart. Journ. of Science, Lit., and Art. vol. xxix. p. 21 (1880). t Memoirs of the Wernerian Society, vol. v. p. 424 -{ Zbid. vol. v. p. 440. 1865. } JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 185 the skeleton of a whale was got at Blair Drummond. I have also seen a stratum of peat, containing remains of trees below the raised estuarine mud of the Ythan in Aberdeenshire, the clay above it con- taining remains of Scrobicularia piperata and other estuarine shells. This was exposed in cutting a deep drain near the village of New- burgh ; there was a thickness of 8 feet of clay and silt above the peat in some places (see fig. 10). 8. Fig. 8.—Section near Abernethy. ; N. River Earn. 1. Boulder-earth. 2. Bed of peat, with remains of trees. 3. Carse, or old estuarine mud of the Tay. Fig. 9.—Diagram showing the relations of the superficial Deposits at Blair Drummond, in the Valley of the Forth. j. Sandstone-rock. 5. Peat, with roots of oak-trees at the bot- 2. Glacial beds. tom, and remains of an old wooden 3. Peat with remains of trees. road. 4, Carse-clay with bones of the Whale. I by no means deny the existence of drift-peat, for I am well aware that rivers flowing through mosses often float away great lumps of peat, as I have myself seen, but this need not blind us to the fact that there are also tracts of submerged peat, with remains of forest-trees, that have not been drifted, but lie where they grew. ~I believe, therefore, that this extensive bed beneath the Carse of Tay, together with the others I have mentioned, represents a land- surface of the period preceding the deposition of the old estuarine mud, and that it is not a mere local phenomenon, but will be found in the same geological position along many other parts of the coast. The submarine forest on the coast of Lincolnshire, explored by Sir Joseph Banks and Dr. Correa de Serra, appears to belong to the same period, for in some places there is said to be sixteen feet of 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 1i, soil above it*. Hugh Miller tells us that in making a gas-tank at Rothesay, in the Isle of Bute, a bed of peat-moss, abounding in re- mains of trees and hazel-nuts, was found covered by seven feet of gravel. Miller classes this peat-bed with the submarine forests, and the overlying gravel he considers to be a raised beach (Sketch- book of Geology, p. 321). The peat here was 18 inches deep, and rested upon stratified sand and clay with marine Arctic shells. De la Beche, in his Report on the Geology of Cornwall, Devon, and West Somerset, informs us that in the South of England these submarine forests are generally covered by estuarine deposits and gravel beaches containing shells of the species now living on our shores, and in the twenty-fourth chapter of his ‘ Geological Observer,’ he gives a most instructive account of the subject in general. It seems to me that we entirely misapprehend the significance of these phenomena, if we suppose them to be due to mere local accidents that have affected a small bit of ground here and there along the coast. In truth they may be traced round the whole of Britain and Ireland, from Orkney to Cornwall, from Mayo to the shores of Fife, and even, it would seem, along a great part of the western sea-board of Europe, as if they bore witness to a period of widespread elevation, when Ireland and Britain with all its numerous islands formed one mass of dry land, united to the Continent, and stretching out into the Atlantic. Indeed, without something of this sort, how can we account for the immigration , of all the land animals and plants that have overspread these islands since the close of the Glacial period. They have all come from Europe, and how were they to get into Ireland, the Isle of Man, the Hebrides, and all the numerous islands of our west coast, without a land-route being open to them? Ice might have formed a bridge to some, but not to the greater part ; and I maintain that the introduction of the present land flora and fauna of Scotland is almost wholly Postglacial, that is to say, pos- terior to the marine glacial beds, or the period of great submergence. This bed of peat lying beneath the raised estuarine beds is the first appearance of that substance we meet with in Scotland ; indeed the period during which peat was formed so extensively from the gra- dual accumulation of mosses, sedges, and various other plants, is: perhaps even a stage Jater; for at the bottom of many of our peat- mosses we find remains of trees, and in some cases beds of shell- marl, These trees are all of existing species, now indigenous to Scotland. The Birch, Hazel, and Oak are amongst the most common, and hazel-nuts are frequently found. Now these trees testify, I think, to a condition more favourable to the growth of wood than what we have at present. They evidently preceded the commence- ment of the peat in a multitude of instances, for their roots are spread on the hard earthy subsoil beneath it, and it is since the death of these trees that many of our peat-mosses date. I am quite aware, however, that many extensive swampy mosses contain no remains of trees. The present or historical period is the true peat- period for Scotland; for this substance is growing rapidly just now, * Trans. Roy. Soc. for 1799, p. 145. 1865. | JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. - 187 and in the Western Isles Captain Thomas* has described how it has accumulated round the ancient stone circles in the Lewis, so as in some cases to envelope the stones completely, and even to cover the tops of a few of them ; and he believes that these so-called Druidical monuments were erected before the peat began to grow there. It would seem that remains of trees are found at heights beyond where wood can now be got to grow. Thus in the Transactions of the Highland Society for March 1860, Mr. J. B. Webster, in a report on planting-operations at Balmoral, states that he had found the remains of old trees averaging from 6 to 12 inches in diameter at an elevation of 2500 feet above the sea, on the mountain called Lochnagar +; and Dr. Dickie, who has paid much attention to the zones of altitude of British plants, remarks, in his ‘ Botanist’s Guide to the Counties of Aberdeen, Banff and Kincardine,’ regarding the Scotch Fir (Pinus sylvestris), ‘‘The stems are to be seen in peat- mosses at high altitudes, where such trees cannot grow at the pre- sent day ;” and in reference to the Birch (Betula alba) he says, ‘On the summit of the ridge north of Mount Keen, and at an elevation of 2200 feet, Ihave seen the dead remains of Birches far larger than any growing at lower altitudes on other mountains of the district.” It may be said that the more generally wooded character of the sur- face before mankind began to multiply may have contributed to render the climate more favourable to forest vegetation. It is, how- ever, clear that on the first disappearance of the ice, the trees must have had to make their way over a surface destitute of wood. Although coniferous trees are not now indigenous to Orkney, yet a submarine forest, consisting of remains of small Fir trees rooted in their natural position, occurs in the Bay of Skaill, on the west side of Mainland Island, and is sometimes to be seen during ebb tide in situations where the sea during flood rises at least 15 feet above it. (See Edinburgh Phil. Journ. vol. 111. p. 101, 1820). It is to the time of this old land-surface with its forest vegetation that the remains of the Irish Elk and the Great Wild Bull (Bos pri- migenius) seem mostly to belong, although the latter survived to a later period ; for it is in the marl-beds below the peat that the skele- tons of the Megaceros are generally found. Although its remains are very rare in Scotland, yet they have been got. Thus in a marl- bed underlying peatin the parish of Maybole, in Ayrshire, the skull and horns of one were found, measuring 10 feet 4 inches be- tween the tips of the antlers, while the breadth of the palm of the antler was 2 feet 7 inches. Horns of the stag, and remains of a large ox with concave forehead (apparently Bos primigenius), were got along with it. (See Statistical Account of Parish of Maybole.) * Edinb. New Phil. Journ., new series, vol. xv. p. 285, 1862. t H. C. Watson, in his ‘ Cybele Britannica,’ vol. ii. p. 410, says that the present upper limit of the fir-woods on Lochnagar is at 1950 feet, and he cites Mr. Winch for the fact of trunks of large Pines occurring in peat in the north of England at an elevation of nearly 3000 feet. Mr. Watson further states that roots of fir occur in peat at an elevation of 2400 feet and upwards on the ele- vated tablelands of Forfar and Aberdeen. 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 11, § 6. Szconp Prrtop or DEpREssION. a. Old Estuarine Beds and Beaches.—After the period represented by the forest-bed just described we have evidence of a depression of the coast, which seems to have been very general along the shores of this country. In the Firths of Tay and Forth this depression caused the sea to reach about 25 or 30 feet above the present coast- line, so as to cover the rich flat country of the Carses, as they are locally termed. These Carse-lands are plains of fine silty clay, quite free from-stones, and identical in character with the sediment now forming along the shallows of the present estuaries. It forms a smooth level sheet of rich mud occupying the whole width of each valley, and encircling the little rocky eminences and mounds of old glacial débris that project through it, much in the same way as the waters of a lake do the islands onits surface. In the district of the Tay it forms the Carse of Gowrie, the garden of Scotland, together with the flat lands at the mouth of the Earn. A narrow strip of it extends even a little above Perth, towards Scone, forming the rich ground of the Muirtown farms. The Carse of the Forth, however, is the most extensive tract of this nature in Scotland. It stretches for many miles inland, over- lapping the eastern base of the moraine-hillocks of the Loch of Mon- teith, and extending through a narrow opening up to Gartmore ; while below Stirling it forms a broad margin on the south side of the valley down to Grangemouth, and on the north side to Alloa. Mr. Blackadder gave a good account of it many years ago in the fifth volume of the Wernerian Society’s Memoirs, with a map show- ing its boundaries. A fine view of this beautiful plain is got from Stirling Castle. Marine shells of the kinds generally found in estuaries occur in some places abundantly. For example, on the banks of the Forth, near Micklewood, some five miles to the west of Stirling, there are seams of shells imbedded in the old estuarine mud up to a height of 6 feet above the surface of the river; and as the tide is not now felt so far up the Forth, the elevation above the sea must be a little more. The species I found here were :-— Cardium edule. Abundant ; generally of small size. Mytilus edulis. Common. Ostrea edulis. Frequent; many of the shells are very thick. Tellina solidula. Occasional. Scrobicularia piperata. Not very numerous. Rissoa ulve. Frequent. Tittorina litorea. Rare. Fusus antiquus. One broken specimen. The most abundant of these by far was the Cockle ( Cardzum), the clay being in some places quite crowded with their remains. The size is small, as if they were young shells ; many of them are quite entire, but the generality are decayed and broken. These shells occur in an undulating seam, which sometimes passes underneath the surface of the water, “and at others rises a few feet above it. Occasionally there are two seams. 1865. ] JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND: 189 I also observed shells (Scrobicularia piperata) in the same clay at Stirling; and at Polgavie on the Tay a bed of similar shells occurs in the raised estuarine mud overlying the peat-bed with trees. Three or four instances have occurred of remains of the Whale in this Carse-clay of the Forth, namely at Dunmore, Airthrey, Blair- Drummond, and Micklewood. Those at Airthrey and Dunmore* were entire skeletons about 70 feet long, and were imbedded in the clay at a height of fully 20 feet above the present reach of the tidet. The depth of this old estuarine mud is in some places very great, more especially below Stirling, where Mr. Blackadder says a depth of 70 feet has been reached; and Mr. Bald in- forms us that near Alloa there is 90 feet of it. A mass of such extent and thickness must have required a long time for its accu- mulation. This clay is generally stiffest and contains least sand near the surface, so much’so as to be frequently employed for making bricks and tiles. There are works of this nature at Stirling, Mickle- wood, Inchture, Perth, and elsewhere in the Carse; accordingly some people have confounded it with the older glacial clay, which is the stuff generally employed in Scotland for manufacturing bricks, tiles, and wares of that sort, although some of the beds of the Coal- measures are likewise used. The fact of the Carse-clay extending up the Forth as far as Gart- more (see Mr. Blackadder’s map), which is only ten miles from Ben Lomond and six from Ben Venne, and, fringing as with a smooth carpet the base of the moraine-hillocks of the Loch of Monteith, shows that it has been postglacial, and has never been disturbed by the ice. There is aremarkable absence of stones in it, even of the smallest pebbles. The raised estuarine beds may be traced along the coast at various places, as at the Montrose basin, Aberdeen, and the mouth of the River Ythan, everywhere containing the same group of shells. The Scrobicularia piperata may be said to be characteristic of these beds ; for it is not found in the glacial clays, and seems to have died out along the east coast of Scotland in many places where it was formerly abundant. Ina fossil state it is plentiful in the raised estuarine mud of the Ythan, and also at Aberdeen, Montrose, and the Loch of Spynie, near Elgin, as well as in the Carse of the Forth. Mr.Gwyn Jeffreys tells me that it is not uncommon alive on the west coast of Scotland, and that it lives in the estuary of the Gotha, and other places on the coast of Sweden; its range, however, is essentially southward. In tracing the distribution of these old estuarine deposits along the east coast of Scotland, I have remarked that their elevation becomes less as we proceed from the Firth of Forth to Aberdeenshire. In the basin of the Forth the Carse-clay lines the side of the valley to the height of 25 or 30 feet above the present sea-level. The old estuarine mud of the Tay reaches to about the same height. At the * Edinb. Phil. Journ. vol. xi. p. 220 (1824). + Edinb. Phil. Journ. vol. i. p. 393, where there is a good account of the finding of the Airthrey Whale by Mr. Bald (1819). 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 11, Montrose basin it seems to be less, or about 15 feet according to my observation, although I was unable to make a proper survey. But at the estuary of the Ythan in Aberdeenshire, where I have been able to make a leisurely examination and take measurements care- fully, it does not exceed 8 feet above the limit of spring-tides; and at Aberdeen the elevation seems also to have been very little, only a few feet above high-water mark. In passing along the coast, there-. fore, from the Firth of Forth to Aberdeen the elevation is clearly less towards the latter point. A similar inference may be derived from an examination of the coast line generally. Near Edinburgh, as, for example, at the Craigentinny meadows, the raised beach may be distinctly seen, and has been well described by Charles Maclaren, Hugh Miller, and others, its height corresponding with the level of the Carse of the Forth. At St. Andrews in Fife, Mr. R. Walker* informs us that a mass of sandstone above high-water mark is riddled with Pholas-burrows. Between Dundee and Arbroath the old coast-line is very striking, at an elevation corresponding with the Carse of the Tay. Nowhere, however, from Stonehaven to Banff do we find evidence of a rise to the same extent, although at many points we can perceive that there has been an upheaval of a few feet. The amount of elevation has therefore been unequal, and conse- quently it is the land that has risen, and not the sea that has sunk. b. First traces of Man in Scotland.—lIt isin these raised estuarine beds that the first traces of man have been found in Scotland. In his notice of the bones of a whale got in the Carse of the Forth at Blair Drummond, Mr. H. H. Drummond says, “It is a very sin- gular circumstance that along with these bones there should have been found a fragment of a stag’s horn, similar to that found along with the Airthrey whale, and having a similar round hole bored through it”+. This horn was sent, together with the bones, to the Museum of Edinburgh University. Several canoes of a primitive pattern, one of them containing a stone celt, have been found from time to time in the silt of the Clyde at Glasgow. Some of these were noticed by Mr. Robert Chambers, in his book on ‘ Ancient Sea- Margins,’ in 1848, and more recently a very complete account of them has been drawn up by Mr. John Buchanant. The silt in. which these canoes have occurred (more especially the one got in digging the foundations of St. Enoch’s Church) is probably the equivalent of the Carse-clay of the Tay and Forth. Instances, indeed, are known of canoes having been found in the Carse of the Forth itself; but the circumstances of their occurrence have not been so well recorded. The fact of some of the eminences that project through the. Carse- clay bearing the Celtic appellation Inch or Innis, meaning an island, favours the opinion that these lands were under water during the time when that race had possession of the country, as Mr. * Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd ser. vol. xiv. p. 206, 1864. + Memoirs of Wernerian Society, vol. v. p. 400 (1824). t See Smith’s ‘Newer Pliocene Geology,’ p. 160, and ‘Glasgow, Past and Present,’ also ‘ Report Brit. Assoc.’ 1855, Trans. Sects. p. 80. 1865. ]_ JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 191 Chambers has remarked in his book just cited, although it would be unsafe to lay much stress on this circumstance, seeing that we find the same term occasionally applied to eminences similarly situated, which we cannot suppose to have been surrounded by water. Megg- inch, Inchmichael, and Inchture are all eminences in the Carse of Gowrie, which would be insulated if the tide were to cover that fertile plain. The term seems to be of less frequent occurrence in the Carse of Forth, although there are many similar eminences in it. The species of Mollusca, whose remains occur in these estuarine beds, are all living at present, both in the seas of Britain, and also to the south of this country, while some of them are not known to live in the Arctic regions. The group is therefore different from that found in the glacial beds, and seems to have more relations to the south than to the north, indicating a climate, if anything, milder than the present. (See Appendix, No. 5.) § 7. ELEvatIon or THE LAND TO ITS PRESENT POSITION. a. Beds of Peat and Blown Sand.—After the deep masses of estuarine mud had been deposited at the mouth of the Tay, Forth, and other rivers, together with the corresponding gravel-beds and shingle-beaches Alone the coast, the land was elevated to its present level. Whether this took place suddenly, or by a gradual impercep- tible movement, we do not know, and of the date of the event we are also ignorant. It has generally been supposed to have occurred before the Roman invasion; but this is doubtful; for Mr. Archibald Geikie, a most intelligent and accomplished geologist, after having made a special study of the question, has come to the opposite con- clusion. I am unable to adduce anything new upon this point, and shall therefore content myself with referring to Mr. Geikie’s in- teresting paper in the eighteenth volume of the Society’s Journal, where the subject is ably discussed. Although, therefore, we cannot tell exactly when the land at- tained its present level, the time is evidently remote when the extensive Carse district of the Forth was completely under water ; for there seems to be no local tradition of such a state of things, and the depth of peat-moss which we find on the top of this raised estuarine mud at Blair-Drummond, and elsewhere, affords good evidence of a supramarine condition having prevailed for many centuries, Mr. Blackadder * tells us that this upper peat is from 8 to 14 feet deep in some places, and that remains of large oak-trees occur at the bottom of it, with their stumps rooted in ‘the subjacent soul. These trees, we are informed, often bear distinct impressions of the axe, and a double row of the felled trunks have been laid to form a road across the swamp. This wooden causeway now lies at the bottom of the peat. The felling of the trees, and the construction of the road, have been ascribed to the Roman army under Severus, but I know not on what authority—probably on little else than mere conjecture. Some valuable tracts of Carse-soil have been reclaimed merely by clearing off the superincumbent peat; but large patches of it still remain. * Wernerian Memoirs, vol. v. p. 424 (1824). VOL. XXI,—PART I, P 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, (Jan. 1 1 Wesee, then, that after the estuarine mud was raised above the reach of the tide, oak-trees grew upon it, and, since these have been cut down, a thick bed of peat has gradually accumulated over their roots. All this, of necessity, implies the lapse of much time. The extensive masses of blown sand that have accumulated on some parts of the coast since the land attained its present level afford addi- tional evidence of the length of time that has elapsed since the event. The most remarkable of these in the district of which I am treating are the sands of Culbin in the Moray Firth, of Forvie and Foveran on the Aberdeenshire coast, and of Barry at the entrance to the Firth of Tay. These great heaps seem to have some connexion with the rivers entering the sea in their neigh- bourhood. Thus the masses at Culbin are probably derived in a great measure from the sand brought down by the Spey, the Find- horn, and the Nairn. Those on the coast of Aberdeenshire from what has been brought down by the Dee, Don, and Ythan, while the accumulations at Barry probably represent to some degree the sand of the Tay and the Earn. b. Shell-mounds and Chipped Flints—Another thing worthy of notice is the occurrence of old shell-mounds on the raised beach. Several of these occur at the mouth of the Ythan, in the desolate tract of drifted sand just mentioned, more especially on the north side of the river. There are hills of blown sand here 120 feet high. The shell-heaps are generally of an elliptical form, and from 30 to 90 yards in length. I have examined several of them, in com- pany with my friend Mr. Robert Dawson of Cruden.. We found them to consist usually of a thin stratum of decayed shells, repo- sing on a surface of driftedsand; but in one of them the mass of shells is 4 or 5 feet deep. These shells belong to the edible species of Mollusca now inhabiting the adjoining estuary, being chiefly mussels, cockles, and periwinkles. Mixed with them we frequently find some black carbonaceous matter like charred turf, together with pieces of burnt twigs. There are also a great num- ber of stones, many of which appear to have been in a fire, and occasionally the sand underneath the spots where the charred turf and burnt stones occur is somewhat redder than usual, as if it had : formed a hearth. Pieces of artificially chipped flint occur on the surface of some of the mounds, and are found abundantly in the immediate neighbourhood of one of them. A few of these flints lying on the mounds seem likewise to have been exposed to heat. Some teeth and split bones are also to be met with, but we found no pottery, nor anything made of metal in the Forvie mounds. The quantity of stones and pebbles on the surface of some of them is a curious feature. They seem to have a considerable re- semblance, in many respects, to the Kjokkenméddings of Denmark. Their antiquity, however, does not seem to be very great. The base of the largest of them is not 4 feet above the present reach of the tides in the estuary of the river, which shows that the land must have been as high as it is at present when they were formed. They are therefore later than the raised beaches and estuarine beds; 1865. | JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 193 some of them perhaps a good deal later, seeing that there is much blown sand underneath them. I have also observed great quantities of artificially-chipped flints in certain places along the coast, both to the north and south of the Ythan, often in positions a very few feet above high-water-mark. These flints lie in many cases on a bed of smooth water-worn pebbles of the old beach, and the sharp broken edges of the flints show they have undergone none of the water-rolling that has rounded the pebbles, but have been brought there at a later time. It is very probable that among the poorer and less civilized in- habitants the use of stone tools may have continued to a compa- ratively late period. No one who has seen the primitive implements still in use in some of the Western Isles of Scotland will think this unlikely. I therefore do not consider that the fact of such remains being found to be of later date than the raised beach forms an objection of any weight to Mr. Geikie’s opinion as to this last elevation being posterior to the Roman invasion. A tribe of these “flint folks” seems to have inhabited this neighbourhood for a long period ; for I have observed the débris of the stone manufacture, and traces of their encampments, in various places. The flints were doubt- less got from the long ridge covered with these pebbles which runs inland from Peterhead. § 8. Concruston anp Rfsum&. Such, then, are the series of changes which I believe have taken place since-the commencement of the Glacial period. This suc- cession has not been arrived at by picking out and putting together facts from distant places, and thereby erroneously inferring things to be successive which were perhaps contemporaneous ; for we find the whole series represented in one locafity. Thus, in the valley of the Forth above Stirling (fig. 9), we have (Ist) at the surface the deep peat-mosses of Polder and Blair-Drummond, with their felled trees and ancient road at the bottom, all resting on (2nd) the old estuarine mud or Carse of Stirling, with its whale-skeletons and beds of estuarine shells; and below this we have (3rd) the lower peat-bed and trees of the submarine forest, or period of elevation; (4th) we have the later glacier-moraines of the Loch of Monteith emerging from beneath this postglacial series; (5th) we have the glacial- marine beds extending from Bucklyvie along the Forth and Clyde Junction Railway to Drymen, from their higher position evidently older than the moraines just mentioned, and shown to be a sea- deposit from the boreal shells they contain at Gartness; (6th) we have all along the valley, from Ben Lomond to Stirling and Edin- burgh, and underlying the whole of the superficial deposits, the ice-worn floor of solid rock, covered here and there with the old glacier-mud and scratched boulders, and in this old boulder-earth, at Clifton Hall, there was found a tusk of the Mammoth. In the valley of the Tay we have the raised estuarine mud of the Carse of Gowrie, with its bed of estuarine shells lying on the top of the peat-bed or submarine forest of the Tay at Polgavie and else- where. Emerging from beneath this postglacial series we have P2 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 11, the marine clay, at Errol brickwork, full of Arctic shells in sttu, and reposing on the irregular surface of the azoic boulder-earth. Even in the little valley of the Ythan we have a very complete ex- hibition of the series. Thus, in the section opened up by the railway, where it crosses the valley near Ellon (fig. 2), we have, commencing at the bottom (1st), the ice-worn gneiss covered by the grey glacier- mud with heavy scratched boulders all brought from the west- ward, and (2nd) reposing on this a mass of fine laminated red marine clay, found to be upwards of 20 feet deep at the foundation of the railway bridge ; (3rd) resting on this clay at the bridge there is a mass of rough valley-gravel 15 feet thick; while, more recent than all these, we find at the estuary, fig. 10, (4th) the bed of peat with remains of trees resting on the gravel; (5th) the raised estuarine mud with shells on the top of this peat; and (6th) covering this raised estuarine silt we have heavy masses of blown sand, old shell- mounds and chipped flints, and in some places a little peat. Fig. 10.—Section showing the relations of the superficial Deposits im the Estuary of the Ythan. River Ythan. mill va 1. Gneiss-rock. 4. Stratum of peat. * 2. Boulder-earth, or Glacier-mud. 5. Old estuarine beds with cll 3, Fine stratified clay and sand, or Glacial-marine beds. I therefore infer, from the evidence adduced in this and my former papers, that in Scotland there has been a succession of conditions during the Post-tertiary period somewhat as follows :-— 1st. After the deposition of the Crag-gravel, and after the Mam- moth had lived in Scotland, the country was covered with a great depth of snow and ice, which must have extinguished the pre- existing flora and fauna. This ice moved outwards in broad streams from the great watersheds of the country, carrying with it much stony débris and multitudes of boulders, which it left in irregular sheets, constituting the old boulder-clay or “tll” of some authors ; the ice also scratched and furrowed the rocks, destroyed the pre- existing alluvium, and exercised a considerable amount of abrasion on the surface of the country. 2nd.- After this state of things had continued for a time, a de- pression of the land took place to the extent of some hundreds of feet, so that all the lower grounds were below the sea-level, but as to the full extent of the depression we are still ignorant. During this submergence the brick-clays containing Arctic shells were de- posited, boulders were drifted here and there by floating ice, and it seems probable that the ice still covered much of the land, and even protruded into the sea along the main valleys in the form of large glacier-streams ; so that the condition of the country would have yeen like the present state of Spitzbergen. 1865. ] JAMIESON—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. 195 . 3rd. The country emerged from the water, but ice-still lay on much of the land, and perhaps reoccupied some of the tracts over which the sea had spread, deranging by its intrusive action the marine beds of the preceding period. . 4th. The glaciers at length began their final retreat, leaving behind them heaps of rough débris and mounds of gravel, more especially at those points where they halted for a time. Large quantities of rolled gravel were also strewed along the valleys by the water issuing from beneath the ice, and by the floods occa- sioned by rapid thaws, the absence of vegetation on much of the surface probably contributing to the effect. 5th. By this time the land attained a higher level than it has at present, so that the area of Britain was much larger than it is now, and, instead of presenting the appearance of a group of islands, formed a mass of connected land united to the Continent of Europe, the flora and fauna of which now spread into it. Woods of Birch, Hazel, Alder, and other trees covered the surface, and the Great Irish Elk, the Red Deer, the Great Wild Bull, the Wolf, the Bear, the Beaver, and probably the Reindeer, were amongst its inhabitants. In the valleys the rivers were gradually cutting their way through the masses of glacial débris to lower levels, and in doing so spread out much gravel and alluvial soil along their banks. This period is represented by the submarine forest and bed of peat underlying the Carses of the Tay and Forth. 6th. A depression now took place, cutting off the land-connexion with the Continent, isolating Ireland and the various islands, and thus stopping the land-migration from Europe. In the valley of the Tay and Forth this old coast-line was 25 or 30 feet above the present, but on the coast of Aberdeenshire not beyond 8 or 10, The old estuarine beds, or Carses, of the Forth, Tay, and other rivers were formed, together with corresponding shingle-beaches and caves along the coast. Man having by this time got into the country, evidence of his presence appears in the shape of canoes and primi- tive weapons of stone and horn buried in deposits of the period. 7th. A movement of elevation (whether gradual or sudden is un- certain) at length took place, so that the land attained its present position, thereby laying dry the Carse districts and old coast-line. Since this occurred much peat has been formed, and a great amount of blown sand has been heaped up on certain parts of the coast. In some districts the natives continued for a time to use tools and weapons of flint and stone, and left shell-mounds in the neighbour- hood of the estuaries. Some of the wild animals were gradually extirpated, such as the Great Wild Bull, the Bear, the Beaver, the Wolf, and the Caperecailzie,—the Great Elk and the Reindeer having probably disappeared at an earlier period. Since the dawn of Scottish history, and the occupation of the lowlands by the Saxon race, no noticeable change of level has been observed. § 9. AppEnDIx, witH Lists oF SHELLS. The following lists of shells owe their value almost entirely to the kind assistance I have received trom Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S., 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 11, &ce., who has inspected my collection, and determined the species. The geographical distribution is also entirely on his authority. I have inserted two species got at Ele by the Rev. Mr. Brown which are not in my own collection; for the others I am myself responsible. The names adopted are those proposed by Mr. Jeffreys. In regard to the British species I have appended as synonyms those of Forbes and Hanley where they happen to be different. Explanatory Note regarding the Localities on the East of Scotland, referred to in the following List. Annochie. On the Aberdeenshire coast, about five miles north of the town of Peterhead. The shells are entire, with the epidermis generally remaining; they are, however, much decayed, and are dispersed through a bed of fine clay, only a few feet above the sea-level, and passing underneath the beach. Voraminifera occur in this clay. Auchleuchries. Twenty miles north of Aberdeen and seven miles inland. The shells occur in broken fragments, at an elevation of about 300 feet above the sea, in a thick mass of gravel forming the crest of a low hill. The fragments are very scarce, and occur deep in the gravel. Belhelvie. A clay-pit close on the sea, five miles north of Aberdeen, and 30 or 40 feet above high-water-mark. The shells occur generally in fragments in a blackish stratum in the midst of a bed of laminated clay and sand. Dr. Fleming, who had visited it often when the section was better exposed than it is now, says this fine laminated clay “rests on the ordinary boulder- clay, and is covered by the usual sands and gravels.” Edme. A bed of fine laminated clay on the north bank of the Ugie River, and four miles from Peterhead, and at no great height above the sea. The shells are scanty, and occur usually in broken fragments in a thin seam in the midst of the clay. The large Savicava, however, has been got here entire. Elie. On the coast of Fife,.eleven miles south of St. Andrews. The shells are in a bad state of preservation, imbedded in clay which passes underneath the sea. Explored by the Rev. T. Brown, and the shells named by Dr. Otto Torell. Ellishill. The shells here occurred in red clay in a railway cutting three miles west of Peterhead, at an elevation of about 120 feet above the sea, and were sent me by Mr. A. Stephen Wilson. Saxicava entire. Errol. A clay-pit on the north side of the River Tay, eight miles east of Perth, and about 45 feet above the sea. The shells are entire, but much decayed. Leda arctica and the two Modiolarie very numerous. Entomostraca of the genus Cythere also occur. Gamrie. On the sea-coast seven miles east of Banff. The shells were first noticed by Mr. Prestwich, and occur in a thin seam of sand at an elevation of about 150 feet ; many of them are entire. The strata of fine sand and clay in which they occur are of great thickness, and extend to a height of 300 feet or more. 1865. | JAMIESON—-LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND, 197 Invernettie. A brickwork on the Aberdeenshire coast one mile south of Peterhead; shells mostly broken. See Quart. Journ. Grete Soe. vol. xiv. p. 517. King Edward. ion five miles 8.8.E. of Banff. The shells occur in silt and gravel at an elevation of from 150 to 200 feet, many of them omnia, and some of them in situ; but the nature of the section is not well exposed. I have been much assisted in col- lecting the fossils by Mr. J. Runciman, and by the Rev. T. Milne. Poraminifera occur here. The great similarity of the fossils to those of Gamrie leads me to think that both shell- seams belong to the same period. Montrose. The shells are entire, but much decayed, and occur deep down in a mass of fine laminated reddish-brown clay of im- mense thickness (50 to 100 feet), and not many feet above the sea-level, in the brickworks of Dryleys, and Puggiston, about a mile west of the town of Montrose. The shells were first noticed by Dr. Howden, physician to the Montrose Lunatic Asylum, who has obtained a number of Starfishes from the Dryleys section. The skeleton of a seal was got some years ago at the Puggiston pit. Minute Entomostraca of the genus Cythere have been detected by the Rev. H. Mitchell of Craig, and occur both at Puggiston and at Dryleys. - Tyrie. On the coast of Fife, near Kinghorn. The shells were de- tected by that veteran naturalist Dr. Fleming. What he named Pecten similis was doubtless the same as P. Grenlandicus, which seems to be only a large northern variety of that shell. (See Jeffreys’s ‘ British Conchology,’ vol. ii. p. 72.) 1. List of Shells found in the glacial beds of the East of Scotland, between the Moray Firth and the Firth of Forth. SS 8 a la |e o ./G as |@ (esis 8 .\8.|28 |25|4 . ie : oe of) o-a|_ i BIg 0. Species and Localities. SSlsSe eg clas ; AA sPigo |e Blam we |e |e [Sete BS (ee ip a iA ja ja 1} Anomia ephippium, Linné. Gamrie . *| x |e] x 2| Aporrhais pes-pelecani, Linn. King I Edward. eee es 3| Astarte borealis, Chemnitz. Gamrie, King Edward, Belhelvie,*Invernettie, Auchleuchries, Errol * | * = A. arctica, Forbes § Hanley. 4.| Astarte compressa, Montagu. Gamrie, Hlie. . .| * x | % 5| Astarte sulcata, Da Costa. var. elliptica, Brown. Belhelvie. . .. . «| * % | = A. elliptica, F. d H. 6| Axinus flexuosus, Montagu. = Lucina flexuosa, F. & H. var, Sarsii, Zovén. Annochie. ..... . * | * 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 11, List of Shells (continued). se EE n 2 Oo iS Oo .|M .1a ao AZ a ; be oflof/_ S/R Elga No. Species and Localities. Zs\Ss\eelz see gral oa lee zs a to foo [bo | bef |S Hep Hey WET Ta ES ie || Seen | ARF 7 | Axinus ferruginosus, Forbes. Annochie . . * |e] | # = Lucina ferruginosa, Ff. & H. 8| Buccinum undatum, Linn. Gamrie . . ¥ | * |x | * 9 | Cardium echinatum, Linn. sore King Edward, Belhelvie. . . |e |x | * 10 | Cardium Gromnlandieum, Chemnite. " Gamrie, King Edward . . RIPE Rh cars ls | ¥ | * 11 | Cardium edule, iio. Ellishill . eS aie caer fey nies eu) |e [eae 12 | Crenella decussata, Montagu. Elie. . . . . .| * x || x 13 | Crenella faba, Miller. Errol. . . .... . x | * 14| Cylichna alba, Brown. Annochie . . ? x | * 15 | Cyprina Islandica, Linn. Gamrie, King Edward, Auchleuchries, ee Invernettie, Elie, Ellis- hill. . x fe | * | x 16 | Dentalium entalis, Linn. Gamrie, ‘King Edward, Belhelvie . | xX |x | * 17| Fusus propinquus, Alder. “Gamrie, King Edward .| * x | * 18 | Lacuna divaricata, Fabricius. Gamrie, King Edward | * | x | x | * | - |° = ZL. vineta, FG H. ; 19| Leda arctica, Gray. Montrose, Errol, Elie, Tyrie . x | * = Nucula truncata, Brown. = Nucula Portlandica, Hitchcock. 20 | Leda limatula, Say. King Edward. . ... . x | 21 | Leda lucida, Lovén. King Edward. . x | * 22 | Leda pygmea, Miinster. Annochie, Montrose, “Errol, lies 12). % 1 P| x |x 23 | Littorina squalida, Broderip 5 Sowerby. " Ellishill, Invernettie . . 5 hdl o % | * = Turbo expansus, Brown. E 24) Mactra solida, Linn. var. elliptica, Brown. Gamrie , ... . .|*|*|* 25 | Mangelia pyramidalis, SNe: Gamrie, King Edward . . Ser REE DERE rose x | x = Defrancia Vahlii, Beck. 26 | Mangelia turricula, Montagu. oon eS Ed- ward . . : 3 x | x low | x 27 | Margarita Gronlandica, “Chemnite. varwunoulstans MHTOls geeg We le) us) de) ve) tne vite x | % = M. undulata, Brod. & Sow. 28] Mesalia erosa, Couwthouy. Elie . . ..... x | % = Tuwrritella polaris, Bech. 29 | Mesalia reticulata, Mighels ey Adams. King EKad- ward . a Shiljeeo ee pee * | % = Maenitelle Tactea, ‘Meller. 30| Modiolaria discors, Linn. var. levigata, Gray. IMR Eee Se Goo x | oe | % 31 | Modiolaria nigra, Gray. Rerol’ 2S ewes * | ¥ = Crenella nigra, F. & H. 1865.] 43 53 54 Last of Shells (continued). Species and Localities. Mya truncata, Linn. King Edward, Elie. Mytilus edulis, Zinn. Gamrie, Ellishill . Nassa incrassata, Miller. King Edward. . . Natica affinis, Gmelin. Gamrie, King Edward . = N. clausa, Brod. & Sow. Natica Islandica, Gmelin. Gamrie, King Edward . = N. helicoides, Johnston, and F. & H. Natica Marochiensis, Gmelin. King Edward . . = N. nitida, Donovan, and F. & H. Natica pallida, Brod. ¢ Sow. Gamrie, King Ed- Warcsmebiliowhrrolsu see ri lel ris) ier : = N. Grenlandica, Beck. =N. pusilla, &. § ZH. Nucula tenuis, Montagu. Annochie, Montrose . Pecten Greenlandicus, Sowerby. prong’: Errol, Ele, Tyrie? . . 6 O10 ap vitreus, Gray, but not Chemn. Pecten Islandicus, Miller. Belhelvie, Ellishill . Pholas crispata, Linn, Gamrie, King Edward . . Purpura lapillus, Linn. Auchleuchries ona Saxicava Norvegica, Spengler. Belhelvie. . . = Panopea Norvegica, F. § H. Saxicava rugosa, Linn. Annochie, “Ednie, Ellishill, Belhelvie, Monroe Errol, Elie, var. arctica, large form Scalaria Greenlandica, Chemnitz. King Edward Tectura virginea, Miller. Gamrie. ... . = Acmea virginea, F. & H. Tellina Balthica, Linn. Gamrie, King Edward, Belhelvie. . Gi etor xO). ‘Ol BO} Moe. fo = T. solidula, F & i. Tellina calearea, Chemn. Gamrie, Hone Edward, Belhelvie, Elie, Errol... . to asta Ve = T, proxima, Brown, and F. & H. Thracia myopsis, Beck. Errol, Elie : Trophon clathratus, Linn, Gatnie, ee Edward, Belhelvie . 5 5 = Fusus scalariformis, Gould. = Fusus Peruvianus, Sowerby = Trophon scalariforme, Searles V. Wood. Trophon clathratus, Linn. yar. Gunneri, Lovén. Gamrie, King Hdward. Trophon truncatus, Strém. _Gamrie, King Edward = Murex Bamflius, Donovan. = Trophon clathratus, Tooele le Turritella one Linn. . King Edward, Sa leuchries . == communis, ‘Risso, and F. s ih JAMIESON-—LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. South of Living on the Coasts of Britain to the ees | Living xxx | * 7K x: * x Britain. x oe % | Living w ithin the Arctic Circle. iving on the East Coast ek x x | Lav * 2 mK % OK OK 7K OK 2K > x KK OK OK of North America. + « | mK 199 Living in the North Pacific. 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Jan. 11, Per cent. UB ribistien ce ae en ae neces ae ee ON OUbMErMY 5) ob. eit arch cimde UIE aa et eden cele em 7) BAEEICE ju. ie ait ean Mena ee) iene Ato eee MOL OOO) Ne Ke Americans sae actuate, bine oh oes Came Ondl IN; Pacific’. S* 3. Soe eae e0) My friend Mr. Robert Dawson of omen who has explored the malacology of the Aberdeenshire coast with great success, tells me that when dredging he finds a great many semifossil Arctic shells belonging to species which he never meets with alive. These he supposes (and, I think, with great probability) to be derived from glacial beds passing underneath the sea, and extending for a con- siderable distance out from the coast. He has kindly furnished me with the following list of these shells, in reference to which he says, “* All the fossils included in the list were dredged by me off the coasts of Cruden and Slains, at a distance of from three to eight miles from land, and at the depth of from 30 to 45 fathoms. As, however, some of them (Yrophon scalariformis and Gunneri, Pecten Islandicus, &c.) have been brought. up by the fishermens’ lines at the distance of thirty miles from land, I believe that the fossil-deposit, whatever it may be, extends to a great distance seaward. The reason why they are not found nearer land appears evidently to be that the sea-bottom, for at least three miles from shore, consists of fine sand, covering probably the fossil-deposit beneath. None of these species have been found by me alive; and from the appear- ance of all the specimens, I believe that none of them are alive in this district.” =] GH (3) cs : ee Semele © 21? 2l8 /8 Ble No.|- Species. Hsia slap 9s 33 a B/C. rfl] a3 BA] ofA|-eO a5 ie o \* |e oF bp ele 12 (PCIE ae ie le eal A iF [A [A 1| Astarte borealis, Chemn. x |* 2| Astarte sulcata, var. elliptica . . * % 1% 3 | Astyris (Columbella) Holbéllii, Beck (= “Mangelia Holbéllii, Moller). . . * | % 4.| Cardium exiguum, Gmelin (= C. pygmeum, Fg’ H. ) * [| * 5 | Corbula gibba, Olivi (=C. nucleus, Lam. & F. & H.) | * | * | x 6 | Cyclostrema costulatum, Morch (=Skenea? costu- lata, F. § #.). Pic ere PAULL ery eS x | x 7 | Lepeta ceca, Miller (= Patella cerea, Moller) . . x | x 8| Margarita striata, Brod. g Sow. (=M. cmerea, Couthouy) . * | x 9) Mesalia ? borealis, ‘Beck (= Scalaria | Esehrichti Moller) : x | x 10| Mya truncata, var. "Uddevallensis * | x 11| Natica affinis, Gmelin (=N. clausa). . * | * | x 12 Natica Islandica, Giunelin (=N. helicoides, F. & H. ‘ * x |x 1865. | No. 18 Inst of Shells (continued). Species. Pecten Islandicus, Miller . . ee peace (= Terebratula psittacea, Lam.) . Saxicava rugosa, var. aretica, lar ee e form Tellina calcarea, Chemn. (=T. proxima) Trophon fea LI, (=Fusus sealaiformis, Gould) .. Trophon clathratus, v var. ; Gunneri, Lovén | JAMIESON——LAST CHANGES IN SCOTLAND. Living on the Coasts of Living to the South of ss | Living w: Britain. ithin the Arctic Circle. | Living on the East Coast % OK OK of North America. * Living in the North 201 S) a x3) & Ay 2. List of Shells collected in the clay-pits at Paisley, near Glasgow ; about 20 feet above the sea. (See page 176.) Astarte compressa, Montagu. Common... . Axinus flexuosus, Mont., var. Gouldii. Afew . . Buccinum undatum, Linn. Of all sizes, not un- common . . Cardium edule, pre, One valve) SENG Cyprina Islandica, Linn. vey como and of all sizes Lacuna civanienta! Denice ine : Leda pernula, Miiller. A few Reese Leda pygmea, Minster. Not uncommon . . Littorina litorea, Zinn. Four, one of them of large size. . c Littorina limata, oven Tyo sae Littorina squalida, Brod. 4 Sow. Two Littorina rudis, Donovan. = Trap-rocks. Na VA ferous. e @ Granite. vauuminwaa, Upper Old Red Sandstone. 1. Melmerby Scar. 7. Grumpley. 13. Keisley. 2. Aw Fell. 8. Crowdundle Beck. 14. Higheup Gill. 3. Cuns Fell. 9. Burney Hill. 15. Murton Pike. 4. Ashlock Syke. 10. Knock Pike. 16. Murton Beck. 5. Ardale Beck. 11. Dufton Pike. 17. Roman Fell. 6. Wythwaite Top. 12. Gregory. AB, CD, lines of section, figs. 2 and 3. 1865. ] HARKNESS—-CUMBERLAND AND WESTMORELAND, 237 half, the average width being about a mile. Its northern limit is in the township of Melmerby, in Cumberland, and its most southern point is in that of Hilton, in Westmoreland, this narrow band of Lower Silurian Rocks running from Melmerby through Ousby and Kirkland in Cumberland, and through Milburn, Knock, Dufton, Murton, and Hilton in Westmoreland. The northern boundaries of this Lower Silurian area are the rocks which usually form the base of the Pennine escarpment, namely, the Upper Old Red Sandstone and the Melmerby Scar Lime- stone—the base of the Carboniferous formation in the north of Eng- land. The boundary on the W.S.W. side is more varied: the more southern portion, being the Great Pennine Fault, which brings the Lower Silurian Rocks and the Upper Permian Sandstones in con- tact, is very regular; but the more northern portion has a very irregular outline, and consists of Upper Old Red Sandstone and Lower Carboniferous Rocks, these having been broken from the Pennine range and thrown down to the west by a fault. These newer Paleozoic strata come in contact with the Great Pennine Fault on the west, where they have a regular margin; but on their eastern side, where they join the older Paleozoic Rocks, their out- line is very irregular. The country occupied by the Lower Silurian Rocks in this portion of the north of England presents a very strong contrast to the areas which bound them both on their E.N.E. and W.S.W. sides. To the E.N.E. the bold wall-like limestone-escarpments, the compara- tively unbroken summits, and the easy eastern slopes of the Car- boniferous rocks, exhibit features widely removed from those of the Lower Silurian masses; and the gently undulating surface of the Permian formation to the W.S.W. presents a still more distinct contour of country. The Lower Silurians of this area are boldly conical in their outline, probably more so than in any other portion of the British isles; and to such an extent does this conical form prevail that a volcanic origin has been assigned to the rocks—a con- clusion which has been partially borne out by the abundance of porphyries in some of the conical hills. The peculiar outline of the Lower Silurian rocks can be well seen from the neighbourhood of Appleby, where Knock, Dufton, and Murton pikes, to the east, rise boldly from the gently undulating Permian country at their western bases. It is also distinctly seen from the north and south, in the case of the two former pikes, a deep narrow valley separating them from the Pennine Chain. This conical outline was probably the result of rolls in the rocks, and of a fault which runs between the Pennine chain and the Pikes of Knock and Dufton. Subsequent denudation has also greatly mo- dified the original form of this Silurian area. With reference to the latter, the present drainage of the country, which is the only source by which the rocks are exposed in some localities, has cut valleys running nearly east and west, or almost at right angles to the direc- tion of the fault just referred to; and through these the streams flowing from the steep Pennine escarpment rush westwards with great 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22, eroding power through the Silurian area in their course to the river - Eden. The Lower Silurian rocks and the strata which bound them have been referred to in a memoir by Dr. Buckland*. This, however, was at a time long antecedent to Sir Roderick Murchison’s labours among the older rocks; and consequently the relations described by Dr. Buckland are such as are inapplicable to the present state of our - knowledge of the older Paleozoic series. Professor Phillips, in his ‘Geology of Yorkshire,’ has also alluded to the rocks of this district as forming the base upon which the Old Red Sandstones and the Carboniferous strata of the north of England repose. 2. The Lower Silurian Rocks of the South-east of Cumbertanas It has been already stated that the extreme northern limit of the Lower Silurian rocks in the south-east of Cumberland is in the township of Melmerby. In this locality these rocks are exhibited, flanked on their western side by the Upper Permian sandstones, which have been brought into contact with the older Paleeozoic rocks by the Great Pennine Fault. On the north and north-east the Upper Old Red sandstones are seen bordering the Lower Silurian rocks, reposing unconformably upon them, and dipping towards the north-east at a low angle. Immediately contiguous to the Lower Silu- rian strata, on their western side, as seen in Rake Beck, about a mile east of Melmerby village, is a mass of trap which sends veins into them. This trap soon disappears from the old rocks southward from Rake Beck; it can, however, be seen north of the extreme northern limits of the Silurian strata, forming low hummocky hil- locks along the base of the Pennine escarpment; and it is probably a portion of that line of igneous rock which intersects the Permian strata in the centre of Cumberland, cutting across them from Ren- wick, in a W.N.W direction, through Barrock Fell to Petterell Crooks, near Wreay Station, on the Lancaster and Carlisle Railway. The Lower Silurian rocks are exposed in the upper portion of Rake Beck, in the parish of Melmerby, and in the streams which join this rivulet. They compose a hill called Mickle Aw Fell, on the north side of Rake Beck; and in its neighbourhood the strata have been extensively worked for diking purposes. The rocks, as seen here, are hard flaggy slates, usually of a dark- grey colour, but having occasional green bands among them. At Mickle Aw Fell they dip 8.8.E. about 50°, and possess all the characters of the flaggy beds of the Skiddaw slates. The evidence of the occur- ence of fossils in them is imperfect, consisting only of impressions and elevations having a G'orgonza-like aspect, and possessing a dis- tinct central axis, which sends off from each side a reticulated struc- ture with interspaces. Impressions and elevations of a like nature are also seen among the Skiddaw slates of the Lake-country. In the course of Rake Beck, below the junctions of the streams flowing from Mickle Aw Fell, the Skiddaw slates are also seen; but they have a different mineral character from the flaggy slates of Mickle Aw Fell. They are black in colour and soft in nature, in which features * Geol. Trans. Ist series, vol. iv. p. 105 e¢ seq. 1865.] they agree with the higher beds of the Skiddaw slate series as these are seen near the junction with the suc- ceeding green slates and por- phyries of the Lake-district proper. South-eastfrom Mickle Aw Fell, another hill of greater elevationisseen. This, named Cuns Fell, has a very different mineral nature from the ele- vations which are composed of Skiddaw slates. Cuns Fell has also a different outline from Mickle Aw Fell. Its summit is craggy; and the upper portion of its eastern side presents prominent bosses of rocks, which have strewn this side and the south-eastern slope with an enormous quantity of débris. The rock forming Cuns Fell is a greenish crystalline porphyry, in which crystals of felspar are abundant ; it has considerable affinity to the green rocks of the lower portion of the green slates and porphyry series of the Lake-district, especially as these are seen in Barton Fell, overlying the Skiddawslates, but in the latter locality the green rocks are somewhat less crystalline than in Cuns Fell. These green porphyries form also the great mass of the rounded hill called Cat- terpellet, lying immediately south-west of Cuns Fell, to the north-east of which, like the Skiddaw slates, they pass under the Old Red Sand- stone. On the south side of Cuns Fell there is a rather large and somewhat semicir- cular valley known as Ousby VOL. XXI.—PART I. B Snoaojiyissoy *a ‘soyse ‘souojsudedy *¢ ‘soreys Asse ‘satadydao [ UOJsIUOD IO BTV ‘a ‘soyse pue ‘sordydaod ‘sauoysuoeas aoddq -p ‘aU0}SOUUL %& "SyOOY snosofruoqaeyg ° ‘souojspueg pay plo seddg d pue "soqB[S MBPPIYG “v7 oe \\\ ee D \\ . \. eae HARKNESS—-CUMBERLAND AND WESTMORELAND. Melmerby Scar. Mickle Aw Fell. Moray Hill. Grumple Hill. if Crowdundle eck. Burney Hill (1401 feet). Milburn Beck. Knock Pike (1806 feet). Dufton Pike (1578 feet). Pusgill. Highcup Gill. Murton Pike (1949 feet). Murton Beck. s 239 “MONON “(sop FT) ay vomoy of hquowapy moif woysag—z *S1yq m y f)-----Roman Fell. @ fy 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22, Dale, from the eastern side of which (the Pennine escarpment) several small rivulets flow, and by their junction form the stream called Ousby Dale Beck. In one of these small rivulets Skiddaw slates make their appearance, dipping N.N.W. 70°, or under the green rocks of Cuns Fell. This local exposure of Skiddaw slates is very small, being succeeded immediately on the west and on the south by rocks appertaining to the greenstone and porphyry series. There is, near this spot, but a little to the south of it, a small area of syenite, which is now being worked. The ridges on the south side of Ousby Dale (namely, Windy Gap, Hawse Crag, Sharp Shears, and Kit’s How) are all composed of yel- lowish-grey porphyry resembling some of the porphyries which make their appearance in the lower portions of the green rocks overlying the Skiddaw slate in some parts of the Lake-district. To the south of these ridges the country, for a short distance, is comparatively flat; and at Ashlock Syke the same yellowish-grey porphyries are seen lying upon the upper soft shales of the Skiddaw slates, which are highly cleaved here, but the strata seem to be nearly vertical. Ashlock Syke is the position of an anticlinal axis. Between Ash- lock Syke and Ardale Beck, which lies about half a mile south from Ashlock Syke, the area is made up of low hills composed of por- phyry; and at Ardale Beck, which flows by the village of Ousby, the porphyry is again found having the same relations to the under- lying Skiddaw slates as at Ashlock Syke. The Skiddaw slates at Ardale Beck afford Graptolites belonging to the genus Tetragrapsus. From Ardale Beck, for a short distance §.8.E., the area occupied by the Lower Silurian rocks becomes greatly narrowed, in conse- quence of the Upper Old Red Sandstone and the overlying Carboni- ferous rocks of Cocklock Scar on the E.N.E. coming nearly into con- tact with the same rocks on the W.S.W., which form Bank Rig. In the intervening narrow area the Skiddaw slates cannot be dis- tinetly made out; but a short distance southwards, on the south- east side of Kirkland Beck (a stream which probably marks the S.S.E. boundary of this Skiddaw slate area), hard green rocks make their appearance and form the hill called Wythwaite Top. These green rocks resemble those of Cuns Fell, but they are somewhat more » compact in their nature, and they cannot be distinguished from the green rocks of Barton Fell, near Ullswater, at which place they come into contact with the Skiddaw slates*. Rocks appertaining to the same green series occur to the 8.S.E. of Wythwaite Top. They form Moray Hill and Grumpley Hill, but, as seen in these latter elevations, they are more porphyritic than in Wythwaite Top. These three hills form the west and south-west base of Cross Fell, under which the green and porphyritic rocks extend. Their S8.S.E. boundary here is the Crowdundle, a stream which separates in this area the counties of Cumberland and Westmoreland. 3. The Lower Silurian Rocks of the North-east of Westmoreland. —On crossing the Crowdundle Beck into Westmoreland, the outline | of the country presents a strong contrast to that of the area on the * Vide Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xix. p. 127. 1865. ] HARKNESS—CUMBERLAND AND WESTMORELAND. 241 Cumberland side of this stream. On the south-east side of Crow- dundle, the country, for about three-quarters of a mile, is compa- ratively flat; but the surface is curiously intersected by small, shal- low, sinuous valleys, many of which are dry. There is, however, a fine section laid open in this flat area by a stream called Middle Tongue Beck, which flows from the south-east into the Crow- dundle. This section exposes a fine series of Upper Skiddaw slates, con- torted, but on the whole dipping N.N.W. under the porphyries of Grumpley Hill. These soft shaly Upper Skiddaw slates have in them the masses with the “ cone-in-cone”’ so common to this portion of the series in the Lake-country. They have also cleavage highly deve- loped; and Graptolites characteristic of the Skiddaw slates occur in them. The flat area which they occupy is known as Milburn Pasture; but on the south-east of it the Skiddaw slates attain an elevation of 1400 feet above the level of the sea, forming here Burney Hill. A stream known as Milburn Beck, or as Knock-one-Gill Beck, flows from the Pennine escarpment and along the south-east side of Burney Hill. In one spot, about a mile north-east of Milburn Grange, this stream cuts a fine section in the rocks on the south side of Burney Hill. Here also we have the upper shales of the Skiddaw slates, with “‘cone-in-cone”? masses exposed; and here the dip is opposite to that seen in Middle Tongue Beck, or 8.8.E. A short distance below this, in the course of Milburn Beck at Swineside, a mass of yellowish porphyry comes on, and, continuing down the stream, forms its.bed to near Milburn Grange. This porphyry also has a great affinity to some of those which occur near the base of the green rocks of the Lake-country. South-east from Milburn Beck the country exhibits a very broken surface, the hills having the prominent conical outline before al- luded to. Of these, Knock Pike (1306 feet) presents itself on the south side of Milburn Beck. The northern, western, and southern slopes of this hill are clothed with fine grass, but the eastern side is somewhat craggy and abounds in debris. The rocks and débris on this side afford a clear insight into the composition of this hill. Porphyry, similar to that at Swineside, is the constituent rock of Knock Pike; it crosses the valley on the north-east side of the Pike, and forms a hill called Flagdaw (1355 feet), which has a con- tour similar to Knock Pike. From Flagdaw this rock extends north-eastwards, passing under the Upper Paleozoic rocks of the Pennine escarpment. To the south-east of Knock Pike is a stream called Swindale Beck, which, after leaving the Pennine escarpment, flows over por- phyry similar to that of Knock Pike. As it approaches the village of Knock the character of its bed becomes altered, the rocks consisting of purple and green slaty masses, dipping 8.S8.E., reposing on the porphyry of Knock Pike, but passing under the rocks which com- pose Dufton Pike. ‘These purple and green slates of Swindale Beck ; gs 2 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22, have their analogues among the green slates which are associated with the porphyries and ash-beds of the Lake-district. Dufton Pike (1578 feet), which is on the south side of Swindale Beck, has, on its northern side, porphyries resembling those which make up Knock Pike; and these are not confined to the northern slope of Dufton Pike, for they form the principal portion of this hill. These porphyries are penetrated by a mass of fine-grained granite, as seen in a field called Barky Close. This granite extends westwards, and is also seen in the narrow road immediately below the farm of Halsteads. It possesses many of the features of felstone, and has erystals of mica disseminated through it. Its occurrence here, and its nature, have been noticed by Dr. Buckland *. The porphyries which form the bulk of Dufton Pike also make up the mass of Brownber (1695 feet), a hill lying about half a mile north-east of Dufton Pike. The north-eastern side of Brownbar comes abruptly against the newer Paleozoic rocks. Brownbar is separated from Dufton Pike by a deep narrow valley, a continua- tion 8.S.E. of the valley which separates Knock Pike from Flagdaw. Although the great mass of Dufton Pike consists of hard por- phyries, these are not the exclusive components of this hill. Its south-east side exhibits rocks which are distinctly laminated, which have a well-marked cleavage, and which are composed of felspathic ashes. These ashy rocks have been partially quarried on the south- east side of Dufton Pike. They mark a considerable change in the nature of the rocks in this area; and they are succeeded by other rocks still further removed from the porphyritic series. Immediately south-east of the base of Dufton Pike is an area having a very different outline from the conical-hill country just alluded to. ‘This area possesses gently undulating features, and 1s drained by small streams which alone afford exposures of rock. One of these, named Pusgill, flows along the south-east base of Dufton Pike, and the rocks intersected by this stream consist of dark flaggy shales impressed with a distinct cleavage; and these shales, wherever they occur in the bed of the stream, are highly fossiliferous along the laminz of deposition +. Rocks of the same nature are also seen in the course of the small stream (Dufton Syke) which supplies the village of Dufton with water; and the strata here are even more fossiliferous than in Pusgill. The dark flaggy fossiliferous shales also occur in Billy’s Beck, where this stream in- tersects Bale Moor; and we have them still further to the south- east, in the bed of Harthwaite Syke. These dark-coloured fossiliferous flaggy rocks, which have aS8.S.E. dip, occupy a zone, measured on their dip, of more than three- quarters of a mile wide; and, like the porphyries, they too pass under the Newer Paleozoic rocks on the north-east, and on the south-west they are brought into contact with the Upper Permian * Trans. Geol. Soc. Ist series, vol. iv. p. 109. + My attention was first directed to the fossiliferous nature of the Pusgill shales by Mr. Wallace, of Dufton, the author of ‘The Mineral Deposits of Alston Moor.’ 1865. ] HARKNESS—CUMBERLAND AND WESTMORELAND. 243 Sandstones by the Great Pennine Fault. The fossils which occur in these dark shales, although not very numerous in species, are very characteristic forms, and are as follows:—Stenopora fibrosa (branching variety), Crinoid stems, Lingula ovata, Leptena sericea, Orthis testudinaria, O. calligramma, O. alternata, Modiolopsis orbi- cularis, Bellerophon bilobatus, Orthoceras Brongnartu, Tentaculites annulatus, Beyrichia strangulata, Trinucleus concentricus, Calymene Blumenbachu, Homalonotus bisuleatus, Lichas laxatus, and Ampyx manmmillatus* To the south-east of Harthwaite Syke the outline of the country differs widely from the gently undulating area lying between this small stream and the south-east base of Dufton Pike. The coun- try becomes hilly, and the low hills again assume a conical form. One of these hills, called Gregory, lying a short distance from Harthwaite Dyke, has a porphyritic nature, and its west side has been worked extensively for dyking-purposes. The porphyry here has a greenish-grey aspect. It extends a short distance south-west through Harthwaite Pasture, but towards the south-east it is soon succeeded by felspathic ashes, which are well exposed about four hundred yards north of Keisley, and which continue south-east a short distance beyond this exposure. These ashes are also seen at Studgill Tarn, a small lake a short distance east of Keisley; and, although much contorted, they have a prevailing §.8.E. dip. The felspathic ash-beds just referred to are succeeded imme- diately south-east of Keisley and Studgill Tarn by a series of rocks which have no representatives in the country which has been pre- viously described. This series consists of limestones of a dark-grey colour, with purple blotches, well bedded, and dipping 8.8.E. at 35°. Some of the beds of this limestone have a somewhat concretionary aspect, and have interbedded irregular shaly bands associated with them. Near Keisley, this limestone has been worked for many years; and although fossils are not plentiful in the quarries, the walls built of this limestone afford abundance of animal remains from the weathering of the rock. The following are the fossils which the Keisley limestone affords :—namely, Stenopora fibrosa, Halysites cate- nulatus, Petraia subduplicata, Nebulipora lens, Crinoid stems, Lingula brevis, Siphonotreta, sp., Orthis calligramma, O. elegantula, Stropho- mena tenuistriata, S. corrugata, S. expansa, Leptena monilifera, Fe- nestella assumilis (Portl.), Ptilodictyum dichotomum, Modiolopsis Neret, Orthoceras vagans, O. politum?, Theca triangularis, Theca, sp., Conularia elongata, Holopea concinna, Cheirurus clavifrons, C. bimu- cronatus, Ampy« tumidus?, Illenus Davisii, Lichas, sp., Harpes, sp., Cythere phaseolus, an Entomostracan which occurs in great abundance in the limestone of the Chair of Kildare, and a pygidium, probably of Cheirurus octolobatus. This group of fossils from the Keisley lime- * Many of the above fossils were first obtained by my friend Mr. Henry Nicholson, of Penrith. In one locality in the higher part of Pusgill he detected a spot in which the shales were full of Beyrichia strangulata, Orthoceras Brong- niarti, and Stenopora fibrosa. Tam also indebted to him for many fossils from Keisley, a locality subsequently alluded to. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22, stone has a great affinity to the contents of the Bala limestone, but it is even more nearly related to the Coniston limestone, the northern equivalent of the Bala calvareous rocks: when the strike of the Keisley limestone is looked at, and this strike connected with the range of the Coniston limestone in the north-west of England, the relation of the Keisley area with the limestone of the Lake-country is seen to be still more intimate. We can trace the Coniston lime- stone (as shown by Professor Sedgwick) extending from Broughton in Furness, by Monk Coniston, Low Wood, at the north-east end of Windermere, Applethwaite, Kentmere, and Longsleddle, to Shap Wells, where it is overlain by the Upper Old Red Sandstone and the Carboniferous Rocks of the centre of Westmoreland. Thence extending E.N.E., it passes under the Permian Rock of the. Vale of the Eden, and reappears at Keisley on the same line of strike as at Shap Wells, where it passes underneath the newer Paleozoic Rocks. With reference to the fossiliferous flaggy shales which underlie the ash-beds of Keisley and the porphyritic rocks of Gregory, but which succeed the thick porphyritic masses of Dufton and Knoek Pikes, these as yet have no recognized analogues in the Lake- country. They have, however, their equivalents in North Wales. The black slates which are superposed on the igneous rocks of the Arens and Arenigs are their representatives in this country, since they afford similar fossils. The fossiliferous rocks of the Snowdon series, occurring between felspathic traps and ash-beds, also exhibit the same fossil contents, and occur likewise under nearly the same conditions as the flaggy shales occupying the gently undulating area south-east of Dufton Pike. If we take collectively the group of rocks from the N.N.W. limit of the Lower Silurian area of the south-east of Cumberland, and of the north-east of Westmoreland, we have the following sequence :— namely, first and lowest, Skiddaw slates, or Lower Llandeilo, with characteristic fossils. Second, a thick mass of porphyries, including green and purple slates, and having ash-beds in their higher por- tions. As yet these have afforded no fossils, and they represent the - Upper Llandeilo. Upon these Upper Llandeilo fossiliferous thick black shales, felspar-porphyries, ashes, and limestones occur, which, both in mineral nature and fossil contents, represent the Caradoc or Bala group*. A short distance to the south-east of the Keisley lime-quarries a mass of rocks presents itself having a nature altogether different from the calcareous strata, and with a dip directly opposite to that of the Keisley limestones. It is well seen in a hill called Whinskill, * Tn the determination of the fossils, I have been assisted by Professor T. Ru- pert Jones, who examined the Entomostraca for me, and Mr. W. H. Bailey, pa- leontologist to the Irish Geological Survey, who has gone over a portion of the remains from the Keisley limestone with me, and who recognized the affinity of this limestone with that of the Chair of Kildare both in fossils and mineral character. 1865. } HARKNESS—CUMBERLAND AND WESTMORELAND. 245 nearly in contact with the Keisley limestones which form the northern slope of this hill. On the south-east side of Whinskill there are several quarries which have been wrought for dyking- purposes, and in these we have good exposures of the rocks which occur to the south-east of the Keisley limestone. Here the strata consist of hard, dark-coloured, flaggy slates with a highly inclined N.N.W. dip. They have also a vertical cleavage, and in every respect they resemble the coarse Skiddaw slates which underlie the softer shaly beds of the higher portion of this series. ’ The altogether discordant dip, and the mode in which the Skid- daw slates of Whinskill come in contact with the Coniston limestone of Keisley, indicate the existence here of a great fault, which brings the Lower Skiddaw, or a lower portion of the Lower Llandeilo, into contact with the Coniston or Bala limestone. The amount of the throw-down to the N.N.W., produced by this fault, cannot be ex- actly determined, since there is as yet no means of knowing the exact position of the portion of the Skiddaw slate in contact with the Coniston limestone, or the total thickness of the porphyries, green slates, ashes, and fossiliferous flaggy shales which intervene be- tween the top of the Skiddaw slates and the base of the Coniston limestone. There are, however, good grounds for assuming that the amount of throw exceeds 10,000 feet, which is probably the thickness of the interposed rocks separating the Skiddaw slates from the Coniston limestone. This fault is of an ancient date, as it in no way affects the Upper Old Red Sandstone and the Car- boniferous strata which overlie the Older Paleozoic rocks. Whinskill forms the north-west boundary of a deep hollow called Higheup Gill, which, after traversing the Lower Silurian rocks, penetrates the Old Red Sandstone and Carboniferous group. This hollow is drained by a stream called Highcupgill Beck *. On the south-east side of this hollow, at Harbour Flat, the flaggy Skiddaw slates are also seen, having been worked at a quarry here. They dip N.N.W. at 60°, and they are intersected by the coarse vertical cleavage before alluded to. The same rocks form the west slope of the hill called Middle Tongue, where they are capped by an escarp- ment of the newer Paleozoic rocks. The hard flaggy Skiddaw slates occur on the north side of Murton Pike (1949 feet), and are here much intersected by quartz-veins. They are still better seen on the western side of this hill; and at the base of the southern slope they are well exposed in a cliff called Thornarbour Scar. These Skiddaw-slate rocks form the whole of Murton Pike, except * the eastern side, where they are overlain by the newer Paleozoic strata. Wherever the flaggy slates are seen in Murton Pike they have a N.N.W. dip and vertical cleavage; and they retain through- out the same type of mineral character. Immediately south-east of Murton Pike, the same rocks are seen in Murton Beck. They occupy the slope between Murton Beck * In this glen one of the finest sections of the Carboniferous Rocks (including the Whinskill) of the Pennine escarpment occurs. 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22, and Hilton Beck, and are succeeded on the east by the Old Red Sandstone and Carboniferous Limestone of Delfkirk Scar. We have them also occurring with a N.N.W. inclination in Hilton Beck, at _ the Smelt Mill, very near the line of the Great Pennine Fault. From Hilton Beck south-eastward the same Skiddaw slates are seen. They form the northern and western slopes of Roman Fell, and they are seen in the course of a small stream which intersects the western side of this hill, At Roman Fell the Skiddaw slates are capped by a thick mass of Old Red conglomerates and sandstones ; and to the south-east of Roman Fell this capping hides the Lower Silurians. We have no further trace of them beyond Roman Fell in the east of Westmoreland, the Carboniferous rocks coming into immediate — contact with the Upper Permian Sandstones along this portion of the line of the Great Pennine Fault. 4. Fault through the Lower Silurian Rocks of the South-east of Cumberland and North-east of Westmoreland.—Allusion has already been made to an ancient fault which brings the Skiddaw slates against the Coniston Limestone. This fault has a direction which nearly accords with the strike of the Lower Silurian Rocks. Another fault cuts through the Lower Silurians of the south-east of Cumber- land and the north-east of Westmoreland. Fig. 3.—Section from Milburn to Dun Fell (4 miles). W.S.W. E.N.E. Milburn. Red Carle. Milburn Pasture. Dun Fell. Fault. a. Skiddaw slates. g. Carboniferous rocks. f. Upper Old Red Sandstone. h. Upper Permian Sandstones. The direction of this fault is nearly at right angles to that which brings the Skiddaw slates and the Coniston Limestone into contact ; and its course is nearly parallel to that of the Great Pennine Fault. Indications of this fault can be seen among the Carboniferous rocks on the road from Melmerby to Alston, about a mile N.N.E. from the former village. It can be still better observed among the Old Red Sandstones and Carboniferous rocks on the south side of Mel- merby Scar, the western portion of this, called the Nib, being broken off from the bulk of the Scar and thrown down to the westward. The Lower Silurian rocks afford very little indication of this fault; but the newer Paleozoic series, the Upper Old Red Sand- stone, and the Carboniferous formation indicate the extension of the fault, in a N.N.W. and S.S.E. direction, through and beyond the older Paleozoic rocks. 1865. | HARKNESS—CUMBERLAND AND WESTMORELAND. 247. There is in the townships of Ousby and Kirkland in Cumberland, _ and in the township of Milburn in Westmoreland, an area lying W.S.W. of the Lower Silurian Rocks and E.N.E. of the Great Pennine Fault, occupied by strata appertaining to the Carboniferous formation and the Upper Old Red Sandstone. ‘These rocks can be seen in Ashlock Syke, a short distance from the church at Ousby. They are still more apparent in Ardale Beck, from Ousby Town Head for about half a mile E.N.E., where they are succeeded by the upper shales of the Skiddaw slates. The limestones of the Car- boniferous formation have been worked here, and the pebbly beds of the Old Red Sandstone occur beneath them, but the whole are greatly broken up. The occurrence here of these rocks has been noticed by Dr. Buckland *. The outcrop of the Old Red Sandstone occurring in this de- tached area can be traced from Ardale Beck along the north-east, east, and south-east escarpment of the Common called Bank Rig. This escarpment, in its eastern part, is in almost close contiguity with the Old Red Sandstone of Cocklock Scar, the former passing under the limestone of Bank Rig, and the latter under the Mel- merby Scar limestone of Skirwith Fell, the slight interval se- parating these Old Red Sandstones and limestones being occupied by the Skiddaw slate, as before mentioned. The limestone over- lying the Upper Old Red Sandstone of Bank Rig is worked on the Common, and has a 8.8.E. dip at 15°. From the occurrence of the pebbly Old Red Sandstone below it, this limestone is doubtless the lowest of the Carboniferous strata, the Melmerby Scar hmestone. A short distance to the south of Bank Rig, Kirkland Beck intersects the Old Red Sandstone, which has here a south-west dip, being directly opposite to the inclination of its equivalent, as this underlies the Carboniferous rocks of the Pennine esearpments. Passing into Westmoreland, we find this detached and south- western Carboniferous area separated from the Pennine chain by the Skiddaw slates of Milburn Pasture. Limestone has been exten- sively worked in this portion of the area, at Thrushgill and other spots on Red Carle. We find it again about a third of a mile south-east of Howgill Castle, beyond which, southward, we lose all traces of this newer Palzeozoic area, the Skiddaw slates, porphyries, ash-beds, fossiliferous flags, or Coniston Limestone coming into contact with the Upper Permian sandstones on the line of the Great Pennine Fault. This detached area of Old Red Sandstone and Carboniferous rocks commonly occupies a much lower elevation than the corresponding rocks of the Pennine escarpment, from which it has been broken off and thrown down to the south-west. It is probably the relic of a much larger area which at one time covered up the Lower Silurian Rocks, their exposure being the result of denudation. The extension of this fault through the older Paleozoic rocks, beyond the south-eastern termination of the detached Old Red Sandstone and Carboniferous area, is difficult to determine. There is, however, as before alluded to, a deep valley separating * Loc, cit. supra, p. 113. 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22, Knock Pike from Flagdaw, and Dufton Pike from Brownbar; and probably the direction of this valley is the course of the fault. It seems also to extend 8.S.E. along the western and south-western flank of Murton Pike, and continues this course through the Skid- daw slates. Beyond these, to the 8.S.E., it can be again recog- nized among the Carboniferous rocks of Warcop Fell, a portion of which is thrown down to the west. Here, however, denuda- tion has not been sufficient to uncover the underlying Lower Si- lurian rocks. The conditions under which we meet with this N.N.W. and §.8.E. fault show its recent origin as contrasted with the W.S.W. and E.N.E. fault which brings together the Slid- daw slates and the Coniston limestone. Its true age, however, is difficult to make out. It may be older than the Great Pennine Fault, or if may have been formed at the same time. If so, an immense amount of subsequent denudation must have taken place to remove not only a thick mass of Carboniferous rocks, but also the great development of Permian strata which reposed upon them. The parallelism of this fault with the Great Pennine dis- location would tend to support the inference of similarity of age ; and this inference is still further supported by the occurrence of other parallel small faults in the Permian Rocks of the Vale of the Eden. In the latter area, one of those N.N.W. and 8.8.E. faults cecurs near Croftends, about a mile north of Appleby, by means of which Carboniferous grits, shales, and clay-ironstone on the east are brought against the Lower Permian Sandstones on the west. A similar fault is seen on the east side of the Eden, in the Vale of St. Nicholas, about a quarter of a mile uorth-west from Appleby, where Carboniferous grits and shales on the east, which are overlain by the Lower Permian breccia, have, on their western margin, rocks ap- pertaining to the base of the Permian formation. Lists of Fosstis from the Lowmr Siturtans of the Souru-rast of CumBERLAND and Nortu-East of WESTMORELAND. I. Skiddaw Slates of Rake Beck. 1. Gorgonia-like markings. Il. Black flaggy Shales of Dufton. 15. Modiolopsis orbicularis ? 16. Crinoid stems. 17. Stenopora fibrosa. Ill. Keisley Limestone. 1. Homalonotus bisulcatus. 2. Trinucleus concentricus. 1. Stenopora fibrosa. 3. Calymene Blumenbachii. 2. Halysites catenulatus. 4. Ampyx mammillatus. 3. Petraia subduplicata. 5. Lichas laxatus. 4. Nebulipora lens. 6. Beyrichia strangulata. 5. Crinoid stems. 7. Tentaculites annulatus. 6. Lingula brevis ?, Portlock. 8. Lepteena sericea. 7. Siphonotreta, sp. 9. Orthis testudinaria. 8. Orthis calligramma. 10. calligramma. 9. -—— elegantula. ; 11. alternata. 10. Strophomena tenuistriata. 12. Lingula ovata. 11. -—— expansa. 13. Bellerophon bilobatus. 12. corrugata, Port. (S. undulata, 14. Orthoceras Brongniartii ? M‘Coy). 1865. | SPRUCE—VOLCANIC ROCKS, 249 13. Lepteena monilifera, M ‘Coy. 23. Cheirurus clavifrons. 14. Fenestella assimilis. 24. —— bimucronatus. 15. Ptilodictyum dichotomum. 25. Illenus Davisii. 16. Theca triangularis. 26. Ampyx tumidus. 17. Theca, sp. 27. Lichas, sp. 18. Conularia elongata. 28. Harpes, sp. 19. Holopea concinna, M ‘Coy. 29. Pygidium, probably of Cheirurus 20. Modiolopsis Nerei. octolobatus. 21. Orthoceras vagans. 30. Cythere phaseolus. 22. O. politum ?, M‘Coy. 2. Note on the Voucantc Tura of Laracunea, at the foot of Coro- PAXI; and on the Canedua, or Votcantc Mup of the Quirentan AnvrEs. By Ricuarp Spruce, Esq. [Communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., F.R.S., F.G.S.] (Abstract. ) In this paper it was stated that the town of Latacunga (in lat. 1° S., and 9000 feet above the sea) is entirely built of a volcanic tufa, immense deposits of which occur there, that this tufa is due to ancient eruptions of Cotopaxi, and that the smiths of Latacunga and Ambato use it instead of charcoal whenever their stock of that combustible is exhausted. Mr. Spruce then described the tufa as whitish, light, porous, and more or less fibrous. It fuses after having been heated to redness for a considerable time, and on cool- ing becomes a vitreous mass with a glossy white or greenish sur- face. It has then only half its original volume, but nearly the same weight. The deposits of voleanic mud called “ Cangdua” were also de- scribed. This substance is met with throughout the Quitenian Andes, and the modern towns of Ambato and Riobamba are built of it, though it is said not to constitute a good building-material ; it is compact, slightly argillaceous, more or less saline, and yields very slowly to atmospheric agencies or even to running water. The most extensive beds of it, the date of which is known, occur in valleys east of Carguairazo. This mountain was formerly as high as Chim- borazo; but on the night of June 29th, 1699, its hollow cone fell in, with a shock that destroyed the neighbouring towns, including Ambato, Riobamba, and Alausi, the latter nearly a degree of lati- tude to the southward. Very few of the inhabitants of Ambato escaped; and scarcely had they gathered together on the ruins of the town when they were driven away by floods of fetid mud, which united just below its site. The river Patate (a tributary of the Pastasa) and the Ambato, which runs into it, were for some weeks blocked up, and their waters spread over the country, forming large lakes ; but they finally re-excavated their original channels*, One valley, however, between Ambato and the village of Tisaleo * These particulars were obtained by the author from an account of the catastrophe in the archives of Aimbato, written by one of the few survivors. 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22, was completely filled up, and so remains to this day, the stream which traversed it having found another outlet. Here the Cangaua spreads out into broad sheets nearly a quarter of a mile across. 3. On the Discovery of Fuint ImpLements in the Drirr at Mitrorp Hitt, Satissury. By H. P. Brackmoxrsr, M.D. [Communicated by John Evans, Hsq., F.R.S., F.G.8.] (Abridged.) Since the discovery of flint implements in the higher-level gravel at Fisherton, on the west of this city, an interesting account of which was given by my friend John Evans, Esq., in a valuable paper published in the August Number of the Society’s Journal, a second discovery of a large number of very excellent weapons has been made in the drift-gravel of Milford Hill, a deposit of the same age as the Fisherton Beds, but situated on the opposite side of the Avon, immediately to the east of Salisbury. In the Ordnance Map the name of Milford Hill has been erroneously applied to what is known on the spot as Cricket Down, Milford Hill proper being a continua- tion of Mizmaze Hill. The gravel in which these implements are found is composed of the ordinary subangular chalk-flints, a few well-rolled Tertiary pebbles, some small blocks of saccharoid sandstone, also of Tertiary origin, and a much larger percentage of fragments of Greensand chert than occurs in the gravel at Fisherton. All these materials are blended with a variable proportion of sand and stiff clay, and are stained pretty uniformly of a dark-ferruginous colour. Many of the chalk-flints are of large size, with sharp, well-defined angles, and present scarcely any marks of violent rolling or water-wearing. When we look at any of the sections of chalk in this neighbour- hood, and remark the comparatively few and widely scattered bands of nodules, we feel that one can barely form an adequate notion of the immense bulk of chalk which must have been denuded and disintegrated to produce these large accumulations of flint-gravel, or form any approximative idea of the vast period which such a gradual process must have involved. The drift at Milford completely invests the summit of the hill. It is thickest at the top, where it attains a thickness of from 10- to 12 feet, thins out gradually on the sides, and ceases altogether rather more than halfway down. It is quite free from anything approaching stratification, rests unconformably upon the Chalk, running down in many places into shallow pot-holes, and attains a height of about 100 feet above the present level of the river Ayon. The position of the gravel is interesting and of consider- able importance. Milford Hill is a low chalk spur, placed immediately above the point where a small stream called the Bourne joins the river Avon, 1865. | BLACKMORE—FLINT IMPLEMENTS. 251 thus forming a kind of buttress which separates the two valleys. It is, however, separated from the main tract of high land which intervenes between the two valleys by a transverse valley about 30 feet in depth, so that it forms, in fact, an isolated hill entirely discon- nected, by valleys of greater or less depth, from any higher ground. From the conformation of the valley, it must be evident to any one, that when the gravel was deposited on Milford Hill the ancient river must, during the continual variations of its course, have ex- tended from Laverstock Hill on the east to Harnham Hill on the west, a distance of about three miles. Some few years since, a good section of this drift was exposed on the south-eastern side of the hill, in the cutting made for the London and South-Western Railway; and here, near the base of the gravel, a narrow seam of loose light-coloured sand and shells was discovered. The shells in this single spot existed in the greatest profusion, and, although extremely friable, were mostly entire and unbroken. They consisted principally of Heliw hispida in all stages of its growth. There were a few specimens of H. arbustorum, mostly broken, two or three of Pupa muscorum, and a single indivi- dual of Zua lubrica. It is rather remarkable that all these shells are terrestrial, and in every way agree with examples of the same species still living in the adjacent fields. With the single exception of a fragment of an upper molar tooth of a species of Hquus, no bones or Mammalian remains have as yet been discovered; and at no other point in the gravel has any seam of sand with shells been found, although diligent search has been made at every opening. There is in many places at the base of the compact gravel, rest- ing upon the Chalk, an irregular deposit of pale fawn-coloured chalk-rubble, containing a small admixture of flint-gravel, but no organic remains. With regard to the implements themselves, they are, with two or three exceptions, all of the long pointed type, thus confirming the opinion of Mr. Evans that this particular form is mainly character- istic of the higher-level gravels. They are found scattered unevenly throughout the deposit ; the majority, however, occur low down, in many cases imbedded in the chalk-rubble above mentioned. The implements on the side of the hill are relatively only half as numerous as on the top. The condition of the surface of the weapons varies considerably. The majority are water-worn, and show evident traces of having travelled some distance in very rough company, and bear marks of many a hard knock and jostle by the way; others, however, have the angles of the chippings as sharp and well preserved as if they were made but yesterday. Some are stained of a deep yellow colour, others only partially so, and some not at all. It is rather remarkable that this staining does not appear to be due to their present position in the gravel, as some of the darkest-coloured ones have been dug out of the pale chalk-rubble side by side with frag- ments of flint retaining its original hue; and, on the other hand, 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22. perfectly unstained examples have been obtained from the dark ochreous gravel. From the great attention paid to the excavations by Mr. Brown and others, a very considerable number of imple- ments have been seen absolutely i situ; so that there is no possi- bility of any erroneous observations on this point. Nearly all present a greater or less amount of dendritic markings, and very many have a slight incrustation of carbonate of lime on the lower or under surface. With a single exception, the implements are made from flint derived directly from the Chalk. The exception alluded to is a small specimen of coarse Greensand chert, and is stained of a deep yellow colour. This kind of chert is much less easily worked than flint, but is more tough, and hence probably compensated by this quality for the additional trouble required to chip it into shape. The implements are simply chipped into form, and show no sub- sequent rubbing down, as seen in those of the later Stone-period. The result of this mode of manufacture is evidenced by the presence in the gravel of a large number of rough outside and “ waste flakes,” namely, those flakes of so awkward a form as to be useless for the purpose of implements ; but, rough as these pieces are, all are cha- racterized by a well-marked ‘bulb of concussion,” indicating the spot at which the blow was given to detach the flake from the parent mass. The workmanship of some of the tools is rude in the extreme, and has frequently brought from the labourers the remark, ‘ This one must have been made by a ’prentice hand.” Indeed, taken as a whole, the implements found in this locality are ruder and less skilfully made than most of the specimens from the valley of the Somme. Since the publication of Mr. Evans’s valuable paper on the imple- ments found at Fisherton, I have to record the finding of a very carefully worked specimen from the brick-earth, associated with the remains of the extinct Mammalia a list ef which he has already given. This is the first example hitherto found in the Fisherton brick-earth ; the other specimens were from the higher-level gravel, at a considerable elevation above this deposit. 253 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. POSTPONED PAPER. On the Spectres of Masropon and Kiepuant occurring i the FossiL Strate 7x Great Britain. Parr Ill. Evepnantr (imperfect). By the late Huan Fatconrr, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., For. See. G.S. [Read June 3, 1857*.] CONTENTS. I. Introduction. «. Lateral aspect. II. The subgenera of Elephas. B. Occipital aspect. TIL. Characters of the Stegodons. y- Basal aspect. 1. General remarks. z. Lower jaw. 2. Elephas (Stegodon) Cliftic. k&. Summary of the characters. 3. Elephas (Stegodon) insignis. B. British specimens. IV. Pentalophodon. a. Molars. Y. Characters of the Loxodons. 6. Cranium. 1. General remarks. ce. Lower jaw. 2. African Elephant. d. Bones of the trunk and ex- 3. Elephas (Loxodon) planifrons. tremities. 4. Elephas (Loxodon) priscus. VI. Characters of Huelephas. 5. Elephas(Loxodon)meridionalis. i. General remarks. A. Tusean specimens. 2. Indian Elephant. a. Upper milk-molars. @. Milk-molars. 5. Upper true molars. 6. True molars. c. Lower milk-molars. 3. Elephas (Huelephas) primige- d. Lower true molars. nis. e. Premolars. . Upper milk-molars. f. Ridge-formule. Lower milk-molars. . Characters of the tusks. . Cranium. Upper true molars. . Lower true molars. PSs) Aorta I. Inrropuctrion. In the remarks introductory to the preceding part of this essay, I adverted to the importance, for sound reasoning in geology, that * For the abstract of this communication already published, see Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xiv. p. 81. Part 1 was published in full, with illustrative plates, in vol. xiii. p. 307. This part (unfortunately imperfect, as it is wanting, at least, in the description of Hlephas antiquus, and in a portion of that of LH. primigenius, neither of which desiderata appear to have ever been written) is now published posthumously without illustrations ; but should the figures or spe- eimens designed to illustrate it be satisfactorily determined, the illustrations will be published in a future number of the Journal. The Assistant-Secretary has received much invaluable assistance, in editing this paper, from G. Busk, Hsq., F.R.S., F.G.S., especially in the determination of specimens and figures re- ferred to, but the numbers of which were not filled in by the author. 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. every Mammal found in the fossil state should be determined spe- cifically with precision, and I endeavoured to illustrate the point by the entanglement and confusion of the Faunas of the Miocene and Pliocene periods, which had arisen from so many distinct forms of different ages having been ranged by Cuvier and later paleeontolo- gists under the common name of Mastodon anqustidens. The observation applies with still greater force to the case of Elephas primigenius, to which a scope in space and time, taken to- gether, has been assigned, without a parallel, I believe, within the whole range of the Mammalia, fossil or recent. D’Arcniac, in his excellent ‘Histoire des Progrés,’ so late as 1848, gives a brief summary of the localities in which the remains of the ‘‘ Mammoth (EL. primigenius) have been said to occur, namely, from the British Isles across the whole of the temperate zone of Europe and of Asia, and along all the coasts and islands of the Icy Sea, as far as the frozen cliffs of the east coast of Behring’s Strait ; in Escholtz Bay ; in Russian America as high as 66° of N. lat.; over most of the United States of North America; in the great valley of the Missis- sippi; and along the coasts of the Gulf of Mexico”*. Struck with the extent of this vast area, including all the emerged lands between the parallels of 40° and 75° N. lat., he puts a query whether the Elephantine remains met with by Humboldt on the plateau of Quito and at Cumanacoa in Columbia, did not also belong to the same speciest. De Blainville, going a step beyond most other palzeonto- logists, doubtingly referred the fossil remains of Elephants found so abundantly in tropical India to the same species{, thus assigning at least half of the habitable globe for the pasture-ground of the Mammoth. The duration allotted to the same species is equally remarkable. Discovered fresh, either in the frozen cliffs or in ice-blocks at the mouth of the Lena, it has been traced, through its osseous re- mains, in the superficial gravel-beds over nearly the whole of nor- thern and the greater part of central Europe. Here it has consis- tently been found in company with the Siberian Rhinoceros (R. antiquitatis, Blum.), the Musk-ox, and the Reindeer. The same specific form has been carried down into the so-called “ Pleistocene ” ° clay, loam, and mud deposits which are so massively developed on the Norfolk and Suffolk coast, in company with R. leptorhinus, Hippopotamus major, and other extinct forms; thence through the submerged forest and lignite-bed of Happisburgh and Mundesley into the Crag in company with Mastodon (Tetralophodon) Arvernensis ; and abroad into the ‘‘ Older Pliocene” beds of the Subapennines, and of * Bronn enumerates the following localities :—Spain, Apulia, and Sicily ; the Tslet of Gozo near Malta, Athens, and Odessa; the whole of Europe except Scandinavia; from the Caucasus, through the whole of Siberia, north to the Polar Sea, and Kamtschatka; on the north-west coast of America as far as Escholtz Bay; on the east side of North America, in Ohio, Kentucky, and South Carolina, including the parallels between 40° and 75° N. lat. (Letha Geognostica, Band iii. p. 819.) t Op. cit. tom. ii. p. 378. t ‘ Ostéographie’: “ Des Eléphants,” p. 222. FALCONER—MASTODON AND ELEPHANT, 255 Monte Mario, Monte Verbo, and other localities in the south of Italy. The measure of time involved in the thus-implied duration of the Species is best appreciated by considering some of the changes that appear to have taken place in Kurope during the interval. The Alps, the Pyrenees, and the Apennines have all undergone a considerable amount of elevation. When the earlest Elephants were roaming over the emerged land of Italy, a wide and open sea-communication would seem to have existed between the Mediterranean and the Atlantic Ocean, admitting of a common province for the Mollusca of the shores of the Crag-sea and of Italy, and a common resort for the Whales and Dolphins which abounded at that period in European waters. Portions of the Pliocene sea-bottom of the Subapennines, consisting of stratified beds fullof marine shells, and containing nearly entire skeletons of Elephants and Rhinoceros, have been thrown up into hills, which, after a long series of ages of degradation, still maintain an elevation of 1700 feet above the level of the adjoining sea. Yet, if we are to accept the confidently expressed opinion of Cuvier, long after his early inferences had been questioned, the same form of Mammoth lived through all these mighty changes, and it is only yesterday as it were, in relation to the Human epoch, that its last remnant was exterminated and frozen up in the perennial ice cliffs of the Arctic Circle. It will hardly be denied by any one who attempts to reconcile the English and Continental classifications, that the arrangement of the newer Tertiary and Glacial deposits in successive chronological order is at present in a very unsatisfactory state, probably more so than that of any part of the older Tertiary series: and it appears to me that nothing has contributed more to retard the progress of this section of geolog y in Britain than the generally accepted belief in the specific unity of the Mammoth, wherever fossil remains of Elephants were discovered in European strata. The percentage of extinct Mollusca, so valuable a guide in the identification of the middle Tertiaries, becomes in the newer Tertiaries an evanescent quantity—at every step more elusive as we ascend upwards ; and if the geologist tried to extract some help from the associated Mam- malian remains, he was at once perplexed by the ubiquitous presence of the Mammoth. The very name of Hlephas primigenius was sug- gestive of “transported gravel,”’ “ diluvial action,” “ glacial drift,” or some other explanation sug ovested by the image of the Woolly Mam- moth, frozen in, flesh and bone, at the sana of the Lena; so that every stratum in which Elephant-bones were met with was regarded in some degree under the influence of a foregone conclusion. Nu- merous instances might be cited of the force of this bias upon the views of some of the ablest writers on the geology of the later Tertiary deposits. The object of the present communication is to show that several European fossil species, belonging to two distinct subgenera, have been generally confounded under the name of Elcphas primigenius, that these species are susceptible of being discriminated, not on mere trivial or uncertain, but upon broad and well-founded distinctions, VOL, XXI.—PART I, T 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. and that their range in time is consonant with what is known of other well-determined species of Mammalia, namely, that they have been restricted within definite eras.. In order to give any weight to the specific distinctions among the fossil Elephants which I shall endeavour to point out, it will be necessary to explain the grounds upon which they are founded in greater detail than is set forth in the remarks introductory to the preceding part of this essay, when treating specially of the Mastodons ; and, at the risk of being charge- able in some measure with repetition, I must solicit the indulgence of the Society on the subject. The specific name of Elephas primigenius, adopted from the eminent German naturalist, Blumenbach, was applied by Cuvier to all the fossil Elephantine remains occurring in Europe, Northern Asia, and America, up to the date of his last edition of the ‘ Ossemens Fossiles.’ De Blainville, swayed by his adherence to the dogma of a single and simultaneous creation of living beings, subject to incessant extine- tions, but never repeated, in admitting Hlephas primigenius, extended its area for the reception of the living Indian Elephant, as he held the opinion that there were not sufficient grounds for re- garding them as specifically distinct*. Owen adopted Cuvier’s limitation of the Mammoth; but, struck with the wide differences presented by molars from various British strata, he endeavoured to account for them on the hypothesis of a gradation between thick- and thin-plated varietiest . Gervaist, while fully admitting the a priori improbability that the same species of Elephant ranged from the Pliocene up, through the Pleistocene, to the Postpliocene period, adheres to the specific unity of lephas primigenius ; and he endeavours to escape from the difficulty by assuming that the so- called Pliocene remains of Elephants have been wrongly determined, and ought to be referred to the genus Mastodon. To avoid cumber- ing the present communication by a tedious citation of other au- thorities, I may refer to the two latest compilations on palonto- logy, respectively by Bronn and Pictet, for the existing state of knowledge and opinion upon the subject. Bronn, after an exhaus- tive exposition of the literature on fossil Elephants, sums up by stating that the number of fossil species, exclusive of two or three Indian forms and of Z. priscus (upon which he does not venture to decide), is limited to a single, or, at the utmost, two fossil species ; and he ranges all the European forms, with the exception of Z. * “Fn sorte que le résultat définitif auquel on est conduit par une logique rigoureuse, c’est que dans |’état actuel de nos collections du moins au Muséum de Paris, il est encore 4 peu prés impossible de démontrer que l’Eléphant fossile, dont on trouve tant de débris dans la terre, différe spécifiquement de 1’ Hléphant de I’Inde encore vivant aujourd’hui.”—De Blainville, ‘ Ostéographie: Des Elé- phants,’ p. 222. t “If these varieties” (2. e. thick- and thin-plated) “actually belonged to dis- tinct species of Mammoth, those species must have merged into one another, so far as the character of the grinding-teeth is concerned, to a degree to which the two existing species of Elephant, the Indian and African, when compared to- gether, offer no analogy.” { Paléontologie Francaise (1848-52), p. 35. FALCONER—-MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 257 priscus, under the synonymy of EH. prinigenius*. Pictet doubts the veritable fossil nature of the specimens upon which £L. priscus was founded; the other nominal species he considers as not esta- blished on sufficient grounds, and he would continue them all, in- clusive of HL, meridionalis, under the common designation of HL. pri- migenius. He questions the occurrence of Klephant-remains in the Pliocene period, leaning to the opinion of Gervais, that the asserted instances should be referred to the genus Mastodon‘. The restriction of the European fossil Elephants to a single species was first called in question by Nesti, as far back as 1808, upon fossil remains discovered in the Val d’Arno, for which he pro- posed two new designationst. Nesti was in possession of the most ample materials for the establishment of one of these, H. meridio- nals; but, unfortunately for science, he described the lower jaw of Mastodon (Tetralophodon) Arvernensis as that of an Elephant, and abandoned the characters furnished by the molar teeth as untrust- worthy and incertain; and his Hlephas meridionalis and EH. minutus succumbed to a criticism by Cuvier. The former was. revived by Croizet and Jobert in 1828, for remains found in the Velay$ under the name of Hléphant de Malbattu: it has been admitted by Christol|| and Pomel] for others from Auvergne and Montpellier; and by Morren, in his account of the Elephant-remains occurring in the fossil state in Belgium**. In 1847 it was applied, in the ‘ Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis,’ to remains from the Norwich Crag and lignite- bed. Goldfuss, in 1821, proposed the name of Hlephas priscus for some supposed fossil molar teeth, bearing a strong resemblance to the molars of the existing African Elephant. Cuvier disputed their au- thenticity as real fossils; and it is not a little curious that Goldfuss would appear in this case to have founded a veritable species upon spurious materials. I detected in the British Museum molars of indubitable fossil origin from the brick-earth deposit of Gray’s Thurrock, in the valley of the Thames, presenting characters closely resembling Goldfuss’s species, and figures of them were pub- lished under the name of ZH. priscus in 1847. Pomel applies the name to some fossil molars described by Laizer in Auvergne. Fischer de Waldheim, Eichwald, and Morren together have pro- posed eight nominal species as distinct from HL. primigenius; but * “Die Anzahl der fossilen Arten mag sich, ausser 2 bis 3 dstindischen am Fusse des Himalayah gefunden, und abgesehen yon £. priscus, iber den wir nicht entscheiden wollen, auf eine bis hochstens zwei beschranken, womit auch die americanische dickplattige Form, FE. Americanus, Leidy, iibereinzustimmen scheint.”—Bronn, Lethxa geognost. (1856) edit. 3, Band iii. p. 814. t Pictet, Paléontologie, 1853, tom. i. p. 284. { Annali del Museo di Firenze, tom. i., “Di aleune ossa fossili de’ Mam- miferi che s’incontrano nel Val d’ Arno.” § Oss. Foss. du Puy-de-Déme, p. 123-132. | Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1835, 2me sér. Zool. tom. iv. p. 197. “| Catal. Méthod. et Descript. 1854, p. 74. ** Mémoire sur les Ossemens fossiles d’Eléphans trouvés en Belgique, 1834, p. 15. tt Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis, pl. 14. figs. 6 & 7. 72 958 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. these were based, for the most part, on such obviously trivial cha- racters that discredit was reflected on the species which had a better foundation. In 1847, I proposed the name of #. antiquus for molars which are met with in vast abundance in certain of the newer Tertiary beds in England, and in corresponding deposits on the Continent, more especially in Italy; but no descriptions having accompanied the published figures, the species has hardly been noticed, and nowhere admitted, by other paleontologists. II, THe SuscEners oF ELEPHAS. In the first part of this essay it was attempted to be shown that the species of Mastodon, with the single exception of M. Swvalensis, are susceptible of being arranged in two natural groups, 7’rzlophodon and Tetralophodon, according to a definite and isomerous numerical expression of the crown-ridges of the three “ intermediate molars ” of both jaws, and that this formula implies the ridge-characters of the other molar teeth. In the Elephants, the divisions of the crowns of any one of the ‘intermediate molars” are never less than six; and in the species, fossil and recent, that are furthest removed from Mastodon in affinity, they range as high as 16 or 18 in the penultimate true molar, or third of the “intermediate” series. They are not isomerous, as in the Mastodons, but deviate from the numerical symmetry either by an augmentation of one ridge to the crown of the last “‘ intermediate molar,” constituting the hypisomerous forms, or they are more nu- merous, and augment by progressive increments corresponding with the increase of age, including the anisomerous forms. The Elephants with hypisomerous-ridged molars are divisible into the two natural groups, Stegodon and Loxodon; the anitsomerous species form a third natural group, for which, as already explained, the term Huelephas is proposed. III. CHaracrers oF THE STEGODONS. 1. General Remarks—The Stegodons form the nearest approach, in natural affinity to the Mastodons, and more especially to that subdivision of the section Tetralophodon which comprises J. ( Tetraloph.) longirostris and M. (Tetraloph.) latidens. This is evinced by the low elevation and transverse direction of the crown-ridges, by their nearly uniform height throughout the length of the crown, by their thick enamel, and by the mammillary form of the ridge- processes. A fragment of one of these teeth, denuded of its coat of cement, and seen by a naturalist for the first time, would at once be referr ed to Mastodon rather than to Elephas ; nd it was this broad resemblance which struck Clift so forcibly that he applied to them the designation, at the time very appropriate, of Mastodon elephan- toides. But when the essential characters are analyzed, the species are seen to partake more of the nature of true Elephants,— Ist. In the greater number of the crown-ridges and of the mam- millee or points that enter into the composition of each. 2nd. in FALCONER—MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 259 the agreement of the “ ridge-formula”’ of certain of the species with that of the existing African Elephant and other Loxodons. 3rd. In the convex outline of each ridge in the transverse direction when unworn, the central mammille being the most elevated ; and in the absenc of the longitudinal line of division along the middle of the crown which is so characteristic of the Mastodons on the one hand, and so generally absent in the Elephants on the other. 4th. From the enormous quantity of laminated cement that fills up the valleys in most of the species. 5th. In the pronounced are of a circle de- scribed by the molars as we trace them forwards in the jaws, as in the Elephants, instead of the nearly horizontal line of protrusion ob- servable in the most typical Mastodons, such as the species of North America and of Simorre. 6th. In the obverse relation of the planes of detrition of the opposed teeth during wear, the zmner side of the upper teeth, and the owter side of the lower, continuing higher in the Stegodons, as in the typical Elephants, while the converse holds in the Mastodons. 7th. From the absence or extreme rarity of pre- molars in both jaws, and of mandibular tusks, neither of which, though occurring among certain Mastodons, have been as yet detected among the Stegodons. The aggregate weight of so many points of agree- ment turns the balance strongly on the side of the Elephants. It is deserving of remark, that all the species of the Stegodon- group at present known belong to the series indicated in the pre- ceding part of this paper, as being of the Dinotherian or Eurycoro- nine* type, in that the crowns of the molars are broad, the ridges uniformly transverse, and the valleys open, without being in the least degree interrupted by outlying tubercles, as is seen in the Hippopotamine or “Stenocoronine” type. Sir Proby Cautley and myself have thought we could distinguish four species of Stegodon, namely H. (Steg.) Clifti, E. (Steg.) bombifrons, E. (Steg.) insignis, and Li. (Steg.) Ganesa? The first, besides other distinctive marks, is at once characterized by the broad distinction of the antepenultimate and penultimate true molars being six-ridged, or hevalophodont in number, the last true molar conformably presenting an additional ridge and “ talon.’’ The first of the ‘‘ intermediate series,” namely the last milk-molar, has not yet been observed entire in situ in the jaw, but I am prepared to expect that, when determined, it will present five or six ridges. This species, the remains of which were discovered by Mr. Crawford in Ava, constitutes the passage into the Mastodons ; this is indicated both by the limited (7. ¢. senary) number of ridges, and by the circumstance that the crowns of the molars exhibit a very obsolete or indistinct trace of a longitudinal bipartient cleft, as in the Mastodons. Further, in the only well-preserved palate-spe- cimen at present known, the outer side of the upper molars is higher, and the inner side lower and more wern, being another point of * Tt has been suggested to me that the contrasted terms of Dinotherian and Hippopotamine types may mislead, through being supposed to imply a greater amount both of affinity and of difference than is intended. I propose therefore to substitute for the former “ Eurycoronine” or broad-crowned type, and for the latter ‘“‘ Stenocoronine ” or narrow-crowned type, 260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. agreement with the Mastodontoid rather than with the Elephantoid type. Where nearly allied groups inosculate, the intermediate forms commonly partake more or less of the character of both. But the sum of the characters, and more especially the identical form of the divisions of the crowns and the ridge-formula, connect this species more with the other Stegodons than with any group of Mas- todon. The next two species, namely, H. (Steg.) bombifrons and E. (Steg.) insignis, have from seven to eight, and occasionally even nine ridges in their different intermediate molars ; and their teeth are ex- ceedingly alike in character, although the species are distinguished by an excessive amount of difference in the form of the cranium, greater even than that between the African Elephant and the Mas- todon of North America. Regarding the specific distinctness of Z. (Steg.) Ganesa I am by no means so well assured; this species is chiefly founded on a huge cranium in the British Museum with long tusks, presented by Colonel Baker. I have not been able to reconcile the form of this cranium with either that of £. (Steg.) in- signis or E. (Steg.) bombifrons; but at the same time Imust confess that I have failed in tracing its dentition satisfactorily as a distinct form through different ages. Three species of this group appear to be distinct beyond question ; and I cite them chiefly, on the present oc- casion, in reference to determinations in the sequel, to show that Hlephantine forms may approach very closely in their dental cha- racters, as occurs in other Mammalia, and still be distinct species. The Stegodons, so far as is at present known, are exclusively con- fined to Tropical Asia. It is therefore unnecessary, on the present occasion, to describe in detail the peculiarities of their dental cha- racters ; and I shall confine myself to the leading points in their “ridge-formula,’”’ that place them in connexion with the Mastodons on the one hand, and with the Loxodons on the other. 2. Elephas (Stegodon) Cliftii.—Of this species the youngest milk- teeth are as yet unknown. The third upper milk-molar, or first of the intermediate molars, is seen in sitwin the specimen represented in the ‘ Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis,’ pl. 30. fig.1 6,entire on one side, but worn down to the common base of ivory, so that the divisions of the crown | have entirely disappeared, leaving no certain data for determining the ridge-formula of this tooth. Behind it, in the same palate, specimen from Ava (presented by Colonel Barnes to the British Museum) the three anterior ridges of the antepenultimate true molar are seen i situ, the posterior half being broken off. But the de- tached tooth on the upper jaw is seen entire, and beautifully pre- served, in the specimen fig. 2 of the same plate, presenting six ridges and a small hind talon. The same tooth is represented by fig. 6 of pl. 39 of Mr. Clift’s Memoir (Geol. Trans vol. 1. 2nd series). It is there described as an upper molar tooth of ‘ Mastodon elephantoides,’”’? under which title Mr. Clift included specimens that are referred in our arrangement to two distinct forms*. The Ele- * Mr. Clift, in his excellent memoir, includes the Ava fossil Proboscideans under two species, Mastodon latidens and Mastodon elephantoides. In the Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis,’ and in the synoptical table appended to the preced- ’ FALCONER—-MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 261 phantine affinities of this tooth are indicated by the absence of a longitudinal line of division along the crown, and by the great number of points (about eleven in each) that enter into the compo- sition of the ridges. This tooth shows six principal ridges and a small “talon.” The penultimate true molar (or third of the inter- mediate series) is presented in situ on both sides of the superb palate- specimen represented by Clift in pl. 36 of the memoir above referred to. It is proved to be the penultimate by its large dimensions, and by the circumstance that part of another tooth of still larger size, and inferred to be the last, is seen behind it in the jaw. The same specimen is more carefully represented by figs. 3 and 3a of pl. 30 of the ‘Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis.’ The crown-ridges are all more or less worn, and partly damaged by fracture ; but enough remains to show that the tooth was composed of six ridges and a hind talon. The last true molar of the lower jaw is represented by fig. 5 of pl. 30 of the ‘Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis.’ The crown consists of eight ridges and a talon. The anterior large fang had been absorbed, but the portion of the crown sustained by it remains. The six posterior ridges have their fang-elements confluent into a continuous plate or shell, thus maintaining the Hlephantine affinity indicated by the crown- characters. ‘Taking the data furnished by these teeth, the cipher 6 is seen to prevail in the two last of the intermediate molars, indica- ting a Hexalophodont type, or 64+6+8 for the ridge-formula of the true molars. 3. Hlephas (Stegodon) imsignis.—The only other form among the Stegodons, which it is necessary to notice, is that for which the name of JZ. (Steg.) insignis has been proposed. In this species the crown-ridges are constructed very closely upon the model of H. (Stegodon) Cliftti, the principal difference consisting in the much greater mass of laminated cement that fills up the valleys. In some sections, as many as eleven distinct strata of this substance may be counted*. But the ciphers yielded by the “ ridge-formula,” place the species in close affinity with the Loxodons, and more particularly with the species named H. (Low.) planifrons. Remains of £. (Steg.) insignis have been discovered in immense abundance in the Sewalik Hills, and specimens illustrative of the dentition of every age and in every stage of wear are con- tained in the great Indian collection of the British Museum. The rigid constancy inthe numberof ridges observablein the twosubgenera of Mastodon is no longer maintained. As stated in the preceding ing part of this paper, the former name is retained for the specimens of the Tetralophodon type, figured by Mr. Clift, pl. 37. figs. 1 & 4; pl. 38. fig. 1, & pl. 39. figs. 1, 2&3. Of the others, the palaté-specimen, pl. 36 (Mastodon la- tidens, Clift), together with the detached molar, pl. 38. fig. 6 (Mastodon Ele- phantoides, Clift), are referred to E. (Stegodon) Cliftii; and the lower-jaw spe- cimen, pl. 38. fig. 2 (also M. Elephantoides, Clift), is referred to E. (Stegodon) insignis. The specimens regarded by him as of his M. Elephantoides being here considered to belong more properly to the genus H/ephas, it became ne- cessary to resort to another specific designation. Hence the origin of £. (Stegodon) insignis. * Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis, pl. 6. fig. 7. ° 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. part of this paper, the higher the numerical expression of the “ ridge- formula,” in the species, the more liable is the number ef ridges to vary within certain limits dependent on the race, sex, and size of the individual, and the molars of the lower jaw often exhibit an ex- cess. After examining a very large number of specimens of all ages, the prevailing numerical expression of the ridge-formula, exclusive of “talons,” in H. (Stegodon) insignis has appeared to me to be thus :-— Milk-molars. - , True molars. Detels se 7/0 7+ 8 +10-11. 2+547: 7+(8-9)+11-18 I have already remarked that all the known species of Stegodon belong to that species of the Proboscideans in which the ridges are transverse, and the valleys open. It may be expected, without much temerity, that other species remain to be discovered in the fossil state, im which the mammill will be disposed more or less alternately, with outlying tubercles and interrupted valleys, as in the “ Stenocoronine” type. TY. PrenraLtopHopon. From the circumstance that so many Mastodons present the ciphers either 3 or 4 constantly in the ridges of the intermediate molars of two groups of species, and that in the next allied group, Stegodon, Hlephas (Stegodon) Cliftii in like manner presents the cipher 6 in two of the same teeth, while the prevailing number augments in L. (Stegodon) bombifrons and E. (Stegodon) insignis, with faith in the harmony of nature it might have been with some con- fidence anticipated that another Proboscidean type remained to be dicovered in the fossil state, intermediate between Tetralophodon and Steyodon, in which a quinary ridge-formula would be presented, constituting a third subdivision of the genus Mastodon, to which the name of Pentalophodon would be applicable. It appears to me that the Indian fossil species MW. (Tetralophodon) Sivalensis, figured in the ‘ Fauna Antiqua’ *, presents the first indi- cation in that direction. In the “intermediate molars” of this form, both upper and lower, besides the usual anterior “ talon’ and four | large ridges, there is a fifth ridge, somewhat reduced in size, but exactly corresponding with the other in form, composed of several large mammillary tubercles, separated from the next ridge by a valley, and throwing off an outlying tubercle, which reduces the valley, asin M. (Tetralophodon) Arvernensis, to lateral gorges. This fifth ridge is not a mere offset from, or subordinate appendage to, the fourth ridge after the ordinary manner of a “talon.” It is supported directly by the last fang, and is separated, both on the outer and inner sides, from the latter by the intervening valley. In most of the species of Mastodon having alternate mammille, the hind “talon” in the upper molars (and conversely in the lower) forms a crenulated “ bourrelet,” which is given off from the inner posterior mammilla, descending obliquely around the base of the * Op. cit. pl. 36. figs. 1-6, FALCONER—MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 263 outer division, and generally more or less effaced by the pressure of the next posterior molar during its progress forwards. In a fine specimen of a penultimate upper molar of Mastodon Stwwalensis, which is now before me, the fifth ridge, although well developed and attaining the height of the fourth, bears no trace of a “talon” appended to it; while an antepenultimate lower, which I have also before me, shows distinctly five ridges, the last differing in no respect of complexity or development from the others, except in being a little smaller, and it bears a distinct crenulated adpressed ‘‘talon” appendage, haying the appearance of a terminal “ bour- meletars In the preceding part, when discussing the conditions of the “yidge-formula” in Z'rilophodon and Tetralophodon, it was stated that while the penultimate milk-molar always presents one ridge less than the “ intermediate molars,” the last true molar presents one ridge more. Conformably, the last true molar in M. Sivalensis presents six ridges, besides the hind “ talon,’ thus maintaining throughout, so far as the dentition is known, the numerical cha- racters to be inferred from the ridge-formula, as ascertained in Trilophodon and Tetralophodon. I consider it sufficient, on the pre- sent occasion, to call attention to this as a point of some interest and importance in the systematic and paleontological relations of the Pro- boscidean family, in reference to the indications they present of an order of successive serial development, without entering in detail upon the evidence in support of the view here taken. That the species is a distinct form is abundantly borne out by the marked characters of the skull*, independently of the strong dental dis- tinctions. The ridge-formula for the true molars in Mastodon Siva- 5+5+ 6 5+546-7’ fully made out, it is anticipated that the complete ridge-formula will be nearly thus :— lensis, is inferred to be and when the dentition is Milk-molars. True molars. 24445 5+5+ 6 244-+5. 5+5+ 6-7. V. Cuaractrers or tur Loxopons. 1. General Remarks.—The existing type of this group is the Afri- can Hlephant, which Fred. Cuvier, in 1835, proposed to erect into a distinct genus under the name of Lowodonta, having reference to the rhomb-shaped disks of wear of the molar teeth. He held the opinion that, in its general form, in the structure of its grinders, in the form of the head, and in that of some of the external parts of the organs of sense, the African differs as much from the Indian Elephant as the Dog from the Hyena, the Paca trom the Agouti, the Lagomys from the Hare, and the Hog from the Plico- cherey. Besides the African Elephant, the group Lowodon com- * Vide ‘Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis,’ pl. 32. + F. Cuvier, ‘Histoire Naturelle des Mammif.’ tom, iii., “ Eléphant @ Afrique.” 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. prises three fossil species, of which one is Indian, #. (Lo.xod.) planifrons, from the Sewalik Hills, and two European, namely, EH. (Lowod.) priscus and H. (Lowod.) meridionalis. The essential characters by which the molar teeth of the Loxodons differ from those of the Stegodons is that the ridges or colliculi, while closely corresponding in regard of number, are considerably more elevated and compressed. ‘This is best seen when they are sawn up longitudinally and vertically: the section in the Stegodons exhibits a series of chevron-shaped ridges, of which the height does not much exceed the base, with thick enamel, and assimilating closely in form to the true Mastodons*; while in the Loxodons + it pre- sents a succession of elongated wedge-shaped processes, with thinner enamel, constituting an intermediate stage between the former and the nearly parallel thin-plated ridges of the next group, Euelephas. In the technical definition of the subgenera appended to the preceding part, this distinction is attempted to be expressed by the terms “ coronis complicata” applied to the teeth of the Stegodons, and ‘ coronis lamellosa” to those of Zovodon and Huele- phast. It forms the basis of the arrangement of the species of the Proboscidea, by De Blainville, into two groups, 7. e. ‘ Eléphants mastodontes ” and ‘“* Eléphants lamellidontes,” the whole comprised in a single genus, Hlephas. and figure in detail the dental succession, from the first milk-molar of the young calf to the last true molar of the adult state, in Z. (Lowod.) Africanus. Of some of the “intermediate molars,” he was not in possession of perfect specimens; in these cases, his determination of the ridge-formula can only be regarded as approxi- mative. Another point, which materially affects the numerical estimate of the ridges assigned by him to the different teeth is, that in every case he counts the accessory ridgelets, or “ talons,” as ridges. Huis results may be expressed thus for the number of ridges in the different teeth :— Milk-molars. True molars. 44+-7+6 7+(9-10)+ 10 A emf ee, ?+ (8-9) +10-12. This determination is open to the objections that the third milk molar has a smaller number of plates assigned to it than the penul- timate, which is very much smaller in size, and that the penulti- mate upper true molar is described by De Blainville as possessing the same number of ridges as the last. This occurs in no species of * 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The only other illustration of a molar of this species which I shall adduce is that described and figured by Parkinson*, and reproduced in the ‘ British Fossil Mammalia,’ fig. 93, p. 239. The origin of this specimen, which. is now in the Museum of the College of Surgeons’, is not accurately known. Parkinson states that it was purchased at the sale of the ‘“Calonnian Museum,” by Mr. George Humphries, and that it was said to have been found in Staffordshire. It is a last upper molar of the left side, the crown presenting twelve ridges and anterior talon. The first eight ridges are worn, the rest being enveloped by cement. The pattern of the grinding-surface is some- what abnormal. Interposed between the second and third ridges there is a demi-ridge, composed of two flattened disks, occupying only the inner half of the interspace. The next two ridges are divided each into three flattened annular and well-separated disks. The three last of the exposed ridges have the apices of the digitations barely affected by wear, but showing thick mammillary points. Parkinson describes the tooth as differing from any other that he had seen, the peculiarities of character being the great thickness of the plates, the smoothness of the sides (inner) of the line of enamel, and the appearance of the digitated points of the plates (¢. ¢. the interposed demi-ridge) in the anterior part of the tooth. He adds that the width of the plates may be taken at nearly double that of the fossil teeth in general, and he infers that this tooth indicated a fossil spe- cies of Elephant distinct from the Mammoth. . The dimensions are— inches. Length of crown | .....--: Metcg. Usama eee ate 6:6 Width 59) Ab, SCONE TICLE) bxts acse Je 3:0 Greatest width of crown, at fourth ridge .. 3:5 Length of grinding-surface in use........ 5:0 It will be observed that all the peculiarities which struck Parkin- son are those that are here considered characteristic of H. meri- dionalis. Professor Owen has described this specimen carefully, and, allowing that it unquestionably offers a great contrast to the usual form, nevertheless considers that it exhibits the characters of the thick-plated variety of the Mammoth simply exaggerated from . the accidents of age and attrition. The objections, founded upon teeth of the Mammoth, which he has raised against #. meridionalis, will be considered with most advantage in the sequel, in the remarks upon H. primigendus. . Parkinson’s molar differs only from the ordinary character of Z. meridionalis in having the groups of digitations that form the flat- tened rings more apart than usual. The intercalation of a demi- ridge is not uncommon in the molars of fossil Elephants. This is the only “ thick-plated” variety figured or described in the ‘ British Fossil Mammalia’; but Professor Owen states that he had seen a very similar molar of the Mammoth from the Norfolk freshwater deposits in the collection of Mr. Fitch of Norwicht. The authority * Parkinson’s ‘ Organic Remains,” vol. iil. p. 344, pl. 20. fig. 6. tT Catalogue of Fossil Mammalia and Aves, p. 148, no. 599. t Loe. cit. p, 240. . FALCONER—-MASTODON AND ELEPHANT’. 309 for the Staffordshire origin of Parkinson’s molar being unreliable, no weight can be attributed to it as indicative of the distribution of the species over England. b. Craniuwm.—No cranial fragment of EL. meridionalis has hitherto been recorded from strata in England. ce. Lower Jaw.—A very fine lower jaw in the Irstead collection has already been mentioned (anted, p. 301). It consists of a right ramus, showing the whole of the body as far as the middle of the symphysis, and the contour of the posterior margin as high as the neck of the condyle; the coronoid apophysis and leafy expansion of the ala are broken off. The greater part of the diasteme is present. - The following are the principal dimensions :— inches. Extreme length from the posterior margin of the ascending ramus to the broken edge of the sym- PHYSIB RL ae owes SU Nome ieee 27°5 Length of alveolar border from the anterior margin ae the ascending ramus to the diasteme ...... 9°5 Breadth of ascending ramus in a line with alveolar WOT ery «5.5 ei gienes Ae Cie: a erkie Seartcalleng eshte eh Sa fd 12:0 Height of alveolar border at outer edge of ascend- MLS TAINS | epee ae Ae BT ee Tela Sete Use ALE a7 Height of alveolar border in front near the dia- SCOMIC na eM elas Ue DO NIE REL UNTO Cid Length of diasteme and symphysis remaining .... 6:5 Vertical height of ascending ramus to neck of con- Gyles she alesse Gre Melb eens sie aime Piahe ie Saale ste 12:25 Transverse diameter at bulge of ramus below the Coronoid apophysis |i. sudie ste secs ced de eu 72 Length of crown occupied by the two molars .... 14:0 Length of grinding-surface in use ............4. a Number of plates in use ...... 11 The peculiarities distinctive of this specimen from the lower jaw of the Mammoth are—1l, the comparatively low elevation of the anterior end of the ramus, both absolutely and relatively to the height at the coronoid margin; in the Mammoth the jaw attains, in old specimens, as much as 103 to 11 iene in vertical height ; in the Irstead specimen it is but 73 inches ; 2, the long and eradual slope of the diasteme into the beak; in the Mammoth it descends with a pitch deviating but slightly from the vertical; 3, the long symphysis ; 4, the greater length of the horizontal ramus in relation to the width of the ascending ramus; 5, the less sudden curve in the contour of the posterior angle and margin of the ramus. The Trstead specimen differs appreciably also from the lower jaw of Z. (Euelephas) antiquus in points which will be noticed in the compa- rison-of that species in the sequel. The Norwich Museum contains a very fine lower jaw of #. meri- dionalis, comprising both rami; and on the right side part of the ascending ramus, the leaf of the ala being broken off. The diaste- mal ridges are perfect, and a part of the symphysis is present; but 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. the beak has been made up artificially and uncouthly with plaster, and painted to simulate the natural fossil. The last true moiar is present on either side, much worn, the anterior portion haying been ground away. ‘There are ten disks of wear, presenting the usual character of the species, the enamel plates very thick and un- crimped. The tips of the posterior ridges form well-separated rings, and the digitations are seen to be massive. The diastemal ridges incline with an easy slope; the outer surface of the jaw bulges out a good deal ; the height of the ramus in front, as in the Irstead spe- cimen, does not much exceed the height behind under the coronoid process. This valuable specimen was discovered in the cliff, near Mundesley, in 1852, and presented by R. Barclay, Esq., to the Nor- wich Museum. It is not stated out of what stratum it came, 7. e whether from the “ Elephant-bed,” properly so called, or from the «Laminated Blue Clay” above it. It is much to be desired that figures of these two instructive specimens should be published. Some of the dimensions of the Norwich jaw are as follows :— inches Length of crown of left molar (last) ........ 8-1 Width of crown at second remaining ridge .... 3:0 is sixth remaining mee! RA areca 2°9 Length of crown occupied by six ridges, being an ) saveragelot O-//inchytoneachia sane ot 4-6 d. Bones of the Trunk and Eatremities—My remarks upon the other bones of the skeleton will be very limited, for several reasons. In the lacustrine and clay deposits of the Norfolk coast, and upon the “‘ Oyster-bed” of Happisburgh and Mundesley, the bones and teeth of at least two of the fossil Elephants, namely, #. (Loxodon) meri- dionalis and E. (Euelephas) antiquus, occur intermixed in vast abun- dance. In consequence of the prevalent belief that they were all of one species, namely, the Mammoth, little attention has been paid to the discrimination of the precise beds and divisions of the section out of which they come, and whether from above or below the “Boul- der-clay.” In no instance have the bones of an entire skeleton been found together, and there are no well-determined standard examples for comparison. The identification of the species to which the bones belonged can therefore at present be little more than approximative. It will suffice to mention the principal pieces that have come under my observation from localities in which F. meridionalis prevails. In Mr. Gunn’s collection at Irstead there is an entire left “os innominatum” of enormous dimensions. In the Florentine Museum there is an enormous scapula, which has been figured by Nesti (op. cit. fig. 6), in the finest state of pre- servation; it yielded the following dimensions :— 3 ft. in. Entire length from the coracoid process to the: pos- terior angle, measured along the spine ...... 4 0 Transverse diameter across the spine .......... 3 (0 Greatest diameter of articulating surface ...... Ott FALCONER—MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 311 The largest perfect humerus in the same collection measured— ft. in. I Eee AVERT ACA OI Conn eRe RG an eben Guar 3 11 Transverse diameter of inferior articulating head . 1 1 Garth pote dithoiiy veya webs ie). aca cer ee nare ane 28 These dimensions are greatly surpassed by a huge humerus in the Norwich Museum, presented by Miss Anna Gurney. It is stated in the ‘British Fossil Mammalia’ that it was found in the “ Cliff, composed of interblended blue clay and red gravel, near the village of Bacton in Norfolk ;” and the following dimensions are attributed to it :— ft. in Bmitireplen stasis sain lence eats mite 4 5 Circumference at the middle )...-........ 2 26 a av proxamialsendits Le 3.5 ibreadthvotadistaleendirge ieee ere 1b By From summit of condyloid ridge to end of the Outermeondylen ia dene N ert eile LO) AVE. LZ To what species this stupendous humerus belonged has not been exactly determined. The largest entire femur in the collection at Florence was 4 feet 6 inches in length. The largest mentioned in the ‘British Fossil Mammalia,’ p. 254, attributed to a Mammoth, is stated to have been 4 feet 1 inch long. The colossal scapula of Florence is matched by a pelvis in the same collection, which was found entire in the Val d’Arno ; it yielded the following dimensions :— ft Expanse between tuberosities of ium 5) Height of pubes at symphysis...........- Hy O25) Transverse diameter of pelvic arch ........ i Antero-posterior diameter of acetabulum 0 Transverse + 5 Saeed) VI. CHaractrers oF HUELEPHAS. 1. General Remarks.—This group, regarded in a structural and systematic view, is the most aberrant from the ordinary Pachyder- matous type of all the divisions of the Proboscidea, and it is that of which the species are the most difficult to discriminate. It is repre- sented in the living state by the Indian Elephant, and in the fossil state by five if not six species at present known. The obvious manner in which they differ from the Loxodons is that the erown- divisions in the molars are more numerous, elevated, and attenuated. When the numerical values of the ridges in the successive teeth are regarded as a series, it is manifest that they go on augmenting by progressive increments, constituting the basis of the technical term: here applied to signify the character, namely, an anisomerous ‘ ridge- formula,” as distinguished from the zsomerous formula in the Masto- dons, and the hypisomerous formula of the Stegodons and Loxodons. 312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. We have seen that in three out of the four groups of the Probos- cidea already considered, each is susceptible of being divided into two subordinate series, namely, the “ Kurycoronine,” in which the molar-crowns are broad, the ridges transverse, and the valleys open, and the “ Stenocoronine,” in which they are narrow, and the valleys are obstructed by outlying tubercles. These two types, under pecu- liar modifications, are equally present among the forms referable to Euelephas, and the distinctive marks upon which they are founded furnish excellent help in determining the distinctness of the species. They are in some respects nice in degree, but at the same time, like all well-founded distinctions in nature, they are very constant. In order to facilitate the determination of the “ridge-formula” in the fossil forms, the characters of the teeth in the existing species will first be considered. But itis necessary to give some preliminary ex- planations of the modifications of the dental characters in the molars of the Euelephants, and of the terms that are here used to express them. The folded crown of the molars in the groups T’rilophodon, Tetra- lophodon, and Stegodon is composed of three or more, regularly or irregularly transverse, wedge-shaped cores of ivory, arising from a common base, and covered by a shell of enamel, which is uniformly reflected over their apices and over the reentering angles at their base. These divisions are called “ridges” or “colliculi,”’ and the interstices or valleys between them “‘vallicule”: though usually open in the Mastodons, the latter are in the Stegodons occupied by an enormous mass of cement, forming reversed wedges in relation to the ivory cores. The layer of enamel thus alternates with the ivory and cement, and, being of uniform thickness throughout, it is the only portion of the crown-materials to which the term “ plate,” ‘‘ lamina,” or “lamella” can with propriety be applied. In the groups Lowvodon and Huelephas these ridges go on increas- ing in number, without a corresponding augmentation of the length of the crown, so that the penultimate true molar (or last of the in- termediate series), which in the Trilophodons has only three ridges, in the Indian Elephant presents five times that number, or about sixteen ridges. The law of compensation (“ balancement” of the French, and “anamorphosis ” of some German authors) comes into play to make the necessary adjustments. The ridges are compressed and close-packed, with an attenuation of the constituent ivory, enamel, and cement-materials ; but as there is a limit to the — lateral extension of the crown, from the disturbance which would be thereby involved in the general construction of the head, the ridges are attenuated and elongated vertically, either with no increase or in an undue proportion to the increase in the width of the crowns. But these compressed ridges are still the homologues of the massive divisions seen in the crowns of the molars of the Mastodon, and, as such, it is but correct to retain the same name for them. ‘The obvious manner in which their elongation and compression affect the aspect of crown is embodied in the term “ coronis lamellosa,”’ and the difference of degree by the _ FALCONER—-MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 313 terms “ broad-” and “narrow-ridged,”’ instead of “ thick-” and “‘ thin-plated ” molars. The mammillary divisions of the ridges in the Mastodons, when worn, form disks, 7. ¢. a depressed surface of ivory, surrounded by a raised rim of enamel; and by the further progress of wear the sepa- rate disks become confluent into larger disks, that are either trans- verse or trefoil-shaped and alternate. In Hwelephas the divisions of the compressed ridges form finger- or quill-shaped processes, which at first are ground down into distinct “annular disks” ; two or three of these then become confluent into a compound oval disk; and at length the separate oval disks run together, forming a transverse band (“ruban ” of Cuvier). Although it may not be strictly logical to apply the term “transverse disks ” to these narrow bands (tenis semidetrite), still they may be regarded as very flattened ellipses; and I have found it convenient to use the term in this arbitrary sense in order to maintain a uniformity of terms in designating the same object under different modifications. The enamel plates furnish the most important distinctions. 1st, in regard of the thickness: in H. primigenius they are only half as thick as in 4. meridionalis, and thinner than in the Indian Elephant or in E. (Huelephas) antiquus. 2ndly, surface-characters. The inner sur- face, where in contact with the ivory, is usually smooth; and the edges of the plates, in the worn disks, is even, whether the plates are straight or plaited. The outer surface is rugous and uneven in two directions :—1st, vertically from parallel or divided ribs sepa- rated by anastomosing channels, which are close-set and irregular in size, and which are most marked below, disappearing upon the apices of the digitations ; and 2nd, transversely, from parallel, wavy, contiguous, and very frequent ruge or superficial puckering. In the vertical section these communicate a ragged, feathered edge to the outer surface of the plates; while the transverse section of the ribs and channels, in the worn plates, produces a spurious ap- pearance of crimping, which it is important to distinguish from plaiting or folding of the enamel upon itself. The undulated mar- gins caused by these alternate ribs and channels multiply the tritu- rating inequalities of the enamel, and they serve also, along with the transverse puckers, to abut the cement firmly against the enamel plates, and diminish its hability to splinter during the process of trituration. This channelling is most strongly marked in the species which have thick plates of enamel; and when the plates are denuded of cement, the ribs between the channels simulate the appearance of cords. 3rd. Flexure of the plates transversely. his is presented under two forms: first, primary flexures, where the plates are folded upon themselves by numerous minute plicatures, closely applied to each other, and communicating a continuous zigzag appearance to the worn edge of the enamel, on both sides ; this is the character to which Cuvier applied the term ‘“‘festooning,” and here called “crimping ” or “ plaiting’’; second, secondary flexures, caused by the outline of the ivory cores upon which the enamel plates are b14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. moulded, and by the confluence of the disks of the separate digita- tions, according to the stage of wear of the teeth. The presence or absence of the crimping is very constant in the different species, and very significant as a distinctive mark. Of all the species, fossil and recent, it is most marked in the existing In- dian Elephant, in which the crowns of the molars are comparatively narrow ; and ordinarily it is entirely wanting in 4. primigenius, in which they are broad. The former belongs to the Stenocoronine type of Huelephas, the latter to the Eurycoronine type. ‘The effect which is brought about in the Mastodons by the crowding of the mamumille so as to present alternate and outlying tubercles, and in the African Elephant by the mesial rhomboidal expansion, is in the Indian Elephant accomplished by the numerous small plicatures of the enamel plates. If these were unfolded, and the plates drawn out to the extent thus gained, the molars of the Indian species would be fully as broad, if not broader than in the Mammoth. Both species, although differing so importantly in these two characters of crimping and breadth of crown, agree in one respect—that, although presenting more or less of secondary flexures, the disks of wear are of nearly uniform width across: neither of them, as a general rule, exhibits any tendency to a mesial loop or to angular expansion ; whereas in E. (Euelephas) antiquus, which has hitherto been so generally con- founded with the Mammoth, the molars present the threefold differ- — ence of narrow crowns, with crimped enamel, and a certain amount of mesial rhomboidal expansion of the disks of wear. This species, in fact, represents among the Huclephantes what the existing African Elephant does among the Loxodons. The difference of #. (Huelephas) antiquus from the Mammoth corresponds with that of H. (Loaodon) Africanus from E. (Lowodon) meridionalis, the former in each case being Stenocoronine, the latter Kurycoronine. Another circumstance that requires to be considered is the man- ner in which the plane of detrition modifies both the pattern and the antero-posterior diameter of the worn disks at different elevations. In the Mastodons, M. (Trilophodon) Ohioticus for example, the crowns are rectangular, with only a slight difference of height from front to back; the ridges come successively into wear, but the plane of detrition is nearly level in the same direction, and it makes no considerable angle with the vertical plane of the ridges. In the In- dian Elephant, in consequence of the large increase in the number of ridges, the form of the crown is necessarily modified greatly. The upper molars, instead of being rectangular, are of a subtriangular and rhomboidal form, very high in front, and falling off behind. The anterior ridges attain in the last upper molar a height of 8 inches. In the progress of wear, the tooth moves forward in the arc of a cir- cle. The anterior ridges of the opposed teeth are inclined in front, and, by their triturating action against each other, they are worn away obliquely, and the front part of the crown is ground down to the base before the posterior ridges come into use. The plane of abrasion intercepts the vertical plane of the ridges at an angle of about 60°. From this circumstance it follows that, as the ivory cores of the FALCONER—-MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 315 ridges, however compressed, are wedge-shaped bodies, the disks of wear not only necessarily become wider as they get lower, but, from the obliquity of the plane that intercepts the ridges, they expose, in old teeth that are used down to the base, a broader surface than the actual width of the ridges, measured in a straight line. From not paying due regard to the cause, observers have been led to regard what is in reality only an accident of advanced wear in such cases as indicating ‘‘thick-plated” varieties, and as subversive of the specific distinction between the Mammoth and £, meridionalis. 2. Indian Elephant.—The leading features of the dentition of this species are so well known from the excellent descriptions and figures of Corse, followed up by Cuvier, De Blainville, and other comparative anatomists, and the materials are so abundant in Euro- pean collections, that I shall contine my remarks, on the present occasion, chiefly to the points which affect the determination of the ridge-formula in the successive teeth. But it is necessary to enter with some detail of evidence upon this part of the subject, as the results to which I have been led differ in some important respects from those arrived at by previous observers, on what concerns the ridge-characters of the intermediate molars. a. Milk-molars.—The antepenultimate and penultimate milk-molars (d.m.2and d.m.3) are seen wm situ in the upper jaw of the young cranium figured by Corse, which is now preserved in the Museum of the India House. The antepenultimate presents four ridges, and measures but 7 inches in length. This tooth is exceedingly rudimen- tary in form and dimensions. The penultimate is composed of eight principal ridges, with an anterior talon-ridgelet, but no posterior talon. The eighth or last ridge is as well developed as the others, showing eight distinct digital processes. ‘The dimensions of this specimen are—length 2:4 inches, width in front :9 inch, width be- hind 1:3inch. The alveolus of the last milk-molar, separated from the penultimate by a partition, is present in this specimen, but empty. The lower jaw of the same cranium furnishes the three milk- molars in place. The antepenultimate, like the corresponding upper tooth, is composed of four ridges, and measures -65inch long. ‘The penultimate has eight principal ridges, with a small posterior talon. It is longer and narrower in proportion than the upper; it measures 2-55 inches in length. Eleven germs of the ridges of the last milk- molar are lying loose in the alveolus or cavity of that tooth. A young cranium belonging to a skeleton in the Museum of King’s College, London, and having the lower jaw attached, furnishes the next stage of dentition—namely, the penultimate and last milk-molars, in situ. ‘The penultimate is much worn, the two front ridges being ground down to the base. The crown presents eight principal ridges, with indications of an anterior talon. The disks of wear are wide, and the enamel-border well crimped, but with no tendency to mesial, expansion. he dimensions are—length 2°7 inches, width of crown in front 1-2 inch, behind 1:5 inch. The last or third milk molar, left side, has a crown composed of 316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. twelve principal ridges, with a talon in front and behind. The first ridge and anterior talon are alone worn, the two last ridges and talon being unconsolidated and separate. This tooth measures in length of crown 5-2 inches, by a width in front of 1-5 inch. In the lower jaw of the same specimen the penultimate milk- molar presents eight principal ridges in a length of crown of 2:6 inches. The last milk-molar is partly imbedded in the alveolus, and the posterior portion concealed. Of the eight emerged ridges, the four anterior are worn. The diameter of the tusk (replaced) in this cranium is 1-1 inch. A detached cranium, in the same museum, furnishes the corre- sponding teeth in the lower jaw, but a little older, and with the crown fully emerged from the alveolus. The penultimate presents eight principal ridges, with a small talon-splent behind. The crown is well worn, and measures—length 2:4 inches, width in front -9 inch, width behind 1:2 inch. The last lower milk-molar has a crown composed of twelve principal ridges, with a posterior talon ; the four anterior ridges are worn, the rest being intact, and the whole united by cement. ‘The crown measures, in length, 4:5 inches, by a width in front of 1:55inch. The cranium in this case, although older, is of a smaller variety than that previously described. There are several young crania in the Museum of the College of Surgeons yielding the same teeth. In one very immature specimen (A) the antepenultimate upper is composed of four ridges and a talon, and the lower of four ridges. Of the penultimate upper and lower, each presents only seven ridges, with front and hind talons. In another (B) which is a little older, the penultimate, much worn, and the last, partly in use, are shown above and below. The penultimate upper exhibits the remains of eight ridges; the lower is worn out. The last upper milk-molar of the same specimen, and the last lower, show twelve ridges each, with a front and back talon. Taking the data afforded by these examples and a great many others which I have seen in different collections, the ridge-formula of the milk-molars in the Indian Elephant, exclusive of talons, is ordinarily thus :— 44+8+ 12 448412 In regard to the penultimate milk-molar, an exception is admitted in the case of the young cranium (A), where this tooth, both above and below, is stated to present seven ridges in addition to front and hind talons; but the hind talons in these cases may be regarded as last ridges. Cuvier adopted the numbers assigned by Corse, namely, four ridges to the tooth here designated the antepenultimate, 8 or 9 to the penultimate, and 12 or 13 to the last milk-molar. But it is to be remarked that Corse made no distinction between the talons and the ridges proper. De Blainville, in the descriptive details of these teeth, assigns to them in succession, respectively, 4, 8, and 11 ridges to the upper, and 4, 9, and 11-12 ridges to the lower. Owen describes the first or antepenultimate as having 4 plates, the penul- timate 8 or 9 plates, and the last from 11 to 13 plates. Taking FALCONER—-MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 817 the mean of the various numbers assigned, and making allowance for want of precision in some of the cases in reference to the talons, the numbers would nearly agree wich those comprised in the above for- mula, which shows a progression by multiples of 4. b. True Molars.—The exact determination of the ridge-formula of the true molars is embarrassed by greater difficulties; but it is a ques- tion of considerable importance, more especially as regards the ciphers of the antepenultimate and penultimate, in reference to the confident discrimination of the fossil species. For if, in the living species, these teeth should prove to be subject to any great variation-in the number of their ridges, the same might reasonably be expected to hold good in the nearly allied fossil forms, and a reliance on the ridge-formula as a means of distinction would not be warranted. The causes of the uncertainty are these: —When the animal is adolescent or adult only two at the utmost can be present at one time, on one side of the jaw, out of the six molar teeth developed during life; and of these two, only one usually is in a perfect state. If the anterior molar is in use and complete, only a part of the posterior tooth is emerged and visible. If the latter is fully protruded, the greater part of the anterior tooth will haye been worn away. It is thus impossible ever to trace the details of the dental succession throughout, in any one individual. Then there is avery great difference of size between different animals of the same age. The antepenultimate true molar of a large variety may be nearly as large as the penultimate of a small one. Again, there may be a different estimate of the number of ridges in the same tooth according to the manner in which diffe- rent observers regard the talons. The same last milk-molar may be described by one as having a crown composed of twelve ridges with talons, and by another as haying fourteen ridges without them. Fur- ther, aslight amount of difference in the stage of wear will make an upper antepenultimate present twelve, distinct ridges at one time, and only eleven when worn lower down, in consequence of the con- fluence of the two anterior ridges, exclusive of the talon, into one common disk. Cuvier, in his remarks on the numerical determi- nations of Corse, has expressed his belief that they are not absolute, In proof, he cites a case observed by himself, in which the two con- secutive teeth of a lower jaw presented each fourteen ridges ; while in the corresponding upper jaw the anterior tooth had thirteen ridges in use, and the molar in germ behind it had eighteen ridges. With all deference to the illustrious French anatomist, it may fairly be asked whether in this instance the upper and lower jaws really belonged to the same animal. In museums, it is by no means uncommon to see skulls of Elephants fitted with mandibles that do not belong to them, either imported thus from abroad, or haying been subjected to some accidental misplacement afterwards. A reliable instance of the kind alleged, as a normal arrangement, has never come under my observation, after the examination of a very large number of skulls in Europe and in India. Inferring from what is ordinarily seen in the Indian Elephant, the teeth in the upper 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. and lower jaws in question would be regarded as belonging to distinct animals of different ages. To revert to the numerical determinations, the antepenul- timate or first true molar is that regarding which there is the most uncertainty. According to Corse, it consists of about fifteen ridges. Cuvier has not specially defined the number. De Blain- ville attributes to the upper antepenultimate fifteen ridges; the lower he has not characterized. Owen describes the tooth, in general terms, as having the crown composed of 15 or 16 plates (ridges), with a length of from 7 to 8 inches. The result of my observation is, that although the first true molar, in the Indian Elephant, is manifestly larger in all its dimensions than the last milk-molar, it ordinarily repeats the number of ridges shown by the latter. The following are illustrations in the Museum of King’s College :—Besides the two young crania already mentioned, there is a third, of adolescent age, which contains the last milk-molar and the first true molar above and below. The third milk-molar in the _ upper jaw is nearly worn out; behind it the antepenultimate true molar presents a crown composed of twelve principal ridges, with a front and back talon. The six anterior ridges are worn, the rest being intact. The dimensions are—length of crown 6:3 inches, width in front 2:1 inches, width behind 1:5. In the lower jaw of the same specimen the last milk-molar is worn out ; the antepenultimate true molar presents a crown composed also of twelve principal ridges, with front and back talons. The ten anterior ridges are worn: the disks of wear are well crimped, and without any mesial expan- sion. The dimensions are—length of crown 6:8 inches, width in front 2 inches; width behind 1:5, The cranium is well marked, for reference, by the loss of the right tusk, the pulp-nucleus of which had been destroyed, the third alveolus being nearly filled up. It bears a record of having been presented by Mr. Hammond. In the collection of the Royal College of Surgeons there is a young cranium, nearly of a corresponding age, in which the same teeth are present. In the upper jaw, the last milk-molar is worn down to a stump, having the indistinct remains of about five ridges. The antepenultimate true molar is in the middle stage of wear. The crown presents twelve principal ridges, with front and back talons, making in all fourteen divisions. The five anterior ridgesand talon are worn, the rest being intact. The dimensions are—length of crown 6-8 inches, width of ditto in front 2:4 inches. In the lower jaw of the same cranium, the last milk-molar is nearly worn out; the antepenultimate true molar has a crown com- posed of twelve principal ridges, with front and back talons, the latter of which has a small splent, appended to it. The ridges may therefore be reckoned either as 12 or 13, according to the different views of observers in regard to what ought to be considered talons. The eight anterior ridges of the crown are in full wear. The length of the crown is 7°8 inches*. I have now before me two very instructive detached specimens, * The other dimensions would have been inserted, but I have been unable to _ identify this specimen in the Museum of the College.—Ep, FALCONER—-MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 319 belonging to the collection of my coadjutor, Colonel Sir Proby Cautley, and consisting of the right upper and lower antepenultimate true molars of the same animals. They are in the most favourable state of use for observing all the characters. The upper molar has “a crown composed of twelve well-defined principal ridges, with a front and a back talon. ‘The seven anterior ridges are in wear, presenting open transverse disks with the enamel-borders strongly crimped. The posterior talon consists of a narrow splent appended to the last ridge. The dimensions are— inches. eng thvofierowaal vies Weg n saosin A el Width of ditto at second ridge .......... 2:5 Width of ditto at eighth ridge .......... 2-5 Width of ditto at eleventh ridge ........ 2:2 Height of ditto at seventh ridge .......... 6-9 The corresponding tooth of the lower jaw presents a crown also having twelve principal ridges, with a distinct front and back talon. The nine anterior ridges are in use, the front talon in this instance, as also in the upper tooth, being confluent with the disk of the an- terior ridge; the posterior talon is a narrow splent. ‘The disks of wear are transverse, open, free from mesial dilatation, and the enamel plates well crimped as in the upper molars. The dimensions are— inches. eng thvofiero was Crees esis sca Cerca: 75 Width of ditto at second ridge .......... 2-1 Width of ditto at eighth ridge .......... 2-4 Height of ditto at ninth ridge .......... 5:6 In these two specimens the character which most obviously dis- tinguishes the Euelephants from the Loxodons is well manifested— namely, the great height of the crown relatively to the width. In the upper antepenultimate, the height of the seventh ridge is almost equal to the length of the crown. ‘The dimensions of these tecth render it certain that they are not the last milk-molars. A detached right upper antepenultimate true molar, in the Museum of the College of Surgeons (no. 2802, Osteol. Catal.), shows also twelve principal ridges, with front and back talons. The dimensions of this specimen are— inches. Mena theots crowitnton aided otto aisles > 6:8 Greatest width of crown ..:........... 23) Greatest height of ridge................ 5:5 A lower jaw in the same collection (no. 2670) shows the ante- penultimate in fine preservation, presenting distinctly twelve prin- cipal ridges, with talons. The dimensions are—length 6 inches, greatest width of crown 2:1 inches. As compared with Sir Proby Cautley’s specimen, it is of small size. On the other hand, a perfect specimen of an upper antepenultimate in the same museum (no. 2803) shows fourteen principal ridges, besides front and back talons, The dimensions are— VOL, XXI.—PART I. Z 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. inches honeth of crowils. sian aston dg seen 6-4 Wadth, of) ditto aa make elivieiga 4 nia tel) AO Height at eighth ridge ..........35 ‘ 55 Another illustration of the same kind is furnished by the solistiel section of an entire upper antepenultimate, no. 2871 of the same collection. The specimen presents fourteen principal ridges, without a poste- rior talon. The dimensions are— inches, Tenethvor erowily sy tae ease cronie 6:8 Height of ditto at the fifth ridge ........ 4:8 In this case if the two anterior ridges were worn somewhat lower down, they would present but a single disk, with an appearance of thirteen ridges to the crown. Although the last-mentioned speci- mens show that the number of ridges in the antepenultimate some- times ranges as high ag fourteen, the other instances indicate that the prevailing cipher is 12, or a repetition of that of the third milk- molar. The penultimate or second true molar is described by De Blain- ville as being composed, in the upper jaw, of seventeen ridges, and of eighteen in the lower. Owen attributes, in general terms, to the penultimate from seventeen to twenty ridges. Corse and Cuvier have not specially defined it. A vertical section of an upper ante- penultimate is represented in the ‘Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis,’ plate 1. fig. 2, composed of seventeen ridges, with a reduced talon- splent behind, the anterior talon being confluent with the first ridge. The dimensions are—length of crown 8:5 inches, height of crown at eighth ridge 6-2 inches. The anterior eight ridges are worn. In the skull of a Malay Elephant in the Museum of the Royal Asiatic Society the antepenultimate and the penultimate are presented i situ, the former well worn, the latter in germ. The penultimate in this case is composed of sixteen principal ridges, with front and back talons. The typical specimen, figured and described by De Blainyille*, has a crown consisting of sixteen principal ridges, with talons. The skull, no. 2659 of the Osteol. Catal. Mus. College of Surgeons, presents the upper penultimate on either side perfect, although partly worn, and the empty alveoli of the germs of the last true molar behind. The crown of the penultimate is composed of sixteen principal ridges, with a front and back talon, of which the eleven anterior ridges are worn. The dimensions are— inches, Ene thieor CLOW « oc. os uta oes cae ee ee 5 Wadthromaitcoeii ronte |. eee qe ees 30 Of the penultimate lower true molar, the majority of specimens that I have examined have also presented sixteen principal ridges, with talons. A fine illustration is afforded by the left ramus of the * « Ostéographie,’ ‘‘ Des Eléphants,”’ tab. 7. fig. 5c. FALCONER—MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 321 mandible, no. 2667 of the Osteol. Catal. Mus. Coll. of Surgeons. The inner wall of bone is removed so as to expose the imbedded crown and fangs. The penultimate is complete, having in front the posterior fang-alveolus of the antepenultimate, and behind the empty cavity of the unformed last molar.. The crown presents distinctly sixteen principal ridges, with front and back talons, the dimensions being— inches enethtotcCnowily oid vesee cneleet ct iiahtiaer ate 9-5 Ward thay intro rity, see she anh ete eet a tae as 2-4 Greatestawad tine jeune om aun UML eet an 30 eich tiat tithind sey wena mie cient 5:0 The five anterior ridges alone are affected by wear. This specimen is designated in the Osteological Catalogue of the Collection the last true molar; but the form and dimensions prove it to be penultimate. A detached penultimate left lower molar in the same Museum, no. 2825, presents a crown composed also of sixteen principal ridges, with front and back talons, Eleven of the ridges are worn, The dimensions are— inches. Length of crown ...... eR A eee use ye) Width of ditto at seventh ridge Ravn inialsee eon iid 32 Height of ditto at eleventh ridge............ a5 This specimen is described in the catalogue as the last molar, but it presents all the characters of a penultimate. No. 2824 of the same collection, a lower ramus, left side, con- tains the antepenultimate and penultimate in situ, the former well worn and reduced to the disks of the eight posterior ridges, the latter nearly in germ, the three anterior ridges alone being slightly abraded. The penultimate in this instance also presents sixteen principal ridges, with talons. In the Ipswich Museum there is a fine specimen of a detached penultimate molar of the lower jaw, left side, presented by Mr. C. Bree, which presents sixteen ridges, besides talons, in a length of crown of 9:5 inches. Another specimen of a left inferior penulti- mate in the Museum at Taunton has a crown composed of sixteen principal ridges, with front and back talons. The twelve anterior ridges are worn. ‘The dimensions in this case are— inches. GME PMOL ChOW MNCS We sure nlc We aisle apace 6 4s 11:0 Wrdthvokortrorapuhindsridce: se). apn 2c Width of ditto at eighth ridge.............. 3-1 Height of ditto at twelfth ridge ............ 6-0 It is not meant to be insisted that the cipher 16 absolutely and constantly determines the number of ridges in the penultimate molar, upper and lower, of the Indian Elephant. I believe that exceptional cases occur in which they range as high as twenty in the lower penultimate in very large individuals. But, taking the 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. great majority of instances, the prevailing number:is seen to be sixteen. The last true molar, both in the upper and lower jaws, is subject to a considerable difference of size in different individuals ; but it is readily distinguishable, both by the modification in the form, and by the circumstance that the ridges constantly either attain or surpass twenty in number. Where the crown is complete, and all the ridges are present, the last upper molar ordinarily presents twenty- four ridges, and he last lower about twenty-seven. The posterior ridges in the upper molar are proportionally much less elevated than in the penultimate, the crown in profile, when unworn, pre- senting an outline that is nearly triangular, but prolonged back- wards in the last lower molar; the posterior ridges, besides being very low, have their apices incurved upon the crown, and they diverge towards their bases somewhat in a fan-shaped manner ; while, in the penultimate, the ridges are of a more uniform height from front to. rear, and depart but “slightly from parallelism in their general disposition. _As examples may be cited the cranial specimen, no. 2662, Cat. Mus. Coll. of Surgeons, which contains the last upper molar, in sitw, in fine preservation. On the left side the alveolar wall is removed, to expose the tooth, which has a crown composed of twenty-four ridges, of which only the anterior five are worn. The dimensions are— inches. eneth\otucrowiln ee ee as a ee ae 13°5 Height at the sixth ridge...... Pages nesses ct7/1. Width of ditto in ones anes ereatest . be Oe, Another last upper, in a more advanced stage of wear, and yielding an excellent illustration of this tooth, is presented by the specimen, no. 566 of the Cat. of Foss. Mam. Mus. Coll. of Surgeons. De Blain- ville has given a figure (Ostéographie: “Des Eléphants,” tab. 7. fig. 6) of a deformed last upper molar, composed of enor twenty- seven ridges. Of the last lower molar in the Indian Hepheut a ‘longitudinal section is represented, half the natural size, by fig. 2 of plate | lof the ‘Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis.’ The entire length of the crown is: about 15 inches, including in all twenty-seven. ridges, of which the anterior thirteen are more or less abraded. The first five or six ridges incline a little forwards, while the posterior ridges incline so much in an opposite direction that the hindermost are nearly hori- zontal, producing the flabelliform character that so readily distin- tinguishes, in most instances, the last lower molar from the penulti- mate. De Blainyille has given, in fig. 6 of plate 9 of his great work, a beautiful representation of a perfect specimen of the same tooth, composed of twenty-seven ridges. Another very fine example of a last lower molar is presented by the specimen, no. 557 of the Cat. of Foss. Mam. Mus. Coll. of Surgeons, there described as being of the Mammoth, but which I regard as being of the existing Indian Elephant, for reasons which will appear in the sequel. The crown is composed of about twenty-seven ridges. In the formula given FALCONER—-MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 323 in the note, p. 315 of the preceding part, the numbers assigned to 144184 24 aa ? 144-184 24-27’ in the definition of the subgenus, the increments in the interme- diate molars are expressed by 12414418. The formula was framed thus to embrace the range of variation in excess which is met with in nature, and to eschew the imputation of straining facts for a numerical harmony that certainly is not absolute. But if the “yidge-formula’’ in this species is to be framed upon the prevail- ing ciphers, exhibited in a large number of teeth, it will run so— the true molars in the Indian Eleplant are Milk-molars. True molars. 448412. 124164 24 MIS TD) 1DEMIGER Aa Te thus presenting two terms of progressive increments, the one ranging from four to twelve in the milk-molars, and the other from twelve to twenty-four in the true molars, the same cipher being common to the last milk-molar and to the first true molar, in ac- cordance with what is seen in the other sections of the Proboscidea. This last circumstance is that in which my observation on the succession of the molar teeth in the existing Indian Elephant differs most from the results arrived at by previous observers. There is no good evidence of the existing Indian Elephant having as yet, anywhere in India or in Europe, been met with in the fossil state. The specimens attributed to it by Trimmer, Mantell, and others, are referable to HL. (Huelephas) antiquus. But undoubted fossil remains, now preserved in the British Museum, have lately been found in America, which indicate either a distinct species closely allied to the Indian Elephant, and intermediate between it and the Mammoth, or merely a well-marked variety of the former. In either view the case is one of high interest in its paleontological and systematic relations. This form is provisionally designated EH. Armeniacus in the Synoptical Table, p. 13 of the first part of this essay. The molar teeth combine the closely approximated and at- tenuated ridges of the Mammoth with the highly undulated enamel- folding or “‘ crimping” which is so characteristic of the Indian Ele- hant. : 3. Hlephas (Euelephas)primagenius.—Ina strictly methodical order, E. antiquus would follow next among the European fossil species for description. But it will better suit the objects of this essay first to dispose of EZ. primigenius, the Mammoth properly so called, since most of the disputed points involved in the question of distinct species or varieties only of a single form turn upon the exact determination of the characters of the Mammoth. Whatever may have been the approximation previously made by Merk or Blumenbach towards a distinction of the Mammoth from the two living species, Cuvier was undoubtedly the first to charac- terize the extinct species with exactness, in his joint memoir with Geoffroy, under the name of Elephas Mammoth, in the year 1796*, * Mém. de l'Institut, le Classe, tom. ii. 824 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, In the same year he read a memoir at the first public meeting of the <<‘ Tnstitute,’ but which was not published until 1806, in which the diagnostic marks are very pointedly expressed under the designation of Elephas mammonteus: “ Maxilla obtusiore, lamellis molarium tenui- bus rectis,” as distinguished from Hlephas Indicus : “ Fronte plano- concaya, lamellis molarium arcuatis, undatis.” Cuvier connected these dental and mandibular distinctions with others yielded by Messer Schmidt’s figure of the skull of the Mammoth, and com- bined the whole in the extended specific definition of the extinct form, which appeared in his memoir of 1806—*“ L’Eléphant 4 crane allongé, & front concave, 4 trés-longues alvéoles des défenses, a miachoire inférieure obtuse, 4 macheliéres plus larges, parallcles, marquées des rubans plus serrés.” He abandoned the name £. mammonteus of his memoir of 1796, and adopted the designation of Elephas prinugenius, proposed ‘by Blumenbach * in 1803, which is that now generally accepted among paleontologists. 'To this normal form, as already stated, Cuvier referred all the fossil remains of Elephants found over the whole of Europe, in Northern Asia, and in North America, however much at variance with the terms of his definition; and, to the last, he clung to the specific unity of the “‘ Hléphant fossile” with the jealous partiality of a discoverer for the earliest result from which his most cherished labours sprung. The distinctive characters in the molars of the Mammoth, as compared with those of the existing Indian Elephant, upon which Cuvier relied, may be expressed in the following terms :— 1, Great narrowness or compression and approximation of the erown-ridg ges, involving both a larger number in the same length of crown and in friburatine use at the same time, 5 Tenuity of, and absence of crimping in, the enamel plates. . Greater width of the molar crowns, both absolutely and rela- ae to their length. These peculiarities, when combined, are very constant in the Mammoth, Exceptional cases have been admitted by Cuvier, and adduced by others; but, when closely examined, they have proved either to belong to other extinct species or to be disguised molars of the existing Indian Elephant. Taking the molars of the Mammoth in succession from first to last, they yield the descriptions which follow. a. Upper Milk-molars,—Of the milk-molars of the upper jaw, the antepenultimate or most anterior, from its rudimentary form, appears to have been shed at a very early period, and it is con- sequently but rarely observed in situ in the fossil state. It is inferred to have been composed of four ridges, with talons, like the corresponding rudimentary tooth of the Indian Elephant. The penultimate milk-molar (or second in appearance) is much more common, especially in caye-collections. I observed in the Taunton Museum no fewer than eight worn penultimates, upper and lower, in the coliection formed by the Rev. D. Williams, from the Mendip caverns. There are several also in Mr. Beard’s collec- * Voigt’s Mag. 1803, Band vy. p. 16. FALCONER—-MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 3825 tion at Banwell, and one in the collection of the Geological Society, from Kent’s Hole. The displayed part of the collection in the British Museum contains a few examples of this tooth referable to the Mammoth, and it exists also in the. collection of the College of Surgeons. The crown, as in the corresponding tooth of the Indian Elephant, is composed of seven or eight ridges, with talons. A fine specimen, in the Museum at Taunton, from one of the Mendip caverns, in perfect preservation, with the fangs present and the crown worn, presents seven principal ridges, besides front and hind talons. The dimensions are— inches. ema th Of CKQ wie: cok wed Ma aualeeet Veena ae 2-3 Width of crown at second ridge,.,..,........ 0-9 Gireabesthwad thine hind aensrsiy wel cnn 1:4 From the dimensions it will be seen that the crown is narrow in front and broad behind, yielding somewhat of an ovate outline. The specimen in the collection of the Geological Society, from Kent’s Hole cavern, is a penultimate upper milk-molar of the right side, with the crown much worn and the anterior portion ground out. The disks of the six posterior ridges remain. The dimensions are :— inches. TSS ON Ne INRa Re Stee paar AC Pa ee a A MN cr 22 AWVAVe Lilaial oye\abDOKG bts hee eMle rls, ceria nae ARI es Revie ata DOL 1:3 The specimen (no. 583 of the Cat. Foss. Mam.) in the Museum of the College of Surgeons is a left upper maxillary, containing the penultimate milk-molar far advanced in wear. The crown in this ease is also much worn, presenting the disks of six principal ridges and a hind talon. The specimen is reputed to be from the Drift- beds at Ilford. The last milk-molar, or third in succession, of the upper jaw of E. primgenius, abounds in English collections, both from the caverns and from the Drift-beds. It is readily distinguished from the same tooth in the other species, fossil or recent, by the broad squat form of the crown and the closely approximated ridges and uncrimped enamel plates. A fine illustration of this tooth is pre- sented by the Hunterian specimen (no. 585, Cat. Fossil Mam.) in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, from Hinton, Somersetshire. The crown is composed of eleven principal ridges, with talons, the anterior part being slightly worn, showing the disks of five or six ridges ; the posterior ridges are intact. The dimensions are— inches. Meme GanoMcro wile ce prat cick usyrcecrstetl mee ake Nols 3°6 WCE eT OMe prune tc acremith ne trae lh. he's 1:5 Greatest width ..... eae) AME es PFE ati 1:8 Aleve Grats Seger eee do. ee ae) g she g pc gie 2°6 The ridges are closely approximated, and the attenuated layers of enamel free from crimping. In the descriptive catalogue (p. 140), the crown is regarded as being composed of twelve plates, the last being here considered the posterior talon. 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Another illustration of the same tooth, a right upper, may be cited in a British Museum specimen, no. 156 of the Paleeontol. Cat. The crown is composed of eleven principal ridges, besides talons ; the six anterior ridges are worn. The dimensions are— inches. Length’ of ‘crowm ii eipehipne © eeee aes ee ele ne 37 Widthsin sinomtie ee puso eek ee eee le een ne 1-4 Greatest wad {hace Uli We cance ae ee Wee: 1:9 Heiohtiatisteath rid ee tometer nae ee ae 3°0 A third illustration is afforded by a germ-specimen of a left molar from Kent’s Hole cavern, in the Museum of the Geological Society. The crown is composed, besides talons, of twelve principal ridges, of which the first alone is abraded, the rest being intact. The dimensions are— inches. METS CHWOLICRO WAY hele i ies ee eee eee 4:6 Greatest width, at second ridge.............. 1:8 icMeicehtvatisecondamidae ihc Mtn we. Mec ner ney nine aes 4-0 Numerous other examples of this tooth might be cited, present- ing either eleven or twelve ridges, with talons. De Blainville de- scribes it as being composed of eleven, and Professor Owen of from twelve to fourteen ridges, the talon-plates in the latter case being probably taken into the reckoning. b. Lower Milk-molars.—Of the lower milk-molars, the antepe- nultimate, or most anterior, is exceedingly rare in collections. An illustration of it is furnished by the specimen figured and described by Kaup, under the name of Cymatotherium antiquum. Like the corresponding rudimentary tooth in the Indian Elephant, it is in- ferred to be composed ordinarily of few ridges. ‘There is a speci- men in the British Museum (no. 33,403), from Mr. Layton’s col- lection*, which contains the sockets of the two anterior milk-molars ; but the crowns are wanting. Of the penultimate milk-molar of the lower jaw, there is a fine specimen in the Taunton Museum, from one of the Mendip caves, in perfect preservation, with the fangs present and the crown worn. It is composed of seven principal ridges, besides front and hind talons; the latter is so large that the crown may be regarded as comprising eight principal ridges without a hind talon; the grinding-surface presents no inequalities in the shape of raised macherides, the cement, ivory, and enamel being on a uniform level, as if polished. The dimensions are— inches. Meme tavoiMerOwn ns ev e.0i8. vostvsicsese eels IS eS 2°3 Whdthvatesecond dish). 225 a ee 0-9 Greatestawadth behind, =. 2...) ae eee 1-4 From these dimensions it is seen that the crown is narrow in front and about half an inch wider behind, yielding somewhat of an ovate outhne, Other illustrations might be cited, in which the * This specimen is probably from Happisburgh, and has evidently been in the sea. FALCONER-——MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 327 crown of the penultimate lower milk-molar persents eight ridges, besides talons. Of the last milk-molar of the lower jaw (third in the order of appearance) a very fine example in situ is afforded by a cast of a mandible, in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. Both rami are complete, with the exception of the articular surfaces of the condyles. ‘The last milk-molar, well worn but perfect, is present on either side, with the empty sockets of the penultimate in front and of the first true molar behind. The dimensions of the last milk-molar, left side, are— inches. Jcemethbofcro wan tassels: Wenee Wer ieiein ae ee eels 3°9 Wadithyam fronts (meer iereie, Sy ee ea materia: oh ehicey 1:2 Greatestwadthibe lima eh cl aera Wein uk ete ie 7/ The crown is composed of twelve ridges, with talons closely approxi- mated. The original of this specimen is reputed to have been found in the superficial deposits of the valley of the Rhine. Another example of the last milk-molar of the lower jaw, de- tached, may be cited in the specimen in the collection of the British Museum, no. 21,315, from Ilford, Essex. ‘The crown is composed of twelve principal ridges, with talons, the anterior six being worn, and the rest intact; the ridges are closely approximated, and the disks of wear form parallel transverse bands, with no tendency to expansion in the middle, and with the plates of enamel attenuated and free from crimping. The dimensions are— inches. NEMO t YOR ICTO MGI Stes uelsncs set ie esate eae at aae? conse 3°7 Wadthvoterowmbinttrontin ss. .mie rem te. Hell Greatest waditiaeybelninmdiyce eisai 4 Snen ee es ce 15) Heiehtrataune sewentin ridoemmn seine seiner: 2-3 Numerous other examples might be cited; but these two suffice to indicate the ordinary characters of the tooth. The third milk-molars in the Mammoth, upper and lower, are distinguishable with facility from those of £. (Lowod.) meridionalis and from H. (Hueleph.) antiquus by the duodenary cipher regulat- ing the crown-ridges, and by the tenuity of the enamel plates ; but the antepenultimate and penultimate are much less easily dis- criminated. Taking the numbers yielded by the examples above given, it is seen that the ridge-formula of the milk-molars in Z. primigenius is identical with that of the existing Indian Elephant, and liable to the same variation as regards the antepenultimate, upper and lower, as is met with in that species, namely, the ridges varying from 448412 As pie tial seven to eight. The formula may be expressed thus: t484 12 exhibiting a progression by successive increments of four. ce. Upper true Molars.—The crciumstances which render it diffi- cult to determine with precision the ridge-formula of the true molars in the existing Asiatic form apply equally to those of the Mammoth ; 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. and, in consequence, the ciphers of the antepenultimate and penul- timate, being the two posterior intermediate molars, have heretofore been but vaguely ascertained. Cuvier had not advanced sufficiently far in the investigation of the subject to attempt to ascertain them, De Blainyille attributes from fifteen to sixteen ridges to the antepe- nultimate, and eighteen or nineteen to the penultimate, in the upper jaw. Owen considers the antepenultimate (fourth in succession) to have been subject to considerable variation in the number and pro- portion of the ridges, which he estimates as ranging from twelve to sixteen, the greater number being usually in the lower molar. Of the penultimate he describes the ridges as ranging even from sixteen to twenty-four. Upon the examination and comparison of a very large number of specimens I have been led to the conviction that, ordinarily, the antepenultimate upper true molar repeats the duo- denary cipher of the last milk-molar, and that the penultimate, as in the Indian Elephant, advances by an increment of four ridges. First, in regard of the antepenultimate upper, or fourth in the order of horizontal succession. A very fine illustration of this tooth in situ is presented by a specimen in the Museum of the College of Surgeons (no. 620, Cat. Foss. Mam. p. 153), comprising the palate with a molar on either side, and in front of it the empty fang-pits of the last milk-molar, whcih had been shed. The crown of the antepenultimate is worn to the last ridge, but quite perfect, and presents the disks of twelve principal ridges, with talons; it is very broad in relation to the length, and when compared with the corre- sponding tooth of the existing Indian Elephant it looks short and squat; the outline is nearly a parallelogram, of which the length is less than twice the width; the disks of wear are closely approxi- mated, forming narrow transverse bands; the enamel plates are very thin, with a slight tendency to minute irregular undulation, nowhere amounting to crimping. The dimensions are :— inches. Length of, crowing! iia ob ceca nee aria een ie 5:1 - Width» of crown initront oo), 2s a ee 2:4. e iS SDOHTMG att, weet oe ajeng tana ties 2-4 Greatest wadthior erawm ss 15.0, cee 2-75 This specimen is of North American origin. De Blainville remarks that the penultimate upper (or fifth in the order of succession) in the Mammoth is rare in the French collec- tions. He was unable to include a figure of it in the rcih series of representations contained in the ‘ Ostéographie.’ In the descrip- tive details of the dentition (p. 189) he cites, as a fine illustration of it, a specimen from Warsaw on the Vistula, having a crown still composed of eighteen or nineteen ridges, although the most advanced of these are worn out; and he states that the tooth was remarkable for its large size. These circumstances throw great doubt upon the numerical rank assigned to it, which is strengthened by the fact that, in the references to the plates (p. 357), De Blainville mentions that he had no illustration of the penultimate except a bad cast, and that it was therefore omitted. The Warsaw specimen is probably a FALCONER—MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 329 last true molar. Perfect specimens of this tooth, furnishing the ridge-formula of the crown complete, are also rare, so far as my observation goes, in English collections, although mutilated speci- mens are as common as those of the other teeth. The illustrations which I adduce are chiefly taken from foreign specimens, in the the most perfect preservation. The first is a very fine molar, in the Museum of Darmstadt, which I was enabled to examine by the kind permission of Dr. Kaup. It is a detached penultimate upper of the left side, of the Mammoth, having the crown entire and all the ridges present. It is composed distinctly of sixteen principal ridges, besides a front and a back talon. The five anterior ridges alone are affected by wear, the rest being intact and perfect. The specimen yields all the distinctive characters of a Mammoth’s grinder, namely, a broad crown, very high ridges separated by narrow interstices, and attenuated plates of enamel free from crimp- ing. The dimensions of this specimen, which was yielded by the superficial deposits of the valley of Rhine, are— inches, eng thyot crowats pone Whe Me aye 8:0 Wadithyoticnowmmii pies atime 4 a isin AN ches 3:0 Heightiot the erchth midge es. 4M ue. ee: 7:25 From the last measurement it will be seen that the height of the ridges, in the middle of the tooth even, is nearly equal to that of the length of the crown. Another detached penultimate upper of the left side, in the same collection, presents the crown equally perfect, and composed of from sixteen to seventeen principal ridges, with talons. It differs from the specimen just described in having a proportionally broader crown, with the ridges less elevated, the dimensions being, with a nearly equal length of crown— inches. ; VELL ECHAT So NG BU mone OSA lhtat oats eats albaedareuadate i 3°25 OHreatestiheiehit wok use shies. wom daa eal eaten 6-25 In the Museum at Taunton there are two very instructive speci- mens from the Mendip caverns, the one being an upper penultimate of Elephas antiquus,formerly in the collection of the Rev. D. Williams, and reputed to have been procured from Bleadon Cave, the other a corresponding penultimate upper of the right side of H. primigenius, of which the precise cave-locality has not been recorded. ‘These molars are in perfect preservation, and when put in opposition they show well by contrast the distinctive characters of the two species. That of the Mammoth has the crown composed distinctly of sixteen principal ridges, besides the front and back talons; of these the eleven anterior ridges are worn, the rest being intact; the crown is very broad relatively to the length, and the ridges are closely ap- proximated, with narrow interstices; the disks of wear form narrow transverse bands, with attenuated unplaited enamel. The dimensions are— inches. ienoth or crowmMewn arent ee ote ek ee 6°7 NVitd thea! fromterete se mmerra Sells of2h22 leis cyt 25 eh vet CevelentmMN Retest tela Tarkesrptee coelk 3°3 Height at the eleventh ridge ............+6-- Br 330 ’ PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The length of the crown in this specimen is considerably less than in the first Darmstadt specimen above cited; but the difference is partly owing to the circumstance that it is in a more advanced stage of wear, involving necessarily a reduction in length. I have seen no authentic specimen of an upper penultimate of the Mammoth presenting more than sixteen or seventeen ridges. That exceptional cases do occur, in which as many as eighteen may be seen, is not improbable ; but I believe that, as holds in the existing Indian species, the prevailing and normal number is sixteen. De Blainville (Ostéographie: ‘* Des Eléphants,” p. 195) describes as a penultimate upper the cast of a molar in the collection of M. Duhamel de Namvilliers, of which the crown presents not more than fourteen collines; but he adds that the tooth is unusually short, and that the ridges are thick. It is therefore very questionable whether the rank which he has assigned to it as a penultimate is correct, even if the molar belongs to the species. Many of the specimens in the Paleontological Gallery at Paris, which M. de Blainville has referred to the Mammoth, have been identified by me as belonging to Hlephas antiquus and to EL. (Lowod.) meridionalis. Professor Owen has given a very beautiful representation of an upper molar of a Mammoth from the Essex Till in figs. 91 and 92 of the ‘ British Fossil Mammalia’ (p. 237), including both crown and side aspects. It is not specially described in that work ; but in the “ Odontography ” he states (p. 666) that the fifth (or penulti- mate), ranging in length of crown from eight to eleven inches, is composed of from sixteen to twenty-four plates; and he refers to the figures above cited as illustrations of a penultimate upper of a Mammoth showing as many as twenty-four plates. The specimen, judging from the figures, is of an old molar in an advanced stage of wear ; and the posterior ridges, although of less height than is usually seen in the penultimate, are comparatively high for a last upper molar of the Mammoth as that tooth is commonly met with; but the excessive number of the ridges is, in my view, conclusive against its being a “ fifth,” and equally so in favour of its being a last true molar deviating somewhat from the common form. De Blainville has figured in the ‘ Ostéographie’ (tab. 8. fig. 6) a last upper molar. of a Mammoth, from the Canal de ’Ourcq, in a more advanced stage of wear, which, allowing for this circumstance, does not differ much in form from the tooth figured in the ‘ British Fossil Mammalia.’ The last true molar, upper, of HL. primigenius is subject to the same variation in the number of ridges as the corresponding tooth of the existing Indian species. They range from twenty-two to twenty-six, the prevailing number being about twenty-four. These teeth differ also very remarkably in size in different indi- viduals ; but the largest specimens have not necessarily the greatest number of ridges, the reverse being frequently seen. The tooth in outline resembles that of the Indian Elephant, being triangular, very high in front and low behind, where the last ridges gradually ~fall off into an angular termination; while in the antepenultimate and penultimate they are usually sufficiently high behind to com- FALCONER—MASTODON AND ELEPHANT. 331 municate somewhat of a rhomb-shaped form to the crowns in their vertical contour. Examples of this tooth are common in all great collections. A very fine illustration from the Ohio is presented by the Hunterian specimen, a right upper (no. 615, Cat. Foss. Mam. Coll. Surgeons), presented by Dr. Caspar Wister, which yields all the typical characters of the true Mammoth. The crown is broad in front, narrow behind, and composed of twenty-six ridges, of which the anterior seventeen are ground down by wear. The disks of wear form narrow transverse bands, closely compressed, with thin unplaited machzerides of enamel. The dimensions are— inches, Wena the obecrow Mie ors seers a dees 12-0 Width of ditto in front, third ridge.......... 3°3 Greatest width of ditto, eighth ridge ........ 4-() Height of ditto at seventeenth ridge ........ D3 Length of seventeen worn ridges at summit .. 8-2 Another fine example of this tooth, minus the fangs, is furnished by a specimen formerly in the Collection of Dr. Mantell, and now in the Jermyn Street Museum of Practical Geology. It is a last upper molar of the right side, bearing a label of ‘“‘Sea-shore”; the crown is composed of twenty-seven divisions, including the posterior talon, a small portion at the anterior end being wanting, probably not more than the anterior talon or a single ridge. The vertical out- line is triangular in a very pronounced degree, high in front, and low, terminating in an angle, behind. LEighteen ridges are worn into narrow parallel transverse disks, free from median expansion, and showing very attenuated enamel plates devoid of crimping. The posterior talon forms a narrow rudimentary splent. The spe- cimen is heavy, and tinged of a reddish colour, like those dredged from the sea. The fresh fracture is very adherent to the tongue. [The author appears to have intended to give the dimensions of this tooth, but had not filled in the figures; and the deficiency cannot be supplied, as there is no tooth corresponding to the descrip- tion at present in Jermyn Street *. | d. Lower true Molars.—Of the antepenultimate (fourth in order of appearance) a very characteristic example is furnished by the Hun- terian specimen, no. 622 (Cat. Foss. Mam. Mus. Coll. of Surgeons, p- 155), consisting of part of the right ramus of the lower jaw, with one molar, in situ, in perfect preservation. The crown is composed of thirteen principal ridges, besides front and back talon, all more or less affected by wear. The disks form transverse narrow and closely compressed bands, surrounded by thin plates of uncrimped enamel. The outline of the summit of the crown yields a short broad paral- lelogram, the length being less than twice the greatest width, while in the corresponding tooth of the existing Indian species the ratio is generally about three to one. The principal dimensions are— inches. Lena (hi ofero naps tet rats facies s si< so «nicl Boliy Wadthiof dittoanetront: pam ieisec esis als 2 nce ae Qi Greatest wadthaomauiton rh) 2 icc oe es oe 2:6 * See also the footuote to p. 318. 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The specimen is labelled as being from the Ohio, and when ap- plied to the maxillary fragment, no. 620 in the same collection, containing the upper antepenultimate described anted, p. 328, the crown-surfaces fit so exactly, and the two specimens agree so closely in size, relative progress of wear, and in general appearance, that it is highly probable that they belonged to the same individual. They both present the black surface which is so common in the Elephant- and Mastodon-remains from the Bone-licks of the Ohio. Ancther illustration of the same tooth is seen in the young man- dible (Coll. Brit. Mus.) represented in the ‘ Fauna Antiqua Siva~ lensis,’ pl. 13 a. fig. 2, which contains the antepenultimate on both sides, well advanced in wear, but complete, and the penultimate in germ behind. The crown of the antepenultimate is composed of twelve principal ridges, with talons, all of which, except the pos- terior talon, are affected by wear; it is broad relatively to the length, although in a less degree than is seen in the previous speci- mens; the disks of wear form closely compressed transverse bands, with attenuated plates of enamel. it is deserving of remark, that some of these plates differ from the ordinary type of the Mammoth in exhibiting a certain amount of irregular crimping, but in no degree approaching that seen in the Indian Elephant, the presence of this character being concurrent with-a less than the ordinary width of crown. The dimensions of the tooth are :— inches ere Ghiy Of: CEOWaAni Seen eter emein ery esate geen 53 Wii Chy inn rom Gh se anes See ee ee rae ae 1:85 Greatest wid tli seins iy mits cemer ohare aren nates 2°3 In a specimen in the Museum at Turin the dimensions are :— inches. Menor oi crown yie tic ter vue a mneeraeey ee ic eace 5:2 Wathen stromitss acces ieisty sone eiat ween a aoe 1:9 Girea test. wat iis cu sitters e Aiek ot a vey teu eee ts 2-4 In the Museum of Taunton, so rich in remains from the Mendip caves, there is a finely preserved detached antepenultimate lower molar from ‘ Wookey-hole,” found along with teeth of the Siberian | Rhinoceros, Cave-lion, and Hyena. The crown, although worn to the extent of seven or eight disks, is complete, and composed of twelve ridges, with front and back talons; it is broad and squat-looking, with all the usual typical characters of the Mammoth, 7. ¢. narrow transverse disks with thin unplaited enamel. The dimensions of this specimen are— inches den CEE OI CLOW «x cis. 91 pacce/s ss, cniycae cin see nana 5-1 Wad theor chosen tron. ce vie, «ip ye eee 2:3 Height at tmeversnth ridge). «25.5 Coe een ee es 35 Cuvier has given a representation* of a young lower jaw discovered near Cologne. * Oss. Fossiles, tom. i. pl. 5. fig. 5." 333 DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. From January 1st to March 31st, 1865. I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS. Presented by the respective Societies and Editors. American Journal of Science and Arts. Second Series. Vol. xxxix. No. 115. January 1865. Explorations of the Geological Survey of California, in the Sierra Nevada, during the summer of 1864, 10. C, Lyell.— Mineral Waters of Bath and other Hot Springs, and their Geological effects, 13. G. E. Moore.—Brushite, a new mineral occurring in Phosphatic Guano, 43. J. D. Dana.—Crystallization of Brushite, 45. C. T. Jackson.—Discovery of Emery in Chester, Massachusetts, 87. J. Hall. and W. E. Logan.—Geology of Mastern New York, 96. J. D. Whitney’s ‘Geology of California,’ noticed, 99. I. Sayles. —Oil-region of Pennsylvania, 100, Petroleum in California, 101. Assurance Magazine. Vol. xii. Part 2. No. 58, January 1865, Atheneum Journal. Nos. 1941-1952. January to March 1865, Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Man and the Glacial Flood, 53. Basel, Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in. Theil iy, Heft 1. 1864. P. Merian.—Ueber die Stellung des “Terrain 4 Chailles” in der Schichtenfolge der Juraformation, 94. A, Miiller.—Ueber einige neuen Erwerbungen der Mineraliensamm- lung des Museums, 97. L. Ruitimeyer—Neue Beitrige zur Kenntniss des Torfschweins, 139. VOL. XXI,—PART I, D4 334 DONATIONS. Berlin. Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. Vol. xvi. Heft 3. 1864. Proceedings, 353-361; Letter, 365. Hugo Laspeyres.—Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Porphyre und petrogra- phische Beschreibung der quarzfiihrenden Porphyre in der Umge- gend von Halle an der Saale, 367 (plate). G. von Rath.—Geoegnostische Mittheilungen tiber die Euganaischen Berge bei Padua, 461 (map and plate). Websky.—Ueber Diallag, Hypersthen, und Anorthit im Gabbro von Neurode in Schlesien, 530 (plate). Herm. Credner.—Die Brachiopoden der Hilsbildun lichen Deutschland, 542 (4 plates). Zeuschner.—Die Entwickelung der Jura-Formation im westlichen Polen, 578. H. Trautschold.—Reisebrief aus Russland, 584. G. Rose.—Ueber die in den Thonschiefern vorkommenden mit Faser- quarz besetzten Hisenkieshexaéder, 595. o, im nordwest- . Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften. Vol. xxil. Hefte 7-12. July to December 1863. Vol. xxii. Jahrgang 1864. C. Giebel—Die Fauna der Braunkohlenformation von Latdorf bei Bernburg, 235. T. Lieber.—Neue Ausgrabungen in Kostritz, 449. T. C. B. Schiefer.— Untersuchung iiber Arsensiure und einige arsen- saure Salze, 347. G. Suckow.—Ueber das Vorkommen des Vivianits auf phosphorhal- tigem Maenetkiese, 10. es Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club. Proceedings, Vol.v. No. 2, W. Stevenson.—Remarks on certain Traces of a Formation of Pri- mary Quartz-rock, which appears to have at one time existed in the South of Scotland, 121. G. Tate ——The Ancient British Sculptured Rocks of Northumberland and the Eastern Borders, with Notices of the Remains associated with these Sculptures, 137 (12 plates). Calcutta. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. New Series. : No. 296. Part 4. 1864. C. P. Costello — Geological features, &c., of the Country in the neigh- bourhood of Bunnoo and the Sanatorium of Shaikh Boodeen, 878. ——. ——. Supplementary Number. 1864. Canadian Journal. New Series. No. 55, January 1865. ‘Chemical Society. Journal. Second Series. Vol.ii. No. 24, De- cember 1864. . A. H. Church.—Additional Experiments on the Density of certain Minerals, 416. ——.-——. Second Series. Vol. iii. No. 25. January 1865. DONATIONS. 835 Christiania. Forhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania. Aar 1863. 1864. Kjerulf—Bemeerkninger om de elaciale Mergelbollers Dannelse, 51, 101. Om et Fund af Fossiler ved Hdeberget, 198. Sars.—Bemerkninger af Tilleg til et tidligere holdt Foredrag over de i vor Glacialformation forkommende Mergelboller, 47. Om et i Nerheden af Drpbak iapttaget storaret geologiskt Pheenomen fra Qvartzerperioden, 170, M. Iygens & T. Hjortdahl.—Geologisk Undersfgelse af Kysten af nordre Ber genhus Amt, 194. Kongelige Norske Frederiks Universitets Aarsberetning for Aaret 1862. Colliery Guardian. Vol.ix. Nos. 210-221. January to March 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. H. Beckett.—Coal-tields of North Wales, 10. New Coal-field near Thirsk, Yorkshire, 43. New Discovery of the Giant Trilobite, 13. New Bed of Iron-ore, 87. Discovery of a Bed of Iron-ore near Chepstow, 90. Geological Survey of Scotland, 140. Discovery of part of the humerus of Bos primgenius at Galley’s Hill, Bishopwearmouth, 157. Coal and Lignite Productions of Australia, 182. Dresden. Verhandlungen der kaiserlichen Leopoldino-Carolinischen deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher. Vol. xxxi. 1864. Edinburgh. Royal Society. Proceedings. Vol. y. Nos. 62-64. 1863-64. R. B. Watson.—Great Drift-beds with Shells in the South-west of Arran, 157. Tait.—Rhombohedral System in Crystallography, 232. T. Brown.—Glacial Clay with Arctic Shells near Errol, on the Tay, 257. R. B. Watson.—Boulder-clay at Greenock and Port Glasgow, 258, Transactions. Vol. xxiii. Part 3. R B. Watson.—Great Drift-beds with Shells in the South of Arran, 523 (2 plates), Geological Magazine. Vol. ii, Nos, 7-9. January to March 1865. T. R. Jones.—On some Points in Geology as seen to-day, 1. R. Owen.—Anthrakerpeton crassosteum, «2 New Reptile from the Coal, 6 (2 plates). C. B. Rose.—Brick-earth of the Nar, 8. J. Rofe.—New Actinocrinus from the Mountain-limestone of Lanca- shire, 12. G, E. Roberts.—Existence of Pre-Cambrian Life-eras, 13, J. Prestwich’s ‘Geological Position and Age of the Flint Implement- bearing Beds, and on the Loess of the South-east of England and North-west of France,’ noticed, 19. E. Desor’s ‘ Constructions lacustres du Lac de Neuchatel,’ noticed, 26. J. B. Jukes’s ‘Indentations in Bones of a Cervus me yaceros found i in 1863, underneath a Bog, near Legan, Longford,’ noneed, 28, ~_ A _ 336 DONATIONS. Geological Magazine. Vol. u. Nos. 7-9 (continued). J. Daglish and G. B. Forster’s ‘Magnesian Limestone of Durham,’ noticed, 29. J. Ruskin.—Notes on the Shape and Structure of some parts of the Alps, with reference to Denudation, 49. H. Seeley.—Fossil Whale from Ely, 54 (plate). J. E. Gray.—Observations on the Genus Paleocetus, 57. J. Phillips.—Note on Xtphoteuthis.elongata, 57. rAd A. C. Ramsay’s ‘ Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain,’ Second edition, noticed, 61. W. Whitaker’s ‘ Geology of parts of Middlesex, Herts, Bucks, Berks, and Surrey,’ noticed, 64. : T. H. Huxley’s ‘Structure of Belemnites, with an Account of a New Genus (Xtphoteuthis),’ noticed, 67. R. I. Murchison.—Laurentian Rocks of Britain, Bavaria, and Bohe- mia, 97. O. Fisher.—Sudden Sinking of the Soil in a Field at Lexden in Essex, 101. E. Ray Lankester.—Crags of Suffolk and Antwerp, 103. W. Prosser.—Fossiliferous Character of the Millstone-grit at Swee- ney, near Oswestry, Shropshire, 107. H. Cossham.—Geological Structure of the District around Kingswood Hill, near Bristol, with especial reference to the supposed Develop- ment of Millstone-grit in that Neighbourhood, 110. W. Baker’s ‘ Harmonic Maxims of Science and Religion,’ noticed, 116. J. Kelly’s ‘Notes upon the Errors of Geology, illustrated by Facts observed in Ireland,’ noticed, 116. A. Geikie’s ‘Outlines of the Geology of the British Isles, to accom- pany the Geological Map,’ noticed, 125. W. 8S. Symonds’s ‘Old Bones; or, Notes for Young Naturalists,’ Second edition, noticed, 125. : Abstracts of Foreign Memoirs, 16, 58, 113. Reports and Proceedings of Geological Societies, 34, 70, 126. Correspondence, 45, 87, 135 (plate). Miscellaneous, 47, 93, 139. Geologists’ Association. Annual Report for 1864, 1865. Institution of Civil Engineers. Abstracts of Proceedings. 1864—65. Nos.(65.7,,0, U1 12 ae de Intellectual Observer. Nos. 36-38. January to March 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. J. Jones.—Thick Coal of South Staffordshire, 412. Earthquake at Florence, 82. J. Kelly’s ‘Notes upon the Errors of Geology,’ noticed, 151. Leeds. Geological and Polytechnic Society of the West Riding of Yorkshire. Report of the Proceedings. 1863. H. C. Sorby.—Microscopical Structure of Mount Sorrel Syenite arti- ficially fused and cooled slowly, 296. H. Denny.—Note on an apparently undescribed Fossil Plant from the Carboniferous Sandstone near Leeds, 304. Observations on the Distribution of the Extinct Bears of Britain, with especial reference to a supposed New Species of Fossil Bear from Ireland, 338, DONATIONS. 337 Leeds. Philosophical and Literary Society. Forty-fourth Report of the Council at the close of the Session 1863-64. 1864, Linnean Society. Journal of Proceedings. Vol. vili. No. 32. January 1865. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Fourth Series. Vol. xxix. Nos. 193-195. January to March 1865. From Dr, W. Francis, F.GLS. D. Forbes.—Mineralogy of South America, 1, 129. W. E. Logan.—Occurrence of Organic Remains in the Laurentian Rocks of Canada, 75. J. W. Dawson and W. B. Carpenter.—Structure of certain Organic Remains found in the Laurentian Rocks of Canada, 76. T. Sterry Hunt.—Mineralogy of certain Organic Remains found in the Laurentian Rocks of Canada, 76. J. Hector.—Geology of Otago, New Zealand, 157. J. Haast.—Causes which have led to the Excavation of deep Lake- basins in hard Rocks in the Southern Alps of New Zealand, 158. ——. Note on a Sketch-map of the Province of Canterbury, New Zealand, 159. R. I. Murchison.—Note on Dr. Haast’s papers, 158. A. Favre.—On the Origin of the Alpine Lakes and Valleys, 215. ‘W. Keene.—Coal-measures of New South Wales with Spivifers, Glossopteris, and Lepidodendron, 239. S. V. Wood, jun.—Drift of the Hast of England and its Divisions, 240, London Review. Vol. x. Nos. 236-247. January to March 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Longman’s Notes on Books. ,Vol.i1. No. 40. February 28, 1865. Manchester Geological Society. Transactions. Vol.v. Nos. 2&3. Session 1864-65. G. C. Greenwell.—South-eastern portion of the Somersetshire Coal- field, 34. J. Taylor,—The Pliocene and Postpliocene Deposits in the neigh- bourhood of Norwich, 44. J. Plant.—Alluyial Deposits on Travis Isle, Collyhurst, 56. Literary and Philosophical Society. Proceedings. Vol. iv. No. 10. Session 1864-65. K. W. Binney.—On Stigmaria and Sigllaria, 87. Milan. Rendiconti del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere. Classe di Lettere e Scienze Morali e Politiche. Vol. i. fase. 7. August 1864. ——. Classe di Scienze Matematiche e Naturali. Vol. i. fase. 7 & 8. July and August 1864. _ Stoppanii—Saggio d’una storia naturale dei petrolj, 262. 338 DONATIONS, Mining and Smelting Magazine. Vol. vii. Nos. 37-39. January to March 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Russian Mineral Statistics for 1860 and 1861, 15. Prussian Mineral Statistics for 1865, 17. Rocks in which Petroleum is found, 24. B. Silliman.—New Almaden Quicksilver-mines, 27. Quicksilver in Prussia, 32. New Sources of Thallium, 35. Gold in Quartz Crystals, 35. Coal-fields of North Wales, 95. Gold-mining in Nova Scotia, 99. Mining in Lower California, 105. B. von Cotta. Pyrites-deposit of Rammelsberg, 151. G. C. Greenwell.—South-eastern portion of the Somersetshire Coal- field, 159. The Colorado Gold-ores, 162. Moscow. Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Année 1863. Nos. 3 & 4. P. Kehlberg.—Ueber die Erdbeben, welche in der Stadt Sselenginsk (Transbaikalien) vom 30-ten December 1861 bis zum 24-ten Februar 1862 beobachtet wurden, 247. R. Ludwig.—Die warmen Mineralquellen zu Bad Ems, 327 (2 plates). H. Trautschold.—Ueber jurassische Fossilien von Indersk, 457 (4 plates). Année 1864. No. 1. W. von Qualen.—Einige Bemerkungen tiber den Aufsatz “Dyas et Trias,” 172, Munich. Sitzungsberichte der kénigl.-bayer. Akademie der Wissen- schaften zu Miinchen. J ahrgang 1864. Abth. 1. Heft 2. Offenbach. Fiunfter Bericht dee Offenbacher Vereins fiir Naturkunde. 1864. Paris. Annales des Mines. Sixiéme Série. Vol. v. 1864, livraison 3. Domeyko.—Mémoire concernant les grandes masses d’aérolithes, trouvées dans le désert d’Atacama, dans le voisinage de la Sierra. de Chaco, 481. Notice sur quelques nouveaux minéraux du Chili, 433. Sur la nature de la substance terreuse rouge qui accompagne les minerais de mercure au Chili, 461. Lignite et jayet du canton de Berne, 496. Richesse des bassins houillers de l’Aneleterre, 496. Production métallurgique en Russie, 500. Mine de cuivre et d’or de Remolinos au Chili, 510. Combustible minéral découvert dans Vile de Cébu, 513. Sixiéme Série. Vol. vi. 1864, livraisons 4 & 5. A. Carnot.—Notice sur le traitement métallurgique des minerais 4 Freiberg, 1. L. Gruner.—Notice sur ’ agglomération de la houille, 149. De Lapparent.—Mémoire sur la constitution géologique du Tyrol méridional, 245. Delesse.—Extraits de géologie pour les années 1862 et 1863, 351. DONATIONS. O09. Paris. Bulletin de la Société Géologique de France. Deuxieme Série. Vol. xxi. feuill. 14-28. June 1864. Abich.—Sur les terrains tertiaires de Kertsch (Crimée), 209. T. R. Jones.—Sur les entomostracés fossiles, 210. P. Michelot.—Sur lage du calcaire d’eau douce de Provins, 212. Abich.—Quelques résultats de ses voyages en Géorgie, en Turquie, et en Perse en 1862, 215. i. Desor.—Sur le nom de rofia quwil propose pour désigner certaines gorges de montagnes, 222, T. Ebray.—Stratigraphie du systéme oolithique inférieur du Nord de la Savoie, 224. A. Gaudry.—Des liens qui semblent unir plusieurs Rhinocéros fossiles aux Rhinocéros vivants, 233, J. Marcou.—Sur les gisements des lentilles trilobitiféres taconiques de la Pointe-Lévis (Canada), 236 (plate). Abich.—Etudes sur les presqu’iles de Kertsch et de Taman, 259 (plate). E. fee neers une série de nouveaux fossiles tertiaires marins du département de Vaucluse, 282. T. Ebray.—Sur I’ Hemiaster de Port-des-Barques, 283. E. Hébert.—Sur la craie inférieure des environs de Rochefort, 285. Watelet.—Sur la découverte d’une bréche osseuse aux environs de Soissons, 289. De Saint-Marceaux.—Sur quelques silex taillés trouvés en janvier 1864 dans le département de l’Aisne, 291. T. Ebray.—-Calcul des dénudations qui se sont opérées a de grandes altitudes, 293. Watelet.—Sur des Lophiodons récemment découverts & Jouy (Aisne), 298. De Helmersen.—Sur le forage d’un puits artésien 4 Saint-Pétersbourg, - 3802. Gosselet.—Coupe géologique de la vallée de la Meuse, de Méziéres a Givet, 504 (plate). A. Gaudry.—Sur les liens qui semblent exister entre les Paloplothe- rium et les Pale@otherium, 312. : G. de Saporta.—Sur la découverte d’une Cycadée dans le terrain ter- tiaire moyen de Provence, 514. Duval.—sSur le Royannais, 328. Renevier.—Sur Vinfra-lias 4 l’étage rheetien des Alpes yaudoises, 333. Arnaud.—De la distribution des rudistes dans la craie supérieure du sud-ouest, 359. T. Ebray.—Addition & sa note sur le calcul des dénudations, 350. Cornuel.—Sur la non-contemporanéité de la couche a Ostrea agquila du bassin de la Seine et des Perna-beds de Vile de Wight, 351. Th. Ebray.—Stratigraphie des terrains jurassiques du département de VArdéche, 363. Levallois.—Les couches de jonction (Grenzschichten) du trias et du lias dans la Lorraine, la Souabe, ete., 584 (plate). Comptes Rendus des Séances de |’Académie des Sciences. _ Table des Maticres du tome lyiii. Janvier 4 Juin 1864. Ch. Sainte-Claire Deville.—Rapport sur un mémoire de M. Domeyko concernant de grandes masses d’aérolithes trouvées dans le désert d’Atacama, au Chili, 551. Faye.—Sur la composition des aérolithes du Chili et du Mexique, 598. 340 DONATIONS. Paris. Comptes Rendus des Séances de Académie des Sciences. Janvier & Juin 1864 (continued). Seemann.—Sur la météorite de Tourinnes-la-Grosse (Belgique), 74. Pisani.—Analyse de cette pierre, 169, Favart.—Lettre accompagnant l’envoi d’un fragment de l’aérolithe tombé le 7 décembre 1863 & Tourinnes-la-Grosse, 517. Daubrée.—Sur deux aérolithes tombés Pun & Vouillé (Vienne) le 13 mai 1831, l’autre 4 Mascombes (Carréze) le 31 janvier 1836, 226. Cloéz et Leymerie.—Composition remarquable des météorites du 14 mai, 984. Ramon de la Sagra.—Sur la découverte de plusieurs sources minérales dans la commune de Livry, 600. Guyon.—Note accompagnant la présentation de son opuscule sur les _ eaux thermales de la Tunisie, 794. Elie de Beaumont.—Tableau des données numériques qui fixent les 362 points principaux du réseau pentagonal, 306, 341, 594. ——. Sur une carte géologique du département du Doubs, 765. Sur un exemplaire de la Statistique géologique, minéralogique et métallurgique des départements du Doubs et du Jura, 877. Pissis.—Sur le soulévement graduel de la céte du Chili, et sur un nou- veau systéme stratigraphique trés-ancien observé dans ce pays, 124. Hébert.—Sur la craie glauconieuse du nord-ouest du bassin de Paris, 475. Raulin.—Faluns de Saint-Paul, avec cailloux d’ophite, au sud de V’Adour (Landes), 667. Gaudry.—Sur la découverte du genre Paloplotherium dans le calcaire erossier supérieur de Coucy-le-Chateau (Aisne), 953. De Marigny.—Sur Vorigine et le mode de formation des gites métal- liféres, 957. ; Jackson.—Observations sur les gites métalliféres de quelques parties de l’Amérique septentrionale, et sur une masse de fer météorique trouvée dans le territoire de Ducatah (Etats-Unis d’Amérique), 240. Damour.—Sur la densité des zircons, 154. Domeyko.—Sur quelques minéraux du Chili, 551. Pisani.—Note sur la carphosidérite du Groenland, 242. Etude chimique et analyse du Pollux de Vile d’Elbe, 714. Jannettaz.—Recherches sur les modifications que l’action de la cha- leur peut faire subir a la couleur des substances minérales, 719. De Marigny.—Echantillon de galéne et de pyrite de cuivre obtenus artificiellement, 967. Kuhlmann.—Force cristallogénique ; formation du spath calcaire, du sel gemme, des glaciers, 1036. P. Gervais.—Liste des Vertébrés fossiles recueillis dans la molasse coquilliére de Castries (Hérault), 24. Valenciennes.—Sur une dent fossile d’un crocodile gigantesque de Voolithe des environs de Poitiers, 651. i. Deslongchamps.—Sur les téléosavtres de l’époque jurassique dans le département du Calvados, 104. T. Desmazures.—Sur quelques coquilles fossiles du Thibet, 878. Michaux.—Sur un gisement d’os en apparence fossiles, découvert prés de Villiers-Cotterets, 137. Husson.—Alluvions des environs de Toul, bréches osseuses humaines, 46, 274. Boutin.—Silex travaillés, trouvés dans les cavernes de Ganges, 56. Gervais.—Remarques sur l’ancienneté de homme, tirées de l’obser- vation des cavernes 4 ossements du bas Languedoc, 280. DONATIONS. 341 Paris. Comptes Rendus des Séances de Académie des Sciences. Janvier 4 Juin 1864 (continued). Milne-Edwards et Lartét.—Sur quelques résultats des fouilles faites récemment par M. de Lastic dans la caverne de Bruniquel, 264. Milne-Edwards.—Nouvelles observations de MM. Lartet et Christy concernant l’existence de ’homme dans le centre de la France a V’époque ot cette contrée était habitée par le Renne et d’autres animaux qui n’y vivent pas de nos jours, 401. De Vibraye—Sur de nouvelles preuves de l’existence de l’ Homme dans le centre de la France & une Epoque ou s’y trouvaient aussi divers animaux qui de nos jours n’y vivent plus, 409, 489. Lartét.—Bréche osseuse avec silex taillés dans une caverne de Syrie, 522. Lastic.—Sur Vantiquité des ossements humains trouvés dans la caverne de Bruniquel, 590. EK. Robert.—Nouvelles observations relatives 4 la prétendue contem- poranéité de Vhomme et des grands Pachydermes éteints, 673. Garrigou et Martin.—L’age du Renne dans les Basses-Pyrénées, caverne d’Espalungue, 757. C. de Fondouce.—Sur une cayerne de l’age de la pierre, située prés de Saint-Jean-d’Alcos (Aveyron), 761. Husson.—Sur les cavernes 4 ossements des environs de Toul, 812. Garrigou et Martin—Age de l’Aurochs et du Renne dans la grotte de Lourdes (Hautes-Pyrénées), 816. Husson.—Nouvelles recherches sur Vhomme fossile dans les environs de Toul, 893. Garrigou et Filhol.—Contemporanéité de Vhomme et de Ursus speleus, établie par l’étude des os cassés des cavernes, 895, Boutin.—Sur la grotte de ?Aven-Laurier, 1202. Photographic Journal. Nos. 153-155. January to March 1865. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. New Series. No. 17. January 1865. Quarterly Journal of Science. Vol. ii. No.5. January 1865. E. Hull.—History of the British Coal-measures: being an Account of the Range and Distribution of the Coal-formations beneath the more Recent Strata of the Central and Southern Counties of England, 19 (map). W. Pengelly.—Causes of Britain’s Greatness: a Review of the Relations of her Geology and Geography to her History, 27. R. A. Smith.—Metal-mining, 59 (plate), Chronicles of Science, 70. G. P. Marsh’s ‘Man and Nature, or Physical Geography as Moditied by Human Action,’ noticed, 156. Reader. Vol.v. Nos. 106-117. January to March 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &e. Contributions to the Geology of Devonshire, 15. J. Van Beneden.—Belgian “Bone-caves, 17. Review of Geology and Paleontology for 1864, 49. G. H. Kinahan.—Antiquity of Iron, 47, Glacial Phenomena, 74. Laurentian Rocks of the Western Islands of Scotland and Ireland, 226. C. Lyell’s ‘ Hlements of Geology,’ 6th edition, noticed, 248. Ki. Robinson’s ‘ Physical Geography of the Holy Land,’ noticed, 250. 342 DONATIONS, Royal College of Physicians. List of the Fellows, Members, Extra- Licentiates, and Licentiates. 1865. Royal Geographical Society. Proceedings. Vol.ix. No.1. 1865. Royal Horticultural Society. Proceedings. Vol. v. Nos. 1-3. January to March 1865. Royal Society. Proceedings. Vol. xiii. Nos. 70-72. 1864. W. B. Carpenter.—Structure and Affinities of Hozodn Canadense, 545. N.S. Maskelyne.—New Cornish Minerals of the Brochantite Group, 86. Society of Arts. Journal. Vol. xii. Nos. 633-645. January to March 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Discovery of Coal in Mexico, 178. Gold in Tasmania, 178. D.T. Ansted.—A pplications of Geology to the Arts and Manufactures, 199, 218, 237, 255, 269, 287. Coal of New Zealand, 234. 8. C. Homersham.—Water-supply, 266. D. T. Ansted.—Water-supply from Wells, 285. New Zealand Gold, 325. New Zealand Coal, 325. Gold in Victoria, 538. St. Petersburg. Bulletin de ’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg. Vol.v. Nos. 3-8. 1862. G. von Helmersen.—La colonne Alexandre a St.-Pétersbourg, 275. N. Kokcharof.—Notice sur le Kotchoubeite, nouvelle espéce de Clino- chlore, 369. ——. Notice sur la forme cristalline et les angles de l’Hydrargillite, 372. A. Goebel.—Analyse chimique de la Zinconise de Taft en Perse (province de Iesd), et remarques sur sa formation géologique, 407. C. Romanofski.—Sur un éboulement de terre, arrivé dans les monts Iimen, dans l’Oural, 475. A. Goebel.—Notices chimiques et minéralogiques. I. Epsomite de Vile d’Oesel. II. Sur le porphyre rouge de Halle. Il. Silex du porphyre rouge de Halle. IV. Marne de Zawadofka. V. Limo- nite de Staelenhof (Paixt) prés de Pernau, 498. Vole vasa S6e: H. Struve.—Lettre 4 M. Helmersen, sur Vargile du terrain silurien inférieur du gouvernement de St.-Pétersbourg, 4. A. von Keyserling.—Observations sur le phénoméne des blocs erra- tiques. Avec un appendice par K. E. de Baer, 191. N. Kokcharof.—Notices minéralogiques sur le béryl, Veuclase, et le rutile, 412. ——. Vol.vu. Nos. 1&2. 1864. G. von Helmersen.—Sur les recherches géologiques faites par auteur dans le bassin houiller de Donets, 49. — —. Mémoires de l’Acad. Imp. des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg. 7° Sér. -Vol.v. Nos. 2-9. 1862. N. v. Kokscharow.—Beschreibung des Alexandrits. DONATIONS, 343 St. Petersburg. Mémoires de Acad. Imp. des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg. 7° Sér. Vol. vi. 1868. A. von Volborth.—Ueber die mit glatten Rumpfgliedern versehenen Russischen Trilobiten. H. Struve.—Die Alexandersaule und der Rapakivi, ein Beitrag zur naheren Kenntniss des Finnlandischen Granits. H. Abich.—Ueber eine im Caspischen Meere erschienene Insel, nebst Beitrigen zur Kenntniss der Schlammvulkane der Caspischen Region. Vienna. Jahrbuch der k.-k. geologischen Reichsanstalt. Vol. xiv. Nos. 2 & 3. April to September 1864. K. F, Peters.—Ueber einige Krinoidenkalksteine am Nordrande der osterreichischen Kalkalpen, 149. G. C. Laube.—Mittheilungen iiber die Hrzlagerstiitten von Graupen in Bohmen, 159. C. Chyzer.—Ueber die Mineralquellen des Saroser Comitates in Ober- Ungarn, 179. Simettinger.—Mittheilungen tiber einige Untersuchungen auf Kohle im Zalaer Comitate, 213. D, Stur.—Ueber die neogenen Ablagerungen im Gebiete der Miirz und Mur in Ober-Steiermark, 218. K. vy. Hauer.—Der Salinenbetrieb im Osterreichischen und _ steier- markischen Salzkammergute in chemischer Beziehung, 257. A. Riicker.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Zinnerzvorkommens bei Schlaggenwald, 311. F. v. Andrian und K. M. Paul—Die geologischen Verhiltnisse der kleinen Karpathen und der angrenzenden Landgebiete im nord- westlichen Ungarn, 325. ; Simettinger.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Kohlenablagerung bei Mahrisch-Tribau, 367. ; G. C. Laube.—Ueber eine Pseudomorphose von Chlorit nach Strahl- stein, 378. F. Babanek.—Die neuen Gangausrichtungen in Pribram, 382. K. M. Paul.—Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der tertiaren Randbildungen des Wiener Beckens, 391. D. Stur.—Hinige Bemerkungen iiber die an der Grenze des Keupers gegen den Lias yvorkommenden Ablagerungen, 396. G. C. Laube.—Bemerkungen iiber die Miinster’schen Arten von St. Cassian in der Miinchener paliontologischen Sammlung, 402. A. Pichler.—Der Oetzthaler Stock in Tirol, 436. D. Stur.—Bemerkungen iiber die Geologie in Unter-Steiermark, 436. W. Haidinger.—Die geologischen Uebersichtskarten yon Dalmatien, Croatien, und Slavonien auf der Ausstellung von Gegenstiinden der Landwirthschaft und Industrie zu Agram, am 18. August 1864, 445. Verhandlungen der k.-k. geologischen Reichsanstalt 1864. Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften. Abstracts of _ Proceedings. Jahrgang 1864. Nos. 27 & 28. A. Boué.—Ueber die wahrscheinlichste Ursprungsart des mensch- lichen Geschlechtes und den palieontologischen Menschen, 205. F. Karrer.—Auftreten der Foraminiferen in den Mergeln der marinen Uferbildungen (Leithakalk) des Wiener Beckens, 209. J. A. Krenner.—Ueber die Krystallform des Antimonits, 210. A. EK. Reuss.—Zur Fauna des deutschen Oberoligociins. Theil 2: Anthozoen und Bryozoen, 215. Tschermak.—Die Feldspath-Gruppe, 219. 344 DONATIONS. Vienna. Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften. Abstracts of Proceedings. Jahrgang 1865. Nos. 1-5 V. von Zepharovich.—Ueber Bournonit, Malachit, und Korynit von Olsa in Karnten, 1. F. von Hauer.—Ueber die Gliederung der oberen Trias in den lom- bardischen Alpen, 9 A. Schrauf—Beitrag zu den Berechnungsmethoden der Zwillings- krystalle, 10. G. Tschermak. —Untersuchung « einiger Kupfersalze, 14. A. Boué.—Ueber die Abwesenheit der Aérolithen in geologischen Formationen, 17, Jahrgang 1865. No. 7. apie —Uebher fossile Korallen aus den Hallstadter Kalken, 29. Unger.—Ueber fossile Pflanzen der Tertiirformation, 31. Wirzburg. Naturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift ; herausgegeben yon der Physikalisch-Medicinischen Gesellschaft. Vol. u. 1861. V. Schwarzenbach.—Analyse eines Ichthyosaurus-Wirbels, 100. E. Hassenkamp.—Ueber neue Fundstellen von Tertiairconchylien in der Rhon, 199. —. Viole er leo2. C. J. Eberth.—Ueber das Darmepithel von Cobitis fossilis, 44. A. Schenk.—Bemerkungen iiber einige Pflanzen des lithographischen Schiefers, 174. Bemerkungen iber einige Pflanzen der Keuperformation, 178. Vol. iv. 1863. A. Schenk.—Ueber die allgemeinen Verhaltnisse der Flora des Keupers und Bonebeds, 65. Vol.v. 1864. F. Sandberger.—Beobachtungen im mittleren Jura des badischen Oberlandes, 1. ——. Beobachtungen in der Wiirzburger Trias, 201. G. Krauss.—Mikroskopische Untersuchungen tiber den Bau lebender und vorweltlicher Nadelholzer, 144 (plate). ——— e II, PERIODICALS PURCHASED FOR THE LIBRARY. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Third Series. Vol. xy. Nos. 85-87. January to March 1865. "Whitby, 49, ——. Literature of English Pterodactyles, 148. —. Note toa Paper on Plesiosaurus macropterus, 232. Wan Beneden.—On the Ancient Human Races of Belgium contem- poraneous with the Reindeer and the Beaver, 285. DONATIONS, 345 Leonhard und Geinitz’s Neues Jahrbuch fir Mineralogie, Geologie, und Paliontologie. Jahrgang 1864. Heft 7. F. Roemer.—Geologische Reise-Notizen aus Spanien, 769. W. Benecke.—Ueber den Jura in Siidtyrol, 802. KE. R. v. Warnsdorffi—Bemerkungen tiber die geologischen Verhalt- nisse des Kurortes Kissingen, 807 (plate). Schafhiutl.—Beitrage zur niheren Kenntniss der bayerischen Voral- pen, 812. G. Leonhard.—Ueber das Vorkommen des Scheelits bei Schriesheim unfern Heidelberg, 819. Letters; Notices of Books, Minerals, Geology, and Fossils. ——. Jahrgang 1865. Heft 1. H. Miiller.—Ueber den Glimmertrapp in der jiingeren Gneiss-Forma- tion des Erzgebirges, 1. Schafhiutl.—Beitrage zur naéheren Kenntniss der bayerischen Ge- > birge und namentlich der bayerischen Voralpen, 14 (plate). C. Fuchs.—Notizen aus dem vulkanischen Gebiete Neapels, 31. Letters; Notices of Books, Minerals, Geology, and Fossils. LInstitut. I Section. 32° Année. Nos. 1610-1627. ——, 2°Section. 29° Année. Nos. 347-349. Natural History Review. No.17. January 1865. W. B. Dawkins.—Dentition of Hyena spelea, 80. Proceedings of Learned Societies, 125. Paleontographica: herausgegeben von Dr. Wilh. Dunker. Vol. xiii. Lief. 3. January 1865. Claudius.—Das Gehérlabyrinth von Dinotherium giganteum, etc., 65 (plate). D. Brauns.—Die Stratigraphie und Paliontographie des stidéstlichen Theiles der Hilsmulde, etc., 75 (5 plates). : herausgegeben yon Hermann yon Meyer. Vol. xiy. Lief. 1. January 1865. H. von Meyer.—Der Schiidel yon Glyptodon, 1 (7 plates). C. von Heyden und L. von Heyden.—Bibioniden aus der rheinischen Braunkohle yon Rott, 19 (2 plates). —. Fossile Insekten aus der Braunkohle yon Salzhausen, 51 (plate). T1l. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS. Names of Donors in Ltalics. Archiac, A. d’. Lecons sur la Faune Quaternaire. 1865. Billings, E. New species of Paleozoic Fossils. 1865. Birlinger, A. Schwiibisch-augsburgisches Worterbuch. 1864. Mrom the Royal Academy of Sciences of Munich. 346 DONATIONS. Correspondence. Did Sir Humphry Davy promise to nominate Mr. Babbage as the Secretary of the Royal Society in November 1826 ? From Sir James South, F.BS., &e. Criger, H. On the Meteorology of Trinidad. 1864. From the Scientific Association of Trinidad. Dawson, J. W. On the Fossils of the Genus Rusophycus. 1864. Gaudin, C.-T. Notes géologiques. 1865. Gervais, P., et Brinckmann. La caverne de Bize et les espéces animales dont les débris y sont associés 4 ceux de homme. 1864. From M. P. Gervais. Greenwell, G. C., and J. M*Murtrie. The Radstock portion of the Somersetshire Coal-field. 1864. From Sir C. Lyell, Bart., F.G.S. Hall, J. Geological Survey of Canada. Decade No, 2. Graptolitide. 1864. Heer, O. Die Urwelt der Schweiz. 1865. Helmersen, G. von. Der Peipussee und die obere Narova. 1864. ——. Die Geologie in Russland. 1864. Hiortdahl, T. Chemisk Underségelse af Mergeller og de deri inde- holdte Boller (Concretioner). 1863. From the Royal Unwwersity of Christiania. Hochstetter, F. von. Geologie von Neu-Seeland. Beitrage zur Geologie ~ der Provinzen Auckland und Nelson. 1864. Ueber das Vorkommen und die verschiedenen Abarten von Neuseelindischen Nephrit (Punamu des Maoris). 1864, Hornes, M. Die fossilen Mollusken des Tertiiir-Beckens von Wien. Band u. Hefte5 & 6. 1865. Irgens, M., og T. Hiortdahl. Beretning om de vigtigste Resultater af en i Sommeren 1863 foretaget geologisk Underségelse af Kysten af Nordre Bergenhus Amt. 1863. From the Royal Unwersity of Christiania. . Om de geologiske Forhold paa Kyststreekningen af Nordre Bergenhus Amt. 1864. From the Royal Unwersity of Christiania. King, W. Geology at a Glance. 5th edition. 1863. Synoptical Table of Aqueous Rock-groups, chiefly British, arranged in their order of superposition and chronological sequence. 5th edition. 1863. Kjerulf, L. Om et Fund af Fossiler ved Hogberget. 1863. From Dr. T. Kjerulf, For. Corr. GS Kjerulf, T. Bemzrkninger om de glaciale Mergelbollers Dannie: 1863. Erliuterungen zur Uebersichtskarte der Glacial-Formation am Christiania-Fjord. 1863. DONATIONS. 347 Lankester, E. R. On new Mammalia from the Red Crag. 1864. Laube, G. C. Die Fauna der Schichten von St. Cassian. Ein Beitrag zur Palaontologie der alpinen Trias. Abth.i. 1864. Tiebknecht, G. Hassize subterranese specimen clarissima testimonia Diluvii universalis. 1730. From T. Bendyshe, Hsq., M.A. Lyell, C. Elements of Geology, or the Ancient Changes of the Earth and its inhabitants, as illustrated by Geological monuments. Sixth edition. 1865. Magrini, £. Sulla importanza dei Cimelj Scientifici e dei Manoscritti di A. Volta. 1864. Marcou, J. Letter to M. Joachim Barrande on the Taconic Rocks of Vermont and Canada. 1862. Notice sur les gisements des lentilles trilobitiféres taconiques de la Pointe-Lévis, au Canada. 1864. ——. Une reconnaissance géologique au Nebraska. 1864. Marenzi, F. B. Die Seen der Vorzeit in Oberkrain und die Felsen- schliffe der Cave. 1863. From Sir Charles Lyell, Bart., F.GLS. Marenz, F. G.von. Zwolf Fragmente tiber Geologie, oder Beleuch- tung dieser Wissenschaft nach den Grundsitzen der Astronomie und der Physik. 1864. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. i. Part 2. On the Structure and Relations of the Southern portion of the Himalayan Ranges between the rivers Ganges and Ravee. By H.B.Medlicott. Vol. iv. Part 2. On the Geological Structure of the Districts of Trichinopoly, Salem, and South Arcot. 1864. From Dr. T. Old- ham, F.GS. Milner, T. The Gallery of Geography: a Pictorial and Descriptive Tour of the World. Part xix. 1864. From Messrs. Chambers gf Co. Montagna, C, Generazione della Terra metodicamente esposta con nuovi principii di Geologia. Fasc. 1-3. 1864, Oldham, T. Memorandum on the Results of a cursory Examination of the Salt-Range in the Punjab and of parts of Bunnoo and Kohat, with a special view to the Coal and other Mineral resources of those districts. 1864. Osborn, 8. On the Exploration of the North Polar Region. 1865, From the Royal Geographical Society. Petermann, A. The Expedition to the North Pole. Letter to Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., &. 1865. From Sir R. I. Murchison, KE ORBEA C: Phillips, J. On the Telescopic Appearance of the Planet Mars. 1863. 348 DONATIONS. Phillips, J. Further Observations on the Planet Mars. 1865. | ——. Notices of the Physical Aspect of the Sun. Parti. 1865. Pictet, F. J., et G. Campiche. Description des fossiles du terrain Crétaceé des environs de Sainte-Croix. Deuxiéme partie. 1861-64. Report. Annual Report of the Geological Survey of India, and of the Museum of Geology, Calcutta, for 1863-64, 1864. From Dr. T. Oldhan, F.GN. Second Annual Report upon the Natural History and Geology of the State of Maine. 1863. From Sir C. Lyell, Bart., F.GS. Serres, Marcel de. Des particularités des terrains Tertiaires des bassins Océaniques et Méditerranéens. 1856. Sexe, 8S. A. Om Sneebrwen Folgefon. 1864. From the Royal Unwersity of Christiania. Sismonda, A. Gneis con impronto di Equiseto. 1865. Winchell, A. On the Origin of the Prairies of the Valley of the Mississippi. 1864. Woods, J. H. T. A History of the Discovery and Exploration of Australia; or, an Account of the Progress of Geographical Dis- covery in that continent, from the earliest period to the present day. 2vols. 1865. Temple, F. The Present Relations of Science to Religion. 1860. From W. Whitaker, Hsq., BA, PGS. ; Theobald, G. Geologische Beschreibung der nordeestl., in den Blet- tern x. und xy. des eidgencess. Atlasses enthaltenen, Gebirge von Graubiinden, mit zwei kolorirten Karten und vielen Durch- schnitten. 1864. Tylor, A. Industrie und Schule. Mittheilungen aus England, deutsch bearbietet von Dr. B. von Gugler. 1865. Tylor, E. B. Researches into the Early History of Mankind, and | the Development of Civilization. 1865. Vivian, H. H. Speech on the debate which arose in the House of Commons upon the Coal Clause in the commercial treaty with France, 1860; together with a Lecture on Coal, delivered at the Truro Institution, on January 4th, 1856. 1861. From W. Whitaker, Esq., B.A., F.GS. Zejszener, L. Opis geologiczny ogniw formacyi Jura, rozpostartych w zachodnich stronach Polski, z wyliczeniem ich charakterysty- cznych skamienialosci. 1864. THE QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Marcu 8, 1865. The Rey. T. H. Browne, High Wycombe, Berks ; Thomas Grange Hurst, Esq., Mining Engineer, Backworth, Northumberland; and W. R. Williams, Esq., Mining Engineer, Dolgelly, North Wales, were elected Fellows. Professor Nilsson, of Stockholm, was elected a Foreign Cor- respondent. The following communications were read :— 1. A Descriprion of the EKcurnopermata from the Srrava on the SourH-EASTERN Coast or Arabia, and at Bacu on the NeRBUDDA, im the Cortection of the Groxocicat Society. By P. Martin Duncan, M.B. (Lond.), Sec.G.8. ConTEnrTs. 1. Introduction. of other and remote Cretaceous 2. Position of the strata. strata, and on the correlation of 3. The rarity of described Asiatic pre- the Arabian and Bagh beds with nummulitic Echinoderms. the typical European series. 4. List of the species of Echinoder- | 8. The impossibility of establishing mata. a close synchronism between the 5, Other fossils in the collection. Asiatic and other Cretaceous 6. Description of the varieties and of strata. a new species. 9. Remarks on the identity, persist- 7. Remarks on the affinity and ence, and variability of the species. identity of the species with those | 10. Conclusion. 1. Introduction.—There is a small collection of Echinoderms, Bra- chiopods, Pectens, and Zoantharia in the Foreign Museum of the VOL. XXI.—PART I. 23 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [March 8, Society, which came from Bagh on the « Nerbudda. It forms a portion of that assemblage of fossils which enabled Capt. Keatinge to determine the exist- ence of Cretaceous strata in the north- west of the Indian peninsula, and it was presented to the Society by Dr. H. J. Carter, F.R.S. ‘The specimens from the cliffs at Ras Fartak and Ras Sharwén, in South-eastern Arabia, were collected by Dr. Carter, and in- clude Echinoderms, Zoantharia, Fo- raminifera, and Pectens; they were given to the Society by their distin- guished collector in the hope that they would, at some time or another, be examined and named, special re- ference being made to the Bagh series. Hearing that I was studying the Bagh fossils, Dr. Carter wrote to me to direct my attention to those from S.E. Arabia; for he considers that both the localities are of Neocomian age*, and that they are along the same line of the great fault which, running parallel with the coast-line of S. E. Arabia, reaches the Vindya range on the Nerbudda. 2. Position of theStrata.—The town of Bagh is situated about 22 miles from the Nerbudda, 145 miles from the sea, and about 850 feet above its level. A Bryozoan limestone had long been known to exist in its neigh- bourhood, and the stones of Mandoo, crowded as they are with fossils, had excited the attention of Drs. Carter and Oldham+. Capt. Keatinge and Mr. Blackwell visited the caves whence the stones were quarried, and made as careful observations as could be expected under very unfavourable cir- cumstances. Their collection of fossils was examined; and, as far as can be judged, these observers have fairly proved their Cretaceous age. Before Marbat. Calcareous. 4. Later Nummulitic strata. 5. Miliolitic deposit. 6. Granite rocks. Detritus. Torrent-bed. SEEFAZZZZZZA- Sess B Fig. 13 v ¥ x z Fig. 14.—Section along the line y 2. 1865.] FOSTER AND TOPLEY—DENUDATION OF THE WEALD. 469 Figs. 15-18.—Plans and Sections illustrating the formation of Escarpments, Fig. 15.—Section along the line vx. great spread of brick-earth round Hadlow. The brick-earth there is not let into pipes, because it rests on clay. The occurrence of great floods, as suggested by Mr. Prestwich*, may also be due to the probable low winter-temperature during the deposition of the higher gravels. The effect of a low winter-tem- * Proc. Royal Soc. for March 1862, p. 47; Phil. Trans. vol. cliv. 1864, p- 290. 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 24, perature would be the storing up of snow and ice, the sudden melting of which in the spring would bring about floods. We have thus far been speaking of the rivers when the land is stationary or sinking. If, however, an elevation takes place, the river will commence deepening its channel. The elevatory action may be so slow as to allow the river to travel all. over its alluvial plain, reducing all alike to a new level; but more commonly “ terraces” of the old alluvium will be left, which, unless completely removed by atmospheric action, will remain to show the former position of the river. This process we conceive to have been going on during a long period of time in the Medway valley, the gravel at the 300-feet level being the oldest river-bed remaining ; between which and the nearest point of the Medway there is no higher ground intervening. 0. On the Origin of Escarpments.—In treating this subject we will first take a hypothetical case, and then apply the principles there explained to the area under consideration*. Let fig. 11 represent in plan, and fig. 12 in section, three beds, A, B, and C,—A and C being sandstone, and B being clay; and let us suppose the plane formed by the denuded edges of the beds to slope down in the direction from A to C; let rain fall on this sloping surface, slight inequalities of the ground will make the rain flow into a number of small rivulets, and, as the principal slope is at right angles to the line of strike, the rivulets will take the same general direction, and begin cutting out channels or small transverse valleys. In plan, the channel would be shown as in fig. 13. If we had nothing but sandstone of uniform hard- ness, the stream would merely cut itself a gorge, the breadth of which would be the same all along. When we come to rocks of different hardness, however, the case is otherwise. The stratum B, being of clay, will suffer much more from atmospheric denuda- tion at the sides of the gorge than the strata A and C. Each shower of rain, each frost, will do its part in degrading the soft clayey walls of the valley; slips, too, may come to our aid, and the transverse stream will carry off the débris and rain-wash. In this manner the valley will be widened where it passes through the bed B. Figs. 14 and 15 will show sections, along the lines vw and — y 2, through the sandstone bed and through the clay bed, before the atmospheric agencies have had much action. Figs. 16 and 17 show similar sections through the two beds, after the denuding powers of the atmosphere have produced some effect. The valley on the clayey strata is widened considerably, whilst the walls of the valley where formed by sandstone have scarcely suffered any change. The result of atmospheric action will be that the walls of the valley will get less and less steep where they are formed by the bed B. A sort of amphitheatre will be formed on each * We would here again refer to the excellent paper by Mr. Jukes, in which the connexion between longitudinal and transverse valleys was first clearly explained, “On the River Valleys of the South of Ireland,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xviii. 1862, p. 378. See also Mr. Geikie’s ‘ Scenery and Geology of Scotland,’ 1865, p. 138. 1865.] FOSTER AND TOPLEY—DENUDATION OF THE WEALD. 471 side of the transverse valley, and these amphitheatres will extend themselves backwards along the strike, as shown by the dotted lines, fig. 18. Soon we shall have sufficient area to support a brook, and thus we shall get two brooks at right angles to the transverse valley, fig. 19. Fig. 20 shows a section from r to s, and fig. 21 a section from p tog. Of course, rain running down the slope, 6a, will gradually wear off the face of the clay, and under- mine the sandstone. In time the end of the sandstone, 6, will suc- cumb to the never-ceasing atmospheric agencies, and an escarpment will begin to be formed. An escarpment will be formed, and not an eyen slope, on account of the difference in hardness between the clay and the sandstone; and the latter will project, because it will suffer less from the action of rain than the clay. In the case we have assumed, there is another element to be taken into consi- deration, besides hardness. The sandstone will soak in a great deal of the rain that falls upon it, whilst every drop that falls upon the clay will produce a certain amount of mechanical erosion. How- ever, where there is a steep slope on the sandstone the rain may produce considerable mechanical erosion, and the face of the escarpment will gradually be worn back, as shown by figs. 22 and 23, The sandstone-plain will also suffer to a certain extent, and its general level will be lowered slightly ; but it will suffer much less than the face of the escarpment, as its slope is but small. The rate at which the escarpment is worn back will depend on the rate at which the river deepens its valley. It must not be in- ferred from this that the escarpment would not go on wearing its way back, if the stream merely performed the office of carrying the rainwash down into the transverse valley. The escarpment would continue to wear its way back, but the difference in level and, con- sequently, the slope between the edge of the escarpment and the bottom of the valley would constantly be getting less; if the level of the land remained stationary, the amount of rainwash would get less and less, and in time the slope would get so small that ramwash would not be carried down, and the formation of the escarpment would cease. If, however, the stream at a has an excavating power, which enables it to preserve a certain slope between itself and the escarpment, then the wearing back will always go on. The ex- cavating power of the stream in the longitudinal valley will depend on that of the transverse valley; and if the sea-level remains con- stant, the transverse stream will go on deepening its bed and lessen- ing its excavating power, until at last it ceases to have any at all. A slight elevation of the land would once more give the transverse stream an excavating power, which in time would be communicated to the longitudinal streams. From what we have said it will be seen that we consider escarp- ments to be due to the difference of waste of hard and soft rocks under atmospheric denudation. When once a transverse valley has been formed, longitudinal valleys will be formed along the strike of the soft beds, and escarpments will be formed by the hard beds on the side on which the beds dip away from the valley, as in fig. 23. 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 24, Figs. 19-23.—Plans and Sections illustrating the formation of Escarpments. . Fie. 19. 1865.] | FOSTER AND TOPLEY—DENUDATION OF THE WEALD. 473, In the case of the Weald we have a long escarpment formed by the Chalk, and another by the Lower Greensand. We have already spoken of the many objections to their marine origin. There re- mains then only pure atmospheric denudation to account for these escarpments ; and as we have what we consider proof that the Medway has deepened its valley 300 feet, we are not afraid of. ascribing great effects to such a cause as atmospheric denudation. It must not be inferred, however, that we consider the escarpments to be rwer-chiffs. The longitudinal streams, though running pa- rallel to these escarpments, do not run directly below them, but often, as with the Medway itself, at a considerable distance. No river-gravel in this area is ever found on the face of the escarpment ; nor can we discover thereon any traces whatever of river-action. We have no reason then to ascribe them to the immediate action of the streams. The manner in which we consider the denudation of the Weald to have taken place is as follows. After a large portion of the Terti- ary and Upper Cretaceous strata, with some of the Lower Cretaceous beds, had been removed by marine denudation*, a comparatively plane surface was formed, which gradually appeared above water; probably the centre of the Wealden area rose out first, forming an island, and then as the land rose a spread of country was formed sloping down to the north and south from an east and west ridge. The central ridge determined the flow of the water that fell upon the area, streams began to flow to the north and to the south, andin this manner the transverse valleys of the Wey, Mole, Darent, Stour, Cuckmere, Ouse, Arun, and Arun were first started. At the same time the longitudinal valleys along the strike were formed, on ac- count of the difference in hardness between the various rocks. The moderately hard porous Chalk has suffered less than the soft imper- vious Gault, and the hard porous Lower Greensand has been less denuded than the soft impervious Weald Clay. As we are dealing with limestone beds, we must take into consideration the chemical action of the rain charged with carbonic acid. The top of the Chalk and Kentish Rag certainly suffer from this action, and their general level is gradually being lowered. The mechanical atmospheric denudation, however, exceeds the chemical denudation, and, in spite of the general lowering of the Chalk and Kentish Rag, they still form escarpments. ConcLusion. In conclusion, we will revert to the main points discussed in this aper. " After describing the gravel of the Medway valley, we have endea- youred to prove that an old river-gravel of the Medway occurs 300 feet above its present level. We have then shown that, if this fact be admitted, it follows that so large a denudation has been effected by rain and rivers that there can be but little difficulty in * The term “plane of marine denudation” was first used by Prof. Ramsay | (see Brit. Ass. Rep. 1847, Trans. Sects. p. 66). 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7, supposing the present form of the ground in the Weald to have been produced entirely by these agents. With regard to the time which has elapsed since this denudation commenced, nothing can as yet be said with certainty save this, that the plain of marine! denudation was formed after the deposition of the Eocene beds, and that, therefore, the present valleys of the Weald have been formed since that period. Should the doubtful beds occurring at intervals along the top of the North Downs turn out to be Crag*, as believed by some geologists, “then,” to quote again Prof. Ramsay +, “the bay-like denudation of the Weald has proba- bly entirely taken place since that epoch ; implying another lapse of time so long that, by natural processes alone, in rough terms, half the animal species in the world have disappeared, and been as slowly replaced by others. This may mean little to those who still believe in the sudden extinction of whole races of life; but to me it signi- fies a period analogous to the distance of a half-resolved nebula—so vast that if it were possible to eXpress it in ou the mind would refuse to grasp its immensity.” JunE 7, 1865. The following communications were read :— 1. Note on Ovrsos moscHatus, Blainville. By Mons. E. Larrar, For. Mem. G.S. [Translated by the late H. Christy, Hsq., F.R.S., F.G.8.] Cuvier has given the history of three skulls of Ovibos moschatus discovered in Siberia, and figured by Pallas and Ozeretskovskyt. In 1846 M. Giebel§ noticed the existence, in the Museum of Halle, of part of a skull found in the neighbourhood of Merseburg. In 1852, Sir John Richardson, in the ‘Zoology of the Herald,’ gave a list and some figures of some remains of Ovzbos moscha- tus brought from the Bay of Eschscholtz, with bones of Elephants, Reindeer, and other Mammals. In 1855 Professor Owen|| described, under the name of Bos moschatus, a fine fragment of skull of Ovibos moschatus, discovered by the Rev. Mr. Kingsley and Mr. Lubbock at Maidenhead, in Berk- » shire, on a bed of low level-gravel, of which Mr. Prestwich gave at the same time a description {], with a sketch of the bed, in which he afterwards found an Elephant’s tooth. In the third edition of the ‘Antiquity of Man’ Sir Charles Lyell further cites a skull of Ovibos moschatus found by Mr. Lubbock, near * Prestwich, ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.’ vol. xiv. 1858, p. 322. Sir Charles Lyell (Elements of Geology, 6th edit. 1865, pp. 232 and 368) considers these beds to be Upper Miocene. In the last edition of Mr. Greenough’s Map (1865) they are coloured “ Crag.” t ‘Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain,’ 2nd edit. p. 84. { Oss. Foss. 4to, vol. iv. p. 155-159. § Leonhard and Bronn’s Neues J ahrbuch, 1846, p. 460. || Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1856, vol. xii. pp. 124-31. {| Ibid. pp. 1381-38. 1865. | LART£I—OVIBOS MOSCHATUS. 475 Bromley, Kent, in the valley of a small affluent of the Thames; and also two other skulls, male and female, discovered in the drift of the Avon, near Bath Easton, by Mr. Charles Moore*. In the same page of the ‘ Antiquity of Man’ Sir Charles Lyell further mentions a skull of Ovibos moschatus preserved in the Mu- seum of Berlin, and which Mr. Quenstedt had determined in the year 1836; but I have failed, even with the indications given by Sir Charles Lyell, to find the description of this skull. In 1859 Professor Hébert communicated to me a molar tooth found by the Abbé Lambert in the diluvium of the Oise at Viry- Noureuil, near Chauny (Aisne), in association with remains of Elephas antiquus and EH. primigenius, Rhinoceros tichorhinus, Hyena, a small Bear, Reindeer, &c. This tooth I ascertained to be a molar of Ovibos moschatus. In 1863 Professor E. E. Schmid, of the University of Jena, de- scribed, under the name of Bos Pallasii (De Kay.), a portion of skull of the same species discovered in 1862 in the ancient alluvium of the Saalet. In 1864 Dr. Eugene Robert sent me a very fine piece of the skull of Ovibos moschatus, discovered by him in the diluvium of the Oise at Precy, near Creil (Oise), in the same spot where he had collected the remains of an Elephant’s tusk. I announced this discovery to the Academy of Sciences at its sitting on the 27th of June, and I ad- dressed to the Geological Society of London an extract from my com- munication, with a plate, in which were figured this skull and the molar teeth found at Viry by the Abbé Lambert§. Further researches at one of our stations in the Gorge d’Enfer (Dordogne) have produced a hoof phalange exactly identical, both in form and dimensions, with the corresponding bone of the existing Ovibos moschatus (Bos moschatus, auct.). It was found, in association with remains of the Great Cave Bear (Ursus speleus), Lion (felis spelea), Wolf, Reindeer, and Aurochs||. It is to be noted that in the three localities where the bones of Ovibos moschatus have been observed in France, there have been also gathered the products of human industry. At Viry-Noureuil worked flints were found by Abbé Lambert, of which two specimens were sent to London. At Precy was found, in 1860, an axe of the St. Acheul type, which was presented to the Geological Society of France by M. de Verneuil at its sitting of the 21st of May, 1860, and of which Sir Charles Lyell makes mention in pp. 152 and 153 of the ‘ Antiquity of Man.’ At the Gorge d’Enfer worked flints have also been found, as well as Reindeer-horn unbarbed lance-heads of a type differing from * © Antiquity of Man,’ 3rd ed. p. 156. + Ann. des. Se. Nat. 8vo. 4iéme série. Zool. vol. xv. p. 224. { Leonhard and Bronn’s Neues Jahrbuch, 1863, p. 541. § Comptes rendus de I’ Acad. des Sci. Séance 27 Juin 1864. || Since this paper was communicated to the Geological Society, the author has discovered among the fossil remains of the same station in the Gorge d’Enfer, seven new bones of a hind leg and foot of Ovibos moschatus ; the long and marrowed bones being split and broken like those of the other herbivora used for food by the ancient indigenous tribes of Perigord. 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7, those found in any other of the Dordogne caves, but identical with those of Aurignac (Haute Garonne) and of Chatelperron (Aller). The discovery of this fragment of Ovibos moschatus in the Gorge d’Enfer gives us the most southern spot where this species has been observed*, and by it its Quaternary habitat is carried down 15° to the south of its existing limit in North America, where it is known that this animal is rarely found below the sixtieth degree of latitude. The Reindeer, whose migrations are still more extensive, was ad- vanced yet further south during the Quaternary period, as I have found its remains on the northern slopes of the Pyrenees. 2. On some Apprti0nat Fossrxs from the Lineura-riacs. By J. W. Satter, Esq., A.L.S., F.G.S. With a Nove on the Gzunus Anopo- lenus; by Henry Hicks, Esq., M.R.C.S. In my last communication, of March 1864, I described all the foals then known from the Lower Lingula-flags of Pembrokeshire. There are now several more forms to communicate, some of which are generically new, and others are new species of old and well-known genera. I must confine myself in this paper to one or two species of which a better knowledge has been obtained, and the description of which it is desirable to amend, as the forms differ in some marked peculiarities from any of the Trilobite-group hitherto described. The new genus Anopolenus (see vol. xx. p. 36) was supposed, and with good reason, to be a blind Trilobite allied to Paradoaides, without facial sutures or head-spines, and with truncate body-seg- ments not produced into spinous appendages as in most of its con- geners (see pl. xiii. of the vol. above quoted, figs. 4,5). All this was true so far as I then had materials ; but the subjoined descrip- tion, by my friend Mr. Hicks, of a new species of the genus will show that I then only had a part either of head or body of this curious animal, which turns out to be more truly intermediate between Pa- radoaides and Olenus than was before supposed, while it also presents characters contradictory to those of either genus. It possesses eyes, facial suture, and expanded pleure ; but the arrangement of these is abnormal, as Mr. Hicks’s description will show. Before giving his description of them, however, I would call the © attention of the Society to a new fact of some importance with respect to the fauna of the Lower Lingula-flags. As noticed in the paper above quoted, the fossils occur in a band, but a little dis- tance above the base of the Lingula-flag series, in fact only one hundred feet or so from the grey Cambrian rocks. Having faith in the continuity of the band, I had begged Mr. David Homfray, of Port- madoe, to employ his first leisure in examining the same horizon in the Ffestiniog country, a locality which had hitherto been neglected. He met with his usual good success; and found not merely the same genera, but many of the species which we had discovered at * The supposed skull of Bos Pallasti, De Kay, from the alluvium of Missis- sippi at New Madrid, has been recognized by Mr. Leidy as referable to his genus Bootherium. 1865. ] SALTER—LINGULA-FLAG FOSSILS. 477 St. David’s. I think hardly any of the forms are distinct. There are Anopolenus, Conocoryphe, Microdiscus, Holocephalina, together with Theea and Agnostus, all, or nearly all, of the same species as those de- scribed in our paper. There is also a new genus of Trilobites, which we have called Erinnys, distinguished by the great number of the body-rings ; and this is also found in both North and South Wales. This identity of forms between localities so widely separated and on the same horizon, gives us great reason to believe that the fauna is a marked and persistent one over larger areas. And we have large seen that it is distinct specifically both from the fauna of the Middle and from that of the Upper Lingula-flags. Curiously enough, however, the great Paradoaides, which is the conspicuous fossil in South Wales, has not yet been found in the North Welsh locality. But at an interme- diate spot (the famous gold-mines of Dolgelly) fragments of this large fossil were found about the same time by Mr. Readwin, and by his assistant-chemist, Mr. Ez. Williamson, the superintendent of the lead- and silver-mine at Tyddyn-gwladys. I examined this ground critically last autumn, and found thatthe position of the “ Paradoxides- beds ” (Theca also accompanied the Trilobites) was the same as in South Wales, namely, a short distance above the Lower Cambrian Sandstones, in bands of uncleaved black slates mixed with trappean ashes. The facts above cited show that we are justified in recogniz- ing the Lower Lingula-flags as a separate formation, quite as distinct from the upper portion as the latter is from the Tremadoe Slates which overlie it. All the species in the three separate groups, with very few and, indeed, trifling exceptions, are peculiar; and there are many distinct genera in each *. Note on the Genus Anopolenus. By Henry Hicks, Esq., M.R.C.S. New specimens haying been found during my search at St. David’s, I have been enabled to reconstruct the form of this very curious fossil, of which two species are known. My friend Mr. Salter did me the favour to name the first one after myself, when defining the genus so far as then known. The second and larger species is more common than the first, and he allows me to name it after him, in memory of pleasant days spent together on the cliffs of St. David’s. Gun. Cuar.—Elongated and depressed. Head occupying a fourth of the whole length, semicircular, with prolonged spines, and a clavate glabella having four pairs of furrows; large, punctate, and strongly margined fixed cheeks, each a quarter of a circle in shape, and reaching nearly to the front of the glabella, against which the extremely long eyes abut; thence the facial suture curves out- wards, and is marginal in front. The long eye-lobe which forms the margin of the fixed cheeks reaches quite to the glabella in front, and very nearly to the posterior angle below. The free cheeks are a narrow band, margined, and reaching only three-fourths down the * We have now (October 1865) in all 33 species, distinct and confined to this formation, for which the new term ‘ Mzenevian Group” was proposed, Sept. 1865, at the Meeting of the British Association at Birmingham. VOL. XXI.—PART I. 2x 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (June 7, fixed cheek! Labrum—? Thorax more than as long again as the head, somewhat narrower in its upper three-fourths than the width of the free cheeks ; but the width of the lower fourth, in consequence of the greatly increased length and thickness of the three or four hindmost pleure, is much greater, and nearly equal to that of the whole head. The tail is wide and expanded, but narrower than the body. It is widely marginate, and serrated by six or eight marginal spines. ANOPOLENUS SALTERI, sp. nov. (Hicks). An. 41 uncie longus, axe lato; capite magno, margine frontal lato, longispinoso. Gilabella angusta, genis equalibus, frontem attingens, sulcis quatuor brevibus. Oculi longissimi, antice gla- bellam, posticé cervicem attingentes. Thorax segmentis 14 (an plures?). Pleuree anteriores axe angustiores, spinis brevibus re- curvis ; postice 3 vel 4, spinis longissimis, curvatis. Cauda semi- circularis, emarginata, serrata, axe 5- vel 6-annulato, margine lato, sex-dentato. Description.—The head—not including the long slender spines, which extend backwards to opposite the ninth or tenth pleure, and at a slight angle to the general axis—is semicircular, with an even outline, and bounded by a strong wide margin, which is only slightly narrower in front. The glabella occupies about a third of the width of the head, being broadest across the frontal lobe. It reaches far forward, where it is slightly contracted, and separated from the front margin only by the deep furrow which surrounds the head. It is raised a little above the level of the cheeks, having rather deep © axial furrows intervening. Well marked glabella-furrows divide it into a frontal lobe, three lateral lobes, and a neck lobe, but are not complete across in this species, which thus differs at a glance from A. Henrict. The frontal lobe is large, wide, and bounded below by the supplementary or first pair of furrows*. These are short, less distinct than any of the others, and sinuate, arising from the sides of the glabella at its broadest part, and reaching to about one-fourth of its width; their inner extremities nearly touch the second pair of furrows, thus forming small triangular lobes on either side. The third or median furrows are well marked, equal to the fourth or ocular pair, but less strong than the basal and neck furrows; they arch gently forwards and stretch equally across with the ocular and basal, leaving centrally an intervening, narrowed, elevated space, which extends in this species all down the middle of the glabella. The ocular and basal furrows run inwards nearly in a straight line (the former being perhaps a little curved) ; but the latter is much deeper and wider than the former, and equal to the neck furrow, which is the only one continued direct across. The neck and basal lobes are of equal breadth ; both exceed the middle lobe, which again is broader than the upper or third lobe. * There are only a few genera in which the anterior or supplementary pair is found. ind 1865. ] SALTER——LINGULA-FLAG FOSSILS. 479 The cheeks are divisible into two portions, which must be separately described. The fixed cheeks are wide, nearly triangular, bounded at the base by the posterior margin, and on the outer side by a broad rim or margin, which continues of the same breadth all the way up, and is the upper covering of the eye*. Outside this the linear free cheek is continued backwards by its strong margin to form the long curved slender spines, whilst the limb is contracted and does not reach to the posterior margin of the fixed cheek; in consequence of this contraction occurring about 7 of an inch above the line of the poste- rior margin, the outer angle appears to be suddenly and abruptly emarginate and to have two posterior angles. A rather narrower border (eye-lobe) surrounds the fixed portion of the cheek, dividing it from the outer, extending from opppsite the frontal lobe of the glabella to the posterior margin, and including within it a spherico-triangular space. This surface is flattened, rugose-punctate, and rises into a sharp narrow ridge on its inner border, from opposite the middle gla- bella furrow down to the neck furrow. The neck furrow is strong and wide, and continuous at the outer angle with the equally strong furrow which runs inside the strong border (eye-lobe) of the fixed cheek. The facial suture curves outwards and upwards above the eye, and cuts across the outer margin ; also downwards and outwards below the eye along the broad margin or eye-lobe of the fixed cheek to the posterior border, terminating just above and to the outside of its short acute angle. The outer cheeks are, as above said, long and narrow, and terminate in the long tapering head spines, which, though mode- rately wide at the base, are for the most part slender, and extend backwards to opposite the ninth or tenth pleure. The outer cheeks are, moreover, very loosely attached to the head, and are very scldom found in situ. The labrum is large, much compressed and expanded at the base; the apex truncate, with short spinous angles; a deep sulcus runs along the inner border of the apex, and a little within this on either side a small tubercle is seen. (No perfect specimens of the labrum have yet been found.) The thorax, comprising more than a half of the whole length, has a broad axis consisting of 14 or more segments, the upper seven or eight being wider than their pleure, including their short spines, whilst the last three or four are from 3 to + shorter than their attached pleure, the spines of which are greatly and suddenly increased in size and length. The axis is gently raised above the pleure, and is separated from them by rather deep axial furrows ; the segments of the axis curve slightly backwards, and have a strongly sculptured surface. The pleure are broad, much flattened, and marked by a rather distinct lineation running parallel with the upper and lower borders, grooved deeply and obliquely from their upper inner angle to their outer margin at the base of the spines. The spines * This remarkable border, which at first sight appears so anomalous, running across the cheek as if there were two borders to it, is in reality the eye-lobe! The eye is thus of immoderate length. We have only lately seen it in the true light; and I find that Prof. Angelin has figured a very similar fossil under the name of Paradoxides Loveni. It has a somewhat shorter eye.—J. W.S. 2x2 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7, are very small and scarcely perceptible in the upper pleuree, and are still short in the middle ones, but become suddenly increased in size in the five hindermost—the third upwards from the tail being longest, reaching as it does for nearly a fourth of its length beyond the extremity of the tail; the two hindermost pleure again shorten gradually, the last one terminating just above and in a line with the foremost serration of the tail, to which it is, moreover, for its inner two-thirds, closely compressed. The spines in each case turn sharply backward from the fulcrum, and have tapering extremities; the upper and middle thinning gradually from the fulcrum, whilst the hindermost first swell out, attain their greatest breadth about midway, and then taper regularly. The tail consists of a raised axis of five or six segments, with a broad nearly semicircular serrated limb, and is much narrower than the thorax. The axis reaches backwards nearly to the posterior margin, its last segments, however, being in most eases ill defined. The sides are distinctly marked by furrows and ridges which pass from the central segments to the lateral serrations, and are bounded by a broad raised margin, having concentric lines, and moreover marked by transverse elevations where the lateral ridges (or pleurz) are continued into their terminal spines. There are always three distinct serrations on either side, which diminish gradually back- wards, the last being a little on one side of the line of the axis; in some cases, however, another is seen still further back, but in all cases the terminal part of the limb is quite free from them. Hewry Hicxs. We may now compare this species, which has long been recognized as distinct by my friend and myself, with A. Henrici, “Salter, published in vol. xx. p. 236, from specimens which, wanting the marvellous free cheeks, did not afford us scope for ‘characterizing the genus fully. A Henrict has the glabella twice the proportional width of that of A. Salteri, and the three lower furrows complete across. It has the facial suture reaching even further out in front, so as to include a wider stretch of the margin; and we do not know of any spinous tips to the front pleure. The tail is less expanded, more triangular, and has a much broader axis. In no genus that I have ever seen do the two portions of the cheeks show so clearly the distinctness of the two segments, anterior and posterior, which form the head of a-‘Trilobite. Separate the ante- rior one with the long eyes in this genus, and you have, to all appear- ance, a complete head left, with a true border to the cheek, such as is possessed by numerous Trilobite genera. I naturally thought that we had in Anopolenus Henrici (1. ¢.) a blind Trilobite, and so described it. But further researches in the rocks of St. David’s showed us, first fragments, then heads, then bodies, of a form unlike any other Tri- lobite, but clearly enough belonging to the family Olenide. I de- scribed the genus briefly from these more perfect materials at the Meeting of the British Association at Bath, in 1864, and a short 1. Anopolenus Salteri, restored. St. Davids. 4,5. Olenus (Spherophthalmus) Pecten. Upper 2. ————— Hlenrici, imperfect head. Lingula flags of Malvern. Tail natural 3. The same, obliquely pressed. Tafarn size, body and head enlarged. Helig, North Wales. 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7, notice of it will be found in the Geological Magazine for December, 1864. With it, and illustrating the remarkable character of the abbre- viated outer cheek, was noticed, but not described, a new species of Olenus which had been found at Malvern, the O. Pecten. This belongs to the section Spherophthalmus of that genus. As it has been fully described, and only imperfectly figured, inthe Decade 11, Geol. Survey, pl. 8. figs. 12, 13, there is no need to give a full description here, but I figure the very perfect head in connexion with some body-rings and the tail-piece (figs.4&5). Both exhibit the very extreme of ano- malous and extravagant characters in the appendages, and might have prepared us to expect some such form as Anopolenus, in which the characters of Paradowides are reversed as regards the pleure. 3. On some New Spxctes of Crustacea belonging to the ORDER Evuryrrerrpa. By Henry Woopwarp, F.G.8., F.Z.S. (of the British Museum). (Plate XIII.) Havine last year visited, in company with Mr. James Powrie, F.G.S., certain localities in the vicinity of Forfar, Arbroath, and Dundee, noted for the occurrence of Devonian Crustacea, I am now enabled, through the kindness of my friend, to describe some interesting re- mains of two new species of the genus Stylonurus. This genus was proposed by Mr. David Page in his paper read before the British Association, at Glasgow, 1855, and the name was published in his ‘ Advanced Text-Book of Geology,’ 1856, where he also figured and named the then only known species belonging to that genus—Stylonurus Powrier (after its discoverer), but without giving any description. Since that date much better materials for the illustration of this genus have been afforded by the labours of Messrs. James Powrie and Robert Slimon. 1. Srytonurus Powrtet, Page. This species occurs in the Old Red Sandstone of the Turin Hill range, near Pitscandly, in Forfarshire. The most important cha- racters by which the genus is distinguished are the peculiar form of the carapace, the great length of the telson or terminal joint (in S. Powriei one-third the length of the entire animal), and the substitu- tion of two pairs of long, slender, oar-like jaw-feet, instead of the single pair of broad, short natatory organs more usually met with in this group. The impression and counterpart of S. Powriet (Page), being only on sandstone, and, in all probability, the interior side of the upper surface, do not afford such good material for description as the speci- mens of the other species to be hereafter mentioned. Dimensrions.—The carapace measures 2 inches 3 lines across at its posterior border and 2 inches 7lines in its greatest breadth, and 2 inches in length. It is bordered in front by a deep groove 3th of an inch from the external margin, which gradually unites with it halfway Quart Journ.Geol. Soc Vol XXL. PLXUL | ot Ss) lith ad nav eWilde D IBD EAU Trl 4 7PT TURY ateaT a DEVONIAN 1865.] HW. WOODWARD—DEVONIAN CRUSTACEA. 483 up the sides, which rapidly contract for one-fourth of their length before reaching the posterior angle. The eyes are placed {ths of an inch apart on either side of a me- dian furrew, which, passing forward, divides into two semicircular arches, and is lost in a series of minute tuberculations. On either side of the median line are two small oblong tubercles, placed between and slightly in front of the eyes. The eyes themselves can hardly be said to be preserved in this specimen, but their position is clearly indicated. Only two pairs of long appendages in S. Powriet are known. The basal joints of these were furnished with palpi, as in Pterygotus, Hu- rypterus, and Slimonia. They appear to have been eight-jointed, the first joints being broad and flat, and no doubt precisely like that of Stylonurus Logani, mihi*; the second, a short articulation not clearly seen ; the third, about one inch in length, and having a keel down the centre; the fourth, 10 lines in length, also keeled; the fifth and sixth, 7 lines; the seventh and eighth, 6 lines each. The third and fourth joints seem to have been about 5 lines in width, and the others slightly narrower to the eighth, which terminates in a fine slender point slightly incurved. The two pairs of limbs on either side appear to have been about equal both in length and breadth. The body-segments, twelve in number, increase gradually in breadth tothe fourth, when they as gradually decrease to the eighth, whilst the four remaining segments rapidly decrease in breadth and increase in length. Dimensions.—Thoracie segments: first, 2 inches 3 lines broad,3 lines long ; second, 2 inches 5 lines broad, 5 lines long; third, 2 inches 5 lines broad, 5 lines long ; fourth, 23 inches broad, #ths of an inch long; fifth, 2 inches 3 lines broad, 5 lines long; sixth, 2 inches broad, 5 lines long; seventh (or first abdominal), 5 lines (about) long, 1 inch 7 lines broad (about); eighth (or second abdominal), 5 lines long, 14 inch broad; ninth (or third abdominal), 9 lines long, 17 lines broad ; tenth (or fourth abdominal), 5 lines long, 14 lines broad; eleventh (or fifth abdominal), 6 lines long, 10 lines broad ; twelfth (or sixth abdominal), 5 lines long, 9 lines broad, forming a semicircular curve into which the anterior margin of the tail is in- serted. The telson, or tail-spine, is 3 inches 10 lines in length, nearly 3 lines broad through its entire length, having a deep groove down its centre j-th of an inch in width. Two zigzag lines of plice pass down from the head on either side of the thoracic segments, about #ths of an inch from their lateral margins. These markings appear to be due to compressien, and, as they.are also noticeable in the Lanarkshire specimen, are probably lines along which the mus- cular attachment within was strongest. The thoracic segments are slightly spinose along their posterior margins. S. Powriei had, probably, epimeral pieces to its abdominal segments: but, being as before stated a cast, these pieces would not * See ‘ Geological Magazine,’ vol. i. p. 197, pl. 10. fig. 1. 484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7, be shown attached, but remain upon the exterior slab, as is the case both in Pterygotus anglicus, inthe Arbroath Museum, and Stylonurus Scoticus, described herewith. 2. SryLonuRus Scoricus, spec. nov. Although not so large as Pterygotus anglicus, this new species is perhaps the most remarkable of all the Paleozoic Crustacea. It was found in an Old Red Sandstone Quarry in Montroman Muir, near the Forfar and Montrose Pike. It is represented by a separate carapace (the relievo side of which is in Lady Kinnaird’s cabinet, and the intaglio in the British Mu- seum collection), and by an almost entire example which Mr. Powrie has been so fortunate as to obtain. The latter is lying on a slab of Old Red Sandstone, at full length, with its dorsal aspect exposed, and the five last body-segments detached entire, so as to show both the ventral and dorsal surfaces. The impression of the upper surface of the same on a separate slab exhibits in the most perfect manner the epimeral portions of each of the last four segments, and also the remarkable spatulate telson 9 inches in length. The entire specimen is 3 feet 4 inches in length. The margin of the carapace is much injured; but fortnnately the separate carapace is well nigh perfect, so that we are at no loss to ascertain its con- tour. The posterior margin of the head is at its narrowest point 93 inches in breadth and about 12 at its widest central portion, and (about) 8 inches in length. There is an oblong median ridge in the centre of the carapace, terminating in a smooth rounded prominence 3 inches from the pos- terior margin, and extending forward about 2 inches. On either side of this central line are two smaller oblong prominences, rising more in advance of the central ridge (43 inches from the posterior margin and about #ths of an inch in length), broader in front than behind, and curving away from the median line, from which they are distant half an inch on either side. The central ridge and lateral prominences are carried forward in a V-shaped elevation which spreads out laterally as it advances; the whole of the front and antero-lateral portion being coarsely tuberculated, a single irregular | row running down the median ridge. The eyes are situated parallel to the median ridge, and arise ex- actly 1 inch on either side. They are almost identical in form with those of Phacops and Asa- phus, being arranged in a semilunar or horseshoe shape around a raised prominence. The cornea of the eye measures 22 lines, and is disposed outwards and forwards, the centre being directed towards the latero-anterior angles. The eyes are elevated about 5 lines above the surface of the carapace; probably they may have been even higher, but are somewhat compressed. Very minute scale-like markings are seen on the lateral and pos- terior margins of the carapace and body-segments. The margin of the head is double around the frontal and latero- anterior portion, as in S. Powrie: and S. Logant, &e. 1865. | H, WOODWARD—DEVONIAN CRUSTACEA, 485 Thoracic Segments.—The first segment is 1,4, of an inch in length, and 10 inches in breadth; the lateral portion is rounded and curved upwards ; the surface is minutely scale-marked. The second segment is 17 lines in length, and 10 inches in breadth: a series of long tubercles borders the posterior margin, and the sur- face is covered with minute scale-markings. The lateral portion is rounded and slightly expanded. The third segment is 2 inches wide, and 104 broad: three principal prominent tubercles mark the posterior margin, pointing backwards, and also several smaller ones. The epimeral portion of all the thoracic segments is widely rounded, and a broad margin of each segment overlaps the succeeding one. The fourth segment exposes 1 inch and 10 lines of its length. The tubercles upon this and the third segment are the most strongly marked of any. It is 11 inches in breadth. The fifth segment (thoracic) is 12 inch in length, and 9 inches broad. The sixth segment is 19 lines in length, and (about) 8 inches in breadth. The seventh (or first abdominal) is 2 inches in length, and from 5 to 6 inches in breadth. (Here the specimen is fractured across, and the margins of this segment are wanting.) Each of the ab- dominal segments has large epimeral pieces, which have been well preserved upon the surface of the overlying slab. The eighth (or second abdominal) is 14 lines in length, and 5 inches in breadth, including the epimeral portion, which is clearly shown. The ninth (or third abdominal) is 24 inches long, and 42 in breadth. The tenth (or fourth abdominal) is 2} inches in length, and 43 inches broad, including the epimeral portion. The eleventh (or fifth abdominal) is 22 inches long, and 3 inches 10 lines in breadth, including the epimeral portion. The twelfth (or sixth abdominal) is 2+ inches in length, and 3? inches in width. From this segment two elongated epimeral pieces are developed, measuring 44 inches in length by about 5 lines in width, and termi- nating in a broad rounded point. The telson (93 inches in length) is somewhat broad at the point of attachment, and becomes slightly narrower in the first quarter, gra- dually widening to 14 inch. The central depression is # inch in width. The termination is rounded, and the border does not appear to have been ornamented. Of the appendages, there remains only the single joint of a swimming-limb attached to the left margin of the carapace, measuring 4 inches in length by two in breadth, and haying a row of tubercles upon the centre. In a letter dated 9th February, 1865, Mr. Powrie writes— “Mr. Salter has expressed his conviction that Stylonwrus Powriet, and S. Scoticus are specifically the same—the larger one a full-grown male, and the smaller a young female, the longer and narrower body, shorter tail and epimeral appendages being all characteristics of the male ; in other respects the resemblance is most marked.” But if 8. Powrici and S. Scoticus be identical, then the determi- nation of the sexes in the British and American species of Hurypterus, Pterygotus, and Slimonia, by Prof. Hall and myself, is of no avail. 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7, Hitherto we have been enabled to decide them, each to our own satisfaction, by the two forms of thoracic plates which occur in the same species; but if we are to be guided by more general characters than the sexual plate, we must expect the antenne to be modified in the male as in the recent Limulus; in which case the two forms of plates in Slimonia acuminata indicate two species of females, and the two forms in Pterygotus bilobus ought to indicate the two species of males with their chelate antenne. But, to establish this point, most paleontologists would desire evi- dence as conclusive as that in the case of Stigmaria and Siqillaria. It is interesting to notice evidence of a third species, S. ensiformis, from the Old Red Sandstone of Forfar (see ‘Geol. Mag.’ vol. i. p. 198), and a fourth, S. Symondsi (Hurypterus of Salter), from the Old Red Sandstone of Herefordshire. From an examination of E. megalops, Salter, from Ludlow, I am led to believe that this is also a Stylonurus (see ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.’ 1859, vol. xy. pl. 10. fig. 1). We have thus, with the foregoing and S. Logani from Lanarkshire, probably six species of this curious genus. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. (Illustrative of New Devonian Eurypterida.) Fig. 1. Stylonurus Powriei, Page. Old Red Sandstone, Forfar. One-fourth the natural size. Me Scoticus, H. W. Old Red Sandstone, Forfar. One-sixth the na- tural size. 3. 5 Old Red Sandstone, Forfar. One-fourth the na- tural size. 4, (Eurypterus) Symondsit*, Old Red Sandstone, Herefordshire. One-half the natural size. 4. On the Discovery of a New Genus of Crrripepia in the WENLOCK Limestone and Sua of Dupiey. By Henry Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.8. (of the British Museum). (Plate XIV. figs. 1-6.) Tue genus Chiton of Linneus (established in 1758) is remarkable among the Mollusca from the aberrant form of its shelly covering. — Dr. Woodward, in his ‘ Manual of the Mollusca’ (p. 156), thus describes it :— «The shell is composed of eight transverse imbricating plates, lodged in a coriaceous mantle which forms an expanded margin around the body. «The first seven plates have posterior apices, the eighth has its apex nearly in front. “The six middle plates are each divided by lines of sculpturing into a dorsal and two lateral areas. «All are inserted into the mantle of the animal by processes (apophyses) from their front margins.” I may add that these plates are always unilinear, and that the two sides are symmetrical, such an instance as a Chiton with un- * See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1859, vol. xv. p. 230, pl. 10. fig. 1. 1865. ] H. WOODWARD—-SILURIAN CIRRIPEDE. 487 symmetrical or bilineal rows of plates being unknown (see Plate XTY. fig. 6). More than 200 species are known, occurring in all climates throughout the world, from low water to 25 fathoms; and it is interesting to find that upwards of forty species of Chitons are recorded by paleontologists in a fossil state, extending back in time to the epoch of the Lower Silurian. During the past month I have had my attention drawn by Messrs. E. J. Hollier and Charles Ketley to the two species of fossil Chitons which were described and figured by M. L. de Koninck (‘ Bulletins de Académie Royale des Sciences, &c., de Belgique,’ 26™° année, 2™¢ sér, t. iii. 1857*, p. 199, pl. 1. fig. 2), and are from the “ Wen- lock Shale” and Limestone of Dudley. The only specimens then known were in the cabinet of Mr. John Gray, of Hagley, and are now in the British Museum. The species are named respectively Chiton Grayanus and C. Wrightianus; but it is to the last of these that I wish to direct attention. I have already stated the prevail- ing characters of the valves of the genus Chiton, namely, that they never exceed eight in number, that the series is always unilinear, and that the sides of the valves are symmetrical and divided into three areas. From the specimens furnished me by the kindness of the before- mentioned gentleman, I am now able to state that the so-called Chiton Wrightianus of M. de Koninck is not a Chiton, seeing that it does not conform to any one of the above characters ; and scanty as was the material at the disposal of M. de Koninck, I am enabled to prove from the very specimen on which the species was founded and the actual figure which he has published, that it is not a Chiton, but a Cirripede. The specimens show, Ist. That Chiton Wrightianus had probably as many as four rows of plates. 2ndly. That the two sides of each principal row of plates are un- symmetrical, and are somewhat different both in form and sculpture. drdly. That the series exceeds eight in number. Athly. That the plates have a uniformly sculptured surface, and are not divided into three areas as in Chiton proper ; and, 5thly. That the separate plates are without lateral processes (apophyses). In M. de Koninck’s plate is given a figure of the original speci- men, which consists of two detached plates embedded in shale (Plate XIV. fig. 1a). In this figure (fig. 2 a, op. ct., reproduced in our plate, fig. 16) the plates are seen to be unsymmetrical ; but in the restoration of the series which he gives (fig. 2¢.) they are represented as symmetrical, and the series is completed with termi- nal plates to match. His description is as follows :— * M. de Koninck’s paper, with the original figures reproduced, appeared in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ ser. 3, vol. vi. p. 91. Translated by W. H. Baily, Esq., F.G.8., &e. 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GROLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7, “ The form of the dorsal plates.of this species is subtriangular, the posterior edges making very nearly aright angle. The lateral angles are rounded, and the anterior edge is very sinuous. All the plates are supplied with a well-marked median carina, and appear to have been without apophyses. The surface is covered witha small num- ber of equidistant striz. The testis slender. The median area is larger than the lateral ones. «This Chiton,” M. de Koninck adds, “ resembles Chiton Loftusia- nus, King, but differs from it in the regularity of the striz of the median and lateral areas, and by the more marked sinuosity of the anterior edge of its plates.” From an examination of the figures of the very beautiful speci- mens (Plate XIV. figs. 1 a—h) it will be seen that we have evidence of two principal rows of inequilateral plates (Plate XTV. figs.17,%,),each with a strong median carina, and having their edges intersecting each other. Upon the two external margins can also be traced the remains of two other rows of much smaller plates, without a keel, but similarly ornamented with delicate lines of elevated striee, which follow, as in the larger valves, the contour of the plate (see Plate XIV. fig. 17). Two specimens show as many as eleven plates in one series, and one about fifteen. Having pointed out the objections to Chiton Wrightianus being accepted as a Chiton, it devolves upon me to show my reasons for considering it a Cirripede. The first point of affinity is the ornamentation of the valves. This becomes at once apparent by comparing them with the oper- cular valves of Balanus (especially the tergum (Plate XIV. fig. 5), or of Pollicipes (Plate XIV. fig. 3). Secondly, the plates have their overlapping points dir ected upwards, or towards what I believe to have been the aperture of the shell. This agrees with the structure of the Cirripedes, for Mr. Darwin has demonstrated that they are attached by their anterior extremity, the peduncle in the Lepadide being the cephalo- thorax greatly produced, Thirdly, the rows of imbricated plates, with their intersecting edges, cannot be compared with any other order except Cirripedia, _ unless it be the Echinodermata, from which they differ in the absence of any trace of crystalline structure, and in the sculpturing of the valves; whereas the peduncles of Scalpellum ornatum (Plate XIV. fie. 4), Loricula pulchella (Plate XIV. fig. 2), Pollicipes Redtenbacheri, and P. cornucopia all indicate an analogous arrange- ment of the plates. Indeed, the shell of every Balanus is composed of a series of intersecting plates arranged around the soft body of the animal. From the imperfect condition of the specimens, it is probable that the animal was attached by its side as well as its very slender base, as appears to have been the case in Loricula and in several Upper Silurian Cystideans. The opercular valves we do not know at present; but they were no doubt small, as the size of the scales would indicate that (asin Loricula and the recent genera, Lithotrya ; + era ays ah Quart, Journ.Geol. Boe Vol XX1 PLXIV. De Wilde lith.ad.nat . M&N Hanhart tim UPPER Sch Wie AN) GENO) S wie NOR IAS 1865. ] HW. WOODWARD—SILURIAN CIRRIPEDE. 489 and Jbla), the principal part of the animal’s body was lodged in the peduncle*. As to the numbers of rows of plates it would be rash perhaps, with our present materials, to attempt a restoration, but Mr. Ketley’s specimen (Plate XIV. figs. 1, ¢, f) seems to require only two rows of large plates to complete its circumference. In the Cirripedia, the number of plates is extremely variable in different genera, aS is indeed the case in all the Crustacea. : It is probable that the two broad rows of intersecting plates corresponded with the lateral rows of plates, and the two minute rows with the carinal and rostral series along which the specimen seems more readily to have divided, as in the case of Loricula, to which Mr. Darwin refers (#b. p. 85). But, until- more perfect materials arrive, we must rest content with being enabled to affirm that it is a Cirripede, and not a Chiton. I trust this imperfect description will be rendered comprehen- sible by the assistance of the numerous figures. In the examination of fossil Chitons it is quite unsafe to trust to figures alone; I therefore will not venture to throw a doubt upon the identification of Chiton Loftusianus or of Helminthochiton, although it would be well to examine the actual specimens. Ohiton Grayanus appears to be a true Chiton. Chiton Wrightianus being no longer a Chiton, but a Cirripede, I beg to propose for it the generic appellation of Turrilepas (from turris an “ armed tower,” and lepas, Linnzeus’s name for the group to which it is now transferred). EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. figs. 1-6. (Illustrative of a new Silurian Cirripede.) These figures are of the natural size, except when otherwise stated. Fig. la. Turrilepas (Chiton) Wrightii, H.W. The type specimen from the Gray Collection, now in the British Museum. 16. Figure of the same, copied from M. de Koninck’s plate (op. cit.). le. 7. Wrightii, Wenlock Shale, Dudley, from Mr. HE. J. Hollier’s collection. dee ete eee : le. —- —— ss i from Mr. Charles Ketley’s collection. 1f. —— —— (view of base of same). 1g.+—— from the collection of Mr. 8. Allport, of Birmingham. 1 4.4+—— from the Wenlock Limestone, Wren’s Nest, Dudley, from the collection of Mr. H. Johnson, Dudley. 17,1, 17. Enlarged views of the three forms of plates seen in specimens le, e, f, h, and marked 7%, &, 1, respectively. 2. Loricula pulchella, G. B. Sowerby, jun. (Darwin’s Fossil Lepadide, Pal. Mon. t. 5. fig. 1), Lower Chalk, Kent. 3. Tergum of Pollicipes fallax, Upper Chalk, Norwich. Darwin, Mon. Foss. Lepadide, t. 4. fig. 8. 4. Scalpellum ornatum, recent. Darwin on Lepadide (Ray Soc.) t. 4. fig. 1 5. Tergum of Balanus tintinnabulum (recent). 6. Chiton fulvus (recent), Corutia Bay. * See Darwin’s fossil Cirripedia (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1861), ‘* Observations on Loricula,’ p. 82. Rs 4 + Figs. g and % represent two very beautiful specimens of Turrilepas re- ceived subsequent to the reading of this paper before the Society. 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7, 5. On a new Genvs of Evrypreripa from the Lower Luptow Rock of LEIntwWaRDINE, SHROPSHIRE By Henry Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.8. (PuatEe XIV. figs. 7a, 7, & 7c.) THE specimen which forms the subject of this paper is in the Mu- seum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street, and through the kindness - of Professor Huxley I have been permitted to describe it. Its discovery was referred to by Mr. J. W. Salter, in 1857 (under the MS. name of Jimulozdes), in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natu- ral History,’ in a paper “ On some New Paleozoic Starfishes,” but the genus has never yet been described (except by myself at the British Association, Bath, 1864). The great interest attached to this new Crustacean is, that it appears to offer just the link we needed to connect the Xiphosura with the Hurypterida. Limuli, apparently differing but little as regards the carapace from the recent species of China and America, occur as early as the deposition of the Solenhofen limestone of Bavaria; and in the Coal- measures of England and Ireland several species of Bellinwri occur, in which the cephalic shield is composed of the cephalo-thorax ; and the segments of the abdomen if not anchylosed in all, are so in most. But in the specimen under consideration we have the cephalic, thoracic, and abdominal divisions still remaining distinct, and appa- rently capable of separate flexure. This important character at once separates it from Limulus and Bellinurus. I have on this account (with the concurrence of Mr. Salter) consi- dered his MS. name of Limulovdes inappropriate as a generic appel- lation, and adopted the name of Hemiaspis (from jjucous, half, and aozis, a shield), reserving Mr. Salter’s name of Limuloides for the specific title of the most perfect specimen of the genus (see Plate XIV. fig. 7a). But it will be observed that Hemzaspis is also, in general appear- ance, strongly severed from the other species of Hurypterida, as well as from the Xiphosura, in structure. The three divisions into head, thorax, and abdomen are more strongly marked. The abdomen is reduced to very slender propor- tions (less than one-third the breadth of the thoracic plates). The telson is nearly one-third the length of the animal (the entire speci- men measuring 24 inches in length by 1 inch in width). The carapace in general outline resembles Limulus, but is more dilated laterally. There is a faint indication on one side of the shield of a facial suture, with a small aperture upon its border, as if to indicate the position of the eye, but it is by no means clearly defined. The glabella (when perfect) appears from a second specimen to have been ornamented with a semicircle of nine tubercles, and a tenth immediately within the circle upon the elevated front, and two small tubercles at the posterior margin. Four ray-like corrugations descend on either side of the glabella towards the margin of the shield, and the whole surface of the cara- pace is minutely tuberculated. The lateral margins of the shield are ornamented with minute spines, and the two posterior angles of 1865. ] H. WOODWARD-——SILURIAN CRUSTACEA. 49] the carapace terminate in a broad triangular point directed back- wards. ‘I'wo lesser spines arm the lateral border of the glabella. The thorax is composed of six strongly trilobed plates, the epimera being equal in breadth to the central portion of each segment (see Plate XIV. fig. 75). The first segment is the largest, being 1 line in depth and 72 lines in breadth, including the epimera, which are pointed at their extre- mities and shghtly overlap the following segment. Three minute tubercles ornament the median portion of each segment. The four following segments have the borders of their epimeral pieces rounded, and gradually decrease in breadth downwards from 9 lines to 7, and increase in depth from line to 1 line. A section of one of the segments would present an outline like that of Phacops among the Trilobites, namely a triple corrugation (Plate XIV. fig. 76). The sixth thoracic segment is more strongly arched than the pre- ceding ones, and the lateral borders are divided into two rounded lobes on each side: breadth 5 lines, depth 1 line. The abdomen consists of only three segments each, 2 lines in breadth and 13 line in depth. The first has no epimera, and appears to move freely at its articulation with the sixth thoracic segment. The second and third segments have small epimeral pieces, which are bilobed with the posterior lobe more pointed. A line of small tuber- cles runs down the centre of these three joints, which are somewhat raised at their articulations. The telson is 12 lines in length and 1} line in breadth where it articulates with the abdomen. It tapers gradually to a fine point. If we regard the first six body-rings from the head as thoracic, and the remaining three segments as abdominal, we must presume that each of these latter is a double segment, as compared with the segments of the Hurypterida proper. On the other hand, the presence of these three segments precludes our considering the head to be the cephalothorax and the succeeding segments the abdomen, as in the X7phosura. The smallness of the abdomen, and its reduction from the assumed normal number of six to three, seems to indicate a form by which, with the help of others, we may bridge over the interval that has hitherto existed between these two groups, the Hurypterida* and the Xiphosura. There are several peculiarities about Hemiaspis which seem to offer analogies with the Trilobites, but we know so little of the structure of that very isolated group that we cannot venture to speculate on its affinity to this order. Note.—Mry. Salter is acquainted with several species of Hemiaspis, which have been marked with MS. names by him in the Jermyn Street Museum. They are, however, extremely fragmentary. The species are as follows :— * Among the Hurypterida, perhaps Stylonurus Powriet comes nearest in gene- ral form; but Hemiaspis will be seen to differ widely even from this genus, 492 PROCLEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 21, 1. Hemiaspis limuloides, H. W. 2. Hemiaspis tuberculata, Salter. MS. 3. Hemiaspis optata, Salter, MS. 4, Hemiaspis sperata, Salter, MS. 5. Henuaspis Salweyi, Salter, MS. These will be noticed in the Monographs of the Paleontographical Society. PLATE XIV. figs. 7a, 70, and 7c. (Iilustrative of New Silurian Eurypterida.) Fig. 7a. Hemiaspis limuloides, Entire specimen: Lower Ludlow Rock, Leint- wardine, Shropshire (enlarged one-third). Fig. 7. Centre of shield (nat. size). Fig. 7c. ——- ——. Section of one of the thoracic segments. JuNE 21, 1865. Samuel Bailey, Esq., Mining Engineer, The Pleck, Walsall; William Keene, Esq., Sydney, New South Wales; and the Rey. Benjamin Waugh, Newbury, Berks, were elected Fellows. The following communications were read :— 1. On the Carpontrerovs Rocks of the Vatiny of Kasumerr. By Capt. H. Gopwiy-Avusten. With Norns on the Carsonirerous Bracuiopopa, by T. Davinson, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.8.; and an Iy- rropuctrion and Résumé, by R. A. C. Gopwry-Austen, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.8. [Communicated by R. A. C. Godwin-Austen, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.] (The publication of this paper is unavoidably deferred.) [ Abstract. | TuIs paper was a continuation of one read before the Society last year, in which the Carboniferous, Jurassic, and Post-tertiary de- posits and fossils were described by Capt. Godwin-Austen, Mr. Davidson, and Mr. Etheridge. In this communication Capt. God- win-Austen confined himself to the Carboniferous formation, which was shown by him to have, in the Valley of Kashmere, a thickness of more than 1500 feet. The upper portion of this mass contained but few fossils, except in one particular bed near the entrance of the ravine above the village of Khoonmoo; but the lowest portion, or Zewan bed, is made up chiefly of the remains of Brachiopoda and Bryozoa; and a higher stage, though still near the base of the for- mation, contains abundant remains of Producta. The position of a limestone containing Goniatites is not very clearly determined, but it is probably a member of the Zéwan series. The sections in which the relative positions of the different beds were exhibited were described in detail, and plans and a map were given showing their geographical relation. Mr. Davidson described the Brachiopoda forwarded with the paper, stating that they abound particularly at Barus and Khoon- moo, but are rarely in a very good state of preservation. Among them are several common and wide-spread Huropean and American 1865. | DAWKINS—MAMMALIAN REMAINS. 493 species, with a few that have not hitherto been noticed. They appear to be of Lower Carboniferous age. In the introduction Mr. Godwin-Austen gave a synopsis of the more remarkable facts brought forward in the paper, and in a Résumé te gave lists of the fossils which had as yet been determined. These were forty-six in number, forty-two of which had specific names, and twenty-two of which are well-known forms; eight are commo1 to the Punjaub and Kashmere, seven of them being also European species. Of the Kashmere list, full half the species are foind in British Carboniferous beds; and Mr. Godwin-Austen re- marked on the support given to the notion of the approximate con- temporaneity of distant formations containing the same fossils by the occurrence of these Kuropean Lower Carboniferous species near the base of the Carboniferous formation of Kashmere. 2. On the Mammartan Rematns found by K. Woon, Esq., near Ricr- MoND, YoRKSHIRE. By W. Boyp Dawkins, Hsq., M.A. (Oxon.), F.G.8., of the Geological Survey of Great Britain. With an Intrropuctory Nore on the Dupositr in which they were found. By E. Woop, Esq., F.G.8., and G. E. Ropers, Esq., F.G.S. [ Abstract. ] In the introduction to this paper Messrs. Wood and Roberts state that a large assemblage of Mammalian and other bones was dis- covered, during the autumn of last year (Gn making excavations for a new sewer), on a terrace of blue clay mixed with limestone- _ débris, on the north bank of the River Swale, and at a height of about 130 teet above it. The bones lay at a depth from the surface of from 4 to 7 feet, in ground previously undisturbed; and it is supposed that the accumulation of clay and limestone-pebbles was derived from the limestones northward and westward by pluvial ac ion, extending through a considerable period of time. Many of the bones have been cut and sawn by human hands, and the authors express their opinion that the deposit is made up of the commingled contents of several “ kékken-méddings.” Mr. Boyd Dawkins also remarks that the condition of the bones proves them to have been derived from one of those heaps of kitchen- refuse that are of various ages, and that railway-cuttings have proved to be by no means so uncommon as is generally supposed. Most of the bones, except the solid and marrowless, are broken ; and of the numerous skulls there is not one that is perfect. The great bulk of the remains exhibit unmistakeable evidence of being cut or sawn, and some are stained black as if from being imbedded in an old cinder-heap. The patches of blue colouring-matter visible upon a great many of the specimens are owing to a deposit of phosphate of iron, consequent on the decomposition of the animal matter con- tained in them in contact with oxide of iron. The remains of the Carnivores, as one would naturally suppose, bear a very small proportion to those of the Herbivora. Two species however have been determined. One right scapula which belonged to an aged individual is indistinguishable from that of the Brown or VOL. XXI,—PART I. 21 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 21? Black Bear—Ursus arctos*. It is indeed very remarkable that the remains of Ursus arctos should be so very rarely found, as the range of the species in Britain extends as far back as the period of the great Carnivora. Its remains have been found in the caverns of Wookey Hole, and in the low-level brick-earth of the Thames valley at Crayford, in Kent. A fine skull preserved in the Woodwardian Museum, at Cambridge, and portions of skulls and jaws in the collections of the Karl of Enniskillen and Sir Philip M. G. Egerton were obtained also from the peat of the Manea Fen in Cambridgeshire (see Owen, Brit. Foss. Mam. pp. 77-81). Professor Owen cites it also from a cavern at Arnside Knott, near Kendal. During the Roman occupation of Britain it was sufficiently abundant in this country to be exported to Rome for the gladiatorial shows, unless Martial’s allusion to the Ursus Caledonius be merely a flight of poetical imagination— Nuda Caledonio sic pectora prebuit urso, Non fals in cruce laureolus. The family of the Gordons are said to derive the three bears’ heads upon their banner from the fact of one of their ancestors, in the reign of King Malcolm III., having killed a great and fierce bear in Scotland, in the year 1057, and being ordered thereupon by the king to bear this cognizance in memory of his deed of daring. This would appear to be good evidence of the Bear haying lived in North Britain in a wild state, at least up to the middle of the 11th century. The importation of Bears (Ursus arctos) into Britain for the barbarous pr°ctice of bear-baiting, only rendered illegal by an Act of Parlia- _ mens in the reign of William IV., would be an additional reason for their remains being more abundantly discovered ; and yet, so far as _I kvow, this specimen from Yorkshire is the only one, with the ex- cepuon of that of Wookey Hole Cavern, that has been found asso- cated with traces of Man in Britain. The extensive range of the species in time prevents its being cited in eviderce of the antiquity of the Richmond kitchen-heap. The remains of Cervus dama in Britain have not yet been proved to be of higher antiquity than the first Roman invasion. M. Lartét suggests in a letter to me that the species may have been introduced ir to this country by the Romans. No trace of it has been found in a Pleistocene deposit. The following bones were also determined by Mr. Dawkins :— Canis familiaris—Femur and humerus. Sus scrofa.—Seven small lower jaws, of young individuals, all more or less cut or broken. Equvs.—Two metatarsals and two lower jaws. Cervus elaphus.—Skull, fragment of an antler, a tine, and two metacarpals. Cervus dama.—A small antler, with the palm broken off. Bos longifrons—Numerous teeth and bones, and upwards of forty- five horn-cores. * The portion of the paper relating to the occurrence of bones of Ursus arctos is printed in full. 1865. ] DAWKINS—MAMMALIAN REMAINS. 495 Ovis aries.—Two horn-cores and a skull. Capra cegagrus.—Fifteen horn-cores. Aigoceros Caucasica? A horn-core. Concerning the two latter species, Mr. Dawkins expresses himself as follows :— Fifteen horn-cores, recurved, carinated in front, very convex on the outer, nearly flat on the inner side, are indistinguishable from a small Capra egagrus of Pallas. Their maximum ard iuini- mum length is 9°5 and 6-3 inches, their maximum and winimum circumference 5:4 and 5 inches. A third form of recurved horn-core belonging to Capra, slightly compressed parallel to the median line, and much more slender than that of Capra Algagrus, more closely resembles that of fgoceros Caucasica than any recent form with which I am acquainted. For its specific determination there are no materials in British osteological collections. Its occurrence, however, in a bone-cavern explored in 1863 by Mr. W. A. Sanford and myself, associated with a skull of Bos tawrus and one of Sus scrofa, and with the remains of Wolf, Fox, Mole, Arvicole, Badger, Bat, Reddeer, and a small Felis, makes this discovery at Richmond particularly interesting. I detected also the same form among the organic remains from an Irish crannoge, on a visit to the Museum of the Royal Dublin Society in February last. Their maximum length and basal circumference is 8:0 and 3:4 inches, their minimum 6-0 and 3-6 inches. The presence of this animal in the Richmond kitchen-heap is, indeed, my only apology for bringing these few osteological notes before the Geological Society ; for it is by no means improbable that the same parallelism that exists between the contents of some of the older caverns and the remains found in the old river deposits may also be found to obtain in some of the more recent caverns and the kitchen-heaps of a date possibly within the reach of history. On sending some of the doubtful horn-cores to the most eminent Kuropean authority, M. Lartét, he writes me, ‘‘ As to the horn-cores which Mr. Christy has brought me, and which I return, I am able to see nothing in them but specimens of the diversificd forms that are the results of domestication and sometimes of hybridity. I have received lately from M. Troyon two horn-cores very closely re- resembling yours, of which the larger (more keeled and less com- pressed than the largest of yours) appeais to have belonged to a hybrid between the Bouquetin and the Gout. I bave seen similar ones in caverns relatively of very recent date in the Pyrenees,” The jaw of a large fish that closely agreed with that of the Hake in the British Museum, and a fragment of the claw of a large Crus- tacean, were also found. There is nothing in the presence of any one of these species to stamp the age of this “ kitchen-heap ;”’ but the association of the Bear, Deer, and Fallow Deer with the remains of the Horse, and the short-horned Ox, and the Sheep, points in the direction of the similar deposits in the Swiss Lakes. Oh ah, Pe 496 DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. | From April 1st to June 30th, 1865. I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS. Presented by the respective Societies and Editors. Adelaide. South Australian Register. Vol. xxviii. No. 5668. December 29, 1864. C. A. Wilson.—Diprotodon Australis, American Journal of Science and Arts. Second Series. Vol. xxxix. Nos. 116 & 117. March to May 1865. F. B. Meek.—Carboniferous and Cretaceous Rocks of Hastern Kansas and Nebraska, 157. S. W. Tyler.—Analysis of a Carbonate of Lime and Manganese from Sterling, Sussex County, New Jersey, 174. J. P. Lesley.—Geological age of the New Jersey Highlands as held by Prof. H. D. Rogers, 221. Van Beneden.—Skulls of the Reindeer-period from a Belgian Bone- cave, indicating a superior, as well as an inferior, Race of primitive Men in Europe, 223. J. Hall’s ‘ Graptolites of the Quebec Group,’ noticed, 224. C. H. Hitchcock.—The Albert Coal, or Albertite, of New Brunswick, 267. J. P. Kimball.—Iron-ores of Marquette, 290. N. 8. Manross.—Coal and Ivon-ore in the State of Guerrero, Mexico, 309. B. Silliman.—Examination of Petroleum from California, 341. C. F. Chandler.—Tin-ore at Durango in Mexico, 349, F. B. Meek and A. H. Worthen.—Crinoid from Illinois and Nebraska, 300. A. Winchell.—Oil-formation in Michigan and elsewhere, 350. J. Hall.—New or little-known species of Fossils from rocks of the age of the Niagara Group, 353. L. W. Bailey, G. F. Matthew, and C. F. Hartt.—Geology of Southern New Brunswick, 356. DONATIONS. 497 American Journal of Science and Arts. Second Series. Vol. xxxix. Nos. 116 & 117 (continued). S. H. Scudder.—Devonian Insects from New Brunswick, 357. J. D. Dana.—Azoic age and metamorphic origin of the Iron-ore of Mexico, 358. A. H. Worthen.—Geology of Illinois, 358. F. B. Meek.—Check-list of the Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of North America, 358. Ichthyosaurian skin, 358. R. I. Murchison.—The Drift, 358. G. H. Cook—Annual Report of the Geological Survey of New Jersey, 359. Assurance Magazine. Vol. xii. Part 3. April 1865. Atheneum Journal. Nos. 1953-1965. April to June 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &e. G. Greenwood.—Atmospheric Erosion verses Glacialism, 530. D. 'T. Ansted’s ‘Applications of Geology to the Arts and Manufac- tures,’ noticed, 552. B. von Cotta’s ‘Geology and History; a Popular Exposition of all that is known of the Earth and its Inhabitants in Pre-Historic Times,’ noticed, 586. W. 5S. Jevons’s ‘The Coal Question; an Inquiry concerning the Progress of the Nation and the probable Exhaustion of our Coal- mines,’ noticed, 714. J. Lubbock’s ‘ Pre-Historic Times, as illustrated by Ancient Remains and the Manners and Customs of Modern Savages,’ noticed, 8438. Berlin. Monatsberichte der koéniglichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 1864. Beyrich.—Ueber einige Trias-Ammoniten aus Asien, 58. —. Ueber eine Kohlenkalk-Fauna von Timor, 166. Ewald.—Ueber die Charaktere und das geognostische Vorkommen der Gattung Monopleura, 114. Ueber neue Anhaltspunkte zur Vergleichung norddeutscher und nordfranzésischer Neocom-Vorkommnisse, 176. Rammelsberg.—Ueber die Schwefelungsstufen des Hisens und das Schwefeleisen der Meteoriten, 22. Ueber die natiirlichen Verbindungen von Bleioxyd und Vana- dinsaure, 33. . Ueber einige Glieder der Sodalith-Gruppe, insbesondere Itt- nerit und Skolopsit, 168. Ueber die chemisthe Zusammensetzung des Ferberits, 175. Ueber ein neues Natronphosphat und das Vorkommen yon Vanadinverbindungen in Sodalaugen, 680. G. Rose.—Ueber die Gabbroformation von Neurode in Schlesien, 616, Roth.—Geognostische Untersuchung des Hifelgebiets, 573. Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. Vol. xvi. Heft 4. August to October 1864. F. Roemer.—Notiz itiber das Vorkommen von Cardium edule und Buccinum (Nassa) reticulatum im Diluyial-Kies bei Bromberg im Grossherzogthum Posen, 611. —. Ueber das Vorkommen von Gneiss- und Granulit-Geschieben in einem Steinkohlenflotze Oberschlesiens, 615. 498 DONATIONS. Berlin. Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. Vol. xvi. Heft 4 (continued). C. Rammelsherg.—Ueber das Antimonsilber, 618. F. Roemer.—Ueber das Vorkommen von cenomanem Quadersandstein zwischen Leobschiitz und Neustadt in Oberschlesien, 625. Ueber das Vorkommen des Rothliegenden in der Gegend von Krzeszowice im Gebiete von Krakau, 633. K6smann.—Ueber die Zusammensetzung einiger Laven und des Domites der Auvergne und des Trachytes von Voissiéres (Mont- Doré), 644. J. Roth.—Ueber die mineralogische und chemische Beschaffenheit der Gebirgsarten, 675. Breslau. Besonderer Abdruck aus der Breslauer Zeitung, No. 77. February 15, 1863. Goeppert.—Ueber versteinte hélzer Sachsens. ——. , No. 571. December 6, 1863. Goeppert.—Ueber lebende und fossile Cycadeen. . Ueber das Vorkommen yon echten Monokotyledonen in der Kohlenperiode. Cohn.—Reise nach Italien. Caen. Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. Vol. ix. 1863-64. De Caumont.—Concrétions calcaires trouvées dans une argile d’allu- vion, 329. Rend-compte de l’exposition des arts et de Vindustrie a Bressuire, et d’une excursion géologique faite auprés de cette ville, 390. J. A. E.-Deslongchamps.—Diluvium de la falaise de Luc-sur-Mer et de Langrune, 328. Conerétions calcaires trouvées dans des argiles meubles de diverses époques, 529. E. E.-Deslongchamps.—Délimitation des genres Trochotoma et Ditre- maria, 421 (plate). De Ferry.—Les Crustacés et les Spongitaires de la base de l’étage Bathonien des environs de Macon, 365 (2 plates). | Moriére.—Procés-verbal de excursion faite 4 Saint-André-de-Fon- tenay et 4 May. Partie géologique, 401. Schlumberger.—Sur trois nouvelles espéces d’Alaria, recueillies dans le minerai de fer des environs de Nancy (Meurthe), au niveau des Ammonites Sowerby et Murchisone,»222 (plate). Analyse du second volume des Communications Paléontolo- giques du Dr. A. Oppel, 235. —. Mémoires de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. Vol. xiv. 1863-64. E. E.-Deslongchamps.—FEtudes sur les étages Jurassiques Inférieurs de la Normandie (38 plates). Moriére.—Note sur deux espéces nouvelles de Mytilidées fossiles trouvées dans le Calvados (plate). E. de Fromentel—Polypiers coralliens des environs de Gray, consi- dérés dans leurs rapports avec ceux des bassins coralliens de la France, et dans leur développement pendant la durée de cet étage. DONATIONS. 499 Calcutta. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. No. 123. Part V. 1864. J. C. Brooke.—Mines of Khetree, 519 (8 plates). Canadian Journal. New Series. Vol. x. No. 56. March 1865. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. NewSeries. Vol.i. Nos.5 &6. October and December 1864. J. W. Dawson.—Fossils of the Genus Rusophycus, 363. J. Hall and W. E, Logan.—Geology of Eastern New York, 368. ‘Geological Magazine,’ noticed, 378. J. A. Grant.—Geology of the Ottawa Valley, 419. T. Sterry Hunt.—Peat and its uses, 426. The Gold of Nova Scotia of Pre-Carboniferous Age, 459. —. ——. Vol.ii. Nos.1&2. February and April 1865. T. Sterry Hunt.—Contributions to the Chemistry of Natural Waters, 1. R. I. Murchison.— Relative powers of Glaciers and Floating Icebergs, 21. J. Hall’s ‘Graptolites of the Quebec Group,’ noticed, 42. J. W. Dawson.—Post-Pliocene deposits at Riviére-du-Loup and Tadoussac, 81. W. E. Logan.—Occurrence of Organic Remains in the Laurentian Rocks of Canada, 92. J. W. Dawson.—Organic Remains in the Laurentian Limestones of Canada, 99. W. B. Carpenter.—Structure and Affinities of Hozodn Canadense, 111 (plate). ite cee Hunt.—Mineralogy of Hozodn Canadense. J. W. Dawson.—Appendix on the Discovery of Hozoon in Ireland, 127. Chemical Society. Journal. Second Series. Vol. iti. Nos. 26 & 27. February and March 1865. A. H. Church.—Hydrated Cupric Oxychlorides from Cornwall, 77. —. Hydrated Cupric Oxysulphates from Cornwall, 85. Cherbourg. Mémoires de la Société Impériale des Sciences Natu- Tellesme VOL axel SOs. Bonissent.—Hssai eéologique sur le département de la Manche, 1, 249. —. —. Vol.x. 1864. Bonissent.—Hssai géologique sur le département de la Manche, 169. Colliery Guardian. Vol. ix. Nos, 222-234, April to June 1865, Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Valuable Discovery of Nickel-ore near Inverary, 257. Dudley and Midland Geological Society, 257, 325, 358, 417. Coal in Spain, 339. Are our Coal-fields running out ?, 343. Tron-produce of Italy, 345, J. Plant.— Manufacture of Fossils, 359. J. Whitaker.—Outerop of the Lower Coal-measure Rocks of Bouls- worth and Gorple; together with observations on the origin of some “ Rock-basins” thereon, 362, 500 DONATIONS. Colliery Guardian. Vol. ix. Nos. 222-234 (continued). History, Chemistry, Geology, and Geography of Coal-oil, 363, 384. G. ©. Greenwell.—South-eastern portion of the Somersetshire Coal- field, 382. W. S. Jevons’s ‘The Coal Question: an Inquiry concerning the Pro- gress of the Nation, and the probable Exhaustion of our Coal- mines,’ noticed, 380, "403. Discovery of Cannel Coal in New South Wales, 397. Oil-regions of Pennsylvania, 401. Sainter.— Macclesfield Drift- shells, &c., 404. North of England Institute of Mining Engineers, 417. as: Phipson.—New Tronstone, 437. Cannel Coal of Flintshire, 441. Cotteswold Naturalists’ Field-Clnb. Proceedings. 1864. E. Witchell.—Deposit at Stroud Hill containing Flint Implements, Land and Freshwater Shells, &c., 208. R. Etheridge—Rheetic or Avicula contorta beds at Garden Cliff, Westbury-upon- Severn, 218 (plate). T. Wright.—Ammonites of the Lias-formation, 235 (2 plates). Darmstadt. Notizblatt des Vereins fiir Erdkunde, &c. Serie iii. Heft 3. Nos. 25-36. 1864. R. Ludwig.—Die Pliociinschichten mit Unio viredis, Ldweg., in der Wetterau, 76. —. Die Sandsteine von Alzey, Weinheim, und Flonheim, und ihr Verhiltniss zur Oligocanformation, 107. Braunkohlen in der Litorinellenkalkgruppe der Tertiirforma- tion, 109. Die Sande, Thone, und Mergel der Oligociinformation in Rheinhessen, 121. Langsdorfi—Beriihrung der Basalte mit Todtliegendem, 168. — Thiel.—Entstehung von Bolus aus Mesotyp, 181. R. Ludwig.—Versteinerungen in der oberen Devon- und der unteren Carbonformation der Umgegend von Biedenkopf, 181. Versteimerungen im Stisswasserthon der Kurhessischen Ter- tiirformation tber dem meerischen Septarienthon, 185. . Versteinerungen der Braunkohlenformation yon Hausen und Roth in der Rhon, 183. Devonshire Association for the Advancement of Science, Literature, and Art. Report of First Meeting, held at Exeter, August 1862. 1863. W. Pengelly.—Lignites and Clays of Bovey Tracey, 29. S. Bate.—-Bovisand Sand- beds, 42. W. Pengelly.—Age of the Dartmoor Granites, 48. ——. Report of Second Meeting, held at Plymouth, July 1863. 1864. W. Pengelly.—Chronological Value of the New Red Sandstone- system of Devonshire, 31 (plate). ——. Report of Third Meeting, held at Torquay, July 1864. 1864. W. Pengelly.—Introduction of Cavern-accumulations, 31 (plate). ——. Denudation of Rocks in Dev onshire, 42 ( plate). E, Vivian,—Pile-dwellings in the Lakes of Saieevlane: 80. DONATIONS. - 501 Dijon. Mémoires de Académie Impériale des Sciences, Arts, et Belles-Lettres. 2° Série. Vol. xi. 1868. D. G. Barbiani, B. A. Barbiani, et A. Perrey.—Mémoire sur les trem- blements de terre dans Vile de Zante, 1. J. Martin.—De la zone & Avicula contorta, et du Bone-bed de la Céte- d’Or, 113. Dudley and Midland Geological and Scientific Society and Field-Club. Vol.i. No.4. 1864. T. Coomber.—Mining Schools, 127. Hf. Johnson.—Ironstone imbedded in the Rowley Rag, 136. W. H. Hayward.—Mammalian Remains at Churchbridge, near Old- bury, 156. i H. Beckett—Geology in its Application to the South Staffordshire Coal-field, 139. ee Se WOT INO Ses H. Beckett.—South Staffordshire Coal-field, 1. J. Ward.—Distribution of Organic Remains in the North Staffordshire Coal-field, 21. Edinburgh Geological Society. Proceedings. Session 1864-65. D.Page.—Some Remarks on the present Position and future Prospects of Geological Inquiry. Geneva. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle. Voll xvi.) Part) 2: P. de Loriol.— Description de quelques Brachiopodes Crétacés, 457 (plate). Geological and Natural History Repertory. Vol. i. Nos. 1 & 2. May and June 1865. C. W. Crocker.—Thoughts and Suggestions upon Fossil Botany, 9. Paleeontological Hlustrations.—I. The Organization of a Trilobite, 12. R. Hunt.—Dartmoor—its Tors and its Tin-mines, 29. Proceedings of Societies, 22, 44. Correspondence, 11; Notes and Queries, 24. Gossip, 26; Bibliographical Notices, 27. Geological Magazine. Vol. ii. Nos. 10-12. April to June 1865. R. Owen.—Description of Portions of Jaws of a large extinct Fish (Stereodus Melitensis, Ow.), probably a “Cycloid” with “Sauroid Dentition,” from the “‘ Middle Beds of the Maltese Miocene,” 146. R. I. Murchison.—The Laurentian Rocks and the Proofs of their Existence in Britain, 147. FE. Ray Lankester.—Crags of Suffolk and Antwerp. Part ii., 149. P. Carpenter.—Connexion between the Crag-formations and the Recent North-Pacific Faunas, 152. D. Mackintosh. Marine Denudation illustrated by the Brimham Rocks, 154. G. P. Bevan.—Physical Features of the Coal-basin of South Wales, 158. G. KE. Roberts.—Geological Notes on the Mountain-limestone of Yorkshire, 163, ©. Lyell’s ‘ Elements of Geology,’ 6th edition, noticed, 169. 502 DONATIONS. Geological Magazine. Vol. ii. Nos. 10-12 (continued). J. Gray’s ‘ Biographical Notice of the Rev. D. Ure,’ noticed, 169. W. King and R. B. Foote’s ‘Geological Structure of Parts of the Districts of Salem, Trichinopoly, Tanjore, and South Arcot, in Madras Presidency,’ noticed, 171. E. B. Tylor’s ‘Researches into the Early History of Mankind and the Development of Civilization,’ noticed, 174. J. Ruskin.—Shape and Structure of some Parts of the Alps, with reference to Denudation. Part IL., 193 (plave). R. A. C. Godwin-Austen.—Classification of the Cretaceous Beds, 197. G. Maw.—Deposits of Chert, White Sand, and White Clay in the Neighbourhood of Llandudno, North Wales, 200 (plate). “American Journal of Science and Arts,’ Nos. 113 & 114, September and November 1864, noticed, 206. D. Page’s ‘Address on Geology as a Branch of General Education,’ noticed, 209. ‘Canadian Naturalist and Geologist,’ Nos. 4-6, August to December 1864, noticed, 209. A. H. Green’s ‘Geology of the Country around Banbury, Woodstock, Bicester, and Buckingham,’ noticed, 210. - F. Drew’s ‘Geology of the Country between Folkestone and Rye,’ noticed, 210. ‘Report of the Oswestry and Welsh-Pool Naturalist’s Field-club and Archeological Society for 1857-64,’ noticed, 211. A. C. Ramsay.—Glacial Lake-basins, 213. T. G. Bonney.—Historical Evidence of Volcanic Eruptions in Central France in the Fifth Century, 241. J. Rofe.—Notes on some Echinodermata from the Mountain-lime- stone, &c., 245 (plate). G. E. Roberts.—Geological Notes on Scotland.—No. 1, 252. H. B. Tristram.—Geology and Physical Features of the Valley of the Jordan, the Dead Sea, and the adjacent Districts, 254. R. J. L. Guppy.—On some Deposits of Late Tertiary Age at Matura, on the Kast Coast of Trinidad, 256. : H. Seeley.—Significance of the Sequence of Rocks and Fossils: Theoretical Considerations on the Upper Secondary Rocks, as seen in the Section at Ely, 262. D. T. Ansted’s ‘Applications of Geology to the Arts and Manufac- tures,’ noticed, 266. T. H. Huxley and R. Etheridge’s ‘Catalogue of the Collection of Fossils in the Museum of Practical Geology,’ noticed, 268. W. T. Doyne.—Rivers and Plains of Canterbury, New Zealand, 269, Geology of New Zealand, 270. Abstracts of Foreign Memoirs, 164, 204, 265. Reports and Proceedings of Societies, 176, 213, 272. Correspondence, 189, 231, 283. Miscellaneous, 191, 236, 286. Heidelberg. Verhandlungen des naturhistorisch-medicinischen Ver- eins. Vol. ii. December 1862 to March 1865. 1865. Fuchs.—Entstehung der Westkiiste von Neapel, 171. Institution of Civil Engineers. Abstracts of Proceedings. Session 1864-65. Nos. 17-19. Minutes of Proceedings. General Index to Vols. ixx. Sessions 1837-61. 1865, DONATIONS. 503 Institution of Civil Engineers. Minutes of Proceedings. Vol. xxi. Session 1861-62. 1862. Intellectual Observer. Vol. vii. Nos.40&41. May and June 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &e. W. B. Carpenter.—Structure, Affinities, and Geological Position of Eozo0n Canadense, 278 (2 plates). Lausanne. Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Vol. vii. No. 50. 1863. KE. Renevier.—Age géologique du marbre de Saltrio, 593. F. G. Chavannes.—Glissement de terrain sur la route du Sépey, 597. C. T, Gaudin.—Feuilles fossiles de Palerme, 414. Schnetzler.—Sur le sol du port de Thonon, 422. Vol. vii. Nos. 51 &52. 1864. H. Renevier.—Notices géologiques et paléontologiques sur les Alpes Vaudoises. I.—Infralias, et Zone 4 Avicula contorta (Kt. Rheetien), 39 (8 plates). C. T. Gaudin et M. Moggridge.—Menton, 187 (plate). HE. Renevier.—Notices géologiques et paléontologiques sur les Alpes ea aiee I1.—Massif de V’Oldenhorn et Col de Pillon, 273 (6 plates). Linnean Society. Journal. Vol.ix. Nos. 33 & 34. 1865. ——. Transactions. Vol. xxiv. Part 3. ——. List of Fellows. 1864. Liverpool Literary and Philosophical Society. No. 18. 1863-64. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Fourth Series. Vol. xxix. Nos, 196-199, April to June 1865, From Dr. W. Francis, F.G.S. A. C. Ramsay.—Sir Charles Lyell and the Glacial Theory of Lake- basins, 285. P. B. Brodie.—Lias-outliers at Knowle and Wootton Wawen in South Warwickshire, 325. T. F. Jamieson.—History of the last Geological Changes in Scotland, 326. D, Forbes.—Phosphorite from Spain, 540. J. Haast.—Climate of the Pleistocene Epoch of New Zealand, 398. J. Bryce.—Order of Succession in the Drift-beds in the Island of Arran, 398. ——. Occurrence of Beds in the West of Scotland in the position of the English Crag, 399. H. W. Crosskey.—TZellina proxima bed at Chapel Hall, near Airdrie, 399. E. Ray Lankester.—Sources of the Mammalian Fossils of the Red Crag, and on the Discovery of a new Mammal in that Deposit allied to the Walrus, 400. J. Phillips.—Note on the Geology of Harrogate, 400. R. Harkness.—Lower Silurian Rocks of the South-east of Cumber- land and the North-east of Westmoreland, 401. 504 DONATIONS. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Fourth Series. Vol. xxix. Nos. 196-199 (continued). R. Spruce.—Volcanic Tufa of Latacunga, at the foot of Cotopaxi; and the Cangaua, or Volcanic Mud, of the Quitenian Andes, 401. H. P. Blackmore.—Discovery of Flint Implements in the Drift at Milford Hill, Salisbury, 401. P, M. Duncan.—Echinodermata from the South-east coast of Arabia, and from Bagh on the Nerbudda, 402. G. Busk and H. Falconer.—Fossil contents of the Genista Cave at Windmill Hill, Gibraltar, 402. C. Warren.—Caves of Gibraltar, 403. H. Falconer.—Asserted occurrence of Human Bones in the Ancient Fluviatile Deposits of the Nile and the Ganges, with comparative remarks on the Alluvial Formation of the two Valleys, 403. J. E. T. Woods.—Tertiary Deposits in the Colony of Victoria, Australia, 404. W. Whitaker.—Chalk of the Isle of Thanet, 404. —. Chalk of Buckinghamshire, and on the Totternhoe Stone, 405. —. Chalk of the Isle of Wight, 405. N.S. Maskelyne.—New Cornish Minerals of the Brochantite Group 473. J. ©. Moore.—Lake-basins, 526. F. Stoliczka.—Character of the Cephalopodous Fauna of the South Indian Cretaceous Rocks, 550. W. Wallace.—Growth of Flos Ferri, or Coralloidal Aragonite, 550. J. F. W. Herschel.—Rhomboidal specimens of Ironstone, Xc., 551. Daubrée, Cloéz, Pisani, and Des Cloizeaux.—Chemical and Minera- logical Characters of the Meteorite of Orgueil, 552. London Review. Vol. x. Nos. 248-260. April to June 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Eruption of Mount Etna, 379. Ethnological and Geological Works, 414. Longman’s Notes on Books. Vol. ii. No. 41. May 31, 1865. Madrid. Memorias de la Real Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Fisicas, y Naturales. 2? Serie. Vol. ii. Parts 1&2. 1864. Manchester Geological Society. Transactions. Vol. v. Nos. 4-7., Session 1864-65. T. T. Wilkinson.—Additional Notes on the Drift-deposits in Burnley and the Neighbourhood, 65. J. Plant.—Discovery of Paradoxides Davidis at Tyddyngwladis, near Dolgelly, North Wales, 76 (2 plates). . Manufacture of Fossils, 82. J. Aitken.—Appearances of Glacial Action on Rock-surface near Clitheroe, and description of the chief geological features of that locality, 84. J. Whitaker.—Outcrop of the Lower Coal-measure Rocks on Bouls- worth and Gorple; with observations on the origin of some “ Rock-basins” thereon, 94. Sainter.—Macclesfield Drift-shells, &c., 114. Mendicity Society. 47th Annual Report, 1865. DONATIONS. 505 Milan. Memorie del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze et Lettere. Classe di Scienze Mathematiche e Naturali. Vol. x. fasc. 1. Lombardini.—Sageio idrologico sul Nilo (8 plates). Rendiconti del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere. Classe di Lettere e Scienze Morali e Politiche. Vol. i. fase. 8-10. November and December 1864. —. —. —. Vol. il. fase.1 & 2. January and February 1865. —. Classe di Scienze Matematiche e Naturali. Vol. i. fast, 9 &10. November and December 1864. —. 1——. ——. Vol. i. fase. 1 & 2. January and February 1865. Munich, Sitzungsberichte der kéniglichen-bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Miinchen. 1864, ii. Hefte 3 & 4. Von Martius.—Ueber phosphorsaure Thonknollen (Koprolithen ?) von Leimersdorf, 191. Wagner.—Ueber die anthropologischen Entdeckungen im geschich- teten Diluvium bei Abbeville, 193. Giimbel.— Ueber ein neu entdecktes Vorkommen yon phosphorsaurem Kalke in den jurassischen Ablagerungen von Franken, 325. Paleontographical Society. Monographs of British Fossils. Vol. xvii. For the year 1863. 1865. J. W. Salter—A Monoeraph of British Trilobites. Part ii. Thomas Davidson.—A Monoeraph of British Brachiopoda. Part vi. Brachiopoda of the Devonian Formation. Second Portion. John Phillips—A. Monograph of British Belemnitide. Part i. Introduction. Richard Owen.—A Monograph of the Fossil Reptilia of the Lias Formations. Part First. Sauwropterygia. Paris. Annales des Mines. Sixicme Série. Vol. vi. livr. 6. 1864. Laugel.—Extraits de géologie pour année 1862, 497, —. SVOls viteelivre ls lls Ga: Annuaire de l’Institut des Provinces, des soci¢tés sayantes, et des congres scientifiques. 2° série. Vol. vi. 1864. Cotteau.—Rapport sur les progrés de la géologie en 1862, 207. Bulletin de la Soci¢té Géologique de France. Deuxicéme série. Vol. xx. feuill. 49-57. 1863. Réunion extraordinaire a Liége, 761. Vol. xxii. feuill. 1-7. 1864. Pouech.—Sur les dépots tertiaires lacustres de l’Ariége, 13, 16. A, Gaudry.—Sur les Hipparions, 24. Des Cloizeaux.—Carbonate de fer et de magnésie dans la météorite d’Oreueil, 24, ; “Origine de la Karsténite de Modane en Savoie, 25. —_—— 506 DONATIONS. Paris. Bulletin de la Société Géologique de France. Deuxiéme Série. Vol. xxii. feuill. 1-7 (continued). Calland.—Sur le dépét ossifére de Coeuvres, 30. Harlé.—Sur la formation jurassique et la position des dépots manga- nésiféres dans la Dordogne, 33. 3 Lory.—Essai d’une nouvelle explication de l’anomalie stratigraphique de Petit-Cceur en Tarantaise, 48. A. Favre.—Précis d’une histoire du terrain houiller des Alpes, 59. N. de Mercey.—Sur les éléments du terrain quaternaire aux environs de Paris, et spécialement dans le bassin de la Somme, 69. Ville.—Etude des puits artésiens dans le bassin du Hodna et dans le Sahara des provinces d’Alger et de Constantine, 106. Société Impériale Zoologique d’Acclimatation, Bulletin men- suel. 2™° Série. Vol. ii. No.2. February 1865. Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings. 1864. Nos. 1-5. T. A. Conrad.—Notes on Shells, with descriptions of new fossil genera and species, 211. Photographic Journal. Vol.x. Nos. 156-158. April to June 1865. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. New Series. No. 18. April 1865. Quarterly Journal of Science. No. 6. April 1865. Chronicles of Science, 260. Geological Survey of India, 358. H. J. Ward.—Connection between the supposed Inland Sea of the Sahara and the Glacial Epoch, 357. J. Mackenzie.—New South Wales Coal-fields, 358. E. Hull.—tIron-bearing Deposits of Oxfordshire, 360. H. M. Jenkins.—Occurrence of a Tertiary Species of Trigonia in Australia, 362. Chronicles of Science. Reader. Vol.v. Nos. 118-130. April to June 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &e. E. B. Tylor’s ‘Researches into the Early History of Mankind and the Development of Civilization,’ noticed, 564. Formation of Rock-basins, 376. J. Haast’s ‘Report on the Geological Survey of the Province of Canterbury, New Zealand,’ noticed, 396. ‘Report on the Formation of the Canterbury Plains,’ noticed, 396. D. Page’s ‘ Address on Geology as a Branch of General Education,’ noticed, 518. The Dead Sea, 517. Campbell’s ‘ Frost and Fire: Natural Engines, Tool-marks, and Chips,’ noticed, 590. Bone-caves of Belgium, 601. Huxley and Etheridge’s ‘Catalogue of the Collection of Fossils in the Museum of Practical Geology,’ noticed, 646. W, King and T, Rowney.—The Lozodn Canadense, 660. DONATIONS. 507 Reader. Vol. v. Nos. 118-130 (continued). EK. L. Garbett. — Volcanoes in France,” 683. W. B. Carpenter.—Hozodn Canadense, 688. J. Lubbock’s ‘ Prehistoric Times, as Illustrated by Ancient Remains and the Manners and Customs of Modern Savages,’ noticed, 702. Belgian Bone-cayes, 714. J. G. Macvicar.—Lozodn Canadense, 715. W. King.—LEozodn Canadense, 715. Royal Dublin Society. Journal. Vol.iv. Nos. 32. &33. October 1864 to January 1865. 1865. Royal Geographical Society. Proceedings. Vol.ix. No.2. 1865. J. Hector.—Geological Expedition to the West Coast of Otago, New Zealand, 32. Royal Horticultural Society. Proceedings. Vol. v. Nos. 4-6. April to June 1865. Royal Society. Proceedings. Vol. xiv. Nos. 73-75. 1865. E. W. Brayley.—Inferences and Suggestions in Cosmical and Geo- logical Philosophy, 120. Society of Arts. Journal. Vol. xiii. Nos. 646-658. April to June 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &e. Water-supply of Paris, 585. Gold in Queensland, 425, Eruption of Etna, 502. A. Burat.—Statistics of the Coal-mines of the World, 528. Sydney Morning Herald. Vol. xlix. No. 8125. June 23, 1864. From the Rev. W. B. Clarke, F.GS. W. B. Clarke.—Notes upon Western Australian specimens of Gold. ——. Vol.l. Nos. 8219 & 8220. October 11 and 12, 1864. J. C. Crawford.—Geological Report on New Zealand. W. B. Clarke.—Geological Notes on New Zealand. Teigen Naturalists’ Field Club. Report of Proceedings for the year 1864, and List of Members. Vienna. Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaf- ten. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Vol. xxii. Erste Abtheilung. 1864. Reuss.—Die fossilen Foraminiferen, Anthozoen, und Bryozoen von Oberburg in Steiermark, 1 (10 plates). Vol. xxiii. Zweite Abtheilung. 1864. Schwartz von Mohrenstern.—Ueber die Familie der Rissoiden. II. Rissoa, 1 (4 plates). 508 DONATIONS. Vienna. Jahrbuch der kaiserlichen-kéniglichen geologischen Reichs- anstalt. Vol. xiv. No. 4. October to December 1364. H. Wolf.—Bericht iiber die geologische Aufnahme im Ostlichen Bohmen, 463. J. Cermak.—Skizze der Jura-Insel am Vlara-Passe bei Trencsin, 495. F. Posepny.—Die Quarzite von Drjtoma bei Trencsin, 499. E. Windakiewicz.— Die Gangverhaltnisse des Griinerganges in Schem- nitz und seine Erzfthrung, 504. M. Hornes.—Die fossilen Mollusken des Tertiarbeckens von Wien. Band ii. Lief. 15 & 16, 509. Verhandlungen der k.-k. geol. Reichsanstalt. Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften. Abstracts of Proceedings. Nos. 8-15. 1865. C. von Ettingshausen.—Die fossile Flora des mahrisch-schlesischen Dachschiefers, 40. Suess.—Ueber die Cephalopoden-Sippe Acanthoteuthis, 41. F. Unger.—Ueber fossile Pilanzenreste aus Siebenbiirgen und Ungarn, Laube.—Ueber die Fauna der Schichten von St. Cassian. Heft 2, 50. Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaf- ten. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Vol. xlviii. Zweite Abtheilung. Heft 5. 1863. Haidinger.—Der Fall eines Meteoriten bei Dacca in Bengalen am 11 August 1863, 595. Schrétter.—Ueber das Vorkommen des Thalliums im Lepidolith aus Mahren und im Glimmer aus Zinnwald, 734. . ——. Vol. xlix. Erste Abtheilung. Hefte 2-5. 1864, Reuss.— Ueber fossile Lepadiden, 215 (3 plates). Boué.—Ueber die Geogenie der Mandel-, Bliatter- oder Schaalsteine, der Variolithen, der Serpentine, und der kieseligen Puddingsteine, 249. Unger.—Ueber einen in der Tertiiirformation sehr verbreiteten Farn, 289 (2 plates). Boué.—Geologie der Europiischen Tiirkei, 310 (plate). Tschermak.—Hinige Pseudomorphosen, III., 330 (plate). Boué.—Ueber die saulenformigen Gesteine, 439. Von Hochstetter—Ueber das Vorkommen und die verschiedenen Abarten von neuseelaéndischem Nephrit, 466. Boué.—Ueber die canalartige Form gewisser Thaler und Flussbette, 487. —. ——. ——. Vol.xlix. Zweite Abtheilung. Hefte 2-5. 1864. Haidinger.—Der Meteoritenfall von Tourinnes-la-Grosse, Nr. 2, 158. Kin Meteorfall bei Trapezunt am 10 December 1863, 462. Kenngott.—Notiz tiber ein Meteoreisen in der Universitiits-Samm- lung in Ziirich, 467. Haidinger.—Bemerkungen tiber das von Herrn Professor Kenngott in der Ziiricher Universitats-Sammlung aufeefundene Meteoreisen,469. ——. Drei Fund-Lisen, von Rokitzan, Gross-Cotta, und Kremnitz, 480 (plate). —. Hine grosskirnige Meteoreisen-Breccie von Copiapo, 490 (plate). DONATIONS. 509 Vienna. Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen- schaften. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Vol. 1. Erste Abtheilung. Heft1l. 1864. Boué.—Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Physiognomik der Gebirgs- ketten, 50, . Verhandlungen der k.-k. geologischen Reichsanstalt. Vol. xv. Heft 2. April 4, 1865. J. R. Lorenz.—Vorlage einer Bodenkarte der Umgegend von St. Florian in Ober-Oesterreich, 87. V. Lipold.—Lias, Jura, und Neocom in der Umgebung von Kirchberg a. d. Pielach, 88. F. Foetterle-—Die Kreidekalke und die Eocengebilde in der Gegend von Prusina im Trentschiner Comitate, 90. G. Stache.—Schichtenreihe im Gebiete der oberen Neutra, 91. A. Favre’s ‘Précis d’une Histoire du terrain houiller des Alpes,’ noticed, 92. A. Sismonda’s ‘Abdruck eines Equisetums im Gneiss,’ noticed, 94. Societa italiano di scienze naturali. VII. Band. Ausserordentliche Sitzung in Bielle, note. Zoological Society. Proceedings. 1864. ——. Transactions. Vol.v. Part 4. 1865. IT. PERIODICALS PURCHASED FOR THE LIBRARY. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Third Series. Vol. xv. Nos. 88-90. April to June 1865. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. P. M. Duncan.—Corals of the Maltese Miocene, 275 (plate). T. R. Jones and J. W. Kirkby.—Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. V. Munster’s Species from the Carboniferous Limestone, 404, Leonhard und Geinitz’s Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie, und Palaontologie. Jahrg. 1864. Hefte 2 & 3. C. W. Giimbel.—Die Nummuliten-fiihrenden Schichten des Kressen- berges in Bezug auf ihre Darstellung in der Lethaa geognostica von Siidbayern, 129, C. H. Weinkauti—Hin Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Tertiir-Bildungen in der hessischen Pfalz und den angrenzenden preussischen und bayrischen Bezirken, 171. R. Blum.—Ueber einige Pseudomorphosen, 257. F, Sandberger.—Ueber das Wismuthkupfererz, 274. O. Prolss.—Ueber den Anamesit von Steinheim, 279. Untersuchung einer vulkanischen Asche von Java, 287. Forster.—Der Eulengebirgs-Gneiss und dessen Erzfithrung insbeson- dere bei Silberberg, 291. Géppert.—Ueber die Darwin’sche Transmutations-Theorie mit Be- ziehung auf die fossilen Pflanzen, 296. Ueber die Flora der Permischen Formation, 301. Letters; Notices of Books, Minerals, Geology, and Fossils. VOL XXI,—PART. I. 2M 510 DONATIONS. L’Institut. 1 Section. 32° Année. Nos. 1628-1631, 1633-1639. 1865. . ——. 2°Section. 30° Année. Nos. 351, 352, & 355. 1865. Natural History Review. Vol.v. No. 18. April 1865. Proceedings of Scientific Societies, 272. T. R. Jones.—Hozodn Canadense in this Country, 297. Ill. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS. Names of Donors in Italics. Ansted, D. T. The Applications of Geology to the Arts and Manu- factures. 1865. Archer, W.H. The Statistical Register of Victoria, from the Foun- dation of the Colony; with an Astronomical Calendar for 1855, 1854. From the Public Library of Melbourne. Aveline, W. T. The Geology of Parts of Nottinghamshire and Derbyshire. 1861. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Barrande, J. Défense des Colonies. III. Etude générale sur nos étages G—H avec application spéciale aux environs de Hlubocep, pres Prague. 1865. Bauermann, H. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Geological, Mining, and Metallurgical Models in the Museum of Practical Geology. 1865. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Boult, J. On the alleged Submarine Forests on the shores of Liver- pool Bay and the River Mersey. 1865, Campbell, J. F. Frost and Fire: Natural Engines, Tool-marks, and Chips, with sketches taken at home and abroad. 2vols. 1865. Carpenter, W. B. On the Structure, Affinities, and Geological Posi-' tion of Hozoon Canadense. 1865. Castilla, A. X. de. Libros de Saber de Astronomia, Tomo ui. 1864. - From the Spansh Government. Catalogue. Catalogue of the published Maps, Sections, Memoirs, and other publications of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom, up to March 1865. 1865. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Christiania. Index Scholarum in Universitate Regia Fredericiana centesimo secundo eius semestri anno mpcccLXxIy. ab A.D. Xvil. Kalendas Februarias habendarum. 1864. From the Unwersity of Christiana. DONATIONS, : 51L Dawkins, W. B. On the Caverns of Burrington Combe, explored in 1864, by Messrs. W. Ayshford Sanford and W. Boyd Dawkins. 1865. Dawson, J. W. Notes on Post-Pliocene Deposits at Riviére-du-Loup and Tadoussac. 1865. Delesse, A, Extraits de Géologie pour les années 1862 et 1863. 1864. D’Espie et E. Favre. Observations géologiques et paléontologiques sur quelques parties des Alpes de la Savoie, et du Canton de Schytz. 1865. From M. d’ Espie. Drew, F. The Geology of the Country between Folkestone and nee including the whole of Romney Marsh. 1864. rom the Geolo- gical Survey of Great Britain. Favre, A. Précis dune histoire du terrain houiller des Alpes. 1865. Fuhlrott, C. Der fossile Mensch aus dem Neanderthal und sein Verhialtniss zum Alter des Menschengeschlechts. 1865. Goppert, H, R. Beitriige zur Bernstein-Flora. 1863. ——. Ueber Diamanten. 1863. Green, A. H. The Geology of the Country round Banbury, Wood- stock, Bicester, and Buckingham. 1864. From the Geological Survey of Great Brita. Giimbel, C. W. Die geognostischen Verhiltnisse des Frinkischen Ulb (Franken Jura). 1865. . Die geognostischen Verhiltnisse des Frinkischen Trias-Ge- biets. 1865. Die Nummuliten-fiithrenden Schichten des Kressenbergs in Bezug auf ihre Darstellung in der Letheea geognostica yon ‘Siid- bayer. 1865. Ueber ein neu entdecktes Vorkommen von phosphorsauren Kalke in den jurassischen Ablagerungen yon Franken. 1865. Cc Haast, J. Report on the Formation of the Canterbury Plains. 1864. ——. Report on the Geological Survey of the Province of Canter- bury, New Zealand. 1864. Hauer, F. R.v. Ueber die Gliederung der oberen Trias der Lom- bardischen Alpen. 1865. Helmersen, G.v. Der artesische Brunnen zu St. Petersburg. 1865. Hind, H. ¥Y. A Preliminary Report on the Geology of New Bruns- wick, together with a Special Report on the Distribution of the 4 Quebec Group” in the Province. 1865. 2mu 2 512 DONATIONS, Hull, HE. Additional Observations on the Drift-deposits and more Recent Gravels in the neighbourhood of Manchester. 1865, ——. The Geology of the country around Altrincham, Cheshire. 1861. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Huxley, T. H., and R. Etheridge. A Catalogue of the Collection of Fossils in the Museum of Practical Geology; with an Explanatory Introduction by Prof. Huxley. 1865. From the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Jones, T. . On the oldest known fossil, Hozoon Canadense, of the Laurentian Rocks of Canada ; its place, structure, and significance. 1865. , and J. W. Kirkby. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Ento- mostraca. No.V. Miinster’s species from the Carboniferous Lime- stone. 1865. Karrer, F. Ueber das Auftreten der Foraminiferen in den Mergeln der marinen Uferbildungen (Leythakalk) des Wiener Beckens. 1864. Lartét, E. Sur une portion de Crane fossile d’Ovibos musqué (0. moschatus, Plainville), trouvé par M. le Dr. E. Robert dans le diluvium de Précy (Oise). 1864. Lartét, Z. Sur la formation du bassin de la mer Morte ou lac Asphaltite, et les changements survenus dans le niveau de ce lac. 1865. Laube, G. C. Die Fauna der Schichten von St. Cassian. Abthei- lung ii. Brachiopoden und Bivalven. 1865. Indwig, R. Geologische Specialkarte des Grossherzogthums Hessen und der angrenzenden Landesgebiete. 1864. Mackie, S. J. A Survey of Geology. Part I. 1865. Mares, P. Nivellement dans les provinces d’ Alger et de Constantine. 1864. Martins, C. Deux Ascensions Scientifiques au Mont-Blanc. 1865. Mueller, F. The Plants indigenous to the Colony of Victoria. 3 vols. 1860-63. From the Public Library, Melbourne. Murchison, R. I, Address to the Royal Geographical Society of London ; delivered at the Anniversary Meeting on the 22nd May, 1865. 1865. Neumayer, G. Results of the Meteorological Observations taken in the Colony of Victoria during the years 1859-62; and of the Nautical Observations collected and discussed at the Flagstaff Observatory, Melbourne, during the years 1858-62. 1864. From the Public Library, Melbourne. DONATIONS. 513 Parker, W. K., T. R. Jones, and H. B. Brady. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. Part xi. 1865. rom Prof. T. R. Jones, F.GS. Parkes, W. Description of Lighthouses lately erected in the Red Sea. 1864. Perrey, A. Documents sur les Tremblements de Terre et les phe- nomenes Volcaniques dans l’Archipel des Kouriles et au Kamt- schatka. 1863. Note sur les Tremblements de Terre en 1861, avec supplé- ments pour les années antérieures. 1863. Note sur les Tremblements de Terre en 1862, avec supplé- ments pour les années antérieures. 1864. Prado, C. de. Descripcion fisica y geoldgica de la Provincia de Madrid. With.a Geological Map. 1864. Purcell, M.A. Geological Table of the Fossiliferous Strata and their Characteristic Fossils. 1864. Renevier, H. Notices Géologiques et Paléontologiques sur les Alpes Vaudoises. II. Massif de lOldenhorn. 1865. Report. Minutes of Evidence taken before the Commissioners ap- pointed to inquire into the Condition of all Mines in Great Britain, with reference to the Health and Safety of persons employed in such mines. 1864. From Sir P. M. G. Egerton, Bart., F.GS. ——. Epitome of Evidence taken before the Commissioners, &c. 1864, Prom Sir P. M. G. Egerton, Bart., F.GWS. ——. Appendix B. to Report of the Commissioners, &c. 1864. From Sir P. M. G. Egerton, Bart., F.GS. . Report of the Registrar-General on the Progress and Sta- tistics of Victoria, from 1851 to 1858. 1859. From the Public Labrary of Melbourne. Reuss, A. EH. Zur Fauna des deutschen Oberoligociins, Abtheilung 1&2. 1864. Rosse, Robinson, and J. Phillips. On the Physical Character of the Moon’s surface as compared with that of the Earth. First Report of the Committee. 1853. Prom Prof. J. Phillips, F.GS., Se. Salter, J. W., and H. F. Blanford. Paleontology of Niti in the Northern Himalaya: being descriptions and figures of the Paleo- zoic and Secondary Fossils collected by Colonel R. Strachey, R.E. 1865. rom H. F. Blanford, Esq., F.GS. Spratt, T. A. B. Travels and Researches in Crete. 2 vols. 1865. Staring, W.C. H. Over de Puthoring te Goes. 1865, 514 DONATIONS Stoliczka, F. Fossile Bryozoen aus dem tertiiren Griinsandsteine der Orakei-Bay bei Auckland. 1864. Stones, W. On Colonization, its Aspects and Results. 1865. From Prof. J. Tennant, F.GS. Winkler, T. C. Musée Teyler. Catalogue systématique de la col- lection paléontologique. Troisiéme livraison. 1865. Wolf, H. Bericht tiber die geologische Aufnahme im Kordésthale in Ungarn im Jahre 1860. 1863. rom the Imperial Geological Institute of Vienna. ——. Bericht iiber die geologische Aufnahme im éstlichen Bohmen. 1 Theil. 1864. From the Imperial Geological Institute of /venna. Wood, H. H. On the Theory of Development and the Antiquity of Man: letter to Professor J. Phillips, M.A., F.R.S., &e. 1865, Wright, T. On the Early History of Leeds, in Yorkshire, and on some questions of prehistoric Archeology agitated at the present time. 1864. From the Philosophical and Literary Society of Leeds. Wyman, J. Observations on the Development of Raia batis. From Sir C. Lyell, Bart., F.GS. TRANSLATIONS AND NOTICES OF GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS. On some Fosstis from Spain. By Dr. Zrrret. [ Proceed. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, September 13, 1864.] A tarcE collection of fossils has been transmitted by Don Juan Vilanova y Piera to the Imperial Museum of Vienna; most of them are from the Jurassic and Cretaceous strata of the provinces of Castellon and Teruel (Valencia), where these strata predominate, while the Triassic series is but imperfectly developed, being repre- sented only by a few specimens, amongst which is a well-preserved Neoschizodus. The Lias of Obon (Teruel) is represented by Spi- rifer rostratus, Schl., Lima gigantea, Sow., Nautilus late-dorsatus, d@Orb., and Ammonites bifrons, Brug.; the Jurassic strata of the same locality being characterized by the presence of Lima proboscidea, Sow., Ceromya inflata, Ag., Rhynchonella Lycetti, Day., R. con- cna, &c. The beds of Red Iron ore of Sannion (Teruel) haye afforded specimens of Ammonites macrocephalus, Schl., A. lunula, Ziet., and —= i €442 eS) ee of ._ Il SSS